Rand Paul blasts Congress for attacking Apple over taxes

0

Sen. Rand Paul is outraged that Congress held a hearing to “bully one of America’s greatest success stories.” The Kentucky lawmaker believes Apple was unfairly targeted for trying to minimize its taxes, and that the company is owed an apology.

“It’s absurd for Congress to vilify businesses like Apply for
wanting to minimize their tax code just like every other American
rightly does,”
Paul wrote on his Twitter account after the
hearing.

“If you want to chase companies like Apple away, continue to
vilify them,”
he wrote in a separate Tweet. “Congress should
be giving Apple an award today.”

During a Senate Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations hearing
on the technology company’s offshore tax practices, Paul told his
congressional colleagues that he was offended that a hearing was
being held in the first place. Apple CEO Tim Cook testified
Tuesday morning to defend his company from allegations
that it avoids tax payments by moving its profits to offshore
subsidiaries in Ireland. 

Sen. Carl Levin (D-Mich.), chair of the subcommittee, said
Monday that he has never before seen anything like
Apple’s tax “gimmickry”, and that the company is taking advantage
of technicalities in US and Irish tax laws to avoid paying taxes on
a major portion of its profits.

The subcommitteeon Monday released
a report that says Ireland was a tax haven for the technology
giant, which shielded $47 billion in profits from US authorities
over the past four years through subsidiaries that had no official
tax residence.

But Paul said bringing Cook in to testify was as if Congress was
looking into a giant mirror. 

“Tell me one of these politicians up here who doesn’t
minimize their taxes,”
Paul told the committee. “Tell me
what Apple’s done that’s illegal… I’m offended by the spectacle of
dragging in American companies for doing something that isn’t
illegal.”

Paul also said that “if anyone should be on trial, it should
be Congress.”

Levin fired back at Paul, telling him that the subcommittee
hearing was not held to issue Apple any sort of apologies.

“Apple’s a great company, but no company — no company —
should be able to determine how much it’s going to pay in taxes,
how many profits they’re going to keep offshore, how they’re going
to bring them back home, using all kinds of gimmicks to avoid
paying the taxes to this country,
” Levin told Paul, arguing
that Apple’s decision to exploit tax loopholes could force the
government to cut crucial social programs and increase taxes for
other businesses.

But Paul continued to stand by his beliefs, blaming Congress for
creating a “bizarre and byzantine” tax code that created the
mess and going after an American job provider that employs 600,000
people.

“Everybody admits, even those that want to drag Apple before
this committee, they admit that the tax code is our problem,”

Paul said, striking a blow at Congress for creating the intricate
system.

This article originally appeared on : RT

‘Shocking incompetence’: UK health officials threw away £74m of bird flu ‘wonder-drug’

0

UK’s Department of Health threw away £74m worth of Tamiflu, the antiviral drug, before its expiry date, due to unsafe storage procedures. In total the country has spent £600 million since 2006 on drugs to fight a flu pandemic that has not materialized.

The figures, revealed by the National Audit Office (NAO),
demonstrate a “shocking example of incompetence“, according
to Public Accounts committee chairwoman Margaret Hodge.

Prompted by several public panics over possible avian flu
pandemics in the mid-2000s, the UK government decided to create a
national stockpile of Tamiflu (produced by Swiss company Roche) and
Relenza (made by London-based GSK) — two relatively new and
supposedly revolutionary drugs that neutralized the flu virus.

Between 2006 and 2013 40 million units of Tamiflu alone were
purchased. A quarter of those had to be written off.

During the pandemic of swine flu (which turned out to be less
deadly than the common variant) in 2009 and 2010 the Department of
Health panic-bought up huge emergency supplies as governments
competed with each other to secure the dwindling supply.

It did not possess the logistical and storage capacities, and
distributed about 6.5 million units to the NHS. When the demand
failed to appear, these had to be written off, as no one could
guarantee that they had been preserved in appropriate
conditions.

“There is simply no excuse for this waste,” Hodge told
parliament.

More importantly, there are growing questions about the efficacy
of the thirty million of the units that were used.

“Although Tamiflu speeds up recovery times, experts do not
agree over its ability to reduce complications and
hospitalizations,”
said Hodge.

Roche had persistently refused to release data on more than a
fraction of (successful) clinical trials of Tamiflu (generic name
oseltamivir), which has been on the market since 2002, until
leading independent medical research independent research group
Cochrane Collaboration started encouraging governments to sue the
Swiss company. Roche finally relented, and promised to hand its
research data to Cochrane last month.

The Department of Health promised to “consider the
recommendations of the NAO”
report, but stood by its anti-flu
policies.

“The UK is recognized by the World Health Organization as
being one of the best prepared in the world for a potential flu
pandemic,”
said a statement.

This article originally appeared on : RT

New SARS-Like Coronavirus Suspected at New York Hospital

0

Marketwired
May 21, 2013

AvianFluTalk.com, an online discussion forum created in 2005 to track the potential threat of an avian flu pandemic, has been the venue for a serious discussion regarding the new SARS-like coronavirus infecting patients at a New York Hospital leaving several in critical condition and resulting in 3 deaths.

The new SARS-like coronavirus recently emerged in the Middle East infecting 41 total worldwide resulting in 20 deaths and is primarily spread by limited human-to-human transmission. Experts fear that the virus’ early ability to transmit among humans could spark a global pandemic should the virus mutate further and achieve sustained human transmission.

Nurses working at a St. Luke’s hospital in New York have claimed that there are several cases of the new SARS-like virus in the hospital’s ICU, which have gone misdiagnosed and that are in fact the new deadly virus.

A nurse who works at the hospital believes there is a potential outbreak of this new SARS-like virus and she too has now been hospitalized with flu-like symptoms. Although hospital administrators have made no comment about this matter, posters on the online message board at avianflutalk.com have indicated through research that it is influenza B. The nurses are disputing that claim stating that in fact the new coronavirus is the culprit.

The nurses feel that they have an obligation to speak-out about their suspicions in this matter.

How America’s National Security Apparatus — in Partnership With Big Corporations — Cracked Down on Dissent

1

Counter-terror police officers collaborated with corporate entities to combat protests. Undercover police officers monitored and tracked the Occupy movement. A right-wing corporate-backed group hired a police officer to help protect a conference. These are some of the details revealed in a new report published by the Center for Media and Democracy’s Beau Hodai, along with DBA Press. The revelations are based on government documents the group obtained.

The report, titled ” Dissent or Terror: How the Nation’s Counter Terrorism Apparatus, In Partnership With Corporate America, Turned on Occupy Wall Street,” is an eye-opening look into how the U.S. counter-terror apparatus was used to track the Occupy movement in 2011 and 2012 and also help protect the business entities targeted by the movement. The report specifically looks at the activities of “fusion centers,” or law enforcement entities created after 9/11 that transform local police forces into counter-terror units in partnership with federal agencies like the Department of Homeland Security. The fusion centers devoted a lot of time–to the point of “obsession,” the report notes–to monitoring the Occupy movement, particularly for any “threats” to public safety or health and to whether there were “extremists” involved in the movement.

The documents obtained for the report from government agencies reveal “a grim mosaic of ‘counter-terrorism’ agency operations and attitudes toward activists and other socially/politically-engaged citizens over the course of 2011 and 2012,” writes Hodai. He adds that these heavily-funded agencies indisputably view Occupy activists as “terrorist” threats. Additionally, Hodai writes that “this view of activists, and attendant activist monitoring/suppression, has been carried out on behalf of, and in cooperation with, some of the nation’s largest financial and corporate interests.”

Much of the report hones in on the Occupy Phoenix branch of the movement and Arizona counter-terrorism agents monitoring, tracking and cracking down on the protests.

For instance, when JP Morgan Chase CEO Jamie Dimon was planning on coming to Phoenix in October 2011, a “counter-terrorism” detective employed by the Phoenix Police Department’s Homeland Security Bureau exchanged information on potential protests with a JP Morgan Chase security manager. The detective, Jennifer O’Neill, received information on Dimon’s travel plans, and then shared information about Occupy Phoenix. O’Neill said that she and another officer had tracked the online activities of Occupy protesters to find out if they were planning to protest Dimon. No plans for protest were discovered by O’Neill, who also works with the Arizona Counter Terrorism Information Center, otherwise known as the Arizona fusion center.

Another similar example of how corporate entities were helped by counter-terrorism units of police forces also occurred in October 2011. Then, businesses–including banks–received alerts authored by the Arizona fusion center about planned protest activities. Similar alerts to banks were given in the run-up to the November 5 day of action labeled “Bank Transfer Day,” which encouraged people to move their money from corporate banks to more local financial institutions. The Federal Bureau of Investigation also engaged in similar activity, according to the report. “The bureau had been in the business of alerting banks (and related entities) tothe planned protest activity of OWS groups as early as August of 2011.”

The extent of law enforcement-corporate cooperation has also been taken a step further by the practice of corporations or right-wing corporate backed groups hiring officers for pay to police protests.

In late November-early December 2011, the largest Occupy Phoenix action took place outside of a conference held by the American Legislative Exchange Council (ALEC), a corporate-funded group that brings together right-wing lobbyist groups and conservative politicians to push model legislation in state legislatures. The protest was marred by police violence, with officers deploying pepper spray and pepper ball projectiles on activists and arresting 5. While the police portrayed the action as the work of violent anarchists, Hodai writes that this narrative of events had little grounding in reality.

This article originally appeared on : AlterNet

Dear IRS: “We the People” still have a voice

0

GiGi Erneta
Infowars.com
May 21, 2013

The current White House scandals have some people scrutinizing the elected officials in Washington. An underlying current has been greatly overlooked. Those in the “administration” were elected to be there “by the people, for the people.” A lack of discipline, greed and lies permeate our system and choosing to NOT deal with it is still a choice. We the people have allowed this “monster” to be created.

The United States has drifted far and away from what the founding fathers intended when they created the Constitution.

The very fabric of its creation had God in it and reminded people that each and every person had fundamental human rights.

Today, there are so many things challenging our Constitution and Bill of Rights that any of those things coming against it could permanently damage the integrity of what was intended in 1776. This policing agency called the IRS was not intended to be Judge, Jury and Enforcer, simply a tax collecting entity.

The most puzzling part of the IRS scandal is the way the media has been handling it. Instead of being the government watchdog, the press has become part of the government publicity arm, which is playing with fire. As the government eats their own, now the AP is in the jaws of the Department of Justice’s investigation. Somehow this scandal has become a discussion on “do we need non-profit organizations?” How about “do we need the IRS?” It is the only agency that can ask anything it feels like and get away with it. Evidence from the investigations shows that the IRS was arrogant enough to ask, “what do you pray about?”

We have simply allowed the IRS and the government too much power. We need to draw clear boundaries, contact our representatives and demand changes. Otherwise, Americans are agreeing to be a part of this dysfunctional relationship with government agencies. “We the people” still have a voice. God Bless America.

Proverbs 6:16-19 (ESV)

There are six things that the Lord hates, seven that are an abomination to him: haughty eyes, a lying tongue, and hands that shed innocent blood, a heart that devises wicked plans, feet that make haste to run to evil, a false witness who breathes out lies, and one who sows discord among brothers.

This article originally appeared on : Infowars

Notre Dame de Paris suicide: French writer takes own life after lashing out against gay rights law

0

A far-right writer has shot himself dead inside Paris’ Notre Dame Cathedral, after calling for “spectacular” action to protect France’s identity. The activist reportedly left a note on the altar denouncing the new law legalizing gay marriage and adoption.

Dominique Venner, who had links with France’s far-right
nationalist party, killed himself in front of the altar inside the
iconic church around 4pm local time on Tuesday. The death prompted
the evacuation of the cathedral, which was housing around 1,500
people at the time of the shooting.

“We just heard a loud sound, like a body falling from
above,”
an American tourist named Greg told AP.

Before killing himself, Venner published an article on his
website, in which he spoke out against France’s adoption of a
“vile law” legalizing gay marriage and adoption. He urged
activists to take measures to protect “French and European
identities.”

He also wrote “There will certainly need to be new,
spectacular, symbolic gestures to shake off the sleepiness…and
re-awaken the memories of our origins…we are reaching a time when
words must be backed up with acts.”
It is believed the
statement was a potential reference to his suicide.

The rector of the iconic cathedral, Patrick Jacquin, told AFP
that Venner had laid a letter on the altar before killing himself.
A police source said it contained similar writings to those on
Venner’s website.

“We did not know him, he was not a regular at the
cathedral,”
Jacquin said. He said that he believed it was the
first time anyone had committed suicide inside the
cathedral.

Jacquin added that masses in the cathedral, which draws millions
of visitors every year, were cancelled and that church staff would
hold a vigil later on Tuesday.

The suicide was hailed a political gesture by Marine Le Pen,
leader of the far-right Front National.

“All respect to Dominique Venner whose final, eminently
political act was to try to wake up the people of France,”
Le
Pen said on Twitter. She added later that “it is in life and
hope that France will renew and save itself.”

Venner, 78, had a long career of publishing right-wing essays,
military histories, and books on weaponry and hunting. He was a
soldier during France’s war in Algeria and was a member of the
Secret Armed Organization — a former paramilitary group which
opposed Algeria’s independence from France. His next book, titled
“A Western Samurai” was set to be published in June.

Venner’s death was the second suicide to take place in Paris in
less than a week, after a 50-year-old with a history of family
problems shot himself dead Thursday in a primary school near the
Eiffel Tower.

This article originally appeared on : RT

Red State Hypocrites: Inhofe and Coburn

0

May 21, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Just a week ago, Oklahoma Sen. James Inhofe suggested that President Obama might be impeached over the Benghazi non-scandal. Now, Inhofe must watch as Obama declares Inhofe’s state a disaster area and promises Oklahomans “all the resources they need at their disposal.”

Inhofe, of course, believes his state deserves those resources, even though he voted down aid to Hurricane Sandy victims. On MSNBC, Chris Jansing confronted Inhofe about his calling the Sandy aid bill a “slush fund,” and the brazen right-winger insisted the two issues shouldn’t be linked.

“Let’s look at that, that was totally different,” Inhofe told Jansing. “They were getting things – for instance that was supposed to be in New Jersey, they had things in the Virgin Islands, they were fixing roads there, they were putting roofs on houses in Washington, D.C.; everyone was getting in and exploiting the tragedy taking place. That won’t happen in Oklahoma.”

Inhofe’s answer is too dishonest to fully parse. First of all, there was Sandy damage way beyond New Jersey, including in the Caribbean and in Washington, D.C., too. And Inhofe had different objections to the Sandy bill at the time. In a rambling, hard-to-follow Senate floor speech blocking Sandy aid last December, the Oklahoma conservative objected to the bill’s timing – “There’s always a lot of theater right before Christmas time … We shouldn’t be talking about it right before Christmas” – even though it was already going on two months since the storm ravaged the East Coast.

Inhofe was also exercised by the fact that the Sandy bill included what he said was $28 billion for future disasters. But the climate-change denier was particularly outraged that the bill included $3.5 billion to deal with what he called “global warming,” which led to a long rant against cap-and-trade legislation, and then his floor speech unraveled. (Interestingly, Inhofe’s own press operation put the incoherent speech up on YouTube, as though it was a proud moment for the senator.)

Oklahoma’s other GOP senator, Tom Coburn, brags that he’s going to seek tornado relief – but insist that the funding is “offset” by other cuts to the federal budget. Coburn is proud that he’s being consistent by placing the same conditions on disaster aid to his own state as he’s demanded elsewhere. Consistent, maybe – but also fundamentally cruel.

Especially in the wake of the sequester cuts, the notion that the federal budget is larded with easily eliminated spending is ludicrous. Would Coburn like to see more kids thrown out of Head Start? More seniors losing Meals on Wheels? The federal deficit is shrinking faster than at any time since just after World War II, but Coburn is going to insist that someone, somewhere, must lose their federal help so Oklahoma can get it instead.

There’s something so typical about today’s GOP in the way Inhofe can dismiss comparisons between tornado aid and Sandy aid while Coburn grandstands for his long-term demand that new spending, even on disaster relief, must be “offset” by cuts elsewhere. Meanwhile, the notion that a new disaster relief bill should include funding to cope with future disasters isn’t lauded as common sense, it’s derided as pork. Like Inhofe, Coburn objected to the Sandy bill’s including funding for future disaster relief. (It should be noted that Moore, Okla., Rep. Tom Cole, also a Republican, voted for the Sandy aid bill.)

Just as modern conservatism helped create categories of “deserving” and “undeserving” poor, we now apparently have deserving and undeserving disasters. When tragedy strikes, most Americans tend to want to pull together, but many Republicans look to pull us apart, placing their own constituents’ needs above everyone else’s.

This article originally appeared on : AlterNet

Vermont legalizes assisted suicide

0

Vermont Gov. Peter Shumlin has signed a bill into law that has legalized physician-assisted suicide for terminally ill patients who want to end their lives.

The governor’s signature has made Vermont the fourth US state to
legalize assisted suicide, which Shumlin hailed as a victory for
the few terminally ill Americans whose suffering surpasses their
will to live.

“This bill does not compel anyone to do anything that they
don’t choose in sound mind to do,”
he said before signing the
End of Life Choices law on Monday. “All it does is
give those who are facing terminal illness, are facing excruciating
pain, a choice in a very carefully regulated way.”

The state legislature last week approved
the legislation, which allows anyone over the age of 18 with an
“incurable and irreversible disease” and a maximum of six months to
live to acquire a prescription for lethal drugs.

The measure requires at least two doctors to make the medical
determination whether or not a patient qualifies for
physician-assisted suicide. A patient wishing to end their life
must make an initial oral request at least 15 days before receiving
lethal drugs, and a written and oral request to die 48 hours before
receiving them. Two “disinterested” individuals that are neither
related to the patient nor the healthcare providers must witness
these requests. 

The law takes effect immediately, and state officials are now
scrambling to pull up guidelines for doctors who plan to administer
lethal drugs.

Bob Ullrich, a board member of the advocacy group Patient
Choices Vermont, has been pushing for the legalization of assisted
suicide for more than 10 years. He stood beside Gov.
Shumlinon Monday, witnessing the governor sign the
bill into law.

“It means peace of mind and comfort to a lot of people,
including me, that I hope no one ever has to use the law, but to
know every day of your life that it’s there should such an
occurrence happen,”
he told The Burlington Free Press after the
signing.

Vermont is the first state that has passed this measure through
the legislative assembly. In Oregon and Washington, assisted
suicide was approved through general elections, and in Montana, the
Supreme Court ruled in 2009 that physicians may aid terminally ill
patients who are on their death beds already.

Across the US, eight other states have introduced bills allowing
physician-assisted suicide, while two states introduced bills
banning the procedure, according to information from the Death with
Dignity National Center.

But while Vermont’s governor celebrated the signing of the bill
— which coincidentally fell on his father’s 88thbirthday
— the signing ceremony also drew out numerous opponents.

The Vermont Alliance for Ethical Healthcare, a group that
opposes the new law, said it will now focus its efforts on helping
health care providers find alternative ways to health the
terminally ill.

“We now have state-sanctioned suicide in Vermont,” Edward
Mahoney, president of the group, told Reuters. “If the state
won’t protect Vermonters, we will try.”

Carrie Handy, a Vermont resident and member of True Dignity,
said her group will now try to help patients who feel pressured
into requesting their own deaths.

“We would have liked to defeat the legislation,” Handy
told The Burlington Free Press. “Now that it’s been enacted we
feel our role needs to be for the time being serving as a watchdog
organization. We do feel this legislation puts vulnerable people at
risk.”

But even though doctor-assisted suicide is now legal in Vermont,
experts estimate that very few people will turn to this option.
Vermont Health Commissioner Dr. Harry Chen told AP that he only
expects doctors to write out 10 to 20 lethal prescriptions each
year, with an even smaller number of patients actually choosing to
self-administer the drugs.

Chen’s estimate comes from figures in Oregon, where 673 patients
died from ingesting lethal barbiturates prescribed between 1997 to
2012. The most ever prescribed in a year was 77, which
occurred in 2012.

“It’s used by a very small number, but it brings comfort to a
much greater number knowing it’s there,”
Chen said.

But supporters in Connecticut and New Jersey — states that have
recently considered similar bills — hope that Vermont’s decision
will influence other US legislatures in passing similar
measures.

“Vermont’s law reflects another normalization of the practice
of aid in dying in the practice of medicine,”
Kathryn Tucker,
director of legal affairs at Compassion and Choices, told Reuters.
“Support for patients to be empowered and choose aid and dying
is growing. So I think this is an important step in moving that
forward.”

This article originally appeared on : RT

GOP Must Quit Being Stupid And Take Down This Bully Now

0

Donna Anderson
Infowars.com
May 21, 2013

Apparently the GOP learned nothing during the 2012 presidential race because they’re still missing the mark when it comes to women’s issues. Over the weekend the Virginia Republican Party nominated state Sen. Mark Obenshain ( R ) to replace Ken Cuccinelli ( R ), the state’s attorney general. And, as seems to be par for the course for Republican candidates, Obenshain has already alienated women voters — because of a bill he proposed four years ago.

In 2009 Obenshain introduced a bill requiring women to report a miscarriage to the police within 24 hours or face the possibility of up to a year in jail. Adding insult to injury and showing just how little he knows about miscarriages and the reproductive process, Obenshain also included the requirement that the remains of the fetus must not be removed without permission of the authorities. Here’s the text of Obenshain’s bill:

“[SB962] requires that when a fetal death occurs without medical attendance upon the mother at or after the delivery or abortion, the mother or someone acting on her behalf, within 24 hours, report the fetal death, location of the remains, and identity of the mother to the local or state police or sheriff’s department of the city or county where the fetal death occurred. The bill also specifies that no one shall remove, destroy, or otherwise dispose of any remains without the express authorization of law-enforcement officials or the medical examiner, and that a violation of this section is a Class 1 misdemeanor.”

A Class 1 misdemeanor in Virginia carries a maximum sentence of 12 months in jail and a maximum fine of $2,500.

Miscarriages frequently occur just weeks into the pregnancy, sometimes before the woman even knows she’s pregnant. According to the American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists (ACOG), miscarriage is the most common type of pregnancy loss and anywhere from 10-25 percent of all clinically recognized pregnancies will end in miscarriage.

“Chemical pregnancies may account for 50-75% of all miscarriages. This occurs when a pregnancy is lost shortly after implantation, resulting in bleeding that occurs around the time of her expected period. The woman may not realize that she conceived when she experiences a chemical pregnancy.”

And according to AmericanPregnancy.org (emphasis mine): “Women can experience a miscarriage without knowing it. A missed miscarriage is when embryonic death has occurred but there is not any expulsion of the embryo. It is not known why this occurs.”

  • A d v e r t i s e m e n t

Yet these types of pregnancies are detectable. Hormone levels rise during pregnancy and they only gradually drop back to normal levels after a miscarriage. A woman who didn’t even know she’d been pregnant and had a miscarriage could have a routine blood test for completely unrelated reasons and find herself in jail for not reporting a miscarriage.

To be fair, Obenshain quickly pulled his own bill. His deputy campaign manager for policy, Jared Walczak, issued the following statement:

“Senator Obenshain is strongly against imposing any added burden for women who suffer a miscarriage, and that was never the intent of the legislation. He explored possible amendments to address the bill’s unintended consequences, and met with representatives of both Planned Parenthood and NARAL Pro-Choice in an attempt to identify a solution. Ultimately, however, he was not satisfied that any amendment could sufficiently narrow the scope of the bill to eliminate these unintended consequences, so he had the bill stricken at his own request.”

Call it deja vu, call it history repeating itself, call it arrogance or discrimination or gender bias, or call it what it really is — sheer stupidity. At a time when the GOP has a real chance of taking control of Congress, and possibly the White House in 2016, why do they continue to give Obama the ammunition he needs to make them look like idiots? Did they learn nothing in 2012? Does the GOP not understand the process of vetting their candidates or do they just not think it’s important?

Obenshain introduced his bill in 2009 and then pulled it from the floor. Some might say it’s ancient history but immediately upon his nomination the mainstream media latched onto and highlighted the bill to emphasize the fact that Republicans continue to shoot from the hip, without thinking.

In 2011 Missouri GOP Senate candidate Todd Akin embarrassed the entire party by claiming that victims of “legitimate” rape don’t get pregnant and the media made sure that statement stayed in the forefront throughout the rest of the campaign.

Following Akin’s lead, Indiana GOP Senate candidate Richard Mourdock said that pregnancy as a result of rape was “something that God intended to happen.”

Needless to say, both Senators lost. In fact, Republicans lost heavily and many analysts blamed it on the uproar created by Akin and Mourdock. Karl Rove, American political consultant and policy advisor, said “Offensive comments about rape by Senate candidates in Missouri and Indiana gave the media an excuse to put social issues at the election’s center in a way that badly hurt the entire party, as well as costing Republicans two Senate seats.”

Now Republicans have put themselves on the hot seat again by nominating Obenshain to take over the state’s attorney general slot. However qualified he may be for the job, he still has this bill on his record and the Obama-loving mainstream media is just looking for another reason to pull our attention away from the recent scandals rocking the White House.

Senate Minority Leader Mitch McConnell had it right when he said the Obama administration was instilling a “culture of intimidation.”

“What we’re talking about here is an attitude that the government knows best,” McConnell said on NBC’s “Meet the Press” after he was asked about the IRS’s targeting of conservative groups for special scrutiny. “The nanny state is here to tell us all what to do. And if we start criticizing, you get targeted.”

Obama is like a schoolyard bully, he and his partners in crime rule by intimidation. Even Republicans who disagree with Obama’s policies stand silently by, shivering in fear, and watch while he annihilates members of their own party. But it’s the fault of Republicans for giving them so much ammunition.

After the Atkins fiasco, Republican Senator John McCain said called for Mourdock’s apology and send his suppport for Mourdock’s campaign “depends on what he does.” Republican Representative Mike Pence said he strongly disagreed with Mourdock’s statement, and President Obama said:

“Rape is rape. It is a crime. These various distinctions about rape don’t make too much sense to me.” So basically, anyone who wants to put any sort of restrictions on abortions can just take a hike.

Obama is taking every opportunity to criminalize his opponents. After the defeat of his gun control initiatives, he lashed out at opponents from both parties, claiming they had “no coherent arguments” and that the NRA and gun lobbyists had “willfully lied.” The next time gun control legislation hits the floor you can bet it will pass because everyone will be thinking, “How could I have been so wrong the last time? If 90 percent of America wants this then I better go along with the crowd.”

In his commencement address before 2013 graduates of The Ohio State University, Obama started in on the alternative media:

“Unfortunately, you’ve grown up hearing voices that incessantly warn of government as nothing more than some separate, sinister entity that’s at the root of all our problems; some of these same voices also doing their best to gum up the works. They’ll warn that tyranny is always lurking just around the corner. You should reject these voices. Because what they suggest is that our brave and creative and unique experiment in self-rule is somehow just a sham with which we can’t be trusted.”

So now we have at least a few Americans who question the sanity of anyone who would disagree with Obama in print, simply because the President told them to.

Now, with three scandals currently rocking the White House, when the Republicans and the American people have legitimate reasons for concern, members of the GOP are clouding the issues and giving Obama another opportunity to redirect the public’s attention.

Republican National Committee chairman and leading conservative, Kentucky Sen. Rand Paul’s statement after initial reports that the IRS had been targeting conservative groups was, “For goodness sake, somebody’s got to be fired, if not go to prison.”

But instead of making a strong demand for accountability, Paul’s premature statement simply gives Obama another opportunity to re-direct attention by saying that Paul’s statements are politically motivated and lack evidence, a case of sour grapes so to speak, essentially calling Paul and anyone who supports him a cry-baby whiny butt.

Appearing on “Meet The Press” this weekend, Senate GOP Leader Mitch McConnell and Rep. Dave Camp, R-Mich., were both put on the defensive and forced to admit that, while they’d love to see Obama impeached, right now there is no evidence that the IRS targeting of tea party and conservative groups was ordered by the White House. Now, when they do have that evidence, fewer people will listen because Obama has already made them all look like little boys crying wolf.

Millions of Americans would also love to see Obama impeached, or at the very least, sanctioned in some way, but this bully is a powerful foe and he has a lot of supporters. The Obama Machine has grown much too large for some hot-headed loudmouth to just walk onto the playground and take it down. Now it’s going to require “right” as well as “might.”

Right now the American people want answers. Obama’s “I don’t know anything about it” attitude is getting tiresome and a leader who refuses to accept ultimate responsibility quickly loses credibility among his followers. The is the perfect time for the GOP to step up and take this bully down because if they truly had the evidence to do it they’d have the support of the entire nation.

The GOP needs to stop making itself look like an idiot. They need to stop giving Obama the opportunity to point and ridicule. They need to stop giving Obama the opportunity to put them on the defensive and get the public’s attention off of his own misdeeds. In other words, they need to keep their mouths shut, forget about politics, forget about their constituencies and upcoming elections, and keep their minds focused on getting enough evidence to finally make their accusations stick.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, May 21, 2013 at 1:33 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on : Infowars

Britain's House of Commons votes to legalize gay marriage in England, Wales

0

Britain’s House of Commons has voted to legalize gay marriage in England and Wales. British MPs approved the Marriage (Same Sex Couples) Bill by 366 votes to 161.

The bill will move onto the House of Lords, where it is expected
to face opposition.

Several Tory MPs spoke out against the bill, which has caused
tensions within the party. The Labour and Liberal Democrat
leaderships backed the bill.

British Prime Minister David Cameron hopes the bill will soon be
enacted into law, with the first marriage ceremonies taking place
by next summer.

Cameron is eager to force the bill’s passage, in attempts to
display his party’s liberal and progressive side, particularly
following spending cuts and a lurch to the right on immigration
policy, which a number of parties are pursuing following a recent
surge in the UK Independence Party’s popularity.

DETAILS TO FOLLOW.

This article originally appeared on : RT

Genocide Denial in Guatemala

0

Guatemala’s Constitutional Court has overturned the Ríos Montt guilty verdict of May 10th, setting the legal proceedings back to April 19th — after the evidence was presented but before Ríos Montt was declared guilty.  The 3 to 2 decision relies on a technicality brought into play when Ríos Montt’s lawyers walked out of the court leaving him temporarily without representation. The New York Times reporting suggests the business federation, Cacif, brought extreme pressure to bear on the Constitutional Court.

The highest court’s nullification of the guilty verdict diminishes neither its truth nor effect, but undermine’s the ability of  a nation’s courts to deal with its own mass atrocities. Because this crime of genocide is a crime of policy, approved by President Reagan among others, it is an inconvenient atrocity for Washington and for business. International public opinion may simply reject the impunity of legal manoeuvres used to cover the crime so far. Because the arrogance of the privileged appears to be un-teachable — a genocide warning continues for Guatemala’s Mayan Indians.

The Guatemalan people are locked in a struggle for very basic human rights. On one side is the oligarchy, its former Kaibiles[1]  President Molina, his Kaibiles appointees, the military which serves them, the U.S. underwriting which trained, armed and advised them, the U.S. corporations which employ them, the mining interests which enrich them, the European traditions which nurture them, and the old order of terror they once ruled by under the veneer of privilege.

On the other is a standard of what human beings must not do to each other. It is the people struggling to assert a norm shredded and manipulated since the U.S. takeover in 1954, balancing the madness of psychotic rulers with the people’s right to live their daily lives without being murdered.

There are so many guilty, trained into lethal madness by the School of the Americas. The atrocities by the Guatemalan military as commanded by Ríos Montt presents a group and cumulative crime so overwhelming, and conclusively single-minded in denying the humanity of Ixil Indians, as well as dissidents, labour leaders, and leftists, that the crime was recognized globally, as genocide. After the guilty verdict Guatemalan President Molina, implicated in the conviction of Ríos Montt, publicly denied that the military agenda to massacre hundreds of thousands of Ixil Indians was a genocide.

The elite found the guilty verdict outrageous, putting forth numerous legal cases, procedural points as objections, threatening and publicly defaming Judge Jasmin Barrios, and proceeding with no humility before the crime which speaks for them. It is as if Ríos Montt’s supporters, the elite, the military, their defence lawyers, and business interests have no comprehension of the inhumanity of what provably happened, of the meaning of the charges themselves, of the ultimate meaning of the tribunal court’s judgement, which can’t be contained by the Constitutional Court, or the Guatemalan oligarchy or its mentors throughout the world whose objections show no contrition, humility or shame.

Tangled finally in a justice system of its own making the elite has lost its balance, as if atrocities are only a matter of spitting on the street. As if the thousands of individual lives and irreparable suffering and the lifelong fear brought on the Ixil people and those who believed in the basic rights of human beings, are of no concern to privilege. Historically, this separation of those in service to the rulers, from the victim group they would continue to strip of human value, becomes terminal.

Warning of the Constitutional court decision was offered by Mary Anastasia O’Grady, editor and writer for the Wall Street Journal who prepared business readers for a genocide denial by the Constitutional Court, with her own, upholding defence testimony to purvey the crime as a military tactic required by resistance infiltration, while the trial itself is belittled as a “leftist” way to get back (“The Left’s Cold War Revenge in Guatemala,” May 19, 2013, Wall Street Journal). With remarkable lack of concern for the murdered, Ms. O’Grady found the U.N.’s “so-called-human-rights experts” who approved the verdict “also come from places like China, Cuba and Syria.”

While the genocide under Ríos Montt may pre-date current direct authority of the International Criminal Court, impeding a genocide trial or obstructing the result of its verdict after Guatemala’s accession to the Rome Statute, may not. Rationally, Guatemala’s Constitutional Court risks contemporary complicity in the crime by

overturning a verdict on the grounds of a staged technicality. It isn’t likely the world’s signatories will suddenly honour the Convention on Genocide, by charging the court’s justices, because most world leaders participate in the same elite.

The Constitutional Court’s decision places Guatemala’s human rights community, judges, witnesses, and entire legal system at risk. So far, North American prevention-of-genocide organizations, the strongly funded and corporate NGO’s, have shown no overt support for Guatemala’s judges who dared faithfulness to the Convention on Genocide. North American anti-genocide mechanisms should be assuring the safety of the justices and prosecutors, human rights workers and witnesses, and their families currently under threat of a violence taught Guatemalan society by Kaibiles atrocities. Guatemala should be monitored by the International Criminal Court for any current encouragements to genocide against the Mayan population.

During the trial four Xinca Indian leaders opposed to a Canadian Tahoe Resources Mining project were abducted March 17th and one of them murdered.  President Molina gathered a substantial military force to protect the San Rafael Region Tahoe Resources mine from protesters. A soldier was killed. Troops were dispersed after tape recorded evidence was provided of the mining security chief, Alberto Rotondo,  giving orders to kill native protestors. He was subsequently arrested trying to leave the country. Tahoe Resources of Canada, partially owned by Goldcorp Canada, has offices in Vancouver B.C. and Reno Nevada.

The Guatemalan oligarchy is not an isolated or singular elite. The United States is directly challenged by war crimes trials in the Americas since the crimes are often committed under the covert influence of American advisors. The worst atrocities have become a signature of training by the School of the Americas (WHINSEC). Court cases in Argentina, Chile and Guatemala so far have stopped short of the inevitable next step which is to call the U.S. government to account.

In Argentina the elite’s former dictator Jorge Rafael Videla was recently returned to trial among 25 charged with the excesses of Operation Condor, a multi-government effort to kill dissidents, communists, trade unionists, wherever they were, in a program with some parallels to U.S. policies in the current “war on terror.”

Videla was previously imprisoned for life by his country’s courts due to atrocities / war crimes, then pardoned, then charged and convicted for his policy of kidnapping children of his murdered prisoners and raising them in a manner the Argentine elite deemed proper. After a recent court appearance Videla called the trial illegal, much as Ríos Montt has in Guatemala,  and threatened Argentina with a military uprising if the trial continued.

Yet the Operation Condor trial in Argentina trial has resumed despite the inherent obstacles, and among them: the U.S. provided military assistance to all the countries involved in Operation Condor; the proceedings fell from international news pages as Francis of Argentina became the new Pope and King Willem-Alexander of the Netherlands was crowned;  the wife of the new King is from Argentina’s elite and her father’s service to the Videla dictatorship both as a junior minister and from 1979 to 1981 as Videla’s Minister of Agriculture, proves an ongoing embarrassment. There is an unset compound fracture at the interface with a regime where privilege claims the right to atrocity. On May 17, Videla is reported to have died in prison of natural causes.

Within this context, Efrain Ríos Montt has been well cared for by the  Guatemalan people. A victor’s military court would have shot him after conviction. A Nuremberg court would have had him hung. The restraint of those in Guatemala who are not of the elite is admirable and should assure honour and safety to all who have attempted justice through law. Beyond the oligarchy’s understanding they want justice rather than revenge, and they teach endurance until justice is done, as we consider the crimes of our own elites.

Note

[1]The Kaibiles are an elite Guatemalan commando unit known for extremes of atrocity and degradation of their victims.

 Partial online sources for this article:

“Guatemala Awaits Constitutional Court’s Rulings Following Rios Montt Guilty Verdict.” Raquel Aldana, May 15, 2013, Open Society Justice Initiative; “Efraín Ríos Montt Found Guilty of Genocide!” Caso Cerado, School of the Americas Watch; “Human rights groups welcome Guatemala genocide ruling,” May 17, 2013, Vatican Radio; “Argentine Dictator Jorge Videla, 87, Dies in Prison,” Shane Romig, May 17, 2013, Wall Street Journal; “Willem-Alexander becomes Dutch king after Beatrix abdicates,” AP, April 30, 2013, CBC News; “Argentine junta casts shadow over new Dutch Queen,” Agence France-Presse, April 30, 2013, GlobalPost; “Bad education: U.S. training of Guatemalan military leaders is just one example,” Palmer Legare, current, SOA Watch; “Tahoe Resources Mining executive in Guatemala gives direct orders to kill protestors,” The Guatemala Times, May 9, 2013, upsidedownworld.org; “State of Seige: Mining Conflict Escalates in Guatemala,” Sandra Cuffe May 2, 2013, Upside down World.; “Guatemalan Court Overturns Genocide Conviction of Former Dictator,” Elisabeth Malkin, May 20, 2013, The New York Times online; “Guatemala ex-leader Rios Montt’s genocide conviction overturned,” May 21, 2012, BBC News.

This article originally appeared on : Global Research

All Syrian sides to join peace confab

0

UN-Arab League Special Envoy to Syria Lakhdar Brahimi says the Syrian government and the opposition are preparing to take part in the upcoming international peace conference.

Brahimi told reports on Tuesday at the Arab League that both the Damascus government and the opposition will take part in talks to try to resolve the conflict in Syria, which are due to take place in the Swiss city of Geneva in June, Reuters news agency reported.

“The Geneva 2 conference is a great opportunity, and we hope that the brothers in Syria and the regional and international parties will cooperate to make it succeed,” Brahimi said, adding that “There are many problems in the preparation for this conference, the first of which is the formation of the delegations of the Syrian government and the opposition.”

European diplomatic sources said the Syrian government has submitted the names of five potential negotiators for the conference. Russia, which proposed the talks along with the US, has repeatedly said Iran should take part in the conference.

US Secretary of State John Kerry is due to discuss current planning for the conference at a meeting of the so-called “Friends of Syria” in Jordan on Wednesday.

Syria’s opposition is also due to meet in Istanbul on Thursday to announce its stance on the conference.

The first Geneva talks, which was held under the chairmanship of former mediator Kofi Annan last June, calls for a political process to end the crisis in Syria.

HM/PR

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

UKIP surges to 2 points behind Tories

0

The UK Independence Party (UKIP) has just two points to put behind the ruling Conservative Party in terms of popularity as British Prime Minister David Cameron grapples with internal dissent.

According to the data by Survation, a member of the British Polling Council, UKIPâ„¢s popularity has surged to 22 percent, which is the partyâ„¢s highest poll rating ever.

The polling put the opposition Labour Party at 35 percent, i.e. 11 points ahead of the Tories. This is while that the Liberal Democrats, the junior party to the coalition government led by deputy prime minister Nick Clegg, are in fourth place on 11 per cent.

It shows if the results were repeated at a general election on a uniform swing, Labour would have a majority of 104 seats.

The survey canvassed 1,000 adults in England, Scotland and Wales last week.

MOL/HE

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Victims win torture test case in UK

0

The British Home Office has been ordered by the high court to pay compensation to four torture victims.

The British Home Office has been ordered by the high court to pay compensation to four torture victims, who were improperly held in UK immigration detention centres.

The case brought about by a network of asylum detainees and doctors, the Helen Bamber Foundation and Medical Justice, followed the publication of a report of 50 incidents of victims who survived after being detained in immigration detention centres.

Medical Justice says it has issued over 100 “medico-legal” reports prepared by volunteer doctors for detained torture survivors each year who may now claim compensation.

The cases included that of a Nigerian who had been the driver of a politician who had been forced from office and believed his employee was involved in some way.

The victim’s father had been killed, while he had been tortured and severely beaten, sustaining injuries and scarring. The high court judge said a DVD of a failed attempt to remove him, which included a fight and the man being handcuffed, made for “disturbing viewing”.

Another case involved a woman who had escaped from Bolivia after being raped and frequently beaten by an armed drug trafficking gang who had shot her partner after they arrived in London.

BGH/MOL/HE

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Most Americans Believe Obama Covering Up IRS Scandal

0

Senator accuses former IRS head of engaging in “lie of omission”

Steve Watson
Infowars.com
May 21, 2013

A majority of Americans have clearly indicated that they believe the IRS intentionally targeted Tea Party groups. In a Washington Post/ABC News poll released Tuesday, 56 percent said they believe increased IRS scrutiny on conservative groups was deliberate, with only 31 percent saying they believed it was an “administrative mistake.”

In addition, 74 percent, described the tactics as inappropriate, with 51 percent saying they feel actions are criminal. Just 20 percent said they felt the IRS actions were appropriate, with 44 percent believing the agency acted within the law.

More Americans also believe that the Obama administration is attempting to cover up the scandal, with 45 percent suggesting that the White House has not disclosed all the facts, compared to 42 percent who say they trust the government on the matter.

The White House claimed this week that they were aware of a Treasury inspector general report into the improper targeting, but that they refrained from notifying the President himself.

The notion that Obama’s top lawyers knew about the impending scandal up to a full month ago and decided not to inform him has been received with doubt by lawmakers, reporters and every day Americans.

The first lawsuit was filed today concerning the IRS targeting, with a Tea Party group in California suing in a U.S. District Court in Cincinnati.

The NorCal Tea Party Patriots group has claimed that the IRS applied “intensive and intrusive scrutiny,” violating their rights, after the group applied for tax exempt status.

“NorCal and its members suffered years of delay and expense while awaiting the exemption and spending valuable time and money answering the IRS’ questions. The result was a muffling and muzzling of free expression,” the lawsuit claims.

In Congressional hearings today, the former IRS commissioner Doug Shulman claimed that he was unaware of the full extent of the agency’s targeting of conservative groups after he left his post. Shulman also claimed that he had no knowledge of the reasoning behind the implementation of the policy.

Shulman also stated that IRS staff should have alerted their superiors to the practice of targeting conservative groups and singling out those with “Tea Party” and “patriot” in their names.

Shulman upheld the notion put forth last week in the inspector general’s report, which blamed ineffective management for the subsequent delays in tax exemption claims as well as additional questioning.

“While the inspector general’s report did not indicate that there was any political motivation involved, the actions outlined in the report have justifiably led to questions about the fairness of the approach taken here,” Shulman, who left the agency in November 2012, told the committee.

Both Shulman and his successor, Steven Miller, have admitted to knowing about the IRS targeting for over a year, but did not once alert Congress. Shulman even claimed in March 2012, when he was questioned by lawmakers, that the IRS was definitively not targeting Tea Party Groups.

During Tuesday’s hearing, the ranking GOP Senator on the Finance Committee described the inaction of both men as a “lie of omission.”

“The American people deserve to know the truth about what went on here,” Hatch said. “And they deserve to know why the truth was kept from them for so long.”

–––––––––––––––––––––-

Steve Watson is the London based writer and editor for Alex Jones’ Infowars.com, and Prisonplanet.com. He has a Masters Degree in International Relations from the School of Politics at The University of Nottingham, and a Bachelor Of Arts Degree in Literature and Creative Writing from Nottingham Trent University.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, May 21, 2013 at 12:53 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on : Infowars

6 Ways Oklahoma's GOP Senators Have Fought to Undermine Relief Funding

0

May 21, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Oklahoma residents will now turn to government assistance for emergency disaster aid after a tornado ripped through the state on Monday, leaving dozens dead and tearing apart hundreds of buildings. But the same night that many residents lost their homes, Sen. Tom Coburn (R-OK) told CQ Roll Callinsisted he would “absolutely” require any federal disaster aid to be offset by other budget cuts. He later clarified on Tuesday, promising, “I can assure Oklahomans that any and all available aid will be delivered without delay.”

Both of the state’s senators, Sen. James Inhofe (R) and Coburn, however, have long worked to undermine the Federal Emergency Management Agency, even though their state heavily relies on disaster aid:

1. In September 2011, Coburn offered an amendment to offset $6.9 billion in FEMA funding.

2. Coburn voted in 2011 against funding FEMA after it ran out of money, because, in his words, funding FEMA would have been “unconscionable.” Inhofe did not vote. Senate Majority Leader Harry Reid fired back at Republicans blocking a bill for necessary funding to FEMA.

3. Inhofe proposed removing grants for storm shelter programs coordinating with FEMA, and instead provide individuals with tax breaks.

4.  Coburn criticized items in Sandy disaster relief such as $12.9 billion for disaster mitigiation and $366 million for Amtrak as “wasteful spending.”

5. After Hurricane Sandy, Inhofe and Coburn voted against a bill for $50.5 billion in Hurrican Sandy disaster relief.

6. Coburn demanded that $5.25 billion in FEMA grant funds be reallocated because of sequestration in April 2013.

A spokesman told the Huffington Post that Coburn has supported offsets for the Oklahoma City bombing recovery effort, which tapped funds not yet appropriated.

Oklahoma and Texas rank as the top two states in FEMA disaster declarations; combined, they account for more than a quarter of declared disasters since 2009. So it doesn’t come as a surprise that the senators have requested disaster aid for severe storms and drought, even though Coburn is willing to hold up relief with his demands.

UPDATE

On MSNBC, Inhofe argued that tornado aid for Oklahoma is “totally different” from aid for Hurricane Sandy. “Everyone was getting in and exploiting the tragedy taking place,” he said. “That won’t happen in Oklahoma.”

Rebecca Leber is a research assistant for the ThinkProgress war room. She graduated from the University of Rochester and holds a B.A. in political science and English with a minor in economics.

This article originally appeared on : AlterNet

Police Tase Foreclosed Upon Homeowners Protesting Criminal Bankers, Criminal Bankers Continue Facing No Repercussions

0

Taser International’s X2 two-shot Taser for law enforcement is displayed in January. The US Supreme Court refused to review the use of Taser stun guns by police on two women, including one who was seven months pregnant at the time.

May 21, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

You may have heard about the protests at the DOJ by foreclosed upon homeowners demanding that Eric Holder prosecute some bankers for their criminal activity. If you haven’t, you can read all about it here. 

Unfortunately, I received reports last night that citizens exercising their right to peacefully protest were being casually tasered by the authorities.

This came from my friend Jason Rosenbaum, who was there:

At the start of the action, when the protesters and homeowners arrived at the south entrance of the DOJ, we were greeted by half a dozen police in tactical gear or uniforms and a metal barrier cutting off access to a small courtyard in front of the large DOJ doors. The group of protesters rallied at the barrier and the planters next to it that made up the square and homeowners slowly climbed over the barriers in an attempt to gain an audience at the DOJ and register their complaints. At that point, the police were keeping people from climbing over, but eventually the police retreated and a few homeowners and protesters made it over and sat down to occupy that space. More joined them. After about 10 minutes, as more climbed over the barrier and the crowd occupied more space, the police retreated up the few steps leading to the door, and eventually ceded the square entirely by going inside the DOJ, leaving the protesters and homeowners alone in the square. The protesters took down the barriers at that point and everyone occupied the square, complete with signs, chants, couches, tents, and the like. (There’s video/photos of this on my Twitter feed, @j_ro.)

That was phase one — for the next phase, the protest split into three groups, with one staying at the south entrance and the two others to take entrances on the north and west sides of the building. I went with the group going to the west, and we were met again by police presence at the west entrance. We pushed on through to the north entrance around the block, and again were met by police. After sitting down there for a bit and taking the intersection down the block, we were notified that our brethren needed our help back at the south entrance and we marched over.

When I got there with the crowd in my group, the police had about a dozen homeowners in plastic cuffs on the south steps and had set up a police line around the original square in front of the door. The people in my group rushed through the line to sit down with their fellow protesters and homeowners being arrested, and it was at this point that at least one officer took out his taser gun, pulled the trigger, and started using it to push back those in the crowd coming to the support of those being arrested. That’s what you see in my video. As Matt noted, it was over very quickly, with protesters looking to peacefully support those who were being arrested being tased and pushed back, and those being arrested led into a police van and driven away for processing.

At this point, as the arrests were being loaded into the van, another group of about a dozen sat down inside the police barrier and as far as I know they’re still there (I had to leave about an hour after the initial arrests). So there may be more arrests to come shortly.

There is nothing new about protesters gathering at government buildings. And it has never been a problem for the police to arrest protesters in an orderly fashion, even when the protesters are not cooperating by sitting down and refusing to move. This is the way civil disobedience has worked for many a moon.

Shooting protesters full of electricity in order to get them to fall to the ground in excruciating pain, dazed and compliant, however, is new. And it’s completely unnecessary, not to mention contrary to our long tradition of peaceful protest. I thought this sort of thing went out with the use of firehoses and police dogs.

It happened again today, this time well captured on video:
 

This article originally appeared on : AlterNet

Watch: The Touching Moment a Mother Sees Her Young Son Alive and Well for the First Time Since Tornado Hit

0

<!–

MailChimp RSS-Email Widget

–>

A touching moment between a woman and young son.

May 21, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

The official death toll from the tornado in Oklahoma stands at 24 people, including seven children whose bodies were recovered from the Plaza Towers Elementary School. In the video below, Trenda Purcell sees her son, a student at Briarwood Elementary school, for the first time since the tornado destroyed the building.

Watch: 

h/t http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-2328491/I-love-The-tear-jerking-…http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-2328491/I-love-The-tear-jerking-moment-mother-reunited-lost-son-Oklahoma-tornado.html?ITO=1490&ns_mchannel=rss&ns_campaign=1490

Liked this article? Join our email list
Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email

Like Alternet on Facebook

‘;
jQuery(‘#root_subfooter’).before( html );

var slide_top_offset = calculate_slide_div_top_offset();
var slide_left_offset = calculate_slide_div_left_offset();

jQuery(‘#like_alternet_on_fb’)
.css(‘position’,’fixed’)
.css(‘top’,’-100px’)
.css(‘width’,’450px’)
.css(‘height’,’105px’)
.css(‘background’,’#E8E8FB’)
.css(‘border’,’10px solid #223BBE’)
.css(‘border-right’,’0px’);

toggle();

}

function resize_slide_div(){

var slide_top_offset = calculate_slide_div_top_offset();
var slide_left_offset = calculate_slide_div_left_offset();

jQuery(‘#like_alternet_on_fb’)
.css(‘top’,slide_top_offset)
.css(‘left’,slide_left_offset);

}

/* HOOK SCRIPT INTO EVENTS */

var paging = String( getUrlVars()[“page”] );

if( paging == ‘off’ ){
var is_paging_off = true;
} else {
var is_paging_off = false;
}

//console.log( ‘Is paging off ? [‘ + is_paging_off + ‘] ‘ + getUrlVars()[“paging”] );

var page = String( getUrlVars()[“page”] );

if( page == ‘undefined’ ){
var is_first_page = true;
} else {
var is_first_page = false;
}

//console.log( ‘Is first page ? [‘ + is_first_page + ‘] ‘ + page );

jQuery(window).scroll(function() {

var scrollYpos = jQuery(document).scrollTop();

if( scrollYpos >= pop_in_yPos && on_off_toggle == ‘off’ ){
toggle();
}

if( scrollYpos

‘;
jQuery(‘div.media-image’).each( function(index){
src = String(jQuery(this).children(‘img.media-image’).attr(‘src’));
if( src != ” && src != ‘undefined’ ){
parts = src.split(‘/’);
if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘slideshow’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/slideshow/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘AFP’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/images/AFP/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘public’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-3] == ‘public’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/’+parts[parts.length-2]+’/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else { new_src = false; }
if( new_src ){ jQuery(this).html(‘‘+jQuery(this).html()+enlarge_html+’‘); }
}
});

var slideshowdiv; var new_html; var img_obj; var sourcediv; var titlediv; var captiondiv; var title; var caption;

jQuery(‘div.slideshow-body div.slideshow div.field-item’).each( function(index){

slideshowdiv = jQuery(this).find(‘div.altslideshow-embedded-gallery’);
img_obj = slideshowdiv.find(‘img’);
src = img_obj.attr(‘src’);

title = slideshowdiv.children(‘div.altslideshow-title’).html();
if( title == null ){ title = ”; }

caption = slideshowdiv.children(‘div.altslideshow-caption’).html();
if( caption == null ){ caption = ”; }

if( src != ” && src != ‘undefined’ ){
// alert( ‘SRC: ‘+src );
parts = src.split(‘/’);
if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘slideshow’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/slideshow/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘AFP’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/images/AFP/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘public’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-3] == ‘public’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/’+parts[parts.length-2]+’/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else { new_src = false; }
// alert( ‘New SRC: ‘+new_src );
if( new_src ){
img_obj.parent().attr(‘href’,new_src).attr(‘rel’,’lightbox[slides]’).attr(‘title’,title+’
‘+caption).append(‘

Click to enlarge.

‘);
}
}

//sourcediv = jQuery(this).find(‘div.altslideshow-source’);
//titlediv = jQuery(this).find(‘div.altslideshow-title’);
//captiondiv = jQuery(this).find(‘div.altslideshow-caption’);
//sourcediv.after( titlediv ).after( captiondiv );

});


This article originally appeared on : AlterNet

Pizza from a printer: NASA to spend $125,000 funding 3D food production project

0

NASA is funding research into 3D printed food which would provide astronauts with meals during long space flights. The futuristic food printers would use cartridges of powder and oils which would have a shelf life of 30 years.

While the idea may seem like something out of a Sci-Fi movie,
the process of printing food has already been proven possible. The
brains behind the innovation, Anjan Contractor, previously printed
chocolate in a bid to prove his concept.

Contractor and his company, Systems & Materials Research
Corporation, will now use NASA’s $125,000 grant to attempt to print
a pizza. The grant was applied for on March 28, 2013. The pizza
printer is still in the conceptual stage, and will begin to be
built in two weeks, Quartz reported.

The printer will first print a layer of dough, which will be cooked
while being printed. Tomato powder will then be mixed with water
and oil to print a tomato sauce. The topping for the pizza will be
a “protein layer” which could come from any source — animals, milk,
or plants.

The concept is to use basic “building blocks” of food in
replaceable powder cartridges. Each block will be combined to
create a range of foods which can be created by the printer. The
cartridges will have a shelf life of 30 years — more than long
enough to enable long-distance space travel.

Contractor and his team hope the 3D printer will be used not only
by NASA, but also by regular Earthlings. His vision would mean the
end of food waste, due to the powder’s long shelf life.  

“I think, and many economists think, that current food systems
can’t supply 12 billion people sufficiently,
” he said, as
quoted by Quartz. “So we eventually have to change our
perception of what we see as food.”

There are some conveniences which would come along with the
printer. For example, recipes could be traded with others through
software. Each recipe would have a set of instructions which tells
the printer which cartridge of powder to mix with which liquids,
and at what rate and how it should be sprayed.

Another perk includes personalized nutrition. “If you’re male,
female, someone is sick–they all have different dietary needs. If
you can program your needs into a 3D printer, it can print exactly
the nutrients that person requires,”
Contractor said.

Contractor plans on keeping the software portion of his 3D printer
entirely open-source, so that anyone can look at its code. He
believes this will allow people to find creative uses for the
hardware.

This article originally appeared on : RT

Iran director to judge at China festival

0

Iranian filmmaker Khosrow Maâ„¢asoumi has been selected to judge at the 16th edition of Shanghai International Film Festival (SIFF) in China.

Maâ„¢asoumi who was participated in two previous editions of the Chinese festival and won the award has been invited to serve as a juror at this yearâ„¢s event.

The festival will dedicate a particular section to Maâ„¢asoumi to honor this acclaimed Iranian filmmaker.

Masoumiâ„¢s recent award-winning movie The Bear garnered the Best Feature Film at the Golden Goblet Awards of the 15th Shanghai International Film Festival (SIFF) and was the sole Iranian representative at the competition section selected from among 10 other productions.

The movie was also nominated in two categories for the Best Director and Best Film awards at the 2012 Asia Pacific Screen Awards (APSA).

Iranian woman filmmaker Narges Abyarâ„¢s drama Objects in a Mirror Are Closer than They Appear is also to be screened at the Competition section of the festival.

The British director Tom Hooper will lead the jury selecting the winner of the 2013 Golden Goblet Award at the Chinese festival.

Established in 1993, Shanghai International Film Festival is one of the biggest film festivals in Asia.

The 2013 edition of Shanghai film festival is programmed to take place from June 15 to 23.

FGP/FGP

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Israel warns Syria over Golan attack

0

File photo shows Israeli forces standing on top of tanks in the occupied Golan Heights.

Israelâ„¢s military chief has severely warned Syria against more attacks hours after Syrian troops targeted an Israeli military vehicle in the occupied Golan Heights.

On Tuesday, Israeli Chief of Staff Lieutenant General Benny Gantz issued a stern warning to Syrian President Bashar al-Assad, saying that Å“If he deteriorates (the situation on) the Golan Heights, he will have to bear the consequences.”

Earlier in the day, the Syrian army said in a statement that it had destroyed an Israeli military vehicle which had crossed the ceasefire line in the occupied Golan Heights.

The vehicle drove toward the village of Bir Ajam, located in the Å“liberated area of Syrian territories where there are armed terrorist groups,” the army added.

According to the Syrian army, the Israeli military fired two rockets from the occupied site of Tal al-Faras into Syria overnight in retaliation.

Also on Tuesday, the Israeli military said its troops had shot at a target inside Syria, following an incident where gunfire from Syria hit the Israeli-occupied Golan Heights.

The Israeli regime has recently boosted its military activities in the Golan Heights, where clashes between the Syrian army and the militant groups continue.

Syria has been gripped by unrest for over two years, and many people, including large numbers of Syrian soldiers and security personnel, have been killed in the foreign-sponsored militancy.

MKA/HGH/SS

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

US irked over illegal Israeli outposts

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]In a rare move, the US secretary of state has called the Israeli ambassador to Washington to protest against the legalization of Israeli outposts in the occupied West Bank.

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Georgian police arrest ex-premier

0

Georgia’s former Prime Minister Vano Merabishvili (C) arrives for questioning at a regional prosecutor’s office in Kutaisi on May 21, 2013.

Georgian police have arrested former premier as well as ex health minister on charges of embezzlement and abuse of office.

Former Prime Minister Ivane (Vano) Merabishvili and ex-healthcare minister Zurab Chiaberashvili, now governor of the Kakheti region, were detained on Tuesday in western city of Kutaisi.

“Ivane Merabishvili has been arrested. Charges against him envisage a prison term from 7 to 12 years,” said prosecutor Ilia Jalagania.

The arrests came after Merabishvili and Chiaberashvili were questioned by prosecutors, who accused them of misusing 5.2 million lari (USD 3.2 million) in public funds on the former ruling partyâ„¢s election campaign in 2012.

In addition, prosecutors allege that Merabishvili has illegally obtained a luxuriant property on the countryâ„¢s Black Sea coast and used government funds to uphold it and hire personnel.

These were the latest in a series of arrests of former officials since Bidzina Ivanishvili won last yearâ„¢s election and took over as prime minister.

All the detained former officials have been accused of abuse of power, corruption, illegal confinement or illegal obtaining of personal information.

The countryâ„¢s President Mikhail Saakashvili has condemned the number of arrests as politically driven and warned that it will tarnish the countryâ„¢s image.

A court is to determine within 48 hours after the arrest whether to free Chiaberashvili and Merabishvili or remand them in custody.

CAH/PR

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

‘One militant killed in Egypt Sinai’

0

Egyptian soldiers stand guard in the area of the Rafah Crossing border between Egypt and the Gaza Strip on May 21, 2013.

An Egyptian security official says a militant has been killed and three others arrested in a military campaign in volatile Sinai Peninsula.

The official who spoke on condition of anonymity said on Tuesday that the military campaign took place in southern Rafah in North Sinai.

Eight vehicles belonging to the militants were seized, the official said.

Earlier in the day, Egyptian President Mohamed Morsi sent dozens of troops and armed vehicles to Sinai Peninsula after seven members of security forces were kidnapped there.

On the same day, Hisham Qandil issued a statement, saying that Egypt is working to secure the release of the abductees.

Å“There are intense efforts on all fronts for the return of the captured conscripts safely,” Qandil said.

Earlier this week, a video was released by the kidnappers, showing the seven abductees taken hostage, asking Morsi and Defense Minister Abdul Fattah al-Sisi to meet the demands of the abductors.

On May 16, a group of masked armed men kidnapped seven recruits, three from the police and four from the military, in North Sinai’s Green Valley, some 20 kilometers away from el-Arish, the capital of the North Sinai governorate.

According to security officials, abductors had demanded earlier the release of political prisoners, among whom Hamada Abou Sheita, who is sentenced to death over a deadly attack on a police station in North Sinai in 2011.

Militant groups and criminals have exploited a security vacuum that has developed in Sinai since the 2011 uprising against former dictator Hosni Mubarak.

MAM/PR

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Iraq inspects another Iranian plane

0

Iraqi authorities have forced another Syria-bound Iranian plane to land in Baghdad for inspection, despite Tehranâ„¢s repeated protests against the move.

Iraqi civil aviation authorities forced a cargo plane belonging to Iranâ„¢s Caspian Airlines to land at Baghdad International Airport, the Iraqi Transport Ministry said in a statement on Monday, Aswat al-Iraq reported.

The plane was searched by security forces at the airport, but nothing illegal was found and the plane was allowed to continue its flight, the statement added.

Tehran has repeatedly criticized Iraqi officials over the inspection of Iranian planes carrying humanitarian aid to crisis-hit Syria.

It says the inspections – which have invariably failed to find any illegal cargo – are carried out under political pressure from other countries.

Å“This measure is not negligible or justifiable, and we have voiced our protest against this approach and consider it a violation of international law and conventions,” former Iranian Foreign Ministry Spokesman Ramin Mehmanparast said on April 23.

He added that Iraqi officials had been previously warned against insisting on the inspection of Iranian airplanes.

MRS/HGH/SS

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Iran offers condolences over US tornado

0

People look through the wreckage of their neighborhood after a tornado struck Moore, Oklahoma, on May 20.

Iran has offered its condolences to the American nation following the death of more than 90 people in a massive tornado that ripped through parts the US state of Oklahoma.

In a Tuesday message, Iranâ„¢s Foreign Ministry Spokesman Abbas Araqchi voiced regret over the deadly incident and expressed sympathy with the families of the victims.

On Monday afternoon, a giant tornado, with winds up to 200 miles per hour, killed at least 91 people including 20 children and injured some 145 others as it tore across the city of Moore near Oklahoma City, the capital of the central US state of Oklahoma

The mayor of Moore, Glenn Lewis, said the whole town looked like a debris field and there was danger of electrocution and fire from downed power lines and broken natural gas lines.

Monday’s vast storm has been described by the National Weather Service as the deadliest US tornado since the one that killed 161 people in Joplin, Missouri, just two years ago.

MKA/HGH/SS

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

CIA Troublemaking in Caucasus

0

Wayne Madsen
strategic-culture.org
May 21, 2013

It is clear that Russia’s arrest and expulsion of two CIA agents who were trying to recruit members of the Russian intelligence service fighting against Salafist separatists in the Caucasus is part of a Russian mopping-up operation directed at the CIA’s decades-long covert support for terrorists operating in the Northern and Southern Caucasus. Russia’s Federal Security Bureau (FSB) recently arrested Ryan Christopher Fogle, a CIA «official cover» U.S. embassy Third Secretary, who was trying to recruit an FSB counter-terrorism officer for the CIA. A Russian phone intercept of Fogle’s conversation with the targeted counter-terrorism officer revealed the following offer by the CIA agent: “You can earn up to $1 million per year and I’ll give you $100,000 up front, but only if we meet right now. Yes or no?» Earlier this year, the FSB nabbed another CIA agent, yet unnamed, and quietly deported him.

Ryan C. Fogle, third secretary in the political section at the U.S. embassy in Moscow, was declared persona non grata. Photo: FSb.

The list of key U.S. Foreign Service officers, dated April 1, 2013, does not contain Fogle’s name on the list of key U.S. diplomats assigned to the Moscow embassy. Traditionally, the CIA prefers to operate under the official cover of “Political Officer” at large embassies like Moscow. In smaller embassies, the CIA presence can often be found in the deputy chief of mission. The Political Officer in Moscow is Michael Klecheski, formerly with the CIA-connected RAND Corporation and the National Security Council, who was assigned to the Moscow embassy during Soviet times. There is a good chance that Klecheski was Fogle’s local supervisor. The FSB revealed publicly that the CIA station chief for the embassy in Stephen Holmes. Another embassy Third Secretary, Benjamin Dillon, was expelled in January for activities similar to those of Fogle.

According to Turkish sources, the Jamestown Foundation’s operations in the Caucasus are tied in directly with those of the CIA. Accused Boston Marathion bomber Tamerlan Tsarnaev, according to documents from the Georgian Interior Ministry, attended training sessions in Tbilisi, Georgia last eyar sponsored by Jamestown. The foundation was set up as an anti-Soviet organization by CIA director William Casey in the early 1980s. Its board of directors have included the author Tom Clancy who gained fame by penning thrillers that pitted the United States against the Soviet Union in Cold War skirmishes.

Jamestown president Glen E. Howard is fluent in Turkish and Azerbaijani. Tamerlan’s uncle, Ruslan Tsarni (aka Tsarnaev) had been a business associate of former CIA Turkish specialist Graham Fuller, who has participated in a number of Jamestown events.

Jamestown has two major missions on behalf of the CIA: 1) to ensure the flow of energy, including oil and natural gas, from the Caspian through pipelines in Azerbaijan, Georgia, and Turkey and 2) prop up or topple governments in the region to ensure U.S. predominance. The latter is accomplished through organizing the political opposition, setting up conferences, and gaining influence in universities through non-governmental organizations established to veil the CIA’s financing of the operations. The NGOs ensure the CIA has a cadre of academics, politicians, former bureaucrats and diplomats, and intelligence agents to support its efforts through participation in «joint studies,» many of which are conducted by Jamestown. In return, the CIA provides its interlocutors with secret cash payments through the electronic transfer of funds to their bank accounts.

Howard has publicly revealed the U.S. bases of operations are in West Azerbaijan and Georgia and the target is the South and North Caucasus.

Turkish sources also report that the key Jamestown interlocutor between the organization and the Caucasus Emirate of Salafist guerrillas, among whom Tamerlan Tsarnaev made contact, is Fatima Tlisova, a former Russian national of Circassian ethnicity and a journalist. Granted political asylum by the United States, Tlisova reportedly met, shortly before his death, the head of the Salafist Caucasus Emirate branch in Kabardino-Balkaria, Anzor Astemirov, aka «Emir Sayfullah,» who was killed in a shootout with police on March 24, 2010 in Nalchik, the Kabardino-Balkaria capital. Tlisova now travels on a U.S. passport, according to Turkish sources. Astemirov was on record stating that he did not support a global jihad against countries such as the United States and had asked the United States for assistance in the Islamic Emirate’s war against Russia. The Caucasus Emirate is known to receive substantial financial support from Saudi Arabia and Qatar.

A Circassian Russian named Ali Berzeg also operates under Jamestown’s umbrella, according to Turkish sources and he is active in the «No Sochi» campaign to boycott the Sochi Winter Olympics next year. Berzeq participated in the November 19-21, 2010 Jamestown conference in Tbilisi on Circassian nationalism in the Adygea and Karachay-Cherkessia autonomous republics of Russia. He also spoke of support for Jamestown’s Circassian adventurism by the governments of Estonia and Lithuania, particularly that offered by Estonian Member of the European Parliament (MEP) Indrek Tarand. Berzeg also revealed in Tbilisi that the Circassians were supported by diaspora communities based in New York, Istanbul, Antalya, Munich, and Haifa.

Jamestown, through its links with Fuller, and through, him, with Tsarni, had two Chechen organizations circling its orbit: the Congress of Chechen International Organizations, located at Fuller’s home in Maryland, and the United States-Chechen Republic Alliance Inc., located at the home of Alavi Tsarnaev, Ruslan Tsarni’s brother. Jamestown is also linked, according to Turkish sources, with the Cerkes Society of New Jersey, the New Jersey Circassian Association, and the Circassian Cultural Institute (CCI), all, like their Chechen counterparts, taking full advantage of the Internal Revenue Service’s 501 (c) 3 tax-exempt provisions.

Jamestown was instrumental in founding the Circassian Cultural Center of the Republic of Georgia, authorized by a special decree of President Mikheil Saakashvili on October 12, 2011.

Jamestown uses Ilia State University in Tbilisi to hold many of its Caucasus secessionist conferences. The group also supports the activities of Iyad Youghar, the head of the International Circassian Council. Youghar spoke at a Ilia-Jamestown seminar at the school’s campus on May 24, 2012, during the time Tamerlan Tsarnaev was said to be at Jamestown training in Tbilisi. One of the conference speakers was Walter Richmond, author of The Northwest Caucasus: Past, Present, Future a professor at Occidental College, a prime recruiting ground for the CIA and Barack Obama’s old alma mater.

Jamestown’s Howard was also in attendance., as was, more interestingly, Professor Brian Glyn Williams, professor of Islamic History at the University of Massachusetts-Dartmouth. Williams said he received an email from Dzhokhar Tsarnaev in May 2011, asking about Chechnya and that he helped him with a high school paper on his home country. Turkish sources reports that Williams has consulted for the CIA and Scotland Yard and is an expert on Turkish Volunteers in Chechnya and «Al-Qaeda Turka.» The Chechen-Ichkeria Republic separatist flag was on clear display at the Ilia-Jamestown seminar in Tbilisi on May 24, 2012.

Jamestown has rightly been referred to by the Russian Foreign Ministry as “singing the services of supporters of terrorists and pseudo-experts.” The ministry charged that Jamestown seminar speakers were “given carte blanche to spread extremist propaganda, incite ethnic and inter-religious discord.” Based on the circumstantial but important links between the organization and Fuller, Uncle Ruslan Tsarni and Tamerlan and Dzhokhar Tsarnaev, Jamestown has always skirted the edges of aiding and abetting terrorists, from its “Chechen Project” and its liaison with Chechen guerrillas from the Pankisi Gorge who would later turn up fighting American and NATO troops in Afghanistan and Iraq to Caucasus Emirate terrorists who constantly commit attacks on Russian military, police, and civilian personnel.

It is clear that the CIA requires reforming if not outright abolishment. It was the sincere wish of the late New York Senator Daniel Patrick Moynihan to see the CIA abolished with its analysis division rolled into the U.S. State Department. Since that will not happen anytime soon, reforming the CIA could start with cutting out its fringes, such as the Jamestown Foundation and similar tax-exempt groups that carry out covert operations while fleecing the American taxpayers.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, May 21, 2013 at 12:33 pm

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on : Infowars

Myanmar jails Muslims over unrest

0

Muslim men shout following their trial at a township court at Meiktila, central Myanmar, May 21, 2013.

A Myanmar court has handed down jail terms to at least seven Muslims in connection with recent violent clashes in the Southeast Asian country, judicial sources say.

Myanmar judicial officials say the defendants were convicted of murdering a Buddhist monk in the central town of Meiktila. The sentences range from two to 28 years.

The defendants say the Myanmarâ„¢s justice system and authorities have treated them unfairly.

“It’s not fair!” Shouted one of the convicted men from inside a prison van as they were being driven away after the trial.

So far, no Buddhists have been convicted in relation to the violence that started in late March and which left dozens of Muslims dead and thousands homeless.

International and rights groups accuse Myanmarâ„¢s Buddhists of systematic attacks on Muslims, particularly the Rohingyas.

The international organizations also accuse the government of failing to protect the Muslim minority. Large numbers of Muslims have been killed, and tens of thousands displaced as a result of the violence in recent years.

Rohingya Muslims have faced torture, neglect, and repression in Myanmar for many years.

Thousands of Rohingyas in the Western state of Rakhine are deprived of citizenship rights, becoming vulnerable to acts of violence, expulsion, and displacement.

JR/PR/SS

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

‘Suicide leading cause of gun deaths’

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Suicide has become the leading cause of gun fatalities in the United States – far more than homicides or unintended shootings, a study shows.

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Principlists urged to pick frontrunner

0

A senior Iranian lawmaker has called on the Principlist presidential hopefuls to team up, and pick a nominee with the highest approval rating as their frontrunner for the June 14 election.

Chairman of Iran Majlis National Security and Foreign Policy Committee Alaeddin Boroujerdi said Tuesday that the Principlist camp would step into the upcoming presidential race with at least four candidates.

He noted that Principlists can avoid splitting the vote and improve their chances of winning if they agree on one candidate.

Principlist lawmakers predict the upcoming presidential race will be between three candidates: one Principlist, one reformist and one independent.

A total of 686 hopefuls registered from May 7 to 11 for the Islamic Republicâ„¢s 11th presidential election. The Guardian Council, which is tasked with vetting hopefuls for candidacy and confirming the election results, is expected to submit the list of the candidates to the Interior Ministry on Tuesday.

The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election.

MP/HGH/SS

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Tripoli clashes leave six people dead

0

Lebanese army troops in armored personnel carriers patrol the area along the demarcation line between Tripoli’s Sunni Muslim Bab al-Tabbneh district and the mainly Alawite Jabal Mohsen neighborhood on May 21, 2013.

Death toll from three days of clashes in the northern Lebanese city of Tripoli over the crisis in neighboring Syria has reached six.

According to Lebanese sources, one person was killed and five others injured in renewed clashes between residents of rival neighborhoods of Bab al-Tabbaneh and Jabal Mohsen on Tuesday.

At least two people were killed and many others injured in a gun battle in the same area on Sunday. Two Lebanese soldiers were also killed next day when the army entered the flashpoint area to break up the clashes.

Tripoli has been the scene of fierce clashes between the supporters and opponents of the Syrian government since the beginning of the unrest in Syria more than two years ago.

While Bab al-Tebbaneh residents support militants fighting against the government of Syrian President Bashar al-Assad, the inhabitants of neighboring Jabal Mohsen are loyal to Assad.

HM/PR/SS

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

HAITI: Massive March Signals Resurrection of Aristide’s Lavalas Movement

0

Image: Wendell Polynice/Haïti Liberté

Well over 15,000 people poured out from all corners of Haiti’s capital to march alongside the cortege of cars that carried former Haitian President Jean-Bertrand Aristide back to his home in Tabarre from the Port-au-Prince courthouse he visited on May 8.

Thousands more massed along sidewalks and on rooftops to cheer the procession on, waving flags and wearing small photos of Aristide in their hair, pinned to their clothing, or stuck in their hats.

Led by Fanmi Lavalas party coordinator Maryse Narcisse through a gauntlet of jostling journalists, Aristide had entered the courthouse (the former Belle Époque Hotel) at exactly 9:00 a.m., the time of his appointment to testify before Investigating Judge Ivickel Dabrésil. Aristide had waited with Narcisse in a car outside the court’s backdoor for about 45 minutes. It was only the second time that Aristide had left his home (and the first time publicly) since returning to Haiti on Mar. 18, 2011 from a seven-year exile in Africa following the Feb. 29, 2004 Washington-backed coup d’état which cut short his second government.

Lawyer Mario Joseph said that he was “very satisfied” with the reception given by Judge Dabrésil, who is investigating the April 2000 murder of radio journalist Jean Dominique and his radio’s caretaker Jean-Claude Louissaint, for which Aristide is one of many prominent Haitians, including former President René Préval, interviewed for testimony. Joseph said the three hour deposition was very “cordial and relaxed.”

But many Haitians feared that the summoning of Aristide — even if only for testimony — was a trap set by President Michel Martelly, who, as the former vulgar konpa musician “Sweet Micky,” was the principal cheerleader of both the 1991 and 2004 coups d’état against Aristide.

“This summoning of Aristide is a political act remote-controlled by the Martelly government, the same as the now discredited legal suits brought a few months ago by Ti Sony [a former resident of the Lafanmi Selavi orphanage who claimed that Aristide had “exploited” him and other orphans] and some who lost money when the cooperative banks went bust [while Aristide was in power in 2002 and 2003],” said outspoken Sen. Moïse Jean-Charles. “Those previous efforts to smear and destroy Aristide failed, so now they are trying this.”

Many Haitian radio commentators point to Judge Dabrésil’s postponement of Aristide’s deposition from its original date of Apr. 24 as proof that there is a political hand in the judge’s proceedings. The deposition, and the expected anti-Martelly pro-Aristide outpouring, would have taken place during the 5th Summit of the Association of Caribbean States (ACS) from Apr. 23-26 held in Pétionville and attended by many regional leaders.

Furthermore, on Mar. 7, the Defend Haiti website reported that “Presidential Adviser Guyler Delva admitted, earlier this week, to giving Judge Ivekel Dabrésil a car, and Senator John Joel Joseph said on Radio Scoop FM on Wednesday [Apr. 30] that the administration had purchased a house in Florida for the judge.”

Another impetus for the massive turn-out came on the evening of May 7 when Haitian National Police (PNH) Director General Godson Orélus took to the airwaves to announce that the PNH had “received no formal notification of the demonstration” as required by law and that therefore “any demonstration is formally forbidden” along the route between Aristide’s house and the courthouse.

“The police don’t want any demonstration,” he concluded, throwing down a gauntlet which the Haitian people took up the next morning.

Lavalas leaders, including Narcisse, responded that the march was not a “demonstration” but an “accompaniment” of Aristide by the Haitian people. Many Lavalas leaders came to the courthouse to show their solidarity including Senators Moïse Jean-Charles, John Joel Joseph, Francky Excius, and Jean Baptiste Bien-Aimée; Deputy Saurel Hyacinthe; former senator Gérard Louis Gilles; former deputies Jacques Mathelier and Lionel Etienne; former Justice Minister Calixte Delatour; activists Farah Juste, Claudy Sidney, and Volcy Assad.

About 100 people had spent the night in a vigil across the street from Aristide’s home. At 6 a.m., hundreds more joined them to mass on the sidewalks in front of Aristide’s house.

But the real “accompaniment” began after the hearing. Leaving the courthouse at noon, Aristide’s ride home took five hours, passing slowly through downtown Port-au-Prince, the Champ de Mars, the hillside slum of Belair, Delmas 2, then the roads through the old military airport and past the international airport.

Parallel solidarity demonstrations were held in Cap Haïtien, Aux Cayes, and Petit Goâve.

Alongside the 20 or so cars that followed Aristide’s silver jeep, young and old walked, jogged, and ran, singing, chanting, and laughing. The river of humanity included motorcycles, bicycles, wheelchairs, and the occasional person on crutches.

Marchers also tore down pink government propaganda posters from lampposts along the way. Several posters declaring “With the Martelly/Lamothe government, Haiti is advancing” were torn up and left in pieces in the street for vehicles and marchers to pass over. (Martelly’s long-time business partner Laurent Lamothe is Haiti’s Prime Minister.)

Three times Aristide got out of his car to wave to the crowd – outside the courthouse gate, in Belair, and in front of his home – causing people to sprint toward his car and raise their arms, creating a sea of hands. Afterwards, people hugged and high-fived each other, some laughing, some crying.

One man dressed in rags moved down the line of cars following Aristide, wiping each car clean with a dirty cloth but asking for no money in return.

“Se pa lajan non, se volontè wi,” (It’s not for money, I’m here of my own free will) was the refrain of crowds which turned out for Aristide’s massive campaign rallies when he first ran for President in November and December 1990. The song was heard again on May 8, 2013 in the largely spontaneous march, which grew in size and volume as it made its way through the capital.

In contrast, when Martelly organized a carnival-like rally of a few thousand in the Champ de Mars on May 14, many participants were paid 1000 gourdes (US$24) a head to turn out. They were also given a t-shirt — either pink or white — to put on. But after taking the money, many “celebrants” discarded their t-shirts in the street, Haïti Libertéreporters observed. (A Haiti Liberté photographer was prevented from accessing a media stand at the May 14 rally after presenting his press credentials.)

Some pundits tried to banalize the historic march, saying it was merely the beginning of the electoral campaign of the Lavalas Family (FL), the party that Aristide founded in 1996. (Many Haitian political leaders, including those in the FL, strongly doubt whether free and fair elections can be held under Martelly, or whether he even wants to hold them. “No matter what, Martelly has to go” was another chant heard during the march.)

But May 8, 2013 was much more than a mere campaign rally. It was a watershed event, a popular show of force which has changed the political calculus of Haiti in the near-term. Haitian history has shown that when the Haitian people begin to move in such numbers, major political change is imminent. The weeks ahead will reveal exactly what that political change will be.

(Additional reporting was done by Haiti Liberté staff reporters Wendell Polynice and Daniel Tercier)

This article originally appeared on : Global Research

‘UK holds Scots back for generations’

0

Scottish Deputy First Minister of Nicola Sturgeon .

Scottish Deputy First Minister Nicola Sturgeon has claimed that UK financial decisions have been holding Scotland back Å“for generations” in terms of jobs and damaged economic growth.

Sturgeon referred to a series of policies carried out by the Westminster government, dating back to the 1970s.

The controversial UK policy at the top of the list was the slashing of capital budgets, which was first imposed by the former Labour government and continued under the Conservative-Liberal Democrat Coalition. The Scottish National Party (SNP) has blamed these measures for the loss of 19,000 jobs in Scotland.

While speaking before the launch of Å“Scotlandâ„¢s Economy: the case for independence”, [the latest Scottish Government input to the referendum debate] Sturgeon also slammed past UK governments for failing to create an oil fund comparable to Norwayâ„¢s.

“The UK Government’s economic policies have been holding Scotland back for generations,” Sturgeon said, adding, Å“Only with the powers of independence can Scotland meet its full potential.”

This comes as Scotland prepares for a referendum on independence from Britain that will take place on Thursday 18 September 2014.

Moreover, a report by Westminsterâ„¢s Foreign Affairs Committee three weeks ago, warned that an independent Scotland could damage the UKâ„¢s popularity internationally in terms of foreign policy.

BGH/MOL/HE

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Tehran Qur’an competition unveils jury

0

The 30th Tehran International Qurâ„¢an Competition organizers have released the names of jurors selected to judge in various categories of the yearâ„¢s competition.

A number of Iranian and international reciters were selected to serve at the jury panel of the 2013 Tehran International Qurâ„¢an Competition, the State Endowment and Charity Affairs Organization announced.

Rizwan Darwish from Syria, Junaidin Idris from Indonesia, Ikmal Zaidi bin Hashim from Malaysia, Adel Khalil Mahmoud from Lebanon, and Abdel Monem Ahmed Mohammad from Sudan are among the foreign jury members.

The panel is also to host five other foreign reciters and nine Iranian members.

Prominent Iranian reciter Abdul Rasoul Abaei was selected to preside over the jury members of this yearâ„¢s competition.

Hashem Soltannejad and Vahid Vakili have been named to represent Iran in the memorization and recitation categories at the upcoming event.

This yearâ„¢s competition is also slated to host a seminar on Qurâ„¢anic research that will be held on the sidelines of the international contest.

The 30th International Qurâ„¢an Competitions is scheduled to take place from June 1 to 7, 2013.

FGP/FGP

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

VIDEO: Solidaridad con los Xincas de Guatemala en Montreal

0

Desde el 1 de mayo, el pueblo Xinca soporta la militarización de su territorio por parte del Gobierno de Guatemala. Los indígenas centroamericanos se oponen al proyecto minero de una multinacional canadiense. Las organizaciones de solidaridad internacional realizaron una vigilia para denunciar la actual represión que sufre los Xincas en Guatemala. Este pueblo indígena se opone al proyecto minero Escobal de la empresa canadiense Tahoe Resources. El pueblo Xinca sufrió un estado de sitio que después se convirtió en estado de prevención. Estas medidas decretadas por el Gobierno de Guatemala no garantizan el respeto de los derechos humanos de la población indígena. Los grupos de defensa de los derechos humanos exigen al Gobierno de Guatemala que detenga la represión al pueblo Xinca, la militarización de sus comunidades y la criminalización de sus luchas sociales. Jorge Zegarra, Montreal.

http://www.hispantv.com

http://www.facebook.com/Hispantv

http://plus.google.com/+hispantv

http://twitter.com/Hispantv

http://hispantv.com/

Disclaimer: The contents of this article are of sole responsibility of the author(s). The Centre for Research on Globalization will not be responsible for any inaccurate or incorrect statement in this article. The Center of Research on Globalization grants permission to cross-post original Global Research articles on community internet sites as long as the text & title are not modified. The source and the author’s copyright must be displayed. For publication of Global Research articles in print or other forms including commercial internet sites, contact: publications@globalresearch.ca

www.globalresearch.ca contains copyrighted material the use of which has not always been specifically authorized by the copyright owner. We are making such material available to our readers under the provisions of “fair use” in an effort to advance a better understanding of political, economic and social issues. The material on this site is distributed without profit to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving it for research and educational purposes. If you wish to use copyrighted material for purposes other than “fair use” you must request permission from the
copyright owner.

For media inquiries: publications@globalresearch.ca

This article originally appeared on : Global Research

NBC: Obama Scandals “Take a Pause” Because of Tornado

0

Political opportunists hijack natural disaster

Paul Joseph Watson & Alex Jones
Infowars.com
May 21, 2013

Political opportunists are taking advantage of yesterday’s devastating tornado in Oklahoma to shift attention away from the myriad of scandals plaguing the Obama administration, with NBC News insisting that such controversies must now “take a pause”.

Image: Wikimedia Commons

WIth numerous officials underscoring the point that the massive tornado, which has so far claimed a death toll of 51 individuals, is even worse than the Oklahoma City Bombing, which killed 168, the tragedy has provided President Barack Obama with a chance to re-connect with the American people and give authoritative speeches about aiding disaster recovery.

In a post entitled, “Putting things into perspective,” NBC’s Chuck Todd, Mark Murray, Domenico Montanaro, and Brooke Brower argue that the tornado, “puts so much of Washington’s focus over the past two weeks – on the IRS, Benghazi, and the leak investigations – into perspective,” and that such scandals will now “take a pause”.

In an even more flagrant attempt to exploit the tornado for political grist, Rhode Island Democratic Sen. Sheldon Whitehouse took to the Senate floor to blame “polluters and deniers” of global warming, adding that “extremists” who question man-made climate change are responsible for natural disasters.

Such rhetoric harks back to 1975, when the establishment’s obsession with global cooling was very much in vogue and increased tornado activity was claimed to be a product of such weather patterns.

In reality, as the San Francisco Chronicle reports today, “Tornadoes arise from very local conditions, and so they’re not as influenced by climate change.” In addition, despite the likes of Sen. Whitehouse hyping extreme weather events to push for a carbon tax, the figures show that the frequency of tornadoes is currently the lowest it’s been for at least 60 years.

Oklahoma sits in the middle of ‘Tornado Alley’ – a hot spot for extreme weather events stretching from South Dakota to Central Texas fed by “warm, wet air blowing in from the Gulf of Mexico meeting cold, dry air coming from the massive Rocky Mountain range.” To blame tornados that hit Oklahoma on man made “global warming” displays a frightening lack of basic knowledge.

Climate change itself was firmly back in the news this week when the BBC admitted in a report that, “Since 1998, there has been an unexplained “standstill” in the heating of the Earth’s atmosphere.”

A wider consequence of the tragedy to hit Oklahoma is the fact that the media now gets to revel in its psychological torture of the American people and its glorification of big government and emergency decree as the only refuge in times of strife.

Despite numerous warnings, many people in Oklahoma just chose to sit and watch the drama unfold on television as the tornado approached, blissfully naive in trusting that federal relief efforts would be their savior should anything go wrong.

In reality, as Mike Adams documents, if Americans who live in areas affected by tornados invested in a basic storm shelter, they would drastically increase their chances of staying safe.

“Because here’s the simple, raw, undeniable truth of the matter: People who seek shelter vastly reduce their chances of becoming fatalities during any disaster. Tornados and hurricanes, in particular, come with advance warnings. They aren’t like earthquakes that suddenly appear without any warning at all. Tornados usually give you minutes or even hours of advance notice. Hurricanes give you days of advance notice,” he writes.

“And yet, even when huge hurricanes are approaching their target, many people deny the danger and take no precautions at all!”

Yesterday’s deadly tornado reminds us once again that government, despite its hasty efforts to grandstand in the aftermath of a disaster, cannot protect you. You can only protect yourself by becoming self-sufficient and developing a sensible plan for preparedness in the event of extreme weather events — which whether frequently or infrequently will continue to occur just as politicians and special interest groups will continue to try to exploit them.

*********************

Paul Joseph Watson is the editor and writer for Infowars.com and Prison Planet.com. He is the author of Order Out Of Chaos. Watson is also a host for Infowars Nightly News.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, May 21, 2013 at 11:30 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on : Infowars

Britain conspiring to kill Syria talks

0

British Foreign Secretary William Hague, whose country has a long hand in interfering in other countriesâ„¢ internal affairs, is seeking to kill any hope of possible talks between Syrians even before they start.

In a statement to parliament, Hague exposed a conspiracy in-the-making by telling MPs œthere is a real risk that the Assad regime [the government of Syrian president Bashar al-Assad] will not negotiate seriously.

The Foreign Secretary also threatened the Syrian government by moaning that “no option is off the table”, and that the UK government would keep mounting pressure on the European Union to lift an arms embargo against foreign-backed terrorists fighting the Syrian government forces.

“We must make clear that if the regime does not negotiate seriously at the Geneva conference, no option is off the table, Hague said. “There remains a serious risk that the Assad regime will not negotiate seriously.”

Hague has resorted to the old threatening tone, even when the Syrian government and true opposition forces in the country are unanimous in calls for finding a diplomatic Syria-Syria solution to the conflict.

Furthermore, Russia and the United States have agreed to convene an international conference to address the crisis in Syria. But hostile governments including Britain and some regional countries in the Middle East have shown that they are resolute in toppling the popular government of Syria in their desperate attempts to break the popular resistance front against the Zionist regime of Israel and the global arrogance.

An entire package of European sanctions against Syria expires on June 1. Hague said that he would use the opportunity to lift an arms embargo against rebels.

“The case for further amendments to the arms embargo on Syria is compelling in order to increase the pressure on the regime,” he said.

MOL/HE

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

US Marshals Hold Innocent Family At Gun Point, Tell Them Not to Move Even After They Realize They've Got Wrong House

0

Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com

May 21, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

It was 1:45 in the morning when James and Mildred Hill went to sleep after putting their granddaughter in bed. What came next for them shocked the Hills–and now they’ve filed suit, according to a report in the Courthouse News Service. The lawsuit was sparked by four U.S. Marshals busting down their door and holding them and their granddaughter at gunpoint.

The Hills have filed suit in federal court for assault and false imprisonment at the hands of U.S. Marshals. The judge in the case has ordered that the federal government must face their claims.

Here’s how the incident went down: when James and Mildred Hill went down after hearing a loud boom, James ran down the stairs. He was greeted by four armed Marshals who pointed guns at his head and ordered him to put his hands up or be shot. The other family members woke up and also had to go through the same terrifying ordeal of having U.S. Marshals point guns at them.

The U.S. Marshals were silent about what was going on. 5 minutes after they broke into the home, though, one Marshal said: “We have the wrong house. This is not the house[.] [I]t must be next door,” according to the complaint. But before going next door, they told the family not to leave or move.

Within a half an hour, the Marshals apologized for breaking down the door.

The family remained outraged, though, and filed suit in late 2012. The government tried to get the suit waved, but Judge Ronald Buckwalter denied the government’s motion. The government specifically tried to get the assault charge waived, but Buckwalter said: “The amended complaint states that the U.S. Marshals aimed their weapons at all plaintiffs. Such an action is clearly intended to cause apprehension of imminent harmful bodily contact.”

Buckwalter also dismissed the claim from the U.S. government that their actions were routine and done to ensure the safety of “innocent bystanders.” “Whether or not the behavior of the police officers was reasonable cannot be determined by the facts alleged in this amended complaint,” the judge said. “Consequently, it is inappropriate to dismiss the assault claim at this stage of the case…The facts alleged in the amended complaint, however, do not describe reasonable officer conduct…If the officers had no right to confine the Hills upon learning they were in the wrong house, they may have falsely imprisoned the family – regardless of whether or not the Marshals had an initial right to be in the house.”

This article originally appeared on : AlterNet

‘Guantanamo guards shot my client 5 times for no reason’

0

Over 100 Guantanamo prisoners continue their hunger strike in protest against unlawful — and as it turns out, violent — detention. RT met with the lawyer of inmate Moath al Alawi, who has been shot by guards, denied medical treatment and force-fed.

A reported 103 of Guantanamo’s 166 prisoners are participating
in the hunger strike, which has lasted for more than 100 days.

Follow RT’s day-by-day timeline of the Gitmo hunger
strike.

Over the weekend, hacktivist group Anonymous marked the 100th day of the protest with
“twitterstorms, email bombs and fax bombs” aimed at drawing
worldwide attention to the hunger strikers. The US Military
responded to ‘Operation Guantanamo’ by restricting wireless
internet access at the Guantanamo Bay detention camp.

RT’s Marina Portnaya spoke with Ramzi Kassem, who represents Moath
al Alawi, a prisoner held at Guantanamo without charge for 11
years.

RT: Thank you for your time. When was you client shot and
what were the circumstances of the shooting?

Ramzi Kassem: On Saturday, April 13, 2013 the Guantanamo
military prisoner administration decided to raid Camp 6, which is a
prison facility at Guantanamo, where my client Mr. Alawi is being
imprisoned. They conducted that raid in order to move all of the
prisoners into solitary confinement. And that was just one
additional way that the prison administration wanted to try to
break the hunger strike.

What happened on that day according to Mr. Alawi is that in that
process he was shot without any warning for absolutely no good
reason by one of the US Army guards at dangerously close range
using rubber-coated steel bullets that are only safely used outside
of a certain range. He was shot in five places: One shot was around
the heart, another shot was in his elbow, another was in his
shoulder, and there were a couple of impacts on his thighs.

Particularly, the shot that went to his heart at that close of a
range, even a rubber-coated steel bullet, can penetrate skin and
can be fatal. The authorities of Guantanamo endangered Mr. Alawi’s
life for no reason. They gave him no warning, fired at him
repeatedly and then, following that fact, they delayed medical
treatment that he should have received immediately.

RT: Has the US government acknowledged that this
shooting did take place?

RK:Absolutely. I have received confirmation in writing by
an email from the Department of Justice that Mr. Alawi sustained
what they described as minor injuries. But when I heard the
description from Mr. Alawi himself, it was very different from what
I saw on the government’s email. We also received confirmation in
writing from the US government via email that Mr. Alawi was
force-fed. This is also a violation of international law.

The fact that it is done in an unnecessarily painful and brutal
way — prisoners are strapped down to these restraining chairs, that
they have tubes forced down through their noses into their stomach.
There are many other ways to tube-feed prisoners, even if these
prisoners wished to be tube-fed, and the US government is again
doing this in a deliberately violent way in order to break the
hunger strikers.

RT: Correct me if I am wrong: He is being held in
Guantanamo without charges against him?

RK:That’s correct. Mr. Alawi has never been charged with
any crime. We have no reason to believe that the US government has
any interest in charging him with an actual crime be it at a real
court or at the military commission. The reality is that Mr. Alawi
has been at Guantanamo for over 11 years without fair process and
that is a reason he is on hunger strike today.

RT: US President Barack Obama is expected to
address the nation on Thursday speaking about Guantanamo detention
center, and I assume he would address this hunger strike. What
would you like to hear?

RK:I can tell what I would not like to hear. I don’t want
to hear the repetition of the promises that President Obama has
been making for years. I don’t want to hear that he is going to
appoint some official who will be responsible for closing
Guantanamo. We’ve had an official like that for years, and
Guantanamo was not closed. I don’t want to hear about the
administrative review mechanisms, because we had many before that
and they did not lead to any meaningful progress.

The only official who is responsible for the existence of
Guantanamo today as far as I am concerned and my client is
concerned is President Obama himself. He need to take concrete
steps towards closing that prison and I don’t believe the men in
Guantanamo will interrupt their hunger strike unless President
Obama take such concrete steps. One very obvious concrete step he
can take is to begin by releasing some prisoners, who are approved
for transfer, who can be repatriated or resettled in another
country like another one of my clients Shaker Aamer, who has been
approved for transfer for years. The UK has been asking for his
release, that’s the US oldest and most trustful allies. He is a
very natural first step if the president is about closing the
Guantanamo. We need actions, deeds, not words.

This article originally appeared on : RT

Billionaires Unchained: America is a Democracy of the Wealthy

0

Billionaires with an axe to grind, now is your time. Not since the days before a bumbling crew of would-be break-in artists set into motion the fabled Watergate scandal, leading to the first far-reaching restrictions on money in American politics, have you been so free to meddle. There is no limit to the amount of money you can give to elect your friends and allies to political office, to defeat those with whom you disagree, to shape or stunt or kill policy, and above all to influence the tone and content of political discussion in this country.

Today, politics is a rich man’s game. Look no further than the 2012 elections and that season’s biggest donor, 79-year-old casino mogul Sheldon Adelson. He and his wife, Miriam, shocked the political class by first giving $16.5 million in an effort to make Newt Gingrich the Republican presidential nominee. Once Gingrich exited the race, the Adelsons invested more than $30 million in electing Mitt Romney. They donated millions more to support GOP candidates running for the House and Senate, to block a pro-union measure in Michigan, and to bankroll the U.S. Chamber of Commerce and other conservative stalwarts (which waged their own campaigns mostly to help Republican candidates for Congress). All told, the Adelsons donated $94 million during the 2012 cycle – nearly four times the previous record. And that’s only the money we know about. When you add in so-called dark money, one estimate puts their total giving at closer to $150 million.

It was not one of Adelson’s better bets. Romney went down in flames; the Republicans failed to retake the Senate and conceded seats in the House; and the majority of candidates backed by Adelson-funded groups lost, too. But Adelson, who oozes chutzpah as only a gambling tycoon worth $26.5 billion could, is undeterred. Politics, he told the Wall Street Journal in his first post-election interview, is like poker: “I don’t cry when I lose. There’s always a new hand coming up.” He said he could double his 2012 giving in future elections. “I’ll spend that much and more,” he said. “Let’s cut any ambiguity.”

But simply tallying Adelson’s wins and losses – or the Koch brothers’, or any other mega-donors’ – misses the bigger point. What matters is that these wealthy funders were able to give so much money in the first place.

With the advent of super PACs and a growing reliance on secretly funded nonprofits, the very wealthy can pour their money into the political system with an ease that didn’t exist as recently as this moment in Barack Obama’s first term in office. For now at least, Sheldon Adelson is an extreme example, but he portends a future in which 1-percenters can flood the system with money in ways beyond the dreams of ordinary Americans. In the meantime, the traditional political parties, barred from taking all that limitless cash, seem to be sliding toward irrelevance. They are losing their grip on the political process, political observers say, leaving motivated millionaires and billionaires to handpick the candidates and the issues.”It’ll be wealthy people getting together and picking horses and riding those horses through a primary process and maybe upending the consensus of the party,” a Democratic strategist recently told me. “We’re in a whole new world.”

The Rise of the Super PAC

She needed something sexy, memorable. In all fairness, anything was an improvement on “independent expenditure-only political action committee.” Eliza Newlin Carney, one of D.C.’s trustiest scribes on the campaign money beat, didn’t want to type out that clunker day after day. She knew this was big news – the name mattered. Then it came to her:

Super PAC.

The Supreme Court’s 2010 Citizens United decision is often blamed – or hailed — for creating super PACs. In fact, it was a lesser-known case, SpeechNow.org vs. Federal Election Commission, decided by the D.C. Circuit Court of Appeals two months later, that did the trick. At the heart of SpeechNow was the central tension in all campaign money fights: the balance between stopping corruption or the appearance of corruption, and protecting the right to free speech. In this instance, the D.C. appeals court, influenced by the Citizens United decision, landed on the side of free speech, ruling that limits to giving and spending when it came to any group – and here’s the kicker — acting independently of candidates and campaigns violated the First Amendment.

Wonky as that may sound,SpeechNow reconfigured the political landscape and unchained big donors after decades of restrictions. The lawyers who argued the case, the academics and legal eagles whose expertise is campaign finance, and the beat reporters like Carney Newlin soon grasped what SpeechNowhad wrought: a new, turbocharged political outfit that had no precedent in American politics.

Super PACs can raise unlimited amounts of money from pretty much anyone – individuals, corporations, labor unions – and there is no limit on how much they can spend. Every so often, they must reveal their donors and show how they spent their money. And they can’t directly coordinate with candidates or their campaigns. For instance, Restore Our Future, the super PAC that spent $142 million to elect Mitt Romney, couldn’t tell his campaign when or where it was running TV ads, couldn’t share scripts, couldn’t trade messaging ideas. Nor could Restore Our Future – yes, even its founders wince at the name – sit down with Romney and tape an interview for a TV ad.

It’s far easier, in other words, for a super PAC to attack the other guy, which helps explain all the hostility on the airwaves in 2012. Sixty-four percent of all ads aired during the presidential race were negative, up from 51% in 2008, 44% in 2004, and 29% in 2000. Much of that negativity can be blamed on super PACs and their arsenal of attack ads, according to a recent analysis by Wesleyan University’s Erika Franklin Fowler and Washington State University’s Travis Ridout. They found that a staggering 85% of all ads aired by “outside groups” were negative, while only 5% were positive.

And it will only get worse. “It’s going to be the case that the more super PACs invest in elections, the more negative those elections will be,” Michael Franz, a co-director of the Wesleyan Media Project, told me. “They’re the ones doing the dirty work.” Think of them as the attack dogs of a candidate’s campaign – and the growling packs of super PACs are growing fast.

The savviest political operatives quickly realized how potentially powerful such outfits could be when it came to setting agendas and influencing the political system. In March 2010, Karl Rove, George W. Bush’s erstwhile political guru, launchedAmerican Crossroads, a super PAC aimed at influencing the 2010 midterms. As consultants like Rove and the wealthy donors they courted saw the advantages of having their own super PACs – no legal headaches, no giving or spending limits – the groups grew in popularity.

By November 2010, 83 of them had spent $63 million on the midterm elections. Nearly $6 of every $10 they put out supported conservative candidates, and it showed: buoyed by the Tea Party, Republicans ran roughshod over the Democrats, retaking control of the House and winnowing their majority in the Senate. It was a “shellacking,” as President Obama put it, powered by rich donors and the new organizations that went with them.

In 2012, no one, it seemed, could afford to sit on the sidelines. Having decried super PACs as “a threat to democracy,” Obama and his advisers flip-flopped and blessed the creation of one devoted specifically to reelecting the president. Soon, they were everywhere, at the local, state, and federal levels. A mom started one to back her daughter’s congressional campaign in Washington State. Aunts and unclesbankrolled their nephew’s super PAC in North Carolina. Super PACs spent big onabortion, same-sex marriage, and other major issues.

In all, the number of super PACs shot up to 1,310 during the 2012 campaign, a 15-fold increase from two years earlier. Fundraising and spending similarly exploded: these outfits raised $828 million and spent $609 million.

But what’s most striking about these groups is who funds them. An analysis by the liberal think tank Demos found that out of every $10 raised by super PACs in 2012, $9 came from just 3,318 people giving $10,000 or more. That small club of donors is equivalent to 0.0011% of the U.S. population.

Into the Shadows

In late April, roughly 100 donors gathered at a resort in Laguna Beach, California. They were all members of the Democracy Alliance, a private group of wealthy liberals. Over five days, they swapped ideas on how best to promote a progressive agenda and took in pitches from leaders of the most powerful liberal and left-leaning groups in America, including Organizing for Action, the rebooted version of Obama’s 2012 presidential campaign. Since the Democracy Alliance’s founding in 2005, its members have given $500 million to various causes and organizations. At the Laguna Beach event alone, its members pledged a reported $50 million.

At the same time, about 100 miles to the east, a similar scene was playing out. A few hundred conservative and libertarian donors descended on the Renaissance Esmeralda Resort and Spa in Palm Springs for the latest donor conferenceconvened by billionaire Charles Koch, one-half of the mighty “Koch brothers.” Over two days, donors mingled with politicians, heard presentations by leading activists, and pledged serious money to bankroll groups promoting the free-market agenda in Washington and around the country.

The philosophies of these two groups couldn’t be more different. But they have this in common: the money raised by the Democracy Alliance and the Kochs’ political network is secret. The public will never know its true source. Call it “dark money.”

So what is dark money? How does it wind up in our elections? Say you’re a billionaire and you want to give $1 million to anonymously influence an election. You’re in luck: you can give that money, as many donors have, to a nonprofit organized under the 501(c)(4) section of the tax code. That nonprofit, in turn, can spend your money on election-related TV ads or mailers or online videos. But there’s a catch: unlike super PACs, the majority of a 501(c)(4) nonprofit’s work can’t be political. Note, though, that where the IRS draws the line on how much politicking is too much, and even what the taxman defines as political, is very murky. And until Congress and the IRS straighten all of that out, donors wanting to influence elections have a mostly scrutiny-free way to unload their money.

This type of nonprofit has a long history in U.S. politics. The Sierra Club, for instance, has a 501(c)(4) affiliate, as does the National Rifle Association. But in recent years, political operatives and wealthy donors have seized on this breed of nonprofit as a new way to shovel secret money into campaigns. Between 2010 and 2012, the number of applications for 501(c)(4) status spiked from 1,500 to 3,400, according to IRS official Lois Lerner.

During the 2010 campaign, politically active nonprofits – “super secret spooky PACs,” as Stephen Colbert calls them – outspent super PACs by a three to two margin, according to a Center for Public Integrity analysis. Take the American Action Network (AAN), run by former Senator Norm Coleman of Minnesota. The group purports to be an “issue-based” nonprofit that only dabbles in politics, but its tax records suggest otherwise. From July 2009 through June 2011, as Citizens for Ethics and Responsibility in Washington noted, 60% of AAN’s money went toward politics. (An AAN spokesman called the complaint “baseless.”)

Because they’re so lacking in transparency, some nonprofits have been emboldened to bend – if not break – the tax law. One of the more egregious examples was benignly named the Commission on Hope, Growth, and Opportunity (CHGO). Created in the summer of 2010, it informed the IRS that it wouldn’t spend a penny on politics. During the 2010 elections, however, it put $2.3 million into ads attacking 11 Democratic congressional candidates. Then, sometime in 2011, CHGO simply closed up shop and disappeared – a classic case of political hit-and-run. And it wouldn’t have happened without a secretive wealthy bankroller: of the $4.8 million raised by CHGO, tax records show that $4 million came from a single donor (though we don’t know his or her name).

Transparency advocates and reformers supporting more limits on spending have pushed back against the new wave of dark money. They have filed numerous complaints with the IRS and the Federal Election Commission alleging that politically active nonprofits are flouting the law and demanding a crackdown. Marcus Owens, the former head of the IRS’s exempt organizations division, which oversees politically active nonprofits, agrees that the agency needs to take action. “The government’s going to have to investigate them and prosecute them,” Owens, who is now in private practice, told me in January. “In order to maintain the integrity of the process, they’re going to be forced to take action.”

Don’t hold your breath for that. This week, a report by a Treasury Department inspector general revealed that IRS staffers singled out tea partiers and other conservative groups which had applied for tax-exempt status for special scrutiny. Now, Republicans and Democrats are howling with outrage and demanding that heads roll. One result of this debacle, ex-IRS director Marcus Owens told me, is that the IRS will certainly shy away from cracking down on those nonprofits that do abuse the tax code.

At least one politician is upset enough by the steady flow of dark money into our politics to do something about it. Senator Carl Levin of Michigan, who is retiring in 2014, has made the issue of dark money one of the priorities of his time left in office. He plans to “look into the failure of the IRS to enforce our tax laws and stem the flood of hundreds of millions of secret dollars flowing into our elections, eroding public confidence in our democracy.”

Do millionaires and billionaires dominate the donor rolls of nonprofits, too? Without disclosure, it’s near impossible to know who funds what. But not surprisingly, the limited data we have suggest that, as with super PACs, rich people keep politically active nonprofits flush with cash. The American Action Network, for instance,raised $27.5 million from July 2010 to June 2011; of that haul, 90% of the money came from eight donors, with one giving $7 million. The story is the same with Karl Rove’s Crossroads GPS. It raised $77 million from June 2010 to December 2011, and nearly 90% of that came from donors giving at least $1 million. And while Priorities USA, the pro-Obama nonprofit, raised a comparatively tiny $2.3 million in 2011, 80% of it came from a single, anonymous donor.

Big Money Civil War

A few days after the 2012 elections, a handful of Republican politicians including Governor John Kasich of Ohio and Governor Bobby Jindal of Louisiana met privately with Sheldon Adelson. They were officially in Las Vegas for a gathering of the Republican Governors Association, but it was never too early to court the man who, with a stroke of his pen, could underwrite a presidential hopeful’s bid for his or her party’s nomination.

Democratic candidates are no different. House and Senate hopefuls are flocking to Hollywood studio boss Jeffrey Katzenberg, one of their party’s biggest donors and fundraisers. And why wouldn’t they? Barack Obama might not be where he is today without Katzenberg. Days after Obama launched his presidential campaign in 2007, the DreamWorks Animation mogul gave the junior senator his imprimatur and prodded Hollywood into raising $1.3 million for him. Years later, Katzenberg provided $2 million in seed money for the pro-Obama super PAC that played a pivotal role in his reelection.

As 2016 nears, don’t be surprised to see the next set of Democrats clambering over each other to win Katzenberg’s endorsement and money. Paul Begala, the Democratic consultant and TV pundit, is already predicting what he calls the “Katzenberg primary.”

More than ever, a serious Senate or White House bid is dependent not on climbing the party ranks, but on winning the support of a few wealthy bankrollers. In fact, it’s no longer an exaggeration to say that while the political parties still officially pick the candidates for office, the power increasingly lies with the elites of the political donor class.

Super PACs, just three years old, are now a fixture, not a novelty. They’ve becomede rigueur for candidates running at the federal, state, and even local level. Want to scare off potential primary challengers? A super PAC with millions in the bank will help. Need to blast away at your opponent with negative ads without tarnishing your own reputation? Let a super PAC do the dirty work. Any candidate running for office begins with a to-do list, and with each month, getting a super PAC and making friends in the dark money universe rises higher on those lists.

Super PACs and their wealthy donors are also stoking civil wars within the parties. At the moment, they have been springing up to offer cover to politicians who vote a certain way, or stake out traditionally unpopular positions. For instance, Republicans for Immigration Reform, a relatively new super PAC, says it will spend millions to defend GOP politicos who take a moderate stance on immigration reform. And another super PAC, bankrolled by hedge fund investor Paul Singer, intends to spend big money to push more Republicans toward the middle on same-sex marriage. But there are also vigorous tea-party-style super PACs pushing their politicians toward the fringes. Each faction of the GOP is getting its own set of super PACs, and that means an already contentious fight for the future of the party could get far bloodier.

Democrats could find themselves in a money-fueled internal struggle, too. Tom Steyer, a former hedge fund investor worth $1.3 billion, says he’s sick of seeing climate change neglected in campaigns. He now plans to use his vast wealth to elevate it into a banner issue. In a recent primary in Massachusetts, he spent hundreds of thousands of dollars attacking Democratic Congressman Stephen Lynch for supporting the controversial Keystone XL pipeline. Lynch’s opponent, Congressman Ed Markey, a leading House environmentalist, went on to win the primary, but Steyer’s intervention raised plenty of eyebrows about possible Democrat-on-Democrat combat in 2014.

Meanwhile, as the recent Democracy Alliance and Koch retreats show, millionaires and billionaires are revving up to take ever-greater control of the political process via secretive nonprofits. In April, Facebook co-founder Mark Zuckerberg unveiled FWD.us, a quasi-dark-money outfit created to give Silicon Valley a greater political presence in Washington. It has already raised $25 million.

Right now, the best avenues for fired-up billionaires exist outside the traditional political parties. The Supreme Court could change that. In a case calledMcCutcheon vs. Federal Election Commission, the court is considering whether to demolish the overall aggregate limit on how much a donor can give to candidates and parties. If the court rules in favor of Republican donor Shaun McCutcheon, and perhaps goes on to eliminate contribution limits to candidates and parties altogether, super PACs could go out of style faster than Crocs. Donors won’t need them. They’ll give their millions straight to the Democrats or the Republicans and that will be that.

There is an important backdrop to all of these changes, and that’s the increase in income inequality in this country. Just as the incredibly wealthy are given the freedom to flood the political system with money, they’ve got more and more money to spend. Our lopsided economic recovery affords a glimpse of that growing inequality gap: from 2009 to 2011, the average wealth of the richest 7% of American households climbed by almost 30%, while the wealth of the remaining 93% of households actually declined by 4%. (So much for that “recovery.”)

Can there be any question that this democracy of ours is nearing dangerous territory, if we’re not already there? Picture the 2016 or 2020 election campaigns and, barring a new wave of campaign reforms, it’s not hard to see a tiny minority of people exerting a massive influence on our politics simply by virtue of bank accounts. There is nothing small-d democratic about that. It flies in the face of one of the central premises of this country of ours, equality, including political equality – the concept that all citizens stand on an equal footing with one another when it comes to having their say on who represents them and how government should work.

Increasingly, it looks like before the rest of us even have our say, before you enter the voting booth, issues, politics, and the politicians will have been winnowed, vetted, and predetermined by the wealthiest Americans. Think of it as a new definition of politics: the democracy of the wealthy, who can fight it out with each other inside and outside the political parties with little reference to you.

In the meantime, the more those of modest means feel drowned out by the money of a tiny minority, the less connected they will feel to the work of government, and the less they will trust elected officials and government as an institution. It’s a formula for tuning out, staying home, and starving whatever’s left of our democracy.

I caught a glimpse of this last November, when I spoke to a class of students at Radford University in Virginia, a state blanketed with super PAC attack ads and dark money in 2012. Over and over, students told me how disgusted they were by all the vitriol they heard when they turned on the TV or the radio. Most said that they ended up ignoring the campaigns; a few were so put off they didn’t bother to vote. “They’re all bought and sold anyway,” one student told me in front of the entire class. “Why would my vote make any difference?”

Andy Kroll covers money in politics for Mother Jones magazine, and is an associate editor at TomDispatch, which he writes for regularly. He lives in Washington, D.C., the only place in America where people freely discuss campaign financing at happy hour.

This article originally appeared on : Global Research

4th US state passes assisted suicide law

0

Medical experts estimate that doctors in Vermont will write between 10 and 20 lethal prescriptions a year.

The US state of Vermont has become the fourth such state to allow doctor-assisted suicide for terminally ill patients who prematurely seek to end their lives.

Governor Peter Shumlin signed the Å“End of Life Choices” bill into law on Monday, allowing doctors to prescribe lethal doses of medicine for terminally ill patients seeking to end their lives.

Medical experts estimate that doctors will write between 10 and 20 lethal prescriptions a year.

Opponents of doctor-assisted suicide have criticized the move, vowing to push for its appeal. They said the law could allow abused or mentally-ill people to end their lives.

Å“We now have state-sanctioned suicide in Vermont…If the state won’t protect Vermonters, we will try,” said Edward Mahoney, the president of the Vermont Alliance for Ethical Healthcare.

Oregon – the first state to allow assisted suicide in 1997 – was later joined by Washington and Montana.

A number of European countries, notably Switzerland, the Netherlands, Luxembourg, and Belgium have similar laws.

GMA/PR

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Terrorist ‘military emir’ killed in Russia’s North Caucasus (PHOTOS)

0

A key militant leader, described as the right-hand man of the Chechen warlord Doku Umarov, was killed by special operations soldiers in a shootout in the North Caucasus, the Russian National Anti-Terrorist Committee said.

Dzhamaleil Mutaliev, also known by the nickname ‘Adam,’ was
killed in Nazran District of the North Caucasus Republic of
Ingushetia on Tuesday. Mutaliev was believed to be a leading figure
of the international terrorist group Imarat Kavkaz and the head of
the region’s militant underground.

Mutaliev was the so-called ‘military emir’ of the terrorist
group, and was considered to be a close associate of Russia’s
most-wanted terrorist Doku Umarov, and of deceased Chechen
terrorist leader Shamil Basayev.

The FSB said Mutaliev was “directly responsible for providing
financial support and combat tools for the terrorists,”
as well
as for taking part in “organizing terrorists acts that caused
large losses of human life.”

He was believed to be one of the leaders behind a deadly car
bomb blast in the central market of the North Ossetian city of
Vladikavkaz, which kill 19 and injured over 200 in August
2010.

Photo: National Antiterrorism Committee (NAC)

The Russian security forces launched a counter-terror operation
in Nazran Disctrict early Tuesday, after the FSB had learned that
several militants are staying in a private home.

After blocking off the area, the Spetsnaz (Russian Special
Forces) started talks with the militants and persuaded them to let
a woman and her infant out of the house.

As soon as the woman got to safety, two armed men opened fire
and attempted to flee the area, but were killed by return fire from
Spetsnaz troops, NAC’s statement said, adding that no Spetsnaz or
civilians were injured.

Photo: National Antiterrorism Committee (NAC)

Mutaliev and the other militant were armed with a hand-held
grenade launcher, a Kalashnikov assault rifle, a pistol and
makeshift grenades. The scene of the special operation is now being
examined for explosives and underground hideout facilities.

False reports of the warlord’s death emerged in January 2012,
when the ‘military emir’ was thought to be killed in another
special operation. DNA tests later revealed that the militant
killed in 2012 was not Mutaliev.

Photo: National Antiterrorism Committee (NAC)

This article originally appeared on : RT

Obama to hand over some CIA drone operations to Pentagon

0

President Barack Obama has allegedly decided to hand over part of the CIA’s drone program to the Pentagon. The administration plans to gradually shift responsibility in stages, thereby providing greater congressional oversight on the use of drones.

News of the president’s alleged plans comes from four US
government sources who anonymously spoke to Reuters about the
impending shift of duty. The president plans to make a speech at
the National Defense University on Thursday, but it is
unknown whether or not he intends to bring up plans regarding CIA’s
counterterrorism drone program.

According to the officials, the president has already made up
his mind about allowing the armed forces to conduct future drone
operations, but he has not yet publicized these plans. By giving
the Pentagon greater responsibility in stages, the president hopes
that the military will eventually control drone operations in
Pakistan.

The shift would allow the CIA to return to its traditional
spying operations and intelligence analysis, rather than using its
resource to engage in paramilitary activities.

But for now, the CIA will continue to control drone operations
in Pakistan, where the US military is not engaged and where locals
remain angry about the 355 drone strikes that have occurred on
their land, according to the New America Foundation.

The Pentagon will, however, take over the drone program in
Yemen, where the US military is already working in cooperation with
local forces to combat terrorism, two of the four sources told
Reuters.

The Obama administration has allegedly been discussing the shift
of responsibility for months. Officials say that the move would
lead to greater transparency and congressional oversight of the
drone program, which has been heavily scrutinized in the past.

To date, the New America Foundation estimates that there have
been 355 drone strikes in Pakistan and 66 in Yemen. Sen. Lindsey
Graham in February estimated that 4,700 people have been killed in
America’s drone war, many of which were innocent civilians. The
Bureau of Investigative Journalism in February estimated that the
number killed in drone strikes in Pakistan, Yemen and Somalia is
between 3,072 and 4,756.

The administration claims that CIA drone strikes are only
authorized against confirmed terrorist threats, but many believe
there is more to the covert operations than they will ever
know.

“The United States has gone far beyond what the US public —
and perhaps even Congress — understands the government has been
doing and claiming they have a legal right to so,”
Notre Dame
Law School professor told McClatchy, claiming that CIA drone
operations in Pakistan violate international law.

If the Pentagon takes over drone operations, congressional
lawmakers would have more of an input on the use of these unmanned
aerial vehicles.

Last month, three senior US officials told the Daily Beast that
the move would “toughen the criteria for drone strikes,
strengthen the program’s accountability, and increase
transparency.”

Jeh Jonson, a former top lawyer for the Pentagon, said in a
speech at Fordham University that “the parameters of
congressionally authorized armed conflict are transparent to the
public, from the words of the congressional authorization itself,
and the executive branch’s interpretation of that authorization…
lethal force outside the parameters of congressionally authorized
armed conflict by the military looks to the public to lack any
boundaries, and lends itself to the suspicion that it is an
expedient substitute for criminal justice.”

It is unclear when the president will announce his alleged plans
to shift the drone program, but after last week’s scandals
regarding government overreach — including the IRS targeting of
conservative organizations and the DOJ investigating Associated
Press journalists — Obama may be feeling the pressure to provide
greater transparency.

This article originally appeared on : RT

White House: Obama Kept in Dark About IRS

0

Kenneth T. Walsh
usnews.com
May 21, 2013

Congressional investigators are asking the old Watergate question — what did the president know and when did he know it — about the Internal Revenue Service’s improper targeting of conservative groups for special scrutiny when they sought tax-exempt status.

But the startling revelation of the past 24 hours is the opposite concern — what the president didn’t know and how long he didn’t know it. And therein lies a big problem for the White House.

It turns out that senior White House officials intentionally kept the president in the dark, even though the IRS misconduct was sure to be a major controversy that could seriously damage his administration and undermine trust in government.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, May 21, 2013 at 11:12 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on : Infowars

Rand Paul Calls for Independent Investigation of IRS Scandal

0

Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
May 21, 2013

Photo: Gage Skidmore.

Kentucky Senator Rand Paul has called for an independent investigation into the IRS and its politically motivated harassment of Tea Party and patriot groups.

During a fundraiser in New Hampshire, Paul characterized the IRS targeting as “un-American” and said the Inspector General’s report “makes it sound as if there was some sort of policy directive” at the taxation agency.

Paul said the IRS scandal will create “such a level of distrust” that there is “going to have to be some kind of independent commission” to conduct an investigation.

“There’s going to have to be an independent analysis of this, either an independent commission or something to look at this, because I think frankly people are losing their trust in their government,” he said.

Paul also said it is difficult to believe the White House was not aware of the activity prior to the 2012 election. “People within the IRS have known this for a year and a half,” he said.

Meanwhile, Tea Party groups are planning protests in Atlanta and Cincinnati in response to the scandal.

The Cincinnati IRS office handled Tea Party and patriot group tax-exempt applications. The IRS has acknowledged the harassment came from that office.

A CNN poll reveals that the Tea Party has received a favorability bump in response to the scandal.

“Politically, the group that may have benefitted the most from last week’s news is the tea party movement, which may be getting something akin to a ‘sympathy vote’ for being targeted by the highly unpopular IRS,” CNN Polling Director Keating Holland said on Monday.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, May 21, 2013 at 11:00 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on : Infowars

Iran, UN envoy discuss Afghanistan

0

Iranian Deputy Foreign Minister for Asia and Pacific Affairs Seyyed Abbas Araqchi (file photo)

The UN special representative on Afghanistan has met with Iranian Deputy Foreign Minister Seyyed Abbas Araqchi to discuss the latest developments in the Asian country.

The withdrawal of US-led foreign forces from Afghanistan and the upcoming presidential election in the country were among the main topics on the agenda of the Tuesday meeting between Araqchi and Jan Kubis in Tehran.

Araqchi and Kubis, who heads the United Nations Assistance Mission in Afghanistan, also discussed the issue of Afghan refugees in Iran.

In his second round of talks in Tehran, the Slovakian UN official is due to meet with Iranian Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Salehi on Wednesday.

The ongoing violence in Afghanistan has forced thousands of undocumented Afghan refugees crossing into Iran every year in search of employment.

The voluntary repatriation of Afghan refugees from Iran has been slow in recent years due to insecurity and economic hardships back home, which political analysts say is mainly the result of the US-led occupation of the country.

Iran has also spent millions of dollars and paid a high human cost to stem the inflow of drug cargos destined for European, Arab and Central Asian countries through its border with Afghanistan.

MRS/HGH/SS

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Bolivia lets Morales run for reelection

0

Boliviaâ„¢s Congress has passed a bill allowing President Evo Morales to run for a third term, after the countryâ„¢s highest court had earlier approved the measure.

The decision came on Monday and confirmed the tribunalâ„¢s last month verdict, which stated that Morales could seek a third straight term.

“He has the constitutional right to choose to be re-elected,” said the country’s Vice President Garcia Linera.

The court found Morales eligible to stand for re-election as his first four years in office would not count since during that term the country’s constitution was changed.

Under current Bolivian law, a president is only allowed to hold two terms in office.

Morales, who is the countryâ„¢s first indigenous leader, has not said if he will stand for re-election or not.

However, he has strong support among the poor and the indigenous population.

According to a poll published in April, Morales would get 41 percent of the vote in a national election, while his closest rival, Samuel Doria Medina would receive 17 percent.

Political analyst Maria Teresa Zegada told Spanish newspaper El Pais that “it is clear that the will of the MAS (Movement Towards Socialism, Bolivia’s governing party) is to remain in power and opt for the re-election of Evo Morales”.

Next presidential election in the poorest South American country is to be held next year and the term would run until 2020.

While in office, the countryâ„¢s first indigenous leader has nationalized private companies aimed at increasing state control over the countryâ„¢s economy.

CAH/PR

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

How America Became a Third World Country

0

Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com

May 21, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

To stay on top of important articles like these, sign up to receive the latest updates from TomDispatch.com here.

The streets are so much darker now, since money for streetlights is rarely available to municipal governments. The national parks began closing down years ago. Some are already being subdivided and sold to the highest bidder. Reports on bridges crumbling or even collapsing are commonplace. The air in city after city hangs brown and heavy (and rates of childhood asthma and other lung diseases have shot up), because funding that would allow the enforcement of clean air standards by the Environmental Protection Agency is a distant memory. Public education has been cut to the bone, making good schools a luxury and, according to the Department of Education, two of every five students won’t graduate from high school.

It’s 2023 — and this is America 10 years after the first across-the-board federal budget cuts known as sequestration went into effect. They went on for a decade, making no exception for effective programs vital to America’s economic health that were already underfunded, like job training and infrastructure repairs. It wasn’t supposed to be this way.

Traveling back in time to 2013 — at the moment the sequester cuts began — no one knew what their impact would be, although nearly everyone across the political spectrum agreed that it would be bad. As it happened, the first signs of the unraveling which would, a decade later, leave the United States a third-world country, could be detected surprisingly quickly, only three months after the cuts began. In that brief time, a few government agencies, like the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), after an uproar over flight delays, requested — and won — special relief. Naturally, the Department of Defense, with a mere $568 billion to burn in its 2013 budget, also joined this elite list. On the other hand, critical spending for education, environmental protection, and scientific research was not spared, and in many communities the effect was felt remarkably soon.

Robust public investment had been a key to U.S. prosperity in the previous century. It was then considered a basic part of the social contract as well as of Economics 101. As just about everyone knew in those days, citizens paid taxes to fund worthy initiatives that the private sector wouldn’t adequately or efficiently supply. Roadways and scientific research were examples. In the post-World War II years, the country invested great sums of money in its interstate highways and what were widely considered the best education systems in the world, while research in well-funded government labs led to inventions like the Internet. The resulting world-class infrastructure, educated workforce, and technological revolution fed a robust private sector.

Austerity Fever

In the early years of the twenty-first century, however, a set of manufactured arguments for “austerity,” which had been gaining traction for decades, captured the national imagination. In 2011-2012, a Congress that seemed capable of doing little else passed trillions of dollars of what was then called “deficit reduction.” Sequestration was a strange and special case of this particular disease. These across-the-board cuts, instituted in August 2011 and set to kick in on January 2, 2013, were meant to be a storm cloud hanging over Congress. Sequestration was never intended to take effect, but only to force lawmakers to listen to reason — to craft a less terrible plan to reduce deficits by a wholly arbitrary $1.2 trillion over 10 years. As is now common knowledge, they didn’t come to their senses and sequestration did go into effect. Then, although Congress could have cancelled the cuts at any moment, the country never turned back.

This article originally appeared on : AlterNet

'EU leaders must act against tax evasion'

0

Tax evasion is be discussed at an EU summit in Brussels on May 22, 2013.

Several EU parliamentarians have said that union leaders must go beyond promises and instead take action against tax evasion.

The proposal came on Tuesday, the eve of EU summit in Brussels, which was programmed to focus on taxation and energy issues.

“Do we really have the courage and the willingness to fight tax evasion and tax havens? We need strong action, not only declarations,” said Socialist EU Parliamentarian Hannes Swoboda.

“Fiscal fraud costs the EU a lot – more than 1,000 billion euros a year … We can only handle this meaningfully and effectively at European level,” added conservative Member of Parliament Joseph Daul.

Analysts say the vast amount of money that goes uncollected every year by tax authorities does not help the EU justify its push for painful austerity measures in crisis-hit member states.

At the Wednesday summit, it is expected that the 27 EU leaders would urge for more information-sharing between tax authorities, promise more efforts on fighting VAT fraud and pledge to ask for a leading role on tax evasion internationally.

Parliamentarians have also called for talks on youth unemployment and the rise of euroscepticism.

The fight against tax evasion came after several scandals were revealed, including tax havens and French former Budget Minister Jerome Cahuzacâ„¢s secret Swiss bank account.

Europe plunged into a financial crisis in early 2008. The worsening debt crisis has forced EU governments to adopt harsh austerity measures and tough economic reforms.

CAH/PR

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

‘US ties would bankrupt Iran economy’

0

Compromise with US would bankrupt Iran economy: Basij cmdr.

Commander of Iran Basij forces says making any compromise with the United States will bankrupt the Islamic Republicâ„¢s economy.

Å“Resistance or compromise [with the US] has a direct relationship with the price of oil,” said Brigadier General Mohammad-Reza Naqdi on Tuesday.

Å“In the event of a compromise [with the US], oil prices will drop and the administrationâ„¢s oil income will be halved and it will be followed by economic problems and pressure on the government and people,” the commander noted.

He added, Å“The biggest lie of this year is that some say relations with the US would reduce result in the reduction of inflation and improvement of economic conditions, because [contrary to this lie] if we [reach a] compromise, our economic situation will severely worsen,” he added.

Naqdi further said the US-led sanctions are not the only economic war waged against Iran because the West has a plan to defeat the Islamic Republic economy and prevent its emergence as a leading economy.

The Iranian commander also stated that the Islamic Republicâ„¢s increasing self-sufficiency in industry, economy, technology and science is the reason behind the Westâ„¢s war against the country.

At the beginning of 2012, the United States and the European Union imposed new sanctions on Iranâ„¢s oil and financial sectors with the goal of preventing other countries from purchasing Iranian oil and conducting transactions with the Central Bank of Iran.

The illegal US-engineered sanctions have been imposed based on the unfounded accusation that Iran is pursuing non-civilian objectives in its nuclear energy program.

Iran rejects the allegation, maintaining that as a committed signatory to the Non-Proliferation Treaty and a member of the International Atomic Energy Agency, it has the right to use nuclear technology for peaceful purposes.

MKA/HGH/SS

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Clerics urge hopefuls to respect law

0

Grand Ayatollah Seyyed Mohammad-Ali Alavi-Gorgani (L) and Grand Ayatollah Abdollah Javadi-Amoli

Religious figures and senior seminary scholars in the holy city of Qom have asked presidential hopefuls to abide by the law when the Guardian Council publishes the list of approved candidates for Iranâ„¢s June 14 election.

On Tuesday, Grand Ayatollah Seyyed Mohammad-Ali Alavi-Gorgani said those who adhere to the law are actually safeguarding the dignity of the Islamic Republic before the watchful eyes of the international community.

Similarly, Grand Ayatollah Abdollah Javadi-Amoli said Iranâ„¢s enemies have invested heavily in the upcoming presidential vote and want to decrease the voter turnout.

He added that the enemies would do everything in their power to undermine the integrity of the election.

Top Iranian clerics are calling on all presidential hopefuls to put aside their differences and pave the way for an epic turnout in the upcoming presidential as well as city and rural council polls.

A total of 686 hopefuls registered from May 7 to 11 for the Islamic Republicâ„¢s 11th presidential election. The Guardian Council, which is tasked with vetting hopefuls for candidacy and confirming the election results, is expected to submit the list of the candidates to the Interior Ministry on Tuesday.

The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election.

MP/HGH/SS

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Israel warns Syria over Golan attack

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Israel’s military chief has issued stern warning to Syrian President Bashar Assad hours after Syrian troops targeted an Israeli military vehicle in Golan Heights.

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

‘Rubber band’ bill: Russian parliament passes ‘legally indefinable’ anti-blasphemy law

0

The Russian Duma has passed a second reading of a religious offense law that has provoked a firestorm of controversy. The legislation has been softened, but still represents a significant ramping up of punishments compared to existing laws.

The second reading was approved overwhelmingly, with 304 Duma
deputies voting for, only 4 against and 1 abstention. Still,
several leading parliamentarians expressed reservations about the
draft bill, which could be passed in its third and final reading as
early as this week.

Under the revised bill, Russians would face a year in jail for
‘intentional’ and ‘public’ displays that cause “offense to
religious sensibilities,” down from three in the previous draft;
desecrating religious sites and paraphernalia would be punishable
by up to three years in jail, down from five.

“An offense to religious sensibilities is a term that defies
definition. A radical believer could find offense in expressions of
other people’s faith, or atheism,” said Communist deputy Oleg
Smolin, whose party, the second largest in the Duma, voted for the
law as a bloc.

Advocates of the law defended it vigorously. “We are not talking
about the subjective term ‘religious offense.’ which is admittedly
difficult to qualify. The law only punishes public acts that
obviously go out of their way to insult a religion,” said Mikhail
Markelov, a member of ruling United Russia party.

Markelov also noted that the bill covers all of Russia’s major
religions, not just Orthodox Christianity: “The legislation has
been chiseled to perfection, and reflects the desires of the
majority of our society.”

But Sergey Mironov, from the minority Fair Russia party, the
only one that gave its members a free vote, was unconvinced: “We
are happy that the proposal has been scaled back from covering all
religious offense, to deliberate acts. But we are still not sure
that it can be stretched to indict many Russians, even those who
did not set out to offend anyone.”

Mironov’s remarks echoed the concerns of leading lawyer Henry
Reznik, who was brought in as a legal consultant during the
drafting of the amendments. He said the language of the law was
“legally meaningless” and a “rubber band.” Others claimed that the
law was unconstitutional — violating the equality of Russian
citizens by legally prioritizing personal beliefs of some citizens
over others.

Opponents of the legislation at least welcomed that the second
reading did not create a separate article of the penal code, but
folded the new legislation into an existing article on Obstruction
of the Right to Exercise Religious Liberty, though the previous
maximum sentence for that offense was one year in prison.

The original draft bill arose out of the fallout over the
infamous Punk Prayer performed by the protest group Pussy Riot in
Moscow’s main cathedral in February last year. Three members of the
political art collective, who briefly recited a poem aimed at the
Russian Orthodox Church and Vladimir Putin, were convicted on
broader charges of hooliganism. Two of the three are still in
jail.

Legal experts claimed the hooliganism charge was ill-fitted to
prosecuting provocative public performances, and the anti-blasphemy
law was submitted by the four leading Russian parties in September
last year.

It is now expected to come into force without major changes
sometime this year.

This article originally appeared on : RT

Gazprom squeezes Greece for better terms as sole major bidder for DEPA

0

Gazprom officials are in Athens for talks on acquiring Greece’s public gas distributor DEPA. Gazprom is already DEPA’s major supplier and there are concerns the EU could block the deal in an attempt to limit Russia’s presence in its energy market.

According to local media reports, Gazprom head, Aleksey Miller
himself is taking part in the negotiations.

Gazprom is trying to negotiate favorable terms for the deal,
stressing its sole major bidder position in the privatizing process
of DEPA, Reuters reports. These are the third round of negotiations
since March 2013, and this time Gazprom wants to achieve guarantees
from DEPA creditors to clear its debt of €380 million before taking
over the company.

Gazprom also wants to postpone the payment of a bid guarantee of
20% of the deal’s value until the European Union approves the
acquisition of DEPA by the Russian firm.

Gazprom is DEPA’s main gas supplier, which has raised concerns
the EU might block or impose stern conditions on the deal, as it’s
trying to loosen Russia’s grip on EU energy market.

Binding bids are due to be submitted by May 29. Gazprom’s only
rival for DEPA is M&M Gas, a joint venture by Greek energy
firms Motor Oil and Mytilineos.

In a previous attempt to sell DEPA in 2003, Greece excluded the
utility’s gas suppliers from submitting bids, but it did not
include that condition this time.

This article originally appeared on : RT

Syria and Israel in Exchange of Fire

0

BBC
May 21, 2013

Israeli and Syrian forces have exchanged fire across the ceasefire line in the occupied Golan Heights.

Israel returned fire after one of its military vehicles was hit by shots from Syria, Israel’s defence forces say. Media reports say no-one was hurt.

Syria says it destroyed an Israeli vehicle which it says crossed the ceasefire line into territory its forces control.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, May 21, 2013 at 10:26 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on : Infowars

Ron Paul and Jim Rogers: Government confiscation of private bank accounts to happen here, too

0

J. D. Heyes
naturalnews.com
May 21, 2013

The United States has been a stable country for most of its 230-plus years, as well as a global hegemonic power since the end of World War II and the world’s primary superpower since the fall of the Berlin Wall and the crumbling of the Soviet Union in 1990. That kind of long-term stability has led many Americans — too many, in fact — to adopt an attitude of, “It can’t happen here — not to us,” attitude.

But according to long-serving former U.S. Rep. Ron Paul of Texas, along with legendary investor Jim Rogers, things can — and very likely will — get tumultuous and chaotic in America in the near-term, because even the United States, with its Constitution and its centuries-old history, is not immune to political and economic events that besiege other nations. Since our economy is so large, it just takes longer.

Speaking at a Sovereign Man Offshore Tactical Workshop conference in Santiago, Chile, recently, Paul said, for example, that real unemployment in the U.S. was much higher than the current 7.7 percent figure represents, and that economically, the country is simply flat broke and going further in debt.

Things are bad and getting worse

“We’re going to have a calamity in economics and political crisis,” he said. “The economy, worldwide and certainly in the states, I think is a lot weaker than they tell us. I believe that the unemployment rate in the United States is over 20 percent.”

He also believes inflation is taking place, but much of that is caused by U.S. economic policy.

“Inflation could be defined as the increase in supply of money and credit, and everybody knows that they’re [the Federal Reserve] printing $85 billion a month and that could be considered inflation,” he said.

  • A d v e r t i s e m e n t

Bottom line: Things are bad in America and they are only going to get worse. Entire countries, especially in Europe, are just going bust. Moreover, the worse things get, the more dramatic the tactics of those in positions of authority.

None of this is new.

“This isn’t the first time that the world has been in this position. This time is not different. History shows that there are serious, serious consequences to running unsustainably high debts and deficits. And those consequences have almost invariably involved pillaging people’s wealth, savings, livelihoods and liberties… either directly or indirectly,” reports InfoWars.com.

“I would expect that there’s going to be a lot more chaos yet to come,” said Paul, “and it will not be limited to Europe. I think it’ll be a worldwide phenomenon…the states won’t escape it either…”

Added Rogers:

“The present head of the (U.S.) central bank (Ben Bernanke) does not understand economics and finance, and he does not understand currencies. All he understands is printing money. His whole intellectual career has been devoted to the study of printing money, and as you know, we’ve given him the printing presses. And he has said, ‘I’ll run the printing presses as fast as I have to.’”

Coming after your retirement account

As to the subject of wealth confiscation, as happened recently in Cyprus — where the government confiscated billions of dollars held in private bank accounts, as part of a temporary bailout deal with the European Central Bank — Rogers said he sees things a bit differently shaping up in the U.S.

“I suspect it won’t happen that way in the U.S.,” he said. “They won’t take our bank accounts, they will take our retirement accounts.” (For the record, private retirement accounts in the United States amount to a government bonanza — more than $18.5 trillion, according to a 2010 study by the Investment Company Institute).

The government will “take our 401(k)s, they will say, ‘You’ve all had such hard times earning money in your 401(k), so what we’re going to do, we’re going to save you, we’re going to give you government bonds, which are guaranteed, 30-year government bonds and you will get 3 percent, and you give us your retirement assets.’”

The current U.S. debt is nearing $17 trillion, or about 105 percent of our annual GDP (gross domestic product) of about $15.5 trillion.

“I don’t doubt [the confiscation] at all; and they will use force and they’ll use intimidation,” Paul added.

Sources for this article include:

http://www.infowars.com

http://youtu.be/CmqIerOV3EM

http://www.wnd.com/2012/11/now-obama-wants-your-401k/

http://www.ici.org/pdf/ppr_12_rec_survey-q2.pdf

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, May 21, 2013 at 10:20 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on : Infowars

Israel is World’s Largest Drone Exporter

0

Harriet Sherwood
The Guardian
May 21, 2013

Israel is the world’s largest exporter of drones, mainly to Europe, Asia and Latin America, in a trade worth more than $4.6bn (£3bn) over the past eight years.

A study by the business consultancy Frost and Sullivan found that unmanned aerial vehicles (UAVs) account for almost 10% of Israel’s military exports. Sales have declined from a peak in 2010, but Israel has recently signed a $100m deal, not included in the figures, with India to upgrade its drones.

Just over half of Israel’s drone exports were to Europe, including a substantial number to the UK. Less than 4% of UAV sales were to America.

Read full article

China hackers get sensitive US spy data

0

Washington and Beijing have been exchanging allegations of sponsoring major cyber attacks for the past few months.

US officials have identified China as the source of major cyber attacks on Google and Microsoft with the aim of gaining access to Washingtonâ„¢s sensitive database, a report says.

Chinese hackers have managed to obtain yearsâ„¢ worth of information about US surveillance targets, the Washington Post quoted current and former US officials on Monday.

The hackers obtained the information after breaching Googleâ„¢s servers several years ago, with the aim of finding the identity of Chinese operatives in the US, who were under surveillance by American law enforcement agencies.

Å“Knowing that you were subjects of an investigation allows them to take steps to destroy information, get people out of the country,” said an unidentified former US official, while referring to the implications of leaked data.

This came as Microsoft said last month that Chinese hackers had tried to compromise the companyâ„¢s servers in an attempt to identify accounts under investigation by US national security agencies.

Å“You have two choices: If you want to find out if your agents, if you will, have been discovered, you can try to break into the FBI to find out that way. Presumably, thatâ„¢s difficult. Or you can break into the people that the courts have served paper on and see if you can find it that way. Thatâ„¢s essentially what we think they were trolling for, at least in our case,” said David Aucsmith, the senior director of Microsoftâ„¢s Institute for Advanced Technology in Governments.

Washington and Beijing have been exchanging allegations of sponsoring major cyber attacks for the past few months, with each accusing the other of hacking into sensitive governmental and industrial websites.

The Chinese are witness to the Å“greatest transfer of wealth in history” regarding stolen data from companies in sectors including defense, technology, aerospace, and oil and gas, according to government, academic and industry analysts.

Meanwhile, the US has been involved in one of the most notorious cybercrimes regarding the Stuxnet – a computer worm that attacked an Iranian nuclear facility.

GMA/PR

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Kyrgyzstan may not renew US lease on base

0

The Kyrgyz government has penned a bill that would see the closure of the US-leased Manas air base in July next year. The country will lose $60 million for not extending the contract.

The US has maintained a
presence at Manas International Airport near the Kyrgyz capital
Bishkek since 2001. The base has been a key logistical transport
hub for US troops in Afghanistan. In 2009, Kyrgyzstan’s
then-President Bakiev nearly closed the airport down, but
backpedaled at the last moment after the US offered more than
triple what it previously paid.

AFP Photo / Vyacheslav Oseledko

If adopted by the Kyrgyz
parliament and signed into law, the bill would close the Manas air
base — or the Manas Transit Center, as it was re-branded in 2009 —
on July 11, 2014. Bishkek must inform Washington that it does not
intend to renew the lease at least six months ahead of the
deadline.

“My deep conviction is that there is no place for a military
base at a civilian airport,”
President Almazbek Atambayev told
reporters on Tuesday. Shortly after being elected in 2011,
Atambayev voiced his intent to close Manas after the contract
expires, and has reaffirmed his position several times in the past
two years.
Kyrgyzstan will seek ways to replace the lost revenue, President
Atambayev assured: “We need to simply work to do that. We have
reserves to compensate that money by implementing other
projects.”

Wreckage of the American aircraft which crashed near the village of Chaldovar in Kyrgyzstan on May 3, 2013. (RIA Novosti / Vladimir Pirogov)

With the US base gone and
money for servicing its needs cut, the airport is expected to lose
half of its revenue, according to its First Vice President Nurlan
Mamyrov. The company plans to compensate for the losses by
optimizing operational costs and seeking new investors.

The US air base has witnessed
several scandals, including the fatal shooting of a local man by a
US soldier at a checkpoint. Public opposition has mounted over
those incidents as well as environmental concerns and potential
threats from enemies of the US.

The latest spate of criticism
came in early May after a transport plane operating out of the base
crashed. Opponents claimed there was no guarantee that the next US
aircraft would not fall on a populated area, and demanded that the
base be closed immediately rather than in 2014.

This article originally appeared on : RT

Suicide rate in Greece hits 50-yr. high

0

Suicide rate in Greece rises by 26 percent, hits 50-yr. high

People wait outside an unemployment bureau in the Greek capital, Athens. (File photo)

Official data show the suicide rate in Greece has soared 26 percent in 2011 compared to a year before, making it the highest rate in past fifty years.

Greek national statistics agency, Elstat, said on Tuesday that 477 suicides have been recorded in 2011 compared to 377 a year before.

The district of Athens accounted for the highest number of suicides with 35 percent of the total number of recorded cases.

According to Klimaka, a non-governmental organization (NGO), the number of people taking their own lives in the country is actually much higher than the number recorded.

In addition, Klimaka said there is no available statistics on the number of failed attempts, which is estimated to be 15 to 20 times higher than the registered suicide rate.

Greece has been at the epicenter of the eurozone debt crisis and is experiencing its sixth year of recession, while harsh austerity measures have left tens of thousands of people without jobs.

CAH/PR/SS

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Iranians honor two legendary poets

0

Many Iranians have honored two ancient Persian poets Ferdowsi and Khayyam during ceremonies held in several parts of the country, Press TV has reported.

A number of scholars and literature lovers remembered and commemorated the two legendary Persian poets whose works had great influence on the nationâ„¢s cultural heritage.

Iran’s most famous epic poet, Hakim Abul-Qasim Ferdowsi, is best known for his magnum opus The Shahnameh which is a classic among epic Persian poetry and recounts Iran’s mythical and historical past.

The book chronicles the legendary history of the pre-Islamic kings of Iran from Keyumars to Yazdegerd III.

The great 11th-century poet Ferdowsi spent over three decades on the book that was written in Persian at a time when Arabic was the main scientific and literary language of Iran.

Persian poet and polymath Omar Khayyam is also recognized worldwide as one of the most revered Iranian poets, best-known for his collection of quatrains (Rubaiyat).

Khayyam was not only a poet; he was also a great astronomer, philosopher, and mathematician and contributed to a calendar reform whose design with its amazing accuracy is still used after the passage of one thousand years.

In Persian speaking countries, Khayyam has had an impact on literature and societies through the translation of his works and popularization by other scholars.

Among English-speaking countries Scholars; Edward FitzGerald (1809-83), who was the most influential, introduced Khayyam to the West through translation of his quatrains.

FGP/FGP

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

‘Tunisia nabs 200 people after clashes’

0

Tunisian police fire tear gas as clashes broke out between supporters of the Salafist group, Ansar al-Sharia, and security forces in a suburb of the capital, Tunis, on May 19, 2013.

Tunisian Prime Minister Ali Larayedh says at least 200 people including the supporters of the Salafist group, Ansar al-Sharia, have been arrested following clashes between security forces and Salafists in a suburb of the capital Tunis.

On Monday, Larayedh said that Å“Those found to have been involved in violating the law will be prosecuted.”

This comes after clashes broke out between the Salafists and police on Sunday in Ettadhamen neighborhood where the movement had told the supporters to meet for their banned annual congress.

The clashes came as angry supporters began to throw rocks at police after they intervened to disperse the crowd. The police forces responded by using rubber bullets and firing tear gas.

According to the Interior Ministry, a young man died and at least 14 others were injured in the clashes.

Following the clashes, Larayedh issued a statement saying that the Salafist group is an illegal organization, adding that Ansar al-Sharia Å“defies and provokes state authority.”

The Tunisian government banned Ansar al-Sharia group from holding its annual congress in Kairouan, saying it posed Å“a threat to public order.”

Rashid al-Ghannushi who heads the moderate ruling party, Ennahda, had recently warned that the government would not allow the annual congress to take place.

Ennahda was elected following the ouster of former dictator, Zine el-Abidine Ben Ali, in January 2011.

Tunisia has seen numerous clashes between the authorities and Salafists over the past few months.

MAM/PR

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Israeli Army Vehicle Enters Syria, Supports Al Nusra Rebels

0

According to the Syrian Military Command an Israeli Armed unit has entered from the occupied territories of the Golan heights into Syria.

An Israeli army vehicle which crossed the cease-fire line towards the village of Bir Ajam inside Syria was destroyed by Syrian forces.

“On Tuesday at 1:10 am (2100 GMT Monday), our armed forces destroyed an Israeli vehicle with everything it was carrying, which came from the occupied territories,”

“General Command of the Army and the Armed Forces said that our armed forces destroyed an Israeli vehicle entered from the occupied territories and crossed the cease-fire line towards the village of Bir Ajam.”

“The vehicle passed the ceasefire line and was moving towards the village of Bir-Ajam situated in the liberated Syrian zone”

The report also states that the actions of the Israeli armed forces were in support and in coordination with terrorist groups in Bir Ajam

 “The village is located in the liberated area of Syrian territories where there are armed terrorist groups, “

“Following that, the Israeli enemy fired two rockets from the occupied site of Tal al-Faras toward one of our sites in al-Zubaydiah village; no casualties reported, ” the statement said.

It added that the aggression aims at raising the terrorist groups’ collapsed moral due to the painful blows they received at the hands of our armed forces in more than one place, especially in al-Qsier area.

The General Command of the Army and the Armed Forces said that the blatant aggression confirms again the involvement of the Zionist entity in the ongoing events in Syria and the direct coordination with the armed terrorist gangs.

The statement stressed that any breach or an attempt to violate the state sovereignty will be responded.

It stressed that whoever thinks that he is able to test our strength, alert and readiness to maintain our dignity and sovereignty is mistaken.

On Tuesday, May 21, Israel’s Defense Minister Moshe Yaalon confirmed the incident, without acknowledging that an Israeli Army unit had crossed the cease-fire line into Syria.

“Last night we destroyed a Syrian army position which fired on an Israeli patrol.”

According to Israeli military spokesman Avichai Adraee, the Syrian army “fired on an Israeli patrol, which we confirmed six hours ago, but did not destroy a vehicle or kill anyone,”

An earlier Israeli statement said “it had responded to fire from inside Syria that hit a military patrol in the Golan Heights overnight, damaging a military vehicle.”

Michel Chossudovsky contributed to this report

This article originally appeared on : Global Research

Al-Nusra Front cmdr. killed in Qusayr

0

Syrian troops celebrate as they take control of the village of Haydariyah, some 7 km outside al-Qusayr on May 20, 2013.

The main commander of the al-Qaeda-linked al-Nusra Front has been reportedly killed in clashes with the Syrian army in the western city of al-Qusayr.

According to Syria’s national television, top al-Nusra Front commander identified as Abu Omar was killed in al-Qusayr on Tuesday as clashes between Syrian troops and foreign-backed militants in the border town entered their third day.

The Syrian army says it is now in control of more than 70 percent of the strategic city, which connects the capital city of Damascus to the Mediterranean port of Tartous.

Intense fighting is reported to be still under way in some parts of al-Qusayr, about 30 km southwest of Homs, with the Syrian army making advances on terrorist groups fighting against the government of President Bashar al-Assad.

According to Syria’s official news agency, SANA, scores of militants were killed in clashes with government forces on Tuesday. Syrian troops also defused several explosive devices in the city.

Syrian troops entered al-Qusayr from several directions on May 19 after weeks of clashes with militants. Syrian sources say over 100 militants have been killed in the military operation to clear al-Qusayr of militants.

On Monday, Syrian army confiscated an Israeli military vehicle used by foreign-backed militants in al-Qusayr. A number of military uniforms as well as wiretapping and jamming equipment were found in the vehicle.

HM/PR/SS

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

'Press freedom eroding': DOJ slammed for search warrant against 'spying' Fox reporter

0

With the AP wiretapping scandal still unfolding, it has emerged that a US search warrant has been issued against a Fox News journalist to go through his emails — in a case the DOJ described as spying. Fox maintains the reporter was “simply doing his job.”

James Rosen, Fox News’s chief Washington correspondent, had a
44-page application for a search warrant filed against him,
including for his personal emails, after publishing a report based
on leaked security information in June 2009. The report revealed
North Korea’s intention to conduct a nuclear test despite the US
imposition of sanctions on the country.

The US Department of Justice (DOJ) described Rosen “at the
very least, either as an aider, abettor and/or co-conspirator.
”
The accusation appears in a court affidavit first reported by the
Washington Post on Monday.

The officials digging up the case were revealed to have been
tracking the journalist’s trips to and from the State Department as
well as monitoring his communications, as a search warrant was
obtained for the reporter’s personal e-mails.

Rosen’s case has been linked with charges filed previously
against a security adviser with the US State Department Stephen
Jin-woo Kim for his role in leaking the classified information that
appeared in the article. The search warrant application also
revealed that investigators catalogued the number of times the
password and profile affiliated with Kim had accessed intelligence
reports.

A view of the Department of Justice headquarters in Washington, DC. (AFP Photo / Brendan Smialowski)

The investigation into Rosen was described as “downright
chilling
” by Fox executive vice president of news Michael
Clemente in a statement. He added the company was “outraged”
to learn that he had been named a criminal co-conspirator for
“simply doing his job as a reporter.”

“We will unequivocally defend his right to operate as a
member of what up until now has always been a free press
,”
Clemente said.

The scandal comes on the heels of the exposure of a US
government investigation into the Associated Press, in which it was
acknowledged that over the course of two months, over 20 phone
lines of journalists were tapped, prompting AP President Gary
Pruitt to call the ongoing monitoring a “massive and
unprecedented intrusion.
”

The AP believes that overall, more than 100 journalists are
under the DOJ’s phone surveillance, which would have involved a
wide variety of stories regarding government and other topics.

The Obama administration’s crackdown on journalists has roused
concern across the media.

“The government is obviously stepping way outside of that
balance. You’re talking about reporting news information that is
critical for an informed populace
,” Wide Awake News founder
Charlie McGrath told RT.

“Yes, there’s going to be things that can’t be reported; that
shouldn’t be leaked. But you’re going to go after the journalist
who’s doing his job, and not the ineffective dysfunctional
government that leaked the info in the first place
,” he
continued.

McGrath went on to predict that eventually news would be
composed solely of government press releases, adding that inside
sources are already very much less inclined to share any real
information with the press.

The crackdown is intended to “scare… anybody who dares to
stand up to the party line, to the agenda line. And this isn’t just
the Obama administration. It was the previous administration, and
it will be the next administration it’s out of control government.
It’s hubris at its worst. And it’s going continue to erode the
freedom of this country
,” McGrath concluded.

This article originally appeared on : RT

Oklahoma Senator Tom Coburn Demands Tornado Relief Be Offset by Cuts Elsewhere

0

Oklahoma Senator Tom Coburn.
Photo Credit: United States Congress/Wikimedia Commons

May 21, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Senator Tom Coburn (R-OK) has consistently balked at emergency funding in the aftermath of disasters–and a powerful tornado that ripped through his home state isn’t changing that. Coburn is making headlines by insisting that any aid to his state be offset by federal spending cuts elsewhere.

CQ Roll Call’s Jennifer Scholtes reports that Coburn said he would “absolutely” demand the offsets. Coburn has also voted for cutting the amount of aid allocated to victims of Hurricane Sandy. A Coburn spokesman told the Huffington Post that the Senator “makes no apologies for voting against disaster aid bills that are often poorly conceived and used to finance priorities that have little to do with disasters.”

Coburn’s callous position was announced as the death toll and devastation in Oklahoma was coming into full view. Yesterday, a tornado tore through parts of Oklahoma City and its suburbs and flattened a hospital and two schools. The death toll currently stands at 24, with at least 240 people injured. An estimated 60 of the injured were children.

One school “was reduced to a pile of twisted metal and toppled walls,” the New York Times reports. Yahoo News! spoke to Stuart Earnest Jr., who witnessed the destruction of the Plaza Towers Elementary school. “All you could hear were screams,” he said. “The people screaming for help. And the people trying to help were also screaming.”

“Numerous neighborhoods were completely leveled,” Sgt. Gary Knight of the Oklahoma City Police Department told the Times. “Neighborhoods just wiped clean.” Emergency crews continued to search for survivors.

President Obama has declared some Oklahoma counties to be disaster areas, which allows federal funding to be start to flow to the state.

CNN reports that more storms part of the same weather patterns could hit more states, putting 53 million at risk. “Tornadoes could strike the Plains, but likely not in devastated Moore, Oklahoma, where the threat of severe weather has diminished. In the bull’s-eye Tuesday are parts of north-central Texas, southeastern Oklahoma, and northern Arkansas and Louisiana, according to the National Weather Service,” the news outlet reported.

This article originally appeared on : AlterNet

South Stream: A fresh element of Russian-European energy cooperation?

0
<!–Alexander Yakovenko–>

Dr Alexander Yakovenko, Russian Ambassador to the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Deputy foreign minister (2005-2011).

With a stagnating European economy plans to supply more gas to the West is becoming a challenge. But Russia is taking the risk.

South Stream is a multinational gas pipeline project based on
a strategic agreement between Gazprom (Russia) and ENI (Italy).
Currently the pipeline will cross Russia by land and go under the
Black Sea to Bulgaria, then to Serbia, Hungary, Slovenia and
finally to Northern Italy. The Black Sea section of South Stream
will stretch about 900 km, going as deep as 2250 meters. The pipe
will be filled with gas from Russia, as well as Central Asia, with
a projected capacity of around 63 bln cubic meters.

A number of European countries intend to take part in the
project. Agreements on the construction of the land section of the
pipeline were signed with Bulgaria, Serbia, Hungary, Greece,
Slovenia, Croatia and Austria. Discussions with FYR Macedonia are
underway. 

Some of the EU’s leading energy companys also plan to take
part in the project which testifies to its strategic importance and
economic feasibility. On September 16, 2011 in Sochi
representatives of Gazprom, ENI, EDF (France) and Wintershall
(Germany) signed a shareholders’ agreement on the construction of
the subsea section of the pipeline. Local energy companies are also
heavily involved in the current discussions on the land pipeline
construction in each of the participating European
counntries. 

We consider the South Stream pipeline project to be a
significant addition to the transportation system of conventional
gas to Europe and believe that it will increase diversification,
improve the current infrastructure and make a positive contribution
to the overall fabric of Russia-EU energy cooperation. The project
is feasible economically and it can easily be filled to capacity.
The system meets all modern environmental and technological
standards, thus enhancing the security of the overall energy supply
network of the European continent. 

We are confident that South Stream will become a significant
project for Europe. According to both Russian and European experts
it has the potential to become an integral part of the EU’s energy
transportation system, helping to meet the ever increasing demand
for cleaner fuels.

The statements, views and opinions expressed in this column are solely those of the author and do not necessarily represent those of RT.

This article originally appeared on : RT

Too Soon to Tell: The Case for Hope, Continued

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/too_soon_to_tell_the_case_for_hope_continued_20130521/

Posted on May 21, 2013

This article originally appeared on : TruthDig

Systemic Breakdown? Financial Bubbles Creating Conditions for New Crash

0

It is a sure sign of the systemic breakdown of the global capitalist system that the very measures put in place to try to prevent a crisis are creating the conditions for a financial meltdown beyond even the scale of 2008.

For almost five years the world’s major central banks have pumped an estimated $7 trillion into financial markets with the stated aim of trying to spark an economic recovery. Economic data from around the world indicate that it has been a manifest failure.

The statistics on price levels are among the most significant. These show that rather than prices increasing–a sign of recovery in so-called “normal” conditions–deflationary pressures are intensifying.

In the US, consumer prices fell by 0.4 percent in May, the biggest decline since late 2008, following a 0.2 percent decline in April. In Europe, excluding food and energy costs, consumer prices in the 17-member euro zone rose by just 1 percent in April from a year earlier.

The downtrend has far-reaching implications. Confronted with falling prices for their products, major firms and corporations seek to make profits not by investing and expanding production, as they would seek to do if a recovery were underway, but by savage cost-cutting coupled with financial speculation. The consequent cuts in pay and jobs lead to a reduction in consumer demand, further fueling the deflationary trend.

Other economic data highlight this process. Last month, US industrial production fell by 0.5 percent, compared to a projected decline of 0.2 percent, prompting predictions that results for the second quarter would be even worse than the last quarter of 2012, when the US economy showed virtually no expansion.

In the euro zone, unemployment has risen for the 23rd consecutive month and now stands at 12.1 per cent, a 1.1 percent increase over the level a year ago. The euro zone economy contracted by 0.2 percent in the first quarter, meaning the current contraction has lasted longer than that experienced in 2008-2009.

Since the onset of the breakdown in 2008, the prospect has been held out that China could provide the basis for the long-term expansion of the global economy. But while industrial production and retail sales both showed a significant rise last month, pointing to economic growth of about 7.5 percent this year, these hopes are being dashed.

In a recent article pointing to the absence of “a strong source of demand growth” anywhere in the global economy, the Financial Times noted that “worries” about the Chinese economy were “widespread.” In the long term it was clear that the double-digit growth of the past decade was a thing of the past, while in the short term, despite an expansion of credit the rise in GDP produced by this lending was near its lowest level for a decade.

In contrast to the trends in the real economy, financial markets are experiencing an unprecedented boom. The Dow Jones Industrial Average is up by 15 percent since the Fed launched its third round of quantitative easing last September. In Japan, the Nikkei index has climbed 44 percent since last December and the election of the Abe government, which demanded that the Bank of Japan boost the money supply. In the UK, the FTSE index has gained 20 percent in the last six months on the back of quantitative easing by the Bank of England, despite the fact that the British “recovery” is weaker even than that experienced in the Great Depression, while European stock markets have gained 30 percent since last July.

These increases are being fuelled entirely by the trillions of dollars being pumped into the financial system by the major central banks.

But rather than expressing a “recovery,” the booming share markets are a fever chart of the deepening crisis of the capitalist system. Never in the history of world capitalism has there been such a divergence of financial markets from underlying economic processes.

The unprecedented rise in global markets has sparked concerns that the conditions are being created for a crash. As Financial Times columnist Gillian Tett noted, “[W]hile the flood of central bank liquidity is enabling the system to absorb small shocks, it is also masking a host of internal contradictions and fragilities that could surface if a shock hits” with the “potential for… future violent instability rising apace.”

While any rational analysis points to the fact that the present conditions are preparing the way for a disaster, the frenzy of speculation continues according to its own mad logic. As the then-chief executive of the US banking giant Citigroup, Chuck Prince, famously remarked in July 2007: “As long as the music is playing, though, you’ve got to get up and dance.” Little more than a year later, the global financial system plunged into its worst crisis since the 1930s.

Today the situation is potentially even more explosive than five years ago. This is because, unlike 2008, the central banks, having bought up trillions of dollars worth of government and other financial assets, are key market players themselves, and so will be directly impacted by a collapse of financial markets.

Increasingly, they are being caught in a trap of their own making. Withdrawal of the financial stimulus measures threatens to collapse the bubble. At the same time, the pumping out of still more money draws them deeper into the mire.

Last week, economists at the International Monetary Fund published an analysis warning that ending easy money policies could result in the central banks suffering severe losses as interest rates spiked and bond prices fell. The Federal Reserve could experience a loss equivalent to as much as 4 percent of GDP ($628 billion), the Bank of Japan could lose 7.5 percent of GDP, and the Bank of England almost 6 percent.

In other words, a new financial shock could call the stability of the central banks themselves into question. Unlike the situation in 2008-2009, they would be unable to mount a rescue operation.

The deepening global crisis of capitalism has the most far-reaching political implications.

The past five years have seen the pumping of hundreds of billions of dollars into the coffers of the banks and speculators, and the financial elite that benefits from their activities, while the impoverishment of ever broader sections of the population has continued unabated.

These measures, far from producing an economic “recovery,” have prepared the way for even bigger disasters.

This article originally appeared on : Global Research

US-China Confrontation: Washington’s Hacking Charges Escalate Pressure on Beijing

0

Yesterday, top US officials and media made unsubstantiated allegations of hacking of US computer systems by a military unit in Shanghai, escalating tensions with China.

The New York Times led this campaign, publishing an article titled “Chinese Hackers Resume Attacks on US Targets,” which served as a conduit for accusations and threats against China by US computer security firm Mandiant and top US officials. The Times claimed that the Chinese army’s Unit 61398 in Shanghai, whose existence Washington alleged this February, “is back in business.”

The Times effectively admitted that it had no evidence to support its allegations: “It is not clear precisely who has been affected by the latest attacks. Mandiant, a private security company that helps companies and government agencies defend themselves from hackers, said the attacks had resumed but would not identify the targets, citing agreements with its clients.”

The Times claimed that China had targeted several firms–including Coca-Cola, French energy firm Schneider Electric, and US defense contractor Lockheed Martin–in previous attacks. None of these firms confirmed the Times ’ allegations, however, instead declining to comment.

This complete lack of evidence notwithstanding, current and former Obama administration officials speaking to the Times unleashed a torrent of threats against China. An unnamed US “senior official” said, “This is something we are going to have to come back at time and again with the Chinese leadership.” He added that Beijing has “to be convinced there is a real cost to this kind of activity.”

On Wednesday, former Obama administration Director of National Intelligence Dennis Blair and Ambassador to China John Huntsman are slated to release a plan for a series of executive orders and legislative acts to threaten China over the issue of hacking. Blair told the Times: “Jawboning alone won’t work. Something has to change in China’s calculus.”

The Obama administration mooted similar plans last month in a Wall Street Journal article, which described a “potentially rapid escalation” of tensions with China. According to the Journal, Washington is considering imposing “trade sanctions, diplomatic pressure, indictments of Chinese nationals in US courts and cyber countermeasures–both attack and defense.”

These unsubstantiated US accusations against Beijing over hacking drip with cynicism and hypocrisy. The US itself maintains the largest and most destructive cyber warfare apparatus in the world. It announced this March the formation of 13 offensive cyber war teams, writing malicious computer code to disable or destroy computers or computerized infrastructure, part of a multi-billion-dollar US cyber war program.

The Obama administration already claimed the right this February to wage pre-emptive cyber-attacks, transposing onto the Internet the illegal methods of aggression most infamously used by the Bush administration against Iraq. This came after the US and Israel worked together to disable Iran’s nuclear program, by putting the Stuxnet virus into Iranian computer systems running nuclear centrifuges. This was accompanied by a series of bombings and assassinations inside Iran, targeting Iranian scientists.

Significantly, as elements of the US foreign policy establishment have admitted, what is driving Washington’s vague accusations of Chinese cyber-warfare is not primarily whatever hacking may be occurring, but the rising military tensions between the United States and China.

As Richard Falkenrath of the US Council on Foreign Relations said in February, describing US accusations of Chinese cyber-war hacking, “While this is all described in neutral terms–what are we going to do about cyber-attacks–the underlying question is, ‘What are we going to do about China?’”

Military and diplomatic relations between the world’s two largest economies have worsened dramatically since Washington’s aggressive “pivot to Asia,” aimed at containing China, announced during Obama’s first term. Last month, Washington escalated military exercises with South Korea into a full-blown war scare with neighboring North Korea. It demonstratively deployed nuclear-capable B-2 Stealth bombers to the Korean peninsula, only a few hundred kilometers from China.

Cyber warfare looms large as an issue in US-China military relations, as electronic communications become ever more central to coordinating far-flung military forces, detecting them, and targeting them with precision-guided munitions. Such forces include not only traditional ones like US naval task forces built around aircraft carriers and troop transports, but also newer weapons such as US or Chinese remote-controlled or computer-operated drones.

Last week, the US Navy tested the X-47B–its first fully autonomous, computer-guided drone aircraft–on the aircraft carrier USS George H.W. Bush. The Times noted that “to offset China’s numerical advantage and technological advances, the US Navy is betting heavily on drones–not just the X-47B and its successors, but anti-submarine reconnaissance drones, long-range communications drones, even underwater drones.”

The paper noted the rising risk of accidental conflict, as the US fills the Pacific Ocean with “thousands” of drones, and China deploys its own drones so as not to fall too far behind.

The issue of cyber warfare is closely bound up with the accelerating arms race in the Pacific. The Pentagon’s recent report to the US Congress on Chinese military capabilities stressed the role of Chinese cyber warfare planning as part of broader plans to deter a possible US intervention against China. One can only suppose that US preparations for cyber warfare against China are similarly or even more advanced.

The Pentagon wrote that China’s “sustained investment” in cyber-warfare, guided missile, and space warfare capabilities “appear designed to enable anti-access/area-denial missions (what PLA [Chinese People’s Liberation Army] strategists refer to as ‘counter-intervention operations’). … China continues to develop measures to deter or counter third-party intervention, particularly by the United States. China’s approach to dealing with this problem is manifested in a sustained effort to develop the capability to attack at long ranges military forces that might deploy or operate within the Western Pacific.”

The combination of US threats and unsubstantiated accusations and preparations, both Chinese and American, for what would be a cataclysmic Sino-American conflict, point to the profound crisis of world capitalism.

The industrial infrastructure underlying US-China trade, which totals one-half trillion dollars per year, is at the heart of the world economy. Yet under capitalism and the nation-state system, it must base itself on international financial and military relations which are now in an advanced state of collapse.

On the one hand, crisis-ridden American banks have accumulated trillions of dollars of debts to China, which they are ever less inclined to repay. On the other, while China’s industrial growth has not pulled the Chinese working masses out of poverty, it has shaken US imperialism’s geo-strategic hegemony, which underlay international relations in post-war Asia.

What is emerging is, as the great Russian Marxist Leon Trotsky wrote in 1914 at the beginning of World War I, the “revolt of the forces of production against the political form of nation and state.” Then as now, the critical task is mobilizing the working class in a common international struggle for socialism and against imperialist war.

This article originally appeared on : Global Research

All Syrian sides to join peace confab

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]The UN-Arab League Special Envoy to Syria Lakhdar Brahimi says the Syrian government and the opposition are preparing to take part in the upcoming international conference on Syria crisis

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

GC approves eight hopefuls: Report

0

From top left: Saeed Jalili, Mohammad-Baqer Qalibaf, Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, Ali-Akbar Velayati, Hassan Rohani, Mohammad Gharazi, Mohsen Rezaei and Mohammad-Reza Aref

An unconfirmed report says Iranâ„¢s constitutional supervisory body, the Guardian Council, has approved eight hopefuls to run in the upcoming presidential race slated for June 14.

According to the report published by the semi-official Mehr News Agency on Tuesday, the Council has approved MP Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, Secretary of Supreme National Security Council Saeed Jalili, Secretary of the Expediency Council Mohsen Rezaei and President of the Center for Strategic Research of the Expediency Council Hassan Rohani.

The list also included former First Vice President Mohammad-Reza Aref, Tehran Mayor Mohammad-Baqer Qalibaf, former telecommunication minister, Mohammad Gharazi, and former foreign minister, Ali-Akbar Velayati.

The report comes as Iranâ„¢s Deputy Interior Minister Solat Mortazavi said on Tuesday that the names of the presidential candidates would be announced on Wednesday, May 22.

A total of 686 hopefuls registered from May 7 to 11 for the Islamic Republicâ„¢s 11th presidential election. The Guardian Council, which is tasked with vetting hopefuls for candidacy and confirming the election results, is expected to submit the list of the candidates to the Interior Ministry on Tuesday.

The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election.

MP/HGH/SS

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Economy, Rezaei's foremost concern

0

Presidential hopeful Mohsen Rezaei speaks in the central Iranian city of Isfahan on May 20, 2013.

Independent presidential hopeful Mohsen Rezaei has described concern over Iranâ„¢s economic situation as the main reason behind his registration for the June 14 vote.

Speaking in the central city of Isfahan on Monday, Rezaei lamented the state of Iran’s economy and called it a serious problem born out of poor managerial skills and the misappropriation of state resources.

The secretary of Iranâ„¢s top arbitration body, the Expediency Council, also criticized the incumbent administration of President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad for failing to fulfill its economic promises.

He pledged to attach paramount importance to public welfare if he wins the election.

A total of 686 hopefuls registered from May 7 to 11 for the Islamic Republicâ„¢s 11th presidential election. The Guardian Council, which is tasked with vetting hopefuls for candidacy and confirming the election results, is expected to submit the list of the candidates to the Interior Ministry on Tuesday.

The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election.

MP/HGH/SS

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

UK’s Charles patronizes Bahraini despot

0

Prince Charles entertains Bahraini despot al-Khalifa during a visit to London.

British monarch prince Charles has entered a deal with the brutal regime of Bahrain, thus Å“giving legitimacy to one of the worldâ„¢s most repressive regimes”.

Prince Charles ratified the £700,000 deal on behalf of his architecture group who will advise the Bahraini regime on housing and planning.

The deal was signed by Hank Dittmar, CEO of the Princeâ„¢s Foundation for Building Community, and Bahrainâ„¢s housing minister Basim Alhamer earlier this month, according to Bahrain News Agency. It followed a meeting between Alhamer and Prince Charles at Clarence House on April 26.

The Princeâ„¢s Foundation will be overseeing the construction of a new 4,000-unit housing project in the south of Bahrain.

The project will take inspiration from Poundbury, the model village in Dorset created by Prince Charles 20 years ago. A team from the Foundation will visit Bahrain later this month to begin work.

Representatives of Bahrain have visited Poundbury on numerous occasions – in April 2007 Charles gave the Crown Prince of Bahrain a personal tour.

Å“The deal is already being used for PR purposes by the Bahraini royal family, helping to deflect attention from the human suffering and repression theyâ„¢re inflicting on their own people,” said Republicâ„¢s chief executive Graham Smith. ”It seems that as far as Charles is concerned itâ„¢s fine to support despots and tyrants as long as they call themselves Ëœprinceâ„¢ or Ëœkingâ„¢.”

Å“Serious questions need to be asked about the nature of Prince Charlesâ„¢s engagements, which his press office love to crow about when claiming he works hard for Britain. This meeting with the Bahrainis was all about pushing his own hobby horse and securing a deal for his friends at the Princeâ„¢s Foundation.”

Bahrain has one of the worst human rights records in the Middle East. Itâ„¢s regime, led by members of the Bahraini royal family, routinely tortures and mistreats political prisoners, blocks opposition websites and harasses human rights activists.

Pro-democracy protests in 2011 were brutally suppressed by Bahraini security forces using shotguns, rubber bullets and teargas. Demonstrations against last monthâ„¢s F1 Grand Prix were also violently suppressed.

MOL/HE

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

UK Independence Party Draws Attention To Bilderberg 2013

0

The question what exactly is discussed at Bilderberg should be a concern to both the left and the right

Jurriaan Maessen
Infowars.com
May 21, 2013

Member of the European parliament Gerard Batten has raised the alarm on Bilderberg, stating he has written all major mainstream media outlets in the UK as well as submitting a freedom of information request for the Hertfordshire police commissioner asking who is paying for the expenses of all this policing.

“The next meeting of the Bilderberg group is to be held in England. The location is thought to be the Grove Hotel Watford from the 6th to the 9th of June.”, Batten stated, continuing to point out that there is in place a code of silence in regards to the annual confab. Batten:

“These annual meetings are summits of the most wealthy, powerful and influential people in the world of politics, finance and business. The biggest mystery surrounding them is why the mainstream newspapers and broadcasters have chosen not to report on them since 1954. However in the internet-age there existence can no longer be kept secret. I’ve written to all the mainstream press and TV in the UK, asking them if they intend to report on this meeting- and if not, why not.”

Batten’s point is well-placed. There has indeed been a deafening silence on the part of the mainstream press when it comes to the most secretive of summits. He rightly pointed out that the alternative media is reluctantly doing the mainstream media’s job- the first increasingly reporting on Bilderberg where the latter remains silent.

Under Nigel Farage’s leadership the UK Independence Party has recently won an enormous victory in the British 2013 local election, coming in fourth in the number of council seats won, and third in projected nationwide votes. This latest victory for the party adds additional weight to Batten’s words, making it harder for the mainstream media in the UK to persist in their stalwart silence. In adition to questioning the mainstream media, Batten also announced submitting a freedom of information request directed at the Hertfordshire police:

“I’ve also submitted a freedom of information request to the Hertfordshire police commissioner, asking on what basis the policing is being provided, and who is paying the bill. I very much look forward to their responses.”

As do I, as my request directed at the Hertfordshire police commissioner is still pending under log number 2013/000159, although on April 16 I was told my information request was “currently receiving our attention”.

On the other end of the British political spectrum, Respect MP George Galloway has also commented on the coming conference, rather loosely asking himself “What did Watford do to deserve the descent of the Bilderberg ghouls amongst them?”

The question what exactly is discussed at Bilderberg should indeed be a concern to both the left and the right. Although the Bilderberg group itself claims “no resolutions are proposed, no votes taken, and no policy statements issued”, former Secretary General of NATO and two-time Bilderberg participant Willy Claes admitted in 2010 the participants are expected to implement conclusions that come out of every conference. After every sub-conference at Bilderberg a report is compiled, after which “the participants are then obviously considered to use this report in setting their policies in the environments in which they affect,” Claes stated. Bilderberg founder prince Bernhard even stated in the following interview (3 minutes onward)): “there could be issued an idea… that everybody liked, and that idea is then launched.”

As UKIP’s representative in the European Parliament stressed, the most worrisome aspect of Bilderberg is that the mainstream media has up to today uniformly kept silent about it.

Jurriaan Maessen’s website is Explosivereports.com.

This article originally appeared on : Infowars

Half of America wants Obama impeached

0

Even Democrats join surge of dissatisfaction in unprecedented numbers

Bob Unruh
wnd.com
May 21, 2013

Editor’s note: This is another in a series of “WND/WENZEL POLLS” conducted exclusively for WND by the public-opinion research and media consulting company Wenzel Strategies.

The faux stone columns from his Denver acceptance speech are crumbling, the fireworks have fizzled and the unadulterated adulation of Barack Obama is a sour feeling of disillusion, as a new poll reveals half of America wants him impeached, including a stunning one in four Democrats.

“It may be early in the process for members of Congress to start planning for impeachment of Barack Obama, but the American public is building a serious appetite for it,” said Fritz Wenzel, of Wenzel Strategies, which did the telephone poll Thursday. It has a margin of error of 4.36 percent.

“Half or nearly half of those surveyed said they believed Obama should be impeached for the trifecta of scandals now consuming Washington.”

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, May 21, 2013 at 9:24 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on : Infowars

Warming Climate Endangers U.K. Farming

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/warming_climate_endangers_uk_farming_20130521/

Posted on May 21, 2013

This article originally appeared on : TruthDig

'Syrians will rid country of terrorists'

0

Syrians will purge their country of terrorists: Iran defense min.

Despite efforts made by the Western states and Israel to create chaos in Syria, the Iranian defense minister says Syrians will purge their country of terrorists.

Å“The coordination between the Zionist regime [of Israel] and Western countries, which do not want Syria to see peace, has caused this [Israeli] regime to enter the scene of conflict in Syria,” Brigadier General Ahmad Vahidi said in Tehran on Tuesday.

Vahidi, however, expressed confidence that Damascus would manage to resolve the crisis and drive out all terrorist elements from the country.

Å“Today, by relying on its inherent power and popular support and the strength of its army and nation, [the government of] Syria is clearing various areas of the country of terrorists,” he stated.

The Israeli military has carried out three airstrikes against Syria so far this year and has recently boosted its military activities in the Golan Heights, where clashes continue between the Syrian Army and militant groups.

On Tuesday, the Syria Army issued a statement saying it destroyed an Israeli military vehicle after it crossed the ceasefire line in the Israeli occupied Golan Heights, and drove toward a village in a flashpoint area “where there are armed terrorist groups.”

Turmoil has gripped Syria for over two years, and many people, including large numbers of Syrian soldiers and security personnel, have been killed in the foreign-sponsored militancy.

Western powers and their regional allies including the Israeli regime, Turkey, Saudi Arabia and Qatar are partners in supporting the armed militant groups in Syria.

MRS/HGH/SS

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Monsanto CEO Says Public Not Playing Fair

0

Chairman and CEO Hugh Grant accuses GMO rivals of elitism

Lee Ann McAdoo
Infowars.com
May 21, 2013

Monsanto CEO accused genetically modified food rivals of stirring up ‘reverse elitism’ through social media. Well, isn’t that rich?

As the huge global protest, March Against Monsanto, is set to take place May 25th, CEO Hugh Grant told Bloomberg opponents of his company are capitalizing on increased public concern on how genetically modified foods are made, and pushing anti-GMO sentiment through social media sites.

March Against Monsanto activists are protesting, among other things, the serious risks GMO’s pose to both health and the environment, ex-Monsanto executives steering government agencies like the FDA, Monsanto’s monopoly over the world’s food supply, and political favoritism.

Grant says those critics aren’t giving Monsanto the opportunity to feed the world with technological advances.

“I’d feel a whole lot better if it was marinated on a little where is that extra chicken going to come from or who is going to grow the new bushel,” Grant said, adding that, “There is space in the supermarket shelf for all of us.”

Perhaps if Monsanto wasn’t bankrupting small farmers over patent infringement, or suing dairy farmers for labeling their milk Monsanto-produced rBGH-free, critics wouldn’t have to ponder where their next meal will come from.

If Monsanto’s legal practices weren’t enough to enrage America’s agricultural sector, the passing of the so-called “Monsanto Protection Act” certainly has. The Act — co-authored by a senator that received thousands of dollars in campaign contributions from Monsanto — puts GM companies above the law by effectively banning courts from halting the sale, planting, harvest, or distribution of any GM seeds, even if those seeds are linked to illness or environmental problems.

“There is this strange kind of reverse elitism: If I’m going to do this, then everything else shouldn’t exist.” Grant told Bloomberg, saying opponents of Monsanto think there should be conventional agriculture or organic and nothing else.

The irony is that Monsanto pays millions of dollars a year lobbying politicians and funding thinktanks to combat opposition. Ex-Monsanto executives work on their behalf in government positions including the Supreme Court, FDA, EPA and USDA, all the while denying consumers the right to have labels and information regarding genetically modified products.

As if this wasn’t enough to affirm their omnipotent reach, Monsanto is embroiled in controversy yet again after State Department cables from 2005 to 2009 show the government lobbied foreign nations on behalf of the biotech giant.

Food & Water Watch summarized the cables showing how the United States has pursued policies to benefit the largest seed companies, including urging embassies to generate positive media coverage to sway public opinion.

The four goals of biotech diplomacy, according to Food & Water Watch, are to: Promote biotech business interests; Lobby foreign governments to weaken biotech rules; Protect U.S. biotech exports; and Press developing world to adopt biotech crops.

“The seed companies including Monsanto, DuPont, Pioneer, Syngenta, Bayer CropScience, and Dow Agro-chemical, are more commonly mentioned in the biotech cables than food aid.” According to the Food & Water Watch biotech report. “The State Department worked especially hard to promote the interests of Monsanto, the world’s biggest biotech seed company…Monsanto appeared in 6.1 percent of the biotech cables analyzed between 2005 and 2009 from 21 countries.”

Meanwhile, Grant is focused on the growing voices of concerned citizens who refuse to fall in line with government-approved biotech propaganda.

Monsanto has already purchased the approval of Washington to advance their agenda worldwide, yet anti-GMO activists armed only with their Facebook status threaten the endgame?

Well, if those stifled voices are able to unite into one glorious global uproar, Grant’s fears may be validated.

This article originally appeared on : Infowars

'Democracia K': What’s going on in Argentina!?

0
<!–Adrian Salbuchi–>

Adrian Salbuchi is a political analyst, author, speaker and radio/TV commentator in Argentina.

May 25th marks the tenth anniversary of Néstor Kirchner being inaugurated President of Argentina. At the time, few Argentines would have imagined what was in store for their country with the advent of the “K” — for Kirchner — Regime.

Especially after his hand-picked successor Cristina Kirchner
became president in 2007, later re-elected in 2011.  A year
and a half into Cristina’s second term, Argentina is once again
roller-coasting increasingly out-of-control into what may yet
become another national catastrophe, marked by spiralling
inflation, a panic-driven foreign exchange clamp-down, economic
slump, increasing street violence, ferocious taxation of workers’
falling salaries and — worst of all — rampant, unprecedented
corruption at the highest levels of government.

It’s the economy, stupid…!

After her re-election, Mrs Kirchner thought she could easily
stay in power by continuing to subsidize the poor, divide the
opposition and pick fights with traditional sectors like the
Catholic Church, the armed and security forces, farmers, the
opposition media, and periodically whip-up “nationalist fervour”
with suitably staged measures.

Argentina's First Lady, Senator and presidential candidate for the ruling party Frente para la Victoria Cristina Fernandez de Kirchner greets supporters 22 October 2007 in Bolivar during a campaign rally in view of the next 28 October election. (AFP Photo)

Demanding the UK return the Falkland/Malvinas Islands to
Argentina, for example, even though her government has all but
disarmed the country’s armed forces.  Or permanently harping
over the “desaparecidos” — the militants who disappeared under the
military regime of the ‘70’s – but never investigating Argentina’s
now almost $137 billion foreign debt whose roots
date back to that military juntas’ economic policies.  Or
nationalizing Spanish oil company Repsol’s majority shareholding in
Argentina’s YPF, which Néstor and Cristina Kirchner helped
privatize 21 years ago.  Or attacking the opposition media by
promoting “democratization of the press”, with government taking
over key media conglomerates putting them in the hands of
pro-Kirchner frontmen and targeting “Clarin”, the country’s largest
group.  More recently, by “democratizing” the Judiciary: a
euphemism for bringing it under the full control of the executive
branch.

Most of this has been high profile government propaganda often
serving as smoke screens to hide deeper economic trouble brewing in
the dark, involving three key factors that are now all but out of
control: inflation, the rapidly depreciating Argentine Peso and
gross corruption at the highest levels of government that has all
but halted local and foreign investment and trust.  

Inflation & Devaluation

First and foremost, then, inflation, which for two years has
been eroding workers’ salaries at a time when government deficit
spending translates as ferocious, record level tax pressure on all
workers.  

Private consultancies put annual inflation at 30 to 35 per cent,
but the official government figure put out by the INDEC government
statistics office under the grip of powerful commerce secretary and
Kirchner insider Guillermo Moreno, says it is “just 10.8%”.
 This is so laughable that even INDEC’s employees publicly
denounce such blatantly falsified data.  

When a Greek journalist recently asked Economy Minister Hernán
Lorenzino a simple question – “What is Argentina’s
inflation?”
– a visibly terrified Lorenzino looked at the
camera, asked for the interview to stop and was then heard twice
pleading, “I want to leave…! I want to leave!!.  

He knows only too well that telling the truth about inflation
will get him into huge trouble with Mrs Kirchner, Mr Moreno and the
militant Marxist organization “La Campora” led by presidential son
Maximo, which today runs much the economy as well as key state
companies such as YPF, flag carrier Aerolíneas Argentinas which
losses around 3 million dollars a day, the Central Bank, and the
ANSES Public Pensions Fund.

Last year, the government went into panic-mode imposing an all
but full exchange clamp-down, especially in US Dollar trading, for
decades a key financial indicator.  During its first eight
years in power, the Kirchner government artificially kept it stable
at around 3 pesos per dollar.  However huge government
deficits and payment of Argentina’s foreign debt forced the
government to do everything necessary to get its hands on every
dollar in town.  Result: no dollars for anybody; whether for
travelling abroad, or imports, or the real estate market which
traditionally uses the dollar to offset endemically high local
inflation, or for foreign companies to pay dividends abroad.

The official rate has now peaked to over 5.35 pesos whilst the
black market rate — which did not even exist until around a year
ago — pierced the 10 peso mark a few weeks ago. 

Government Corruption

But what has become a prime source of national concern is
massive government corruption in which money
stolen by Kirchnerites runs anywhere from one to many billions of
Dollars, or rather Euros, since we have now discovered Mr
Kirchner´s fetishist obsession with 500 Euro bank notes.  

Kirchner’s own former deputy-governor of Santa Cruz Province,
Eduardo Arnold, went public describing how he relished touching
large bundles of cash, filling his pockets, safes and vaults with
it.  A private video from several years back just surfaced
showing Mr K joking with a group of cronies whilst caressing a
large safe exclaiming “this is ecstasy to me!”.

Sadly, the “K Corruption List” is very long: 

  • In 1993 as governor of Santa Cruz Province he expatriated 654
    million dollars in public funds into tax havens of which only small
    amounts trickled back; when a local lawsuit was filed on this case
    he maneuvered the case and ended up being acquitted by judge
    Santiago Lozada who is his nephew-in-law; 
  • Widespread public works bribery in the Infrastructure Ministry
    run by crony Julio De Vido; when former economy minister and
    whistle-blower Roberto Lavagna publicly disclosed this in 2005, Mr.
    K promptly fired him;
  • Embezzlement of government railway subsidies under crony
    transport ministers Ricardo Jaime and Juan Pablo Schiavi; both are
    under investigation over a railway accident that killed 51
    passengers in February 2012 in Buenos Aires’ derelict, run-down and
    unmaintained passenger trains;
  • Cristina Kirchner’s 2007 presidential campaign funding where a
    Venezuelan crony was caught trying to bring into the country a
    suitcase stashed with 800.000 dollars cash “for Cristina’s
    campaign”, as well as campaign contributions from illegal drug
    front-companies;
  • Public funding for the “Madres Plaza de Mayo” NGO – a front for
    70’s terrorists’ rights — embezzled by its head Sergio Schoklender
    (who spent decades in jail for murdering his parents in 1981),
    whose treasurer is Felisa Miceli, a former K economy minister
    forced to resign in 2005 after bundles of hard cash were found in
    her ministry toilette.  

The list goes on and on…

In all these cases friendly “K” judges are systematically
appointed to hear in these cases which are then suitably diverted,
mismanaged, delayed, hushed up and closed.

Mass sacndal

In recent weeks, Jorge Lanata, a well-known left-wing
investigation journalist acting as spokesman for the “Clarin”
multimedia group, began showing very concrete and convincing
evidence on his prime-time Sunday evening TV program.
 K-frontmen were shown collecting so much cash for their
bosses that they would not even bother to count it but rather
weighed huge bags containing 500 Euro notes which were then whisked
off on private jets to tax havens in Panama and Belize, and to the
K’s home province of Santa Cruz.

Cristina Fernandez de Kirchner takes over the Argentine presidency from her husband Nestor Kirchner, during the swear-in ceremony at the Congress building in Buenos Aires, on December 10th, 2007. (AFP Photo / Juan Mabromata)

Strong rumours have it that the K’s had a bank-size vault built
into their private residence to store billions.  Some even
believe that Néstor Kirchner’s mausoleum (he died in rather unclear
and disturbing circumstances in October 2010) might be “full of
money and empty of a corpse”.  

The truth is that all close “K” cronies have become filthy rich
over the past decade: 

Again, the list goes on and on and on…

Argentina: a Money-laundering Haven

Inflation + Devaluation + Corruption = an explosive formula
indeed…

The K Economic Team’s wondrous solution to all this?  10
days ago Cristina Kirchner declared a full “don’t ask / don’t tell”
illegal funds jubilee to try to get Argentines with foreign
deposits (estimated at 180 to 220 billion) to repatriate them by
paying no taxes, without having to justify where the money came
from. Music to local and international money-launderers!!!
 

Especially with all the local front-men ready to lease their
names and shell companies to drug cartels and arms dealer willing
to pay a nice “commission”.

All of this at a time when Argentina’s hard working middle class
is under ferocious pressure from AFIP — the government tax office —
that milks workers at record high tax collection rates.  The
message is clear: 

  • If you’re an honest worker,
    you’re in real trouble; 
  • If you’re a money-launder,
    the government easily gets you off the hook.  

In practical terms, Argentina has now become an international
tax haven, something which some rather nasty people in Mexico,
Colombia and elsewhere must be eagerly watching. 

Cristina Kirchner herself is also in dire straits trying to
explain how she managed to grow her officially declared assets
tenfold to 70.000.000 pesos by 2011, then equivalent to around 20
million dollars. 

When she visited Harvard University last year, a young student
raised her hand to ask exactly that question, to which a visibly
uneasy Mrs K replied that she was “a very successful lawyer”.
 Pity that there isn’t single court in Argentina’s judicial
system having record of any legal lawsuit where Cristina Lawyer may
have been awarded fees remotely anywhere near those amounts.

The scandal grows by the hour.  

Again, K’s former deputy-governor Eduardo Arnold went public saying he too believed there were
money-filled vaults in the K home and mausoleum hiding tons of
Euros. Néstor K’s former private secretary (kicked out by Mrs K)
publicly declared she had heard and seen key K “helpers and
assistants” carrying and talking about bags stuffed with kilos of Euros. K´s architect
who built his residence actually showed the house plans and exact
location of the vault on national TV.  Knowing of K’s
preference for 500 Euro bank notes, that vault could have housed up
to 3 billion Euros…

Meanwhile, K shock-troop urban groups like “La Campora” and
“Vatatyon Militante” are manned by throngs of lumpen thugs thrown
onto the streets at a moment’s notice to barricade, picket and
harass their way across the country, shutting down highways, taking
over public parks and squares. and terrorizing the population at
large — the middle class in particular.  Rumours abound of
their weapons arsenals. This is their way of fighting for Cristina
K’s “Model” of government.  

This has brought millions of opponents out on the streets,
especially the vast and still unorganized working middle class
which is getting increasingly fed up with the K-Regime.  Mass
middle-class anti-government demonstrations took to the streets on
September 13th and November 8th last year and, more recently, on
18th April.  

With legislative elections set for October and the situation
growing worse say by day, this promises to be a very complicated
year for Argentina.

The statements, views and opinions expressed in this column are solely those of the author and do not necessarily represent those of RT.

This article originally appeared on : RT

Iran cinema partakes in Cannes market

0

Many Iranian screen productions in various genres have been presented for sale in the 2013 edition of Cannes Film Market (Marché du Film).

Iranâ„¢s pavilion with offering many movies in different genres has been warmly received by visitors and film distributors so far, said deputy head of Iranâ„¢s Farabi Cinematic Foundation (FCF) Hassan Najjarian.

Mohammad Ebrahim Moâ„¢ayeriâ„¢s White Slopes, Mehrdad Khoshbakhtâ„¢s The Eagle of Desert, Vahid Mousaianâ„¢s The Fourth Child and Amir Hossein Saqafiâ„¢s All things for Sale are among the presented movies.

An Iranian three-dimensional animation on the life of Prophet Muhammmad (PBUH) is also to be offered at the 2013 Cannes Film Market.

The animation dubbed Muhammad, the Last Messenger of God was directed by Kianoush Dalvand and produced in 26 episodes by Aria Animation Studio.

Academy Award-winning director Asghar Farhadiâ„¢s Paris-set tale film The Past was also premiered at the 2013 Cannes Film Festival on May 18.

The movie has taken part in the Competition section of the event to contend for this yearâ„¢s Palm D’Or.

The Past, which shares some similarities with Farhadiâ„¢s Oscar-winning picture A Separation, was warmly welcomed by many critics who followed the film.

After screening in Cannes film festival, the movie has been invited to be showcased during a particular program at the 2013 Sidney International Film festival in Australia.

The Cannes Film Market (Marché du Film) is the biggest event in the international film industry and a unique opportunity in which the filmmakers, producers, writers can meet, discover, trade, negotiate, buy, and sell productions of the film industry.

Marché du Film was established in 1959 and has been held annually since then, simultaneously with the Cannes Festival.

The 2013 Cannes Film Market kicked off on May 15 and will run until May 24.

FGP/FGP

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Turkey not opposed to Iran in Syria talks

0

File photo shows a foreign-sponsored militant in the Syrian city of Aleppo.

Turkey is not opposed to the participation of Iran in the upcoming international conference to discuss the Syria crisis, diplomatic sources say.

On Sunday, Turkish daily Todayâ„¢s Zaman quoted unnamed Turkish sources as saying, Å“We are not opposing any side” in terms of taking part in the second Geneva meeting on the crisis in Syria.

Å“The most important thing is the parameters of the conference. If it [Iran] accepts those parameters, then we will take its participation into consideration,” the sources added.

At a joint press conference in Moscow on May 7, Russia and the United States agreed to hold an international conference on Syria, which will serve as a follow-up to an earlier Geneva meeting, which was held in June 2012. The new event is reportedly expected to take place in early June.

The sources further added, Å“Apart from the participants of the first Geneva meeting, we will see who, and also for what reasons, will be involved [in the second meeting].”

Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov said on May 20 that, Å“If we admit that Iran has a very solid influence on what is going on, then it is obliged to be represented in the negotiations as a participant in the Ëœexternal ringâ„¢ [of Syria’s neighboring states].”

Turmoil has gripped Syria for over two years, and many people, including large numbers of Syrian soldiers and security personnel, have been killed in the foreign-sponsored militancy .

Western powers and their regional allies including the Israeli regime, Turkey, Saudi Arabia and Qatar are partners in supporting the armed militant groups in Syria.

MKA/HGH/SS

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

UN concerned over DR Congo clashes

0

Members of the March 23 movement (M23) rebels in the eastern Democratic Republic of Congo (file photo)

The United Nations has expressed concern over recent clashes between armed men and government troops in eastern part of Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC).

According to a statement released by the UN spokesperson Eduardo del Buey, the UN Organization Stabilization Mission in DRC (MONUSCO), expressed on Monday the organizationâ„¢s concerns about the incident, stressing Å“the mission is actively pursuing a diplomatic and political solution to contain and end the clashes.”

The statement also said that heavy weapons and rocket launchers were used in the clashes.

Å“The Mission reports that initial skirmishes escalated to the use of heavy caliber weapons, mortars and rocket launchers,” the statement said.

Monday morning, Congolese soldiers clashed with the March 23 Movement (M23) rebels for the first time in nearly six months since the rebels retreated from the city of Goma, the capital of North Kivu province.

Fighting began after the M23 rebels attacked government positions around 10 kilometers (6 miles) north of the mineral-rich city, according to army spokesman Olivier Hamuli.

The fighting comes after the UN began deploying an attack force to the east last week to neutralize armed groups in the area.

The UN has nearly 20,000 peacekeepers in eastern Congo.

Several armed groups, including the March 23 movement (M23) rebels, are active in the eastern Democratic Republic of Congo and fighting for the control of the countryâ„¢s vast mineral resources.

The M23 rebels defected from the Congolese army in April 2012 in protest over alleged mistreatment in the Armed Forces of the Democratic Republic of Congo (FARDC). They had previously been integrated into the Congolese army under a peace deal signed in 2009.

Since early May 2012, nearly 3 million people have fled their homes in the eastern Congo. About 2.5 million have resettled in Congo, but more than 460,000 have crossed into neighboring Rwanda and Uganda.

Congo has faced numerous problems over the past few decades, such as grinding poverty, crumbling infrastructure, and a war in the east of the country that has dragged on since 1998 and left over 5.5 million people dead.

MAM/PR

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Top 100 brands: Sberbank and MTS gain prestige

0

Russia’s largest bank jumped four places from last year reach spot 70, closely followed by telecommunications company MTS, which secured spot 82 in brand value rankings. Sberbank emerged as the 13th most valuable bank brand worldwide.

The rankings and the figures are compiled by American market
research company Millward Brown Optimor (MBO). For eight years in a
row has published the ‘BrandZ Top 100’ — a compilation of the
world’s most valuable brands according to 2012 financial
results.

Sberbank increased its value by 19 percent to $14.7 billion, and
MTS increased 11 percent to $10.6 billion.

The rankings take into account financial performance,
adaptability of a company, market influence, and reputation among
peers. This year’s list showed a 7 percent growth year-on-year,
with a combined value of $2.6 trillion.

Russian Leaders

Looking expand globally, Sberbank has heavily invested in brand
development by way of improving both products and services.
Anastasia Kurovskaya, vice president of MBO EMEA, believe Sberbank
stands out from the competition:

“Sberbank is implementing a global bank strategy- they have
intelligently handled foreign asset acquisitions and have created a
good online banking system.”

According to Kurovskaya, it’s difficult for European, especially
Russian, companies to compete in global ratings. The average value
of the American brand is 2 times more than Asian, and 2.5 times
more than European.

Sberbank just missed the cut-off for the top ten most valuable
European brands.

MTS mobile operator sales outlet. (RIA Novosti / Syisoev)

MTS also improved its financial performance in 2012, in a large
part due to making their services more affordable for customers.

“As a result, MTS has a 36 percent increased revenue from
data services, and today we see that it is also influenced by the
rising cost of the MTS brand in general, it proves the
effectiveness of our strategy,”
said vice-president of MTS
Marketing Vasil Latsanych.

No Russian energy companies appeared on the rankings. Exxon
Mobil (39), Shell (49), Petrol China (78), and Chevron (97) all
made the top 100. Gazprom, the world’s largest gas producer, at
nearly 10 million barrels a day, did not. Kremlin operated with a
market monopoly, it doesn’t need a strong brand the way other
companies do. Rosneft, also an oil giant, produces more gas than
ranked competitors, but like Gazprom, doesn’t spend much on PR or
advertising.

The Usuals

After a rocky financial year plagued by low sales and a tax
evasion scandal, Apple remained the world’s most valuable brand at
$185.1 billion, followed by its Silicon Valley neighbor Google,
which has a brand value of $113.7 billion.

IBM took third place with a brand valuation of $112 billion,
McDonald’s took fourth ($90 billion) and Coca-Cola fifth ($78
billion).

McDonald’s, despite the fact that its value compared to the
previous year fell by 5 percent, still remained the restaurant
champion of America, beating out Starbucks, a market rival.

Only a year after its initial public offering, Facebook
disappointed shareholders, and valued by the survey at $21.3
billion, taking 31st place.

Yahoo, has just returned to the top hundred, this year taking
92nd place. It 2008 it had a brand value of $11.4 billion, and
since then has dropped, this year at $9.8
billion. 

Toyota has overtaken BMW as the most valuable car brand.

An accurate reading of Apple?

Apple shares declined sharply in January, plunging below $400
after it posted its first profit decline in nearly a decade, which
was followed by an 18 percent earning dip. The stock closed Monday
on the NYSE up 2.2 percent at $442.93, still a long way from the
$705 peak price at the time of the iPhone 5 release in September
2013.

While Apple is currently the most ‘valuable’ brand, its
volatility can push down its market capitalization, day by day. In
January, it contended with Exxon Mobil for the highest market
capitalization, which on January 25th, surpassed it, only
briefly.

Apple execs are not pleased with the so-called ‘undervaluation’
of the stock.

“It’s being valued as a predictable, value-based
company,”
former Apple CEO John Sculley said on CNBC Monday.
“And it’s sort of crazy to think that Apple is trading at the
same P/E as Dell.”

This article originally appeared on : RT

Apple accused of $74bn US tax evasion

0

Apple, the US tech company is facing a government investigation after it was accused of evading billions of dollars in US taxes by using Ireland as a tax haven.

The investigation has
uncovered a sophisticated scheme involving the creation of an
international web of subsidiaries, reports the New York
Times. 

The US Senate in a report blamed Ireland of being a tax haven
for the computer maker. In particular the US government condemned
Apple’s Irish tax arrangements, which in its view allow the company
to lawfully avoid billions in US taxes.

Irish Deputy Prime Minister Eamon Gilmore said the issue with
the two Irish subsidiaries allegedly helping Apple to avoid US
taxes arose from other jurisdictions and not the Irish tax system,
adding the Irish tax system is “very transparent”.

The reports claim the computer maker has shielded around $74
billion in profits over the past four years from the US tax
authorities through subsidiaries including two in Ireland.
According to the Senate, Apple instead of taking a traditional path
of opening accounts in offshore zones, created a chain of
subsidiaries, which had no signs of physical presence.

These companies officially registered in offshore zones like
Ireland had no staff apart from top executives. Each of these
companies being an offshore entity was free from taxes as well as
the obligation to file tax returns.

“Apple wasn’t satisfied with shifting its profits to a
low-tax offshore tax haven. Apple successfully sought the holy
grail of tax avoidance. It has created offshore entities holding
tens of billions of dollars while claiming to be tax resident
nowhere,”
said Senator Carl Levin, chairman of the US Senate
Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations which is holding Apple’s
hearing.

Apple has so far denied claims of tax evasion in its testimony
saying that the current legislation “has not kept pace with the
advent of the digital age and the rapidly changing global
economy.”
The tech giant argues that as 61 percent of the
company’s revenue last year came from international sales, foreign
funds are needed for expansion, promotion and
competition.

The iPad and iPhone maker claims that the US system claims too
much from the business — 35 percent of the income, hence the
company has to keep much of its funds abroad. In 2012 Apple
contributed nearly $6 billion in taxes to the US economy.

Apple has become the latest target of the Senate committee led
by Democrat Carl Levin and Republican John McCain on investigating
tax avoidance by US multinational companies.

Other global companies are also in tax avoidance disputes.
Google, Starbucks and Amazon are among them, and they have also
fallen under suspicion of the UK parliament, which is currently
checking their tax integrity.

This article originally appeared on : RT

Attacks kill policemen in Afghanistan

0

Afghan policemen stand guard at the entrance to police headquarters in Kabul on December 24, 2012.

Two separate attacks have claimed the lives of at least 11 policemen in the troubled southern and western regions of Afghanistan, security sources say.

Afghan security officials say at least five police officers were killed and several others injured in the southern province of Helmand during a Taliban offensive on Tuesday.

The causalities come after militants reportedly launched assaults on several security checkpoints triggering heavy battles.

Sources say over two dozen militants have also been killed in the clashes. Afghanistan continues to be plagued by insecurity and violence, despite the continued presence of foreign forces.

Separately, a powerful bomb ripped through a police vehicle as it was heading to Obe district in the western province of Herat, leaving six officers dead.

There was no immediate claim of responsibility for the bomb attack. But Taliban militants frequently use roadside bombs against foreign troops and Afghan armed forces.

The Taliban militants have recently announced the start of their annual “spring offensive” against US-led and Afghan forces, vowing a new wave of attacks across Afghanistan.

Taliban said it would use “every possible tactic” to inflict casualties on Afghan and US-led forces.

The announcement prompted the Afghan authorities to beef up security in major cities across the country, including the capital city of Kabul.

The United States invaded Afghanistan in 2001 under the pretext of combating terrorism. The offensive removed the Taliban from power, but insecurity continues to rise across the country despite the presence of thousands of US-led soldiers.

JR/PR

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

‘Multiple scandals hit Obama admin.’

0

US President Barack Obamaâ„¢s administration has been hit with a number of scandals, as Washington struggles to put the pieces back together again, an analyst tells Press TV.

Å“I believe that this scandal involving the press freedoms and also the spying on Congressional members as well…is going to have a negative impact on the administration and particularly on the justice department,” said Abayomi Azikiwe, a political analyst from Detroit.

The comment came as Washington attempts to address the multiple scandals bracing the White House including the seizure of press phone records, an Internal Revenue Service (IRS) scandal and the Benghazi conspiracy – all under Obamaâ„¢s watch.

On May 16, Obama defended the seizure of records of several home and cell phones of the Associated Press news agency and its journalists without prior notice.

Meanwhile, on May 14, the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) and the Justice Department opened a criminal probe of the IRSâ„¢ inappropriate scrutiny of tax-exemption requests by conservative groups.

The analyst criticized the US government for its long history of scandals, dating back to Å“at least until the Eisenhower and Kennedy administrations during the late 1950s and early 1960s…and also under the Nixon administration.”

Å“This of course continued right through the Bush administration and of course now under the Obama administration, which had pledged that it would take a more equitable and fair approach not only to professional groups, but also to the public in general here in the United States. This of course has proven to be totally false,” said Azikiwe.

GMA/PR

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

MPs, scholars urge Rafsanjani disapproval

0

Iran presidential hopeful Ayatollah Akbar Hashemi Rafsanjani gestures to reporters on May 11, 2013, after signing up for the June 14 election. (File photo)

A number of Iranian lawmakers and religious scholars have called on the Guardian Council to not approve Expediency Council chairman and presidential hopeful, Ayatollah Akbar Hashemi, for the June 14 election.

One hundred and fifteen members of the Majlis (Parliament) urged Iranâ„¢s constitutional supervisory body — a 12-member body consisting of six jurists and six theologians — to exclude Hashemi Rafsanjani from the list of potential candidates approved to stand in the presidential race.

They have also asked the Council not to give in to pressure, and complete the hopefuls’ vetting process according to the law.

Several seminary scholars and students in the holy city of Qom have made similar pleas.

Hashemi Rafsanjani’s office, in response, has issued a statement, describing the move as a smear campaign against the former Iranian president. The statement said Rafsanjani has been a revolutionary figure for six decades.

A total of 686 hopefuls registered from May 7 to 11 for the Islamic Republicâ„¢s 11th presidential election. The Guardian Council, which is tasked with vetting hopefuls for candidacy and confirming the election results, is expected to submit the list of the candidates to the Interior Ministry on Tuesday.

Iranâ„¢s Deputy Interior Minister Solat Mortazavi said on Tuesday that the names of the presidential candidates will be announced on Wednesday, May 22.

Official campaigning will start two days after the council releases its final list of approved candidates.

The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election.

MP/HGH/SS

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Greece suicide rate hits 50-year high

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Data from Greece national statistics agency shows the number of suicides in crisis-hit Greece has hit a 50-year record.

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Governor Kills Funding For Florida Snitch Program

0

Sheriff’s office reconsiders “KGB” tip line after public backlash

Paul Joseph Watson
Infowars.com
May 21, 2013

Gov. Rick Scott Image: Wikimedia Commons

Florida Governor Rick Scott has killed funding for a controversial “violence prevention program” in Florida which caused a public backlash after the Sheriff’s office in Palm Beach County encouraged people to report on their neighbors for anti-government rhetoric.

As we reported earlier this month, the program would have created a 24 hour hotline via which citizens could report “suspicious behavior,” prompting “a knock on the door and a referral to services” by specially trained deputies and mental health caseworkers.

Palm Beach County Sheriff Ric Bradshaw, a Democrat, stoked anger amongst conservatives when he suggested the program would be used to target political free speech deemed potentially violent by authorities.

“We want people to call us if the guy down the street says he hates the government, hates the mayor and he’s gonna shoot him,” Bradshaw said. “What does it hurt to have somebody knock on a door and ask, ‘Hey, is everything OK?’”

Following a public backlash from critics who denounced the program as a disturbing throwback to how political dissidents were imprisoned in Soviet mental hospitals for criticizing the state, Governor Rick Scott announced that the campaign would not receive taxpayer funds and the Sheriff’s office has said that it is now reconsidering the plan.

“Gov. Rick Scott vetoed $1 million from the state budget that was part of funding for the county’s “Violence Prevention Program,” designed to encourage communities to report suspicious behavior. Now the Palm Beach County Sheriff’s Office says it will “re-evaluate the feasibility of going forward,” reports the Florida Sun-Sentinel.

However, Scott’s reason for vetoing funding was because the whole state would have been paying for a local program, and apparently had little to do with public rancor over the proposal. Scott called the program a “very-well-intended project.”

Although the Sheriff’s office had previously indicated it would go ahead with the scheme even without state funding, the project now appears to be on the verge of being mothballed.

“The sheriff appreciates the fact that the Legislature saw fit to fund the program and the governor considered the program and its value before making the tough budget decision,” a spokeswoman said in a statement. “Given the lack for funding, the Sheriff’s Office will re-evaluate the feasibility of going forward, and continue with existing programs to combat violence in the community.”

Critics like former Soviet Union resident Dmitry Levin said the project bore hallmarks of belonging under a tyrannical regime, “It’s a specific telephone line to report your neighbor who doesn’t like the government,” he remarked. “When I read that, my jaw dropped. That’s KGB in its finest form. The next step would be, what, bonuses for reporting?”

However, as we have highlighted, Americans are already being targeted for “psychiatric evaluations” as a result of their political opinions.

Last year, former Marine Brandon Raub was forcibly incarcerated in a psychiatric ward by authorities in Virginia for political posts on Facebook.

In addition, authorities are greasing the skids for wider gun confiscation by expanding the definition under which a person can be declared “mentally ill,” to the point where harsh anti-government rhetoric is now being treated as a potential precursor to terrorism.

Veterans are already having their guns seized by police off the back of forced “psychiatric evaluations,” while the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs is sending out letters to servicemembers warning them that “A determination of incompetency will prohibit you from purchasing, possessing, receiving, or transporting a firearm or ammunition.”

*********************

Paul Joseph Watson is the editor and writer for Infowars.com and Prison Planet.com. He is the author of Order Out Of Chaos. Watson is also a host for Infowars Nightly News.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, May 21, 2013 at 7:46 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on : Infowars

Al-Nusra Front cmdr. killed in Qusayr

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]The main commander of al-Qaeda-linked al-Nusra Front, Abu Omar, has been killed in clashes with the Syrian army in the western city of al-Qusayr.

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

‘Striking miners injured in S. Africa’

0

Striking miners gather outside the Anglo-American Platinum mine in Rustenburg, South Africa on October 5, 2012.

South African police say at least 10 mineworkers have been wounded after security guards fired rubber bullets at a crowd of striking workers at a chrome mine in northern part of the country.

According to a statement released by Police Spokesman Thulani Ngubane on Tuesday, the incident took place at the Lanxess mine near the northwestern city of Rustenburg.

The statement said that the injured were sent to nearby hospitals for medical treatment.

Following the incident, Lanxess spokeswoman Sibonile Dube issued a statement saying that Å“They (the miners) started throwing stones at our security guards and my understanding is that the security guards shot rubber bullets, not live ammunition, in self-defense.”

Since May 16, miners at the chrome mine have gone on a wildcat strike in a row over bonus payments.

On February 18, South African security guards shot dead at least five mineworkers outside Amplats Siphumelele mine in Rustenburg following a clash between rival union factions.

South Africa’s mining sector has been paralyzed by a series of wildcat strikes over miners’ low pay since August, 2012. Dozens of people have so far been killed in the strike-related violence.

In November, 2012, clashes between the members of rival South African labor unions at a mine in west of Johannesburg have killed at least two miners.

The incident took place on November, 22 at the Kusasalethu mine, situated 65 kilometers (40 miles) west of Johannesburg, where fighting was reported between the National Union of Mines (NUM) and the Association of Mineworkers and Construction Union (AMCU)â„¢s members.

MAM/PR

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

The Caring Facade of French Imperialism

0

The “public relations” accompanying wars has become wearily predictable. Whenever one of its governments or allies conducts a military action, there is a near certainty that the European Union will host or participate in a “donors’ conference”.  

One of these grotesque events has been dedicated to Afghanistan each year since it was invaded by the US in 2001.  After Gaza was bombed for three weeks in late 2008 and early 2009, the EU rushed to foot the bill for damage caused by Israel (often to infrastructure previously built or equipped with Western aid).  And now the European taxpayer is expected to pick up the tab for destruction wrought by France during its military expedition in Mali.

Let me be absolutely clear:  I’m fully in favour of increasing aid to healthcare and education in Mali, one of the world’s poorest countries.  Yet this Wednesday’s donors’ conference — jointly organised by France and the EU — is not really designed to reduce hardship in Africa.  Rather, its purpose is to cover French imperialism with a veneer of benevolence.

At this juncture, there can be no doubt that France’s “intervention” was motivated primarily by its determination to control natural resources in Mali and Niger.  An analysis published in February by in-house researchers at the defence ministry in Paris points out that these two neighbouring countries possess 60% of global uranium reserves. While exploitation of these reserves by Areva, the French nuclear firm, is “certain,” according to the researchers, “instability in the Sahel has an impact on economic projects in the whole region”.

Less than a month after he was sworn in as president last year, François Hollande hinted that he regarded this uranium as effectively Areva’s property.  Following talks with Mahamadou Issoufou, his counterpart from Niger, Hollande said that Areva must be allowed to extract uranium from the giant mine of Imouraren at the earliest possible date.

As the former colonial power, it was France which set the border between Mali and Niger.  The Touareg people who straddle this artificial frontier have been striving for autonomy since the 1960s. Hollande has been eager to quell the recent resurgence in the Touareg struggle and to bolster the Malian authorities.

His efforts have been sold as being part of a fight against “terrorism”. A more plausible explanation is that he wishes to make sure that the uranium in this area doesn’t fall into the “wrong” hands. It is no accident that French troops were deployed earlier this year in both Mali and around the Arlit mine — a key source of uranium for Areva — in Niger.

There is a fundamental dishonesty behind this week’s donors’ conference. Briefing material prepared by its organisers gives the impression that it is part of the EU’s overall development aid activities.  The objective of development aid is  defined in the EU’s Lisbon treaty as reducing and eventually eliminating poverty (indeed, the inclusion of this principle is one of the few positive things in a treaty that has a right-wing ideological orientation).  Raiding the aid budget to help a resource grab in Mali runs counter to that objective. It can, therefore, be considered as illegal.

This is not the first time that the EU is violating its own law.  A 2011 EU strategy paper on the Sahel  blurs the distinction between military and development aid.

The pretext cited is that security is a prerequisite for progress.  This ignores how it is poverty and oppression that beget conflict.

With some rare exceptions, the EU’s governments have reneged on a decades-old commitment to earmark at least 0.7 percent of their gross domestic product (GDP) for tackling global poverty.  Diverting some of the already inadequate development aid budgets to military training exercises is tantamount to blowing raspberries at the hungry.

Apart from tiny Luxembourg, all of the EU’s governments spend a higher proportion of GDP on the military than on international development.  Not content with that manifest injustice, corporate-funded think tanks have pounced on the French intervention in Mali to advocate that Europe’s military expenditure should be even higher.

Nick Witney, the first head of the European Defence Agency — a body tasked with boosting military cooperation between both private firms and nations — has written an especially opportunistic tract for his current employer, the European Council on Foreign Relations. Witney laments that the “crisis in Mali once again exposed the hollowness of Europe’s military pretensions”. France was “left to do the job alone,” he writes, because of the lack of a “shared strategic culture in Europe”.

His proposed solution is to have a similar level of scrutiny for the military spending of EU governments as that introduced for other types of expenditure over the past few years.  This is despicable: the scrutiny to which he refers enables the Brussels bureaucracy to insist that countries eviscerate their schools and hospitals in the name of deficit reduction. Witney advocates that the same bureaucracy can simultaneously demand greater expenditure on drones.

Meanwhile, a pamphlet by Notre Europe — an institute headed by one-time European Commission chief Jacques Delors — labels many of the EU states as “free-riders” because they did not deploy fighter jets in Libya during 2011 or help France in Mali this year.

These pamphlets have been produced as part of a concerted effort to step up the pace of the EU’s militarisation. You can be sure that they won’t be allowed gather dust.

This article originally appeared on : Global Research

‘Anonymous’ hack threat prompts WiFi shutdown on Guantanamo

0

The US military has restricted access to wireless internet at the Guantanamo Bay detention camp due to hacking threats said to be part of a protest over conditions at the facility where detainees have been engaged in a hunger strike for over 100 days.

A spokesman for the US prison on Cuba confirmed that authorities
have also denied access to social networks such as Facebook and
Twitter through military computers because of the hackers’
‘Operation Guantanamo’.

Follow RT’s
day-by-day timeline of the Gitmo hunger strike.

Army Lt. Col. Samuel House told the AP the decision to block
online access was made because of threats to disrupt activities at
the base allegedly made by the international group
Anonymous.

So far there have been no reports of disruptions.

Last Friday, Anonymous kicked off a global on-line protest to
mark the 100th day of the hunger strike by prisoners protesting
their conditions and indefinite detention at the US base.

The three day campaign was intended to raise awareness of the
human rights violations at Guantanamo, which include the indefinite
detention of prisoners, many of whom have been cleared for release
years ago. The series of “twitterstorms, email bombs and fax bombs”
saw hashtags #OpGITMO and #GTMO skyrocket in popularity on Twitter,
with thousands of Twitter users joining in every few seconds.

Activist groups demanding the closure of the Guantanamo Bay
prison marked the 100th day of a hunger strike at the detention
facility by last week submitting a petition to the White House that
had some 370,000 signatures.

Richard Killmer, executive director of the National Religious
Campaign Against Torture, said that “years of detention without
charge or trial have created a sense of desperation and
hopelessness among the men at Guantanamo, which has led over 100 of
them to join a hunger strike,”
AFP quoted him as saying.

Clive Stafford Smith, a British attorney representing some of
the detainees being held since 2002 at Guantanamo, also urged the
Twitter community on behalf of one of his clients, Shakar
Aamer, to take action against the notorious prison.

The message has been retwitted over 280 times.

As of Monday, the military said 103 of the 166 prisoners were
participating in the hunger strike, which has continued for over
100 days. Some 30 of them are still being force fed — a practice
condemned as ‘torture’ by the United Nations human rights office.
At the same time, closed door military tribunals continue amid
claims of secret monitoring of client conversations with lawyers,
as well as censorship of some court testimony.

This article originally appeared on : RT

Reinventing Guatemalan History. Wall Street Journal Denies Crimes against Humanity

0

History reinventors support despots. Social democrats are vilified. Crimes of war, against humanity and genocide are sanitized. They’re whitewashed. They disappear in plain sight.

Washington tolerates no independent governments. Left of center democratic ones are most vulnerable.

In 1953, the CIA’s first coup deposed Iran’s Mohammad Mosaddegh. At the time, The New York Times called him “the most popular politician in the country.” Reza Shah Pahlavi replaced him. A generation-long reign of terror followed.

In 1954, Washington ousted Guatemala’s Jacobo Arbenz Guzman. In 1952, Truman authorized CIA action. Eisenhower followed through.

Paramilitary subversion and psychological warfare forced him out. Carlos Castillo Armas replaced him. Death squad justice followed. So did decades of genocide. More on that below.

On May 10, a three-judge Guatemalan panel found former dictator/General Efrain Rios Montt guilty of genocide and crimes against humanity.

From March 23, 1982 — August 8, 1983, he was Guatemala’s president. He seized power the old-fashioned way. Coup d’etat force installed him.

Less than 17 months later, Oscar Humberto Mejia Victores replaced him. He did it the same way. In 2003 presidential elections, Montt ran unsuccessfully. In 2007, he returned to public office in Congress.

Until January 14, 2012, he remained immune from prosecution. Eight days later, he was indicted for genocide and crimes against humanity. His record is well documented. It’s indisputable. More on that below.

He’s now aged 86. Judge Yasmin Barrios said “(w)e are completely convinced of the intent to destroy the Ixil ethnic groups.”

He was sentenced to 80 years imprisonment. His co-defendant, Jose Mauricio Rodriguez Sanchez, served as intelligence chief during his tenure. He was acquitted on the same charges.

The trial lasted five weeks. Over 100 witnesses testified. They included psychologists, military experts, and Maya Ixil Indian survivors. They explained Montt’s scorched earth policy. He slaughtered tens of thousands. He destroyed hundreds of villages. More on that below.

Mary O’Grady is Wall Street Journal Americas columnist. Her commentaries reinvent history. Fiction substitutes for indisputable facts.

On May 20, she headlined “The Left’s Cold War Revenge in Guatemala: The history behind an absurd court ruling that Gen. Rios Montt is guilty of genocide.”

Convicting him for genocide “is not supported by the facts,” she claimed. Doing so “is more a score-settling exercise by the international left than a search for truth and justice.”

She called indigenous areas “havens from which terrorists planned, prepared and executed attacks on the rest of the country.”

She admitted that some army units committed massacres. “But it was ‘in no way’ ” state policy. A convoluted version of history followed. It’s standard O’Grady practice. It falls short of bad fiction.

She claimed testimonies of survivors and prosecution experts didn’t prove genocide. “The absurdity of this has not been lost on many Guatemalans,” she said.

“Ixil people and others from the region view Montt as a hero,” she claimed.

Some hero! Over 70,000 corpses on his watch prove otherwise. So do around 200,000 throughout decades of conflict.

In 1996, Guatemala’s 34-year genocidal war ended. In February 1999, a detailed report followed. The Historical Clarification Commission (aka truth and justice reconciliation commission) headlined “Guatemala, Memory of Silence.”

It documented decades of genocide, torture and other atrocities. Most victims were indigenous Mayans. Guatemalan and US officials bore full responsibility.

Around 9,200 witnesses on all sides of the conflict provided evidence. The commission concluded that Guatemala’s military, security forces, and paramilitary units were responsible for 93% of human rights abuses and deaths.

Guatemalan National Revolutionary Union guerrillas were involved in only 3%. In another 4% of cases, responsibility couldn’t be determined.

According to the report:

“The massacres that eliminated entire Mayan villages are neither perfidious allegations nor figments of the imagination, but an authentic chapter in Guatemala’s history.”

“The majority of human rights violations occurred with the knowledge or by order of the highest authorities of the state.”

“The responsibility for a large part of these violations, with respect to the chain of military command as well as the political and administrative responsibility, reaches the highest levels of the army and successive governments.”

Massacres were politically motivated. “Believing that the ends justified everything, the military and state security forces blindly pursued the anti-Communist struggle, without respect for any legal principles or the most elemental ethical and religious values, and in this way completely lost any semblance of human morals.”

The worst atrocities occurred on Montt’s watch. In 1982, he launched Operation Sofia. Military and security forces committed hundreds of massacres.

Around 600 Mayan villages were destroyed. Systematic genocide was policy. During his short tenure, around 70,000 civilians were murdered or disappeared. Hundreds of thousands were internally displaced.

Over half of those slaughtered were in El Quiche. Ixil Mayans lost from 70 — 90% of their villages. Washington provided generous support. Reagan was president. General Alexander Haig was Secretary of State.

From 1981 — 1983, International/European Law Professor Emeritus Christian Tomuschat called Guatemalan policy “acts of genocide against groups of the Mayan people.”

For over two decades, Washington supported it. “Up until the mid-1980s, there was strong pressure from the US government and US companies to maintain the country’s archaic and unjust economic structure,” he said.

US administrations knew about genocide, torture and other atrocities. They encouraged them.

During the 1960s, Washington equipped and trained Guatemalan security forces. Declassified US intelligence documents revealed CIA and Pentagon involvement. Montt was trained at the School of the Americas (SOA).

Instruction then and now includes ways to kill, maim, torture, oppress, exterminate poor and indigenous people, overthrow democratically elected governments, assassinate targeted leaders, suppress popular resistance, and solidify hard-right rule cooperatively with Washington.

Throughout the 1980s, close US-Guatemalan ties remained. Scorched earth dirty war targeted indigenous Mayan, resistance guerrillas, and suspected allies.

The region was embroiled in conflict. Death squad justice was policy. Washington-backed Contras battled Nicaragua’s Sandinista government. El Salvadoran fascists were supported.

Throughout the decade, weapons, munitions, training, and destabilizing covert operations supported despots over freedom. Resistance fighters and indigenous populations were targeted.

Guatemala’s conflict lasted longest. Washington fueled and supported it. All US administrations have blood on their hands. It reflects imperialism’s dark side.

State-sponsored terror is policy. It’s war without mercy. It’s longstanding. It rages globally. It targets humanity. It takes no prisoners.

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago. He can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net.

His new book is titled “Banker Occupation: Waging Financial War on Humanity.”

 http://www.claritypress.com/LendmanII.html

Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com.

Listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network.

 It airs Fridays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.

 http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour

http://www.dailycensored.com/reinventing-guatemalan-history/

This article originally appeared on : Global Research

Guatemala’s Constitutional Court Overturns Rios Montt’s Genocide Conviction

0

On May 20, Guatemala’s Constitutional Court (its high court) overturned Montt’s conviction. It did so by a three — two majority. Montt will return to house arrest.

“Rios Montt was found guilty on May 10 of overseeing the killings by the armed forces of at least 1,771 members of the Maya Ixil population during his 1982-83 rule. He was sentenced to 80 years in prison.”

Rios Montt’s conviction was hailed as a landmark for justice in the Central American nation, where as many as 250,000 people were killed in a bloody civil war lasting from 1960 to 1996.

However, the country’s Constitutional Court on Monday ordered that all the proceedings be voided going back to April 19, when one of the presiding judges suspended the trial because of a dispute with another judge over who should hear it.” (Times of India, May 21, 2013)

What follows is unclear. Trial proceedings weren’t invalidated. The court ordered them rolled back to April 19. At that time, a brief suspension followed another judge’s decision. Disarray and confusion resulted.

By April 19, the entire prosecution’s case was presented. So was most for the defense. Those proceedings still stand. Everything following is invalidated.

What’s next remains to be seen. A new judicial panel may be appointed. Guatemala’s attorney general may appeal.

Heavy pressure preceded the high court ruling. Business interests wanted Montt’s conviction overturned. Perhaps Washington did also. It supported the worst of Montt’s crimes.

Disclaimer: The contents of this article are of sole responsibility of the author(s). The Centre for Research on Globalization will not be responsible for any inaccurate or incorrect statement in this article. The Center of Research on Globalization grants permission to cross-post original Global Research articles on community internet sites as long as the text & title are not modified. The source and the author’s copyright must be displayed. For publication of Global Research articles in print or other forms including commercial internet sites, contact: publications@globalresearch.ca

www.globalresearch.ca contains copyrighted material the use of which has not always been specifically authorized by the copyright owner. We are making such material available to our readers under the provisions of “fair use” in an effort to advance a better understanding of political, economic and social issues. The material on this site is distributed without profit to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving it for research and educational purposes. If you wish to use copyrighted material for purposes other than “fair use” you must request permission from the
copyright owner.

For media inquiries: publications@globalresearch.ca

This article originally appeared on : Global Research

Top Russian security official visits US, ‘plays mailman’ for Obama and Putin

0

The head of Russia’s National Security Council has arrived in the US on a two-day visit for top-level talks on key stumbling blocks in bilateral relations. He may also be carrying a response from President Putin to a letter President Obama sent in April.

Among the US officials Nikolay Patrushev will meet during his
trip is National Security Advisor Thomas Donilon, who brought
Obama’s letter during his visit to Moscow last month. The content
of the letter was never made public, but Russian officials said it
was very constructive and listed several proposals for building
cooperation between Washington and Moscow.

Last Friday, Putin spokesperson Dmitry Peskov said the Russian
president’s response to Obama’s proposals was not ready, but could
be by the time of Patrushev’s scheduled visit. 

Washington reportedly suggested drawing attention away from
frustrating issues in Russian-US relations, such as Russia’s human
rights record and the controversial Magnitsky Act, which the US
adopted in response to alleged human rights violations.

Instead, the two nations would focus on strategic issues such as
counter-terrorism cooperation, the conflict over NATO’s
anti-ballistic missile system in Europe, and nuclear disarmament.
It was indicated that several groundbreaking agreements may come
from the letter, likely including a legally binding agreement that
would make the ABM shield in Europe transparent to Russia, assuring
that its nuclear deterrence is not compromised.

“Ideas covering some of the directions have new elements,
which our country will study carefully and respond to
accordingly,”
presidential aide Yury Ushakov said while
describing the letter.

Patrushev himself said that he had “no pessimism” about his trip
to the US.

Relations between Russia and the US have been marred by a number
of events lately, ranging from the conflict over the Magnitsky Act,
to Russia’s move to ban adoptions of Russian children by US
citizens, to the latest espionage scandal last week involving an
alleged CIA agent trying to recruit a Russian security agency
staffer.

As a result, relations between Moscow and Washington cooled
considerably, in sharp contrast to the high expectations following
the ‘reset’ in 2009. 

In his comments on the Boston Marathon bombing, President Putin
stressed that deteriorating ties between the US and Russia harmed
both countries. Tamerlan Tsarnayev, one of the alleged bombers, was
identified as possible terrorist by Russia’s FSB security agency,
but the warning it sent to the FBI did not prompt a full-scale
investigation. Many critics cite this as an example of inadequate
communication between the two nations on counter-terrorism.

This article originally appeared on : RT

Dr. Gold Breaks Down the Medical Tyranny Gripping America

0

Infowars.com
May 21, 2013

Last week, Dr. Corey Gold, former dentist, talk show host and business entrepreneur, joined Alex Jones, discussing the scandals overtaking Washington, and the devastating health effects caused by the standard American GMO-based diet.

Dr. Gold has been at the forefront of promoting natural health supplements for years, and sponsors Youngevity’s excellent line of health products.

Check them all out at InfowarsHealth.com and InfowarsTeam.com, and simultaneously help support our broadcast.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, May 21, 2013 at 5:58 am

Tags: , , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on : Infowars

Why don’t schools and families build tornado shelters anymore?

0

Mike Adams
Natural News
May 21, 2013

A mile-wide tornado with 200mph winds tore through the suburbs of Oklahoma yesterday, killing 51 people and broadcasting a rude reminder of the fragility of human life and human civilization. Here at Natural News, our hearts go out to the family members of those killed in the storm, and we hope some lessons can be learned from this that will save other lives in the future.

But wait a second, you can’t stop a tornado, right?

Of course you cant. But you can prepare for a tornado, and here’s where we get into a discussion that the mainstream media won’t dare touch because it’s not “politically correct” to have an intelligent discussion about any of this.

But here’s the question we need to ask if we’re going to save lives: How many of those who were killed in the tornado knew there was a tornado warning in place but did nothing to move to a safe shelter? Obviously this question doesn’t apply to all the children who were killed, as they are not responsible for their own actions. (Their parents are.) But how many adults actually took the tornado warnings seriously and sought adequate shelter?

Because here’s the simple, raw, undeniable truth of the matter: People who seek shelter vastly reduce their chances of becoming fatalities during any disaster. Tornados and hurricanes, in particular, come with advance warnings. They aren’t like earthquakes that suddenly appear without any warning at all. Tornados usually give you minutes or even hours of advance notice. Hurricanes give you days of advance notice.

And yet, even when huge hurricanes are approaching their target, many people deny the danger and take no precautions at all!

Survivability vs. tornadoes is 80% preparedness and 20% luck

  • A d v e r t i s e m e n t

To be clear what I’m saying here, you can never control 100% of your risk or outcomes in a natural disaster, but through smart preparedness strategies, you can very often control 80% or more.

Taking tornados as an example, there is a reason why Oklahomans have, for generations, built “storm shelters” where they could retreat to survive an approaching storm. The photo on the right, for example, shows a low-tech, high-survivability storm shelter that can easily be installed in almost any yard.

Storm shelters offer almost 100% survivability against tornados. Tornados cannot penetrate underground, after all. If YOU are underground, even in a small, cramped storm shelter that’s just two meters wide and two meters tall, you have an almost 100% chance of emerging from the storm completely unhurt.

Most fatalities in tornados happen because people are killed from flying debris. You might even call it “wind shrapnel.” Take a bunch of lumber, aluminum siding, bricks and roof trusses and accelerate them to 200 mph and you have a deadly weapon that will kill almost anyone it touches. But put your body just three feet underground – in a tornado shelter – and all that debris flies right past you, harmlessly above your shelter.

America has become a culture of short-term thinkers

Investing in a storm shelter, however, requires forethought. It requires long-term planning, and the culture of America has radically shifted away from long-term planning to short-term thinking. This is evident in our national debt spending, national politics, consumer behavior, education system and everything else.

Housing companies that build homes in Oklahoma, Kansas, Northern Texas and other “tornado alley” zones don’t even offer storm shelters. Most home buyers don’t want storm shelters because they aren’t long-term thinkers. But consider the facts: If you live in Oklahoma, you have to realize the area is going to be struck by devastating tornados sooner or later.

People who buy homes in pine tree forests, similarly, would be insane to believe that forest won’t one day burn up all around them. (All forests burn sooner or later.)

People who live in Los Angeles have to be aware they’re living in an earthquake zone, and folks who have homes in Florida must certainly realize they are sooner or later going to get hit with category 5 hurricanes.

This isn’t rocket science. No one who lives in Kansas, Oklahoma or Texas can claim to have been “caught by surprise” when these repeating natural disasters strike. To live in these areas is to live with the ever-present knowledge that such risks will never go away. My hope is that more and more of these people will take seriously the importance of personal preparedness so that more lives can be saved as these repeating disasters continue to unfold.

Americans rarely seek shelter from storms, but they gladly “shelter in place” when government warns them about terrorists

If you really want to get Americans to take cover and seek shelter, tell them there’s an armed teenager running loose in their city, tossing pressure cookers everywhere. The people will immediately and obediently follow orders and seek cover in their homes.

But tell them there’s a category 5 hurricane about to strike their city, and they’ll ignore the warnings while calling a bunch of friends over for a “hurricane party.”

Making matters worse, local governments rarely invest in the construction of buildings that can serve as effective shelters against oncoming storms. Many of the children killed in Oklahoma yesterday, for example, were killed by collapsing roofs of schools.

Read this description from Fox News:

Television footage on Monday afternoon showed homes and buildings that had been reduced to rubble in Moore, which is south of Oklahoma City. Footage also showed vehicles littering roadways south and southwest of Oklahoma City. At the Plaza Towers Elementary School, students were hugging and clinging to the walls of the school as the tornado passed over, KFOR reports. An Associated Press photographer saw several children being pulled out of what was left of the school. The school’s roof appeared mangled and the walls had fallen in or had collapsed.

Dare I ask the question: Why didn’t that school have a basement for sheltering the children?

The answer is devastatingly simple: Because even local governments in Oklahoma – where tornados are a predictable repeating threat – often don’t think long-term enough to invest in basement shelters for their own children. If they had, those children could have simply been led into the basement and they would all still be alive today. (Tornados don’t rip apart properly-constructed basement shelters.)

Sometimes more people die than should have

My message in all this? In every natural disaster, more people die than should have died. I’m not blaming everyone who died for their own death, because there’s always that 20% “luck” factor when it comes to storm and disasters. Sometimes people are literally killed due to no fault of their own. Sometimes people who prepare still get caught by unexpected random events. But across the board, at least 80% of your “risk” in a natural disaster is under your own control.

Is the TV news warning about an approaching tornado? Seek out an underground shelter and stay there until the storm passes.

Is the National Weather Service warning about an approaching hurricane? Evacuate early and get out of the way of the storm.

Worried about earthquakes? Carry emergency supplies in your car, in your basement and even simple items on your person (like a flashlight and seatbelt cutter).

No matter what risks you face in your particular geographic area, there are smart, effective ways to drastically reduce your risk of being victimized by disasters.

Nearly all “natural” disasters are repeating, predictable events that occur over and over again in the same geographic areas. People who build homes in flood plains should never be surprised when their homes flood. People who build homes in forests should never be surprised when those forests burn. People who live in Oklahoma should always be prepared for tornados.

Did you know that the simple act of crawling into a roadway culvert can save your life from a tornado? Even lying in a ditch is often a far better strategy than hiding inside a building that can’t handle the wind loads. There are many, many ways to protect yourself and your family members from tornados, hurricanes and other natural disasters. But you’ve got to take the idea of preparedness seriously…

… and most people simply won’t do that. It takes too much effort to plan ahead.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, May 21, 2013 at 5:38 am

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on : Infowars

Democratic Senator uses Okla. tornado for anti-GOP rant over global warming

0

Jeff Poor
Daily Caller
May 21, 2013

While many Americans were tuned into news coverage of the massive damage from tornadoes ravaging the state of Oklahoma, Rhode Island Democratic Sen. Sheldon Whitehouse took to the Senate floor to rail against his Republican colleagues for denying the theory of anthropogenic global warming.

Whitehouse spent 15 minutes chastising GOP senators and justified his remarks by alluding to states that seek federal assistance in the wake of natural disasters.

“So, you may have a question for me,” Whitehouse said. “Why do you care? Why do you, Sheldon Whitehouse, Democrat of Rhode Island, care if we Republicans run off the climate cliff like a bunch of proverbial lemmings and disgrace ourselves? I’ll tell you why. We’re stuck in this together. We are stuck in this together. When cyclones tear up Oklahoma and hurricanes swamp Alabama and wildfires scorch Texas, you come to us, the rest of the country, for billions of dollars to recover. And the damage that your polluters and deniers are doing doesn’t just hit Oklahoma and Alabama and Texas. It hits Rhode Island with floods and storms. It hits Oregon with acidified seas, it hits Montana with dying forests. So, like it or not, we’re in this together.”

Whitehouse went on to condemn the current Republican position on global warming, citing economic, environmental and diplomatic damages.

Full article here

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, May 21, 2013 at 5:38 am

Tags: , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on : Infowars

Adam Kokesh Denied Phone Call!

0

Infowars.com
May 21, 2013

Alex talks to producers of adamvstheman.com for updates on the federal arrest of Adam Kokesh.

Incarcerated political activist Adam Kokesh, arrested by police for exercising his First Amendment rights during a pro-marijuana legalization protest on Saturday, has been charged with “assaulting a federal police officer,” despite the fact that the video of the incident shows him not resisting arrest.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, May 21, 2013 at 5:37 am

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on : Infowars

91 dead as mile-wide tornado flattens Oklahoma City suburbs

0

RT
May 21, 2013

At least 91 casualties, including children, were reported after a record-breaking tornado swept through the Oklahoma City suburb of Moore, destroying hundreds of buildings and two schools. Meteorologists reported winds of up to 200mph.

A large tornado touched down on Monday in Moore, Oklahoma, a suburb of Oklahoma City, causing catastrophic damage to several housing developments and at least two schools in the area. A local television news helicopter tracked the tornado as it moved through the area, and then began to survey the extensive destruction to the region.

The Oklahoma Medical Examiner’s Office has confirmed a total of 91 fatalities so far as a result of today’s tornadoes, 40 of whom are reportedly children. Over 233 injured, including around 70 children, have been reported, with many of the victims being treated at two local hospitals.

Monday’s storm appeared to be the deadliest tornado since 2011, and one of the worst in the last 20 years according to the Atlantic. The town lies in the center of ‘Tornado Alley,’ an area west of the Mississippi River stretching from north Texas to South Dakota, known for its frequent and powerful tornado systems.

Destroyed vehicles lie on top of each other after a huge tornado struck Moore, Oklahoma, near Oklahoma City, May 20, 2013 (Reuters / Richard Rowe)

Destroyed vehicles lie on top of each other after a huge tornado struck Moore, Oklahoma, near Oklahoma City, May 20, 2013 (Reuters / Richard Rowe)

“The whole city looks like a debris field,” Moore Mayor Glenn Lewis said.

Rescuers said their efforts had been hampered; even officers familiar with the area were unable to locate landmarks to navigate, especially after sundown.

Officials reported that 75 children and teachers took shelter at Plaza Towers Elementary in Moore, which had its roof torn off and was flattened by the passing tornado. The school was the site of a rescue effort for several hours after the storm had passed.

Rescue workers help free one of 15 people trapped in a medical building at the Moore hospital complex after a tornado tore through the area of Moore, Oklahoma May 20, 2013 (Reuters / Gene Blevins)

Rescue workers help free one of 15 people trapped in a medical building at the Moore hospital complex after a tornado tore through the area of Moore, Oklahoma May 20, 2013 (Reuters / Gene Blevins)

People look at the damage in the parking lot of Moore Hospital after a tornado struck Moore, Oklahoma, May 20, 2013 (Reuters / Gene Blevins)

People look at the damage in the parking lot of Moore Hospital after a tornado struck Moore, Oklahoma, May 20, 2013 (Reuters / Gene Blevins)

Fourth, fifth and sixth graders were evacuated to a church, but younger students sheltered in place, KFOR reported. Seven students at Plaza Towers Elementary School were found drowned at the bottom of the wreckage Monday evening. Several other students and school staffers were pulled out alive from the debris during the day, with officials reporting that teachers had shielded students with their own bodies.

A first-year teacher at the school told a group of children to shelter in a restroom as the building was rocked by the force of the tornado, KFOR reported. All of them survived the ordeal, and were guided away from the devastated school by rescuers.

Rescue teams continued to sift through the destroyed structure on Monday evening, but no additional survivors were expected, according to local media at the scene.

Students at another local school, Briarwood Elementary, had been accounted for and moved to a safe location.

Overturned cars are seen from destruction from a huge tornado near Oklahoma City, Oklahoma May 20, 2013 (Reuters / Richard Rowe)

Overturned cars are seen from destruction from a huge tornado near Oklahoma City, Oklahoma May 20, 2013 (Reuters / Richard Rowe)

A man, a woman and a child were found dead under the debris of a collapsed 7-Eleven convenience store and liquor shop where several people were sheltering.

On television, both wrecked vehicles and survivors were seen sprayed with mud, while residents emerged after the tornado had passed to assess the damage and locate family and loved ones.

image by @zerwekh

image by @zerwekh

There was confirmation of at least one structure on fire, possibly caused by a gas leak after the tornado ripped through the area. KOCO reported that cell phone service was down in the Moore region, and aerial footage showed wide swathes of destruction.

Debris is seen at a mobile home park which was destroyed by a tornado on Sunday, west of Shawnee, Oklahoma May 19, 2013. (Reuters / Bill Waugh)

Debris is seen at a mobile home park which was destroyed by a tornado on Sunday, west of Shawnee, Oklahoma May 19, 2013. (Reuters / Bill Waugh)

Moore was last hit hard by a tornado in 1999, which killed 36 people. That storm had the highest winds ever recorded near the earth’s surface, measured at 302mph.

The National Weather Service initially classified Monday’s storm as an EF4, the second-strongest type of tornado, with winds of up to 200 mph. Local reporters who were present for the 1999 storm, however, believe that the damage caused by this tornado is considerably worse.

A major utility company, Oklahoma Gas & Electric, has begun to assess damage to its electric grid following Monday’s tornado, according to a spokesperson.

Below is video purportedly of a Moore family emerging from their storm cellar, witnessing the devastation wrought by the powerful tornado.

A severe storm system over the weekend generated baseball-sized hail, high winds and at least 28 tornadoes in the Midwest, including Oklahoma, Kansas and Iowa. Residents remain in hiding as meteorologists forecast that the severe weather conditions will continue to generate destructive twisters.

Oklahoma Gov. Mary Fallin declared 16 counties to be disaster areas. Power companies reported that more than 57,000 outages left people in the dark. In Shawnee, Oklahoma, the body of a 79-year-old man was found lying in an open area of a mobile home community.

“You could be killed if not underground or in a tornado shelter,” read a National Weather Service alert posted Sunday. “Complete destruction of neighborhoods, businesses and vehicles will occur. Flying debris will be deadly to people and animals.”

In some regions, homes were destroyed, cars and trucks were flipped from highways, downed power lines were sprawled across neighborhoods, and trees were uprooted. The Oklahoma Highway Patrol shut down Interstate 40 after semi-tractor trailer trucks and several other vehicles were flipped by wind gusts, Newsok.com reported.

“It’s tearing up everything. Just ripping everything up in its sight,” a helicopter pilot told CNN affiliate KFOR, referencing a tornado near Wellston, Oklahoma. “Everything was just gone. Like you took the house, you put it in a gigantic blender, you turned it on pulse for a couple minutes and then you just dumped it out.”

The state was littered with debris from damaged houses, trailers, and vehicles. About 300 homes were in ruins and at least 23 people were injured, according to Fallin and Red Cross spokesperson Ken Garcia.

A downed tree which missed falling on a home in a mobile home park, where several other homes were destroyed by a tornado on Sunday, west of Shawnee, Oklahoma May 19, 2013. (Reuters / Bill Waugh)

A downed tree which missed falling on a home in a mobile home park, where several other homes were destroyed by a tornado on Sunday, west of Shawnee, Oklahoma May 19, 2013. (Reuters / Bill Waugh)

Ethan Mignard, a staffer at a local newspaper, told CNN’s iReport that the damage looked like something he had only ever seen on TV. In some areas, patches of dirt remained where mobile homes once stood, and children’s toys were littered across the ground and hanging from trees. Mignard even came across a plot of land with nothing remaining but the front steps to a house that is now gone.

“It looks so out of place… To think that you would have taken these stairs to enter a home, but instead, you look around from up there and you see total destruction everywhere,” he said.

Counties across Kansas, Nebraska, Iowa, Oklahoma, Minnesota, Wisconsin, Illinois and Missouri were all placed under tornado watch late Sunday, and are expected to witness more damage.

“After over 300 reports of severe weather on Sunday, another round of dangerous severe weather is expected Monday with the greatest threat once again in the southern Plains targeting Oklahoma and parts of Kansas, Missouri, and Arkansas,” the National Weather Service reported. “However, severe weather is possible much further north towards Chicago and Madison as well.”

A semi-tractor trailer (top) rests on its side against the guard rails on Interstate 40 as another trailer lies broken open on the road below after falling from I-40, following a tornado strike near Highway 177 north of Shawnee, Oklahoma May 19, 2013. (Reuters / Bill Waugh)

A semi-tractor trailer (top) rests on its side against the guard rails on Interstate 40 as another trailer lies broken open on the road below after falling from I-40, following a tornado strike near Highway 177 north of Shawnee, Oklahoma May 19, 2013. (Reuters / Bill Waugh)

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, May 21, 2013 at 5:39 am

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on : Infowars

DC protest urge action on foreclosures

0

Hundreds of demonstrators marched outside the US Justice Department in Washington to protest the judiciaryâ„¢s failure to prosecute major American financial institutions that have contributed to the nationâ„¢s growing housing crisis, Press TV reports.

Protesters marched through the streets of the US capital on Monday, urging the nationâ„¢s judiciary authorities to hold American bankers accountable for sweeping foreclosure practices that have forced many homeowners to lose their homes to banks that have financed them.

The protesters further called on the US Justice Department to put an end to persisting mass foreclosures.

Meanwhile, more than a dozen marchers were detained outside the Department of Justice by DC police on charges of Å“civil disobedience.”

However, some victims of bank foreclosures who participated in the protest rally said that the arrests were a small price to pay for speaking out against American corporate banks, which make major profits through their predatory lending and foreclosure practices.

In 2012, nearly 800,000 Americans were forced out of their homes through foreclosures, a procedure in which financial institutions evict homeowners from their home due to their inability to meet increasing finance rates and their monthly mortgage payments.

Bank foreclosures across the US are continuing at a rate of over 40,000 a month as the percentage of loans in foreclosures remains eight times higher than in 2005.

This is while a large number of homeowners that have lost their homes through foreclosures are African Americans, who have disproportionately been targeted with discriminatory lending practices by US banks.

MFB/MFB

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

No Bear Market In Gold

0

Paul Craig Roberts
Infowars.com
May 21, 2013

You know that gold bear market that the financial press keeps touting? The one George Soros keeps proclaiming? Well, it is not there. The gold bear market is disinformation that is helping elites acquire the gold.

Certainly, Soros himself doesn’t believe it, as the 13-F release issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 15 proves. George Soros has significantly increased his gold holding by purchasing $25.2 million of call options on the GDXJ Junior Gold Miners Index.http://bullmarketthinking.com/soros-reports-over-239mm-in-gold-positions-buys-25mm-in-call-options-on-juniors/

In addition the Soros Fund maintains a $32 million stake in individual mines; added 1.1 million shares of GDX (a gold miners ETF) to its holdings which now stand at 2,666,000 shares valued at $70,400,000; has 1,100,000 shares in GDXJ valued at $11,506,000; and 530,000 shares in the GLD gold fund valued at $69,467,000. [values as of May 17]

The 13-F release shows the Soros Fund with $239,200,000 in gold investments. If this is bearish sentiment, what would it take to be bullish?

The misinformation that Soros had sold his gold holdings came from misinterpreting the reason Soros’ holdings in the GLD gold trust declined. Soros did not sell the shares; he redeemed the paper claims for physical gold. Watching the gold ETFs, such as GLD, being looted by banksters, Soros cashed in some of his own paper gold for the real stuff.

The giveaway that Soros is extremely bullish on gold comes not only from his extensive holdings, but also from his $25.2 million call option on junior gold stocks. This is a highly leveraged bet on the weakest gold mines. With high production costs and falling gold price from constant short selling in the paper market, Soros’ bet makes no sense unless he thinks gold is heading up as the short raids concentrate gold in elite possession.

In previous articles I have explained how heavy short-selling triggers stop-loss orders and margin calls on investors in gold ETFs. Scared out of their shares or forced out by margin calls, investors’ add to the downward price pressure caused by the shorts. Bullion banks and prominent investors such as Soros are the only ones who can redeem GLD shares for physical metal. They purchase the shares that are sold in response to the falling gold price, and present the shares for redemption in gold metal.

  • A d v e r t i s e m e n t

Insiders familiar with the process describe it as looting the ETFs of their gold basis.

In my last column I described how the orchestration of a falling gold price in the paper market protects the dollar’s value from the Federal Reserve’s policy of printing 1,000 billion new ones annually. The other beneficiary of the operation is the financial elite who buy up at low prices the ETF shares sold into a falling market and redeem them for gold. Like all other forms of wealth in the West, gold is being concentrated in fewer hands, while the elite shout “bear market, get out of gold.”

The orchestrated decline in gold and silver prices is apparent from the fact that the demand for bullion in the physical market has increased while short sales in the paper market imply a flight from bullion. As a hedge fund manager told me, it is a Wall Street axiom that volume follows price. Bull markets are characterized by rising prices on high volume. Conversely bear markets feature declining prices on low volume. The current bear market in gold consists of paper gold declining steadily while demand has escalated rapidly for physical metal. This strongly indicates that demand for physical gold continues to be in a bull market despite the savage attacks on paper gold.

If the orchestration is apparent to me, a person with no experience as a gold trader, it certainly must be apparent to federal regulators. But don’t expect any action from the Commodities Future Trading Corporation. It is headed by a former Goldman Sachs executive.

And don’t expect any investigation from the financial press. The financial press sees a bear market while supplies of bullion decline, premiums over spot rise, and even publicly declared bears such as George Soros make highly leveraged bets that will fail in the absence of a bull market in gold.

Paul Craig Roberts was Assistant Secretary of the Treasury for Economic Policy and associate editor of the Wall Street Journal. He was columnist for Business Week, Scripps Howard News Service, and Creators Syndicate. He has had many university appointments. His internet columns have attracted a worldwide following. His website is http://www.paulcraigroberts.org

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, May 21, 2013 at 5:34 am

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on : Infowars

7 Things About The Mainstream Media That They Do Not Want You To Know

0

Michael Snyder
Economic Collapse
May 21, 2013

Have you ever wondered who controls the mainstream media? In America today, we are more “connected” than ever. The average American watches 153 hours of television a month, and we also spend countless hours watching movies, playing video games, listening to music, reading books and surfing the Internet. If someone could control the production of all of that media, that would make them immensely powerful. They would literally be in a position to tell people what to think. Well, what if I told you that there are just six enormous media conglomerates that combine to produce about 90 percent of all the media that Americans consume. Would that alarm you? It should alarm you. The truth is that our attitudes, opinions and beliefs are greatly shaped by what we allow into our minds. After all, they don’t call it “programming” for no reason. Even those of us that realize that we are connected to “the matrix” probably greatly underestimate the tremendous influence that the media has over us. We live at a time when it is absolutely imperative to think for ourselves, but most Americans are being absolutely overwhelmed with information and seem more than content to let others do their thinking for them. Sadly, this is greatly contributing to the downfall of our society.

And of course the mainstream media desperately does not want you to look at “the man behind the curtain”. They just want you to stay plugged into the “programming” that they are feeding you without asking any questions.

Fortunately, a growing minority of Americans are waking up and are starting to reject the mainstream media. An increasing number of people are beginning to recognize that the mainstream media is the mouthpiece of the establishment and that it is promoting the agenda of the establishment.

So why is the mainstream media so bad? The following are 7 things about the mainstream media that they do not want you to know…

#1 The Mainstream Media Has Very Deep Ties To The Establishment

Did you know that the president of CBS and the president of ABCboth have brothers that are top officials in the Obama administration?

The big news networks have developed an almost incestuous relationship with the federal government in recent years. But of course the same could be said of the relationship that the media has with the big corporations that own stock in their parent companies and that advertise on their networks.

This is one of the reasons why we very rarely ever see any hard hitting stories on the big networks anymore. The flow of information through the corporate-dominated media is very tightly controlled, and there are a lot of gatekeepers that make sure that the “wrong stories” don’t get put out to the public. As a result, many of the “big stories” that have come out in recent years were originally broken by the alternative media.

#2 The Mainstream Media Gets Things Wrong Very Frequently

Even prominent members of the mainstream media admit that this is the case. For example, during a recent speech at Quinnipiac University CBS anchor Scott Pelley confessed that journalists in the mainstream media “are getting big stories wrong, over and over again”…

“Let me take the first arrow: During our coverage of Newtown, I sat on my set and I reported that Nancy Lanza was a teacher at the school. And that her son had attacked her classroom. It’s a hell of a story, but it was dead wrong. Now, I was the managing editor, I made the decision to go ahead with that and I did, and that’s what I said, and I was absolutely wrong. So let me just take the first arrow here.”

#3 The American Public Does Not Consider The Media To Be Very Trustworthy

Trust in the mainstream media has definitely been slipping. In fact, a Gallup poll taken last year found that distrust of the media had reached an all-time high. According to that poll, 60 percent of Americans “have little or no trust” that the media is reporting the news accurately.

A separate Rasmussen Reports survey found that only 6 percentof all Americans consider the news media to be “very trustworthy”.

Hopefully this trend will accelerate and a lot more people will stop trusting the media blindly.

#4 The Mainstream Media And The Politicians That They Worship Hate The Fact That They Cannot Control Internet News Sites

In the old days, the mainstream media had a virtual monopoly on the news. But these days, anyone with an Internet connection can put up a news site, and this is driving the establishment absolutely bonkers.

For example, Barack Obama is known to have a great dislike for the alternative media. The following is from a recent WND article…

NBC News Political Director Chuck Todd says President Obama was making it “clear” at the White House Correspondents’ Dinner over the weekend how he feels about the rise of Internet news sites like Politico, Buzzfeed and … well, WND.

“He hates it.”

Appearing on “Meet the Press” Sunday morning following Saturday night’s media, politics and celebrity soiree, Todd explained the president’s disdain for independent online news sources was showing during his speech.

“It did seem … I thought his pot shots, joke-wise, and then the serious stuff about the Internet, the rise of the Internet media and social media and all that stuff — he hates it, OK? He hates this part of the media,” Todd said. “He really thinks that the, sort of, the buzzification — this isn’t just about Buzzfeed or Politico and all this stuff — he thinks that sort of coverage of political media has hurt political discourse. He hates it. And I think he was just trying to make that clear last night.”

#5 The Mainstream Media Is Extremely Liberal

When it comes to politics, the mainstream media is far more liberal than the general population is.

For example, one survey found that 41 percent of American voters believe that the average reporter is more liberal than they are, while only 18 percent believe that the average reporter is more conservative than they are.

A very disturbing UCLA study on media bias discovered that the vast majority of media outlets are “left of center”…

Of the 20 major media outlets studied, 18 scored left of center, with CBS’ “Evening News,” The New York Times and the Los Angeles Times ranking second, third and fourth most liberal behind the news pages of The Wall Street Journal.

And even MSNBC has confirmed the liberal bias of the media. According to MSNBC, mainstream journalists are far more likely to donate their own money to Democrats than they are to Republicans…

MSNBC.com identified 143 journalists who made political contributions from 2004 through the start of the 2008 campaign, according to the public records of the Federal Election Commission. Most of the newsroom checkbooks leaned to the left: 125 journalists gave to Democrats and liberal causes. Only 16 gave to Republicans. Two gave to both parties.

#6 Six Mammoth Media Corporations Produce About 90 Percent Of The Media That Americans Consume

As I mentioned at the top of this article, there are six giant media behemoths that control almost all of the media that we consume. These corporate giants own television networks, cable channels, movie studios, newspapers, magazines, publishing houses, video game makers, music labels and even many of our favorite websites.

The media ownership chart posted below originally comes from a previous article that I authored entitled “Who Owns The Media? The 6 Monolithic Corporations That Control Almost Everything We Watch, Hear And Read“, but it has been updated to reflect some of the latest information. The power that these companies have is so vast that it is hard to put into words…

Time Warner

CNN
Home Box Office (HBO)
Time Inc.
Turner Broadcasting System, Inc.
Warner Bros. Entertainment Inc.
CW Network (partial ownership)
TMZ
New Line Cinema
Time Warner Cable
Cinemax
Cartoon Network
TBS
TNT
America Online
MapQuest
Moviefone
Castle Rock
Sports Illustrated
Fortune
Marie Claire
DC Comics
People Magazine

Walt Disney

ABC Television Network
Disney Publishing
ESPN Inc.
Disney Channel
The History Channel
SOAPnet
A&E
Lifetime
Buena Vista Home Entertainment
Buena Vista Theatrical Productions
Buena Vista Records
Disney Records
Hollywood Records
Miramax Films
Touchstone Pictures
Walt Disney Pictures
Pixar Animation Studios
277 Radio Stations
Buena Vista Games
Hyperion Books

Viacom

Paramount Pictures
Paramount Home Entertainment
Black Entertainment Television (BET)
Comedy Central
Country Music Television (CMT)
Logo
MTV
MTV Canada
MTV2
Nick Magazine
Nick at Nite
Nick Jr.
Nickelodeon
Noggin
Spike TV
The Movie Channel
TV Land
VH1

News Corporation

Dow Jones & Company, Inc.
Fox Television Stations
The New York Post
TV Guide
Fox Searchlight Pictures
Beliefnet
Fox Business Network
Fox Kids Europe
Fox News Channel
Fox Sports Net
Fox Television Network
FX
My Network TV
MySpace
News Limited News
Phoenix InfoNews Channel
Phoenix Movies Channel
Sky PerfecTV
Speed Channel
STAR TV India
STAR TV Taiwan
STAR World
Times Higher Education Supplement Magazine
Times Literary Supplement Magazine
Times of London
20th Century Fox Home Entertainment
20th Century Fox International
20th Century Fox Studios
20th Century Fox Television
BSkyB
DIRECTV
The Wall Street Journal
Fox Broadcasting Company
Fox Interactive Media
FOXTEL
HarperCollins Publishers
The National Geographic Channel
National Rugby League
News Interactive
News Outdoor
Radio Veronica
ReganBooks
Sky Italia
Sky Radio Denmark
Sky Radio Germany
Sky Radio Netherlands
STAR
Zondervan

CBS Corporation

CBS News
CBS Sports
CBS Television Network
CNET
Showtime
TV.com
CBS Radio Inc. (130 stations)
CBS Consumer Products
CBS Outdoor
CW Network (50% ownership)
Infinity Broadcasting
Simon & Schuster (Pocket Books, Scribner)
Westwood One Radio Network

Comcast

NBC
Bravo
CNBC
NBC News
MSNBC
NBC Sports
NBC Television Network
Oxygen
SciFi Magazine
Syfy (Sci Fi Channel)
Telemundo
USA Network
Weather Channel
Focus Features
NBC Universal Television Distribution
NBC Universal Television Studio
Paxson Communications (partial ownership)
Hulu
Universal Parks & Resorts
Universal Pictures
Universal Studio Home Video

#7 The American People Are Absolutely Addicted To The Mainstream Media

In a previous article about the media, I noted that the average American watches 153 hours of television a month.

When you allow that much information to be downloaded into your brain, it is going to have a dramatic impact on how you think.

Americans are more “connected” than they ever have been before. This is especially true of our kids. They are constantly on one sort of electronic device or another. The following is a brief excerpt from a recent article by Daniel Taylor…

According to a 2010 LA Times report, young people spend on average 53 hours a week watching TV, playing video games, and sitting at the computer.

Facebook users spend about 15 hours a month on the social networking site.

People are walking — and driving — blindly while texting, sometimes walking into fountains and even falling off cliffs.

If that Los Angeles Times report is true, that means that our young people are spending more than 200 hours a month connected to the media.

But we are only awake for about 480 hours a month.

When it comes to influencing the American people, nobody has more power than the big media companies do.

And until we can break this sick addiction to the mainstream media and get people to start thinking for themselves, we will never see widespread changes in our society. As long as people are being “programmed” by the mainstream media, they will continue to express the opinions, attitudes and beliefs that have been downloaded into their minds.

Please share this article with as many people as you can. It is crucial that we wake as many people up as possible while we still can.

Israel, Syria show teeth: Third cross-border shootout in week

0

Israeli troops opened “retaliating” fire at targets across the Syrian border with Syria later claiming it destroyed an Israeli military vehicle stationed in Golan Heights. This is a third consecutive cross-border shooting in a week, Israeli media say.

The Israeli military said their troops had “returned precise
fire”
after a Syrian soldier allegedly caused damage to a
military vehicle stationed in Golan Heights, near the
border. 

The shots “most likely were stray bullets, we don’t know if
it was intentional,”
an Israeli spokesperson told AFP. There
were no injuries following the initial shots.

Soon after that the Syrian military declared in a televised
statement that in response they had successfully targeted a further
Israeli vehicle:

“Our armed forces have destroyed an Israeli vehicle with
everything that it had in it… The vehicle had crossed the
ceasefire line and was moving towards the village of Bir Ajam,
situated in the liberated Syrian zone
[of the
Golan].”

Tel-Aviv denied the claims. Israel’s Army Radio however said the
Tuesday incident was the third consecutive cross-border shooting
this week and the military considers the incident to be
concerning.

Cross-border gunfire incidents have become a more frequent
occurrence in recent months amid the ongoing Syrian civil war.

Fire from the conflict within Syria has intermittently struck
Golan Heights, with Israel generally accepting these incidents as
accidental. However, Israel has occasionally retaliated for the
bullets and infrequent mortar shells entering the border territory,
which they captured from Syria in 1967.

Airstrikes — attributed to Israel, but not confirmed — struck
military posts in Syria at the beginning of May, with the blasts
reportedly killing scores of soldiers.

Israel has never made an official comment on the strikes, but
only stated it would do everything against the prospect of its foes
in Lebanon obtaining weapons smuggled through Syria.

Russian President Vladimir Putin met Israeli Prime Minister
Benjamin Netanyahu in Sochi exactly a week ago, with both agreeing
that the two -year Syrian armed conflict, if continued, could lead
to “disastrous consequences” for the region.

This article originally appeared on : RT

Resistance to neo-liberal restructuring in Germany: the case of Stuttgart 21!

0
Chancellor Angela Merkel seems to be unopposed in Germany at the moment. Her incorrect story about the Eurozone crisis along the lines of “Germany did it best” rather than “Germany wins at the expense of others” puts her above criticism within the German domestic context. In this guest post, Werner Sauerborn reflects on the situation of left-wing policies and trade unions in Germany with a specific focus on the conflict around Stuttgart 21, the planned new railway station for this city in the South-West of the country. 

Photo by linksfraktion

There are few starting points for opposition. German trade unions try to secure their slice of the cake, but fail to unravel the context of the Eurozone crisis. Germany experiences a dramatic export boom, based in the combination of Germany’s high productivity with cuts in workers’ salaries and working conditions over the last 10 years. Thus, it is German workers, who pay for capital’s export success. To date, trade unions have been unable to communicate this fact to their members and the wider public. On the other hand, there are emerging protests against risky, unnecessary infrastructure projects, imposed on the public, including airport extensions and the related increase in noise levels, speculation in real estate and gentrification, or the destruction of public transport infrastructure. Legitimated with Merkel’s philosophy of “market-compliant democracy”, it is difficult to find a headline for these protests.

The most paradigmatic conflict with the highest degree of mobilisation is the fight against Stuttgart 21. The planned new railway station is currently estimated to cost nearly €7 billion, but further increases are almost guaranteed. While the planned new station will actually result in a reduction of capacity, it is real estate speculation, which drives the project with plans for building a new area of offices, shopping malls and luxury apartments in the centre of the city. And yet, citizens have not given up with their resistance. Every Monday, a demonstration draws between 2000 and 3000 participants. So far, there have been 173 Monday demonstrations.
Photo by to.wi

Importantly, there is a link between the protests against Stuttgart 21, European austerity policy as well as Merkel’s rule. This may especially be interesting for the discussion in those European countries, which suffer from Merkel’s European austerity policy: Germany fraudulently obtained a subsidy of €114.5 million from the European Union by referring to a spectacular increase in capacity of the new Stuttgart railway station. Fraudulently, because the capacity of the projected station lies in fact a third below the capacity of the existing station (see Aktionsbündnis demands that Chancellor Merkel clears up the EU- Subsidy-Scandal). It is important to communicate this fraud more widely, especially within the anti-austerity protests across Europe. Resistance to Stuttgart 21 is, in a way, directly linked to resistance against austerity in Greece, Portugal and elsewhere. Making these links clearer will help to connect individual moments of resistance with each other across Europe.

Werner Sauerborn has worked on Unions and Globalisation and is a member of the group “Unionists against Stuttgart 21”, which plays a important rule in resisting this project.

Bizarre Video: Did Pope Perform “Exorcism”?

0

Footage of Pontiff causes controversy

Paul Joseph Watson
Infowars.com
May 21, 2013

A bizarre video has emerged of Pope Francis appearing to perform an exorcism on a man in St Peter’s Square.

The footage was shot following Pentecostal mass on Sunday 19th May.

The clip shows a priest explaining something to Pope Francis about the man, who is in a wheelchair, before the Pope becomes serious and places his hands firmly on the man’s head.

While pushing the man down into his chair, the Pontiff recites a prayer and the man opens his mouth while making strange guttural sounds.

Although the process takes less than 15 seconds, the man in the wheelchair appears overwhelmed before the Pope moves on to the next person.

According to an exorcism expert quoted by La Repubblica, “It was a prayer of liberation from evil or even a real exorcism.”

However, the Vatican has denied that the footage shows Pope Francis performing an exorcism, claiming that he was merely saying a prayer for the man.

The Pontiff has repeatedly made it clear that he believes in Satan, whom he refers to as “the prince of this world,” as a real force who needs to be opposed on a constant basis.

Francis is already on record as having performed previous exorcisms. In 1999, the Catholic Church revised the Rite of Exorcism guidelines to clearly recognize, “both the existence of the Devil and the reality of diabolical possession.”

According to rules laid down by the Catholic Church, exorcisms should never be broadcast or performed in front of media of any kind.

*********************

Paul Joseph Watson is the editor and writer for Infowars.com and Prison Planet.com. He is the author of Order Out Of Chaos. Watson is also a host for Infowars Nightly News.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, May 21, 2013 at 5:07 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on : Infowars

Nawaz Sharif urges talks with Taliban

0

Pakistanâ„¢s Prime Minister-elect Nawaz Sharif has called for peace talks with the Taliban militants.

On Monday, Sharif said the Taliban was ready to hold peace talks with the Pakistani government, adding that the offer of talks by Tehreek-e-Taliban Pakistan (TTP) Å“should be taken seriously.”

Å“Guns are not a solution to all problems,” Sharif stated.

Sharifâ„¢s Pakistan Muslim League-N Party won the National Assembly elections of May 11.

He described terrorism as the Å“most serious challenge” plaguing Pakistan in an address to the PML-N party in Lahore. Å“All options should be tried. Why shouldnâ„¢t we sit and talk, engage in dialogue?” he said.

Nawaz Sharif has called for peace talks between the militants and the government several times in the past, but the speech on Monday was the first time he made a public announcement for dialogue.

Earlier a Taliban spokesman was quoted as saying that the militants might agree on a truce if Sharif and his party showed seriousness in holding the peace talks.

Thousands of Pakistanis have lost their lives in bombings and other militant attacks since 2001 when Pakistan entered an alliance with the US on the so-called war on terror, according to local media.

Many hundreds have also been displaced by the wave of violence and militancy.

MM/HSN

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Ex-UK IAEA amb. raps US deceit on Iran

0

Former British ambassador to the International Atomic Energy Agency Peter Jenkins has criticized the US top nuclear negotiator in Iran-P5+1 group talks for her misleading briefing on Iran to the US Congress.

Jenkins wrote in an analysis for IPS newsâ„¢s foreign policy section LobeLog that the US diplomat Wendy Sherman started her Congress briefing on Wednesday without any reference to the US intelligence communityâ„¢s Å“confidence” that Iran has made no decision to move toward a non-civilian nuclear program.

Å“Instead, it referred to ËœIranâ„¢s nuclear weapon ambitionsâ„¢ and to the need for Iran to Ëœchange courseâ„¢, which the congressmen could be forgiven for taking as confirmation of their chairmanâ„¢s opening assertion that Iran is trying to build a nuclear arsenal,” Jenkins wrote.

He added the US under secretary of state for political affairs claimed that Washington only wants Iran to live up to its Å“international obligations” but did not mention expertsâ„¢ belief that Å“Iran is already fully compliant” with its obligations under the Non Proliferation Treaty and has done so voluntarily.

Jenkins then criticized Sherman for repeating the falsification that Iran is Å“isolated”, saying international facts show exactly the opposite.

Å“In reality, Iran maintains full diplomatic relations with some 100 states. Iranâ„¢s Foreign Minister is received courteously almost everywhere in Asia and Europe apart from the UK and Israel. Just this week Iran assumed the chair of the Conference on Disarmament in Geneva. Currently Iran presides over the 120-member Non-Aligned Movement,” he wrote.

Jenkins who also said that the US lacks the Å“objectivity” needed to properly engage with Iran.

Jenkins, who was Britainâ„¢s permanent ambassador to the IAEA between 2001 and 2006, had previously dismissed the westâ„¢s demand that Iran suspends its right, as an NPT signatory, to uranium enrichment is Å“a great diplomatic over-bid”.

He said back in January 2012 that West is fully Å“isolated” in its insistence on refusing Iran its right to uranium enrichment saying Å“most non-Westerners would prefer to see Iran treated like other NPT parties”.

Iran has repeatedly declared that it is a committed signatory to the NPT, which gives it the right to use nuclear technology for peaceful purposes.

Iranâ„¢s nuclear activities remain under close inspection of the IAEA, which has never found any diversion in the countryâ„¢s nuclear program.

AMR/HE

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Iranian spokesman to travel to Turkey

0

Iranâ„¢s Foreign Ministry Spokesman Abbas Araqchi is set to travel to Turkey to discuss bilateral ties as well as regional and international issues with the Turkish officials.

Araqchi is due to leave Tehran for Ankara on Thursday for a one-day visit at the invitation of his Turkish counterpart Zeki Levent Gumrukcu.

Araqchi , who is also Iranâ„¢s deputy foreign minister for Asia and Oceania, is expected to meet with Turkish Foreign Minister Ahmet Davutoglu during his trip.

On May 10, Turkish lawmaker Yusuf Halacoglu said that close cooperation between Iran and Turkey is the key to resolving crucial issues in the Middle East.

Halacoglu, who is a member of Iran-Turkey Parliamentary Friendship Group, said that Turkey and Iran are the only two regional countries capable of defeating the imperialist powersâ„¢ plots aimed at controlling the rich oil resources of the Middle East and Central Asia.

According to official data, released in November 2012, Iran was the third major trade partner of Turkey in the first three quarters of the year.

YH/HN/HSN

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Oklahoma twister spawns political firestorm in Washington

0

A political storm has already broken out over the Capitol as Democrats and Republicans attempt to advance their agendas in the wake of the devastating tornado that ravaged parts of Oklahoma on Monday.

After the mile-wide tornado — which focused much of its fury on
the town of Moore, on the outskirts of Oklahoma City — cleared, a
bipartisan battle erupted in Washington in what appears to be
political posturing at the worst possible moment.

What do you get when you take one monster twister, drop it into a
staunchly conservative red state and mix it up with the political
ideology of a Democratic leader at the helm in the White House? A
lot of self-righteous politicizing at a time when people are still
trapped under the rubble of collapsed buildings.

Tom Coburn, a Republican senator of Oklahoma, said his
tornado-ravaged state, where at last count 91 people had died,
should not receive federal emergency aid until an equal amount of
budget cuts are made in Washington.

According to CQ Roll Call, Coburn said it is too early to put a
price tag on the Oklahoma disaster, but that he “knows for
certain”
he will oppose any disaster funding that the federal
government offers until he knows that it is paid for.

Coburn, incidentally, was one of 36 Republican senators who voted
against disaster funding for superstorm Sandy in October 2012,
which caused $71 billion in damage across 24 states.

Coburn’s spokesperson John Hart said the Republican representative
“makes no apologies for voting against disaster aid bills that
are often poorly conceived and used to finance priorities that have
little to do with disasters.”

While Republicans continue to dance around the polarizing issue of
climate change, Democrats are taking advantage of each devastating
storm to chastise conservatives.

Some would argue they have a case: In 2011, the United States
witnessed its second-deadliest tornado season in history, when some
1,700 tornadoes killed 553 people. The Joplin, Missouri, monster
was the single deadliest tornado in US history, killing 158 people
and causing $2.8 billion in damage.

The following year, 2012, saw tornado season starting earlier and
busier than usual. Through April there were twice as many tornadoes
as normal, after which the twisters suddenly disappeared. Canada,
meanwhile, experienced an unusual number of tornadoes in 2012.

Rhode Island Democratic Sen. Sheldon Whitehouse took to the Senate
floor to rail against his Republican colleagues for denying “the
science of climate change,”
telling the GOP senators that when
it comes to natural disasters “we are in this together.”

“So, you may have a question for me,” Whitehouse said.
“Why do you care? Why do you, Sheldon Whitehouse, Democrat of
Rhode Island, care if we Republicans run off the climate cliff like
a bunch of proverbial lemmings and disgrace ourselves? I’ll tell
you why. We’re stuck in this together. We are stuck in this
together.”

“When cyclones tear up Oklahoma and hurricanes swamp Alabama and
wildfires scorch Texas, you come to us, the rest of the country,
for billions of dollars to recover,”
he continued. “And the
damage that your polluters and deniers are doing doesn’t just hit
Oklahoma and Alabama and Texas. It hits Rhode Island with floods
and storms. It hits Oregon with acidified seas, it hits Montana
with dying forests.”

The Democrat then delivered a thinly veiled attack on the Tea
Party, referring to them as the “extremist” faction of the GOP
base: “I don’t want a Republican Party disgraced, that let its
extremists run off the cliff, and an America suffering from grave
economic and environmental and diplomatic damage because we failed,
because we didn’t wake up and do our duty to our people, and
because we didn’t lead the world.”

The political posturing displayed by Coburn and Whitehouse at a
time of national disaster shows that with each new deadly storm
there will continue to be heat in Washington.

This article originally appeared on : RT

VTB finds 'tricky' main SPO buyer: Qatar

0

Qatar’s sovereign wealth fund will become the main purchaser in VTB’s secondary public offering, buying $1 billion of the available $3.3 billion shares. It may prove to be a difficult shareholder for Russia’s second largest lending bank.

The Sovereign Fund of Qatar is aiming to secure a business
partnership in order to develop new joint projects. After the
purchase it will control 5 percent of the bank’s shares, according
to Financial Times, which stated sources close to the
deal.

The Russian government currently holds 75.5 percent of the bank,
and has mandated that its stake remains above 60 percent. VTB
expects the Kremlin stake to fall to 60.93 percent.Some Russian
analysts are skeptical about business relations with the Qatar
Foundation, which has a reputation for being a difficult banking
partner.

A former manager at JP Morgan told FT that the sovereign
fund is ‘the worst customer of any bank’ because they are
used to receiving big discounts and ‘love to knock down the
price’

“They are the most difficult customer, which is known by all
banking professionals”
said the source.

The sale will be finalized on May 24th, when the two sides will
discuss joint investments, including private equity, mergers, and
acquisitions.

The Qatar Investment Authority was founded by the government in
2005 to strengthen the country’s economy through diversified
international assets. They have partnerships with some of the
biggest names in banking – Credit Suisse, Barclays UK, and Deutsche
Bank.

The Norwegian Government Pension Fund (assets of $720 billion)
and the State Oil Fund of Azerbaijan (assets of $33 billion) have
also agreed to buy shares in the SPO, each for about $500
million.Norway already holds a 0.21 percent stake in the bank.

In an effort to increase its capital, VTB announced its secondary public offering at the end of April. The
first phase of the SPO — open to existing shareholders only- ended
on Monday.

1245 shareholders bought up 14 percent of the available shares
in the 14 billion rouble sale, leaving 102 billion roubles worth of
shares for non-existing shareholders.

The share sale will increase its Tier 1 capital ratio to 11.9
percent from 10.3 percent, VTB said.

VTB first estimated the sale of 2.5 trillion new shares to be
priced at 4.1 kopeks a piece, but on Monday’s floor they traded at
4.6 kopeks. In their May 2007 public offering shares were sold at
13.6 kopeks.

The stock climbed 3.5 percent on the Moscow stock
market.

The sale is part of the bank’s drive to privatize state assets
and reduce state influence in business.

This article originally appeared on : RT

Syria hits Israeli military vehicle

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Syria says its army has destroyed an Israeli military vehicle in the occupied Golan Heights, adding that the vehicle had crossed the Golan ceasefire line.

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

13,000 US hospital workers to strike

0

Thousand of US healthcare workers in the western State of California have planned a strike to protest major staff and budget cuts in a move that is expected to back up emergency rooms and delay elective surgeries.

An estimated 13,000 healthcare employees in five University of California (UC) medical centers, including vocational nurses, respiratory therapists and radiology technologists, plan to participate in the strike effort later on Tuesday in a bid to draw attention to Å“chronic understaffing and reckless cost-cutting” measures.

Additionally, some of the public hospital system’s nearly 3,400 pharmacists, psychologists, social workers, lab scientists and occupational therapists have also vowed to join the walk-out at the five medical facilities in cities of Los Angeles, San Francisco, San Diego, Davis and Irvine on Tuesday as a one-day sympathy strike.

According to Todd Stenhouse, spokesman for the American Federation of State, County and Municipal Employees, the protesting employees have resorted to the walkout because they been working without a contract since September.

He added, however, that they are prepared to return to work in the event of an Å“area-wide emergency.”

UCâ„¢s Human Resources Vice President Dwaine Duckett warned, however, the strike would harm patient care and the level of services provided to patients.

He added that the strike had forced the postponement of hundreds of surgeries, including five pediatric heart surgeries and specialized procedures such as chemotherapy infusions for children with cancer.

Meanwhile, California’s labor board has urged a state judge to intervene and order the health workers back to work.

Further on Monday, Sacramento Superior Court Judge David Brown found that nearly 100 burn center respiratory therapists and poison-control pharmacists were considered essential workers, barring them from joining the walkout.

Brown, however, refused to prevent the other healthcare employees from joining their labor move.

MFB/MFB

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

‘Perfect political storm’: Opposition deal saves floundering UK gay marriage bill

0

Britain’s ruling Conservative party has been forced by its uncooperative members into making a deal with the opposition to ensure the quick passage of a gay marriage bill in the face of plummeting support and anger over ‘swivelgate.’

Almost 40 percent of David Cameron’s 303 Member of Parliament
rebelled against the bill, voting on a —now defunct— amendment,
which would have allowed registrars to refuse to conduct gay
marriage ceremonies should they personally object, and could have
even delayed the issue until after the next general election,
expected in 2015.

The attempt to force through the Marriage (Same Sex Couples)
Bill is controversial within the traditionalist ranks of the
Conservatives, leading one MP to label comment on Monday that

“there are plenty in the aggressive homosexual community who
see this as but a stepping stone to something even further.”

However, Cameron is determined to force it through.

When it became clear that the UK PM did not have enough support
from his own party, the Conservative chief whip, George Young, was
forced to appeal to the opposition leader, Ed Miliband (Labour),
who had been planning to abstain from voting.

Labour’s change of heart led to the defeat of the amendment 375
to 70 votes, saving the bill by a majority of 305 and illuminating
a deep cleft within the ruling party.

The bill will have its third and final reading in the House of
Commons on Tuesday, the day after which it will pass to the House
of Lords, where further opposition is expected.

Relying on opposition backing signifies difficult times ahead
for the ruling Conservative party.

“It’s a perfect political storm. It couldn’t have come at a
worse time for Cameron,”
Iain Dale, a prominent British gay
radio presenter and conservative blogger, told Reuters.

Britain's Prime Minister David Cameron. (AFP Photo / Nick Ansell)

The latest YouGov poll for the Sunday Times found that 54% of
Britons support “changing the law to allow same-sex couples to
marry,”
with over 53,000 civil partnership ceremonies have been
carried out since their introduction in December 2005.

Conversely, only 45% of Tory supporters are in favor of changing
the law and 48% oppose it, the survey showed.

Cameron is eager to force its passage, in attempts to display his
party’s liberal and progressive side, particularly following
spending cuts and a lurch to the right on immigration policy, which
a number of parties are pursuing following a recent surge in UKIP
popularity.

On Saturday, a group of Conservative chairmen delivered a note to
Downing Street, stating that his “proposal to redefine marriage
is flawed, un-conservative, divisive and costing us dearly,”

saying that the PM was treating loyal grassroots members “with
contempt,” concluding that “some [former party members] of course
are joining UKIP.”

The sudden urgency in passing the flagship policy shortly
follows the recent ‘swivelgate’ scandal, in which a leading member
of the Conservative party referred to party activists as
“swivel-eyed-loons.” “Loon” is a derogatory and archaic term
for a crazy person.

Conservative party chairman Andrew Feldman was forced to deny that
he was the source of the comments after Twitter erupted with
allegations that it was him, and activists have demanded an
apology.

Usage of the phrase became almost viral across British media over
the weekend, causing one MP to comment that his wish for anti-gay
marriage supporters to be given protection under the Equality Act
2010 was not because he was “swivel-eyed.”

Alongside deep divisions within the party, there has been doubt
over their hopes in the next general election. Conservatives
would currently garner a mere 29 percent of the UK public vote,
with Labour taking 37 percent, and the Liberal Democrats 10
percent, according to UK Polling Report which averages the results
of 10 different national polls.

This article originally appeared on : RT

‘Syria conf. aimed at political solution’

0

Iranâ„¢s Foreign Ministry Spokesman Abbas Araqchi says the upcoming meeting of the Friends of Syria, due to be held in Tehran, is aimed at finding a political solution to the ongoing conflict in Syria.

Å“The meeting is an effort by the Islamic Republic of Iran to help [find] political solutions to the Syrian crisis,” Araqchi said during his weekly press conference on Tuesday.

He said that the meeting will be held with the slogan of Political solution – Regional stability on May 29 and a number of countries have been invited to attend the meeting.

The Iranian official reiterated Iranâ„¢s opposition to any military intervention in Syria, voicing the Islamic Republicâ„¢s support for national dialogue between the Syrian government and the opposition in order to settle the crisis in the Arab country.

Syria has been gripped by unrest for over two years, and many people, including large numbers of Syrian soldiers and security personnel, have been killed in the foreign-sponsored militancy.

Western powers and their regional allies including the Israeli regime, Turkey, Saudi Arabia and Qatar are partners in supporting the militant groups in Syria.

Araqchi further condemned the recent wave of deadly terrorist attacks across Iraq, warning that the enemies of the Muslim world are seeking to cause ethnic and sectarian strife between Shia and Sunni Muslims.

Talks between Iran and the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA)

Referring to the latest talks between Iran and the IAEA, Araghchi said Tehran does not consider negotiations a failure.

Iran and the IAEA held their latest round of negotiations in the Austrian capital Vienna on May 15.

Å“Talks between Iran and the IAEA has not reached any conclusions so far, but we hope that they would yield results in next rounds, nevertheless we do not consider them a failure,” the Iranian official added.

Commenting on the meeting between Iranâ„¢s chief nuclear negotiator Saeed Jalili and the European Union foreign policy chief Catherine Ashton in the Turkish city of Istanbul on May 15, Araghchi said, Å“Both sides said talks have been fruitful and the date of the next round of negotiations will be determined during future talks.”

Å“If the P5+1 (Britain, China, France, Russia and United States plus Germany) prefer to continue talks after the [presidential] election that is their choice, because the fundamental stances of our country will not change before or after the election,” Araghchi said.

Iran and the P5+1 have held several rounds of talks, mainly over the Iranian nuclear energy program. The latest rounds of negotiations between the two sides were held in the Kazakh city of Almaty on April 5-6 and February 26-27.

The United States, Israel, and some of their allies have repeatedly accused Iran of pursuing non-civilian objectives in its nuclear energy program.

Using the unfounded allegation as a pretext, the US and the EU have imposed illegal unilateral sanctions against the Islamic Republic.

Tehran rejects the allegation over its nuclear energy activities, maintaining that as a committed signatory to the Non-Proliferation Treaty (NPT) and a member of the IAEA, it has the right to use nuclear technology for peaceful purposes.

YH/MYA/HN/HSN

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Mexico deploys 1000s forces in W state

0

Mexican soldiers patrolling in the Morelia, the capital of Michoacan (file photo)

Mexico has deployed thousands of security forces to fight drug-related violence in the western state of Michoacan.

According to sources close to the countryâ„¢s defense ministry, some 2,000 army soldiers, 2,000 marines, and 1,000 police officers were sent to Michoacan, on Monday.

The new deployment comes a week after the Mexican government sent 1,000 police forces and named an army brigadier general in the western state.

Michoacan is one of the countryâ„¢s poorest states and is home to traditional drug routes. It is also a major hub for the production of methamphetamine in Mexico.

Gangs regularly fight over territory in an area of rugged mountains, where they set up laboratories to produce the drug as well as marijuana and opium.

In April, at least 10 people were killed in drug-related clashes in Michoacan.

More than 70,000 people have been killed in drug-related violence in Mexico since former President Felipe Calderon launched an offensive against Mexicoâ„¢s drug cartels in December 2006.

Current Mexican President Enrique Pena Nieto has vowed to reduce the crime rate as he continues the campaign against the drug cartels.

SZH/HN

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Multiple bombings kill five in Iraq

0

Multiple bomb attacks in northern Iraq have killed five people and injured nearly 70 others, officials say.

On Tuesday, two car bomb attacks were carried out in the town of Tuz Khurmatu, Salahuddin Province. Three people died and over 40 others were injured. The bombings also inflicted severe damage on several houses.

In another incident, two roadside bombs exploded in a market in the city of Kirkuk. Two people were killed and 25 others were wounded.

The United Nations Assistance Mission for Iraq (UNAMI) said on May 2 that April was the deadliest month in Iraq since 2008 as terrorist attacks killed over 700 people and injured more than 1,600 others across the country.

UNAMI also stated that Baghdad was the worst affected governorate, with a total of 211 killed and nearly 500 injured.

The recent wave of violence in Iraq has claimed the lives of more than 370 people so far in May.

Iraqi Prime Minister Nouri al-Maliki has announced plans to overhaul the countryâ„¢s security.

Å“We are about to make changes in the high and middle positions of those responsible for security, and the security strategy,” Maliki told reporters in the capital, Baghdad, on Monday.

The Iraqi premier also stated that the cabinet would discuss the matter on Tuesday.

MR/HSN

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Roadside bomb kills 6 Afghan policemen

0

Afghan soldiers inspect the wreckage of a car destroyed by a roadside bomb in eastern Afghanistan’s Khogani district of Nangarhar province on July 21, 2012.

At least six Afghan policemen have been killed in a roadside bomb explosion in the country’s western province of Herat.

Afghan officials say the incident took place on Tuesday when a police patrol vehicle heading to Herat city hit a bomb in Obe district.

District Police Chief Sher Agha says “there were no survivors” and that the truck was completely destroyed in the bombing.

So far, no group has claimed responsibility for the bombing, but Afghan officials usually blame such attacks on Taliban militants.

In late April, the Taliban announced the start of their annual “spring offensive” against US-led and Afghan forces, vowing a new wave of attacks across Afghanistan.

The militant group said it would use “every possible tactic” to inflict casualties on Afghan and US-led forces. They specifically mentioned insider attacks, and bomb attacks.

Thousands of people have been killed in attacks carried out by the Taliban militant group and the US-led foreign forces in Afghanistan over the past years.

Violence continues to plague the country despite the presence of thousands of foreign forces, more than a decade after the US-led invasion of Afghanistan in 2001.

DB/hn

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Pentagon wants extra $79.4bn for Afghan war

0

The Pentagon has submitted a request of nearly 80 billion dollars for the fiscal year 2014 to the US Congress to cover the cost of war in Afghanistan.

The request for USD 79.4 billion was issued on Friday, and it comes in addition to a USD-526.6-billion budget proposed by the Pentagon for the operations in the war-stricken country.

The war funds, officially known as Overseas Contingency Operations (OCO), will take over the daily operations by US forces as well as the cost of the planned withdrawal of troops and equipments from Afghanistan.

Pentagon Press Secretary George Little announced that the amount requested on Friday was less than that of 2013, which is USD 87.2 billion.

Å“The main goal is to limit the impact of sequestration (automatic cuts) on military readiness, particularly training and maintenance accounts,” Little said, adding, Å“This reprogramming request is in large measure an attempt to shift funds to those accounts.”

Meanwhile, the Pentagon issued another request to the Congress on Friday over having authority to shift the defense funds for 2013 – nearly USD 10 billion – in order to counterbalance automatic cuts.

Commentators say the cost of the troops withdrawal could exceed seven billion dollars.

According to a report by Harvardâ„¢s Kennedy School in March, each of the more than 866,180 US soldiers injured in Iraq and Afghanistan is expected to cost the US government approximately two million dollars in long-term medical costs.

Linda Bilmes, author of the report, said the total cost for all injured soldiers was $1.7 trillion, including 800 billion dollars already allocated for injured veterans.

MM/HSN

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

‘Principalists will choose one candidate’

0

Iranian presidential hopeful Ali Akbar Velayati says the Principalists will ultimately choose one candidate to run in the upcoming election.

Velayati made the remarks in answer to a question about whether presidential hopeful Mohammad Baqer Qalibaf would drop his bid for presidency in favor of Saeed Jalili, who is the secretary of Iranâ„¢s Supreme National Security Council (SNSC).

Velayati belongs to the principlist Coalition of Three, which also includes Qalibaf, Tehran Mayor, and lawmaker Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel. The coalition will pick one of its members as its nominee.

On Monday, another Principalist hopeful, Kamran Baqeri Lankarani, withdrew his bid for presidency in favor of Jalili, declaring his support for the SNSC secretary.

Lankarni was chosen by the principlist Perseverance Front as the frontrunner hopeful for the presidential election, which is due to be held on June 14.

A total of 686 hopefuls registered from May 7 to 11 for the Islamic Republicâ„¢s 11th presidential election. The Guardian Council, which is tasked with vetting hopefuls for candidacy and confirming the election results, is expected to submit the list of the candidates to the Interior Ministry on Tuesday.

Iran’s Deputy Interior Minister Solat Mortazavi said earlier on Tuesday that the names of Iranâ„¢s presidential candidates would be announced on May 22.

Official campaigning will start two days after the council releases its final list of approved candidates.

The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election.

The Iranian Constitution stipulates that presidential candidates must be religious or political figures, be Iranian in origin, have Iranian citizenship, be resourceful and have managerial skills, have no criminal record, be trustworthy and pious, and have firm belief in the fundamental principles of the Islamic Republic of Iran and the countryâ„¢s official religion.

MYA/HN/HSN

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Should Palestine switch from the shekel to Bitcoin?

1
<!–Max Keiser–>

Max Keiser, the host of RT’s ‘Keiser Report,’ is a former stockbroker, the inventor of virtual specialist technology and co-founder of the Hollywood Stock Exchange.

The money that circulates most in the Palestinian Authority (PA) is the Israeli new shekel; guided by an interest rate policy set monthly by the Bank of Israel, which dictates Palestinian finances.

Palestine has tried for decades to establish independence, but
Israel has not been willing to give up its colony, so the
occupation continues.

But for the first time in history, an emerging country like
Palestine has the ability to secede from its occupying overlords by
adopting its own cryptocurrency: Bitcoin. Not a shot needs to be
fired. No UN votes are needed. No global peace talks. Just Bitcoin
for the win.

Pluses include; money can be sent in and out of Palestine
completely unmolested by the international bankers who have
conspired with Israel to keep Palestinians behind Israel’s
apartheid wall; both physical and monetary.

Remember it was an international boycott of UK’s Barclays bank
that ultimately brought down the apartheid regime in South Africa.
Here we have a slightly different situation in that Barclays bank
is now part of a government controlled system that relies on
rigging Libor, energy, credit default swaps and precious metals
markets and there are no exceptions to this rule by manipulation,
so mounting a boycott is virtually impossible. Not only has
Barclays become ‘too big to fail’ but it has also become too big to
hold accountable for international human rights abuses. (same for
the other three big UK banks and the biggest banks in the US
too).

And we can’t forget the Big Four accounting firms along with
their army of lawyers and bankers who suppress millions with their
vicious monetary dictatorships and market manipulation schemes –
that force up the price of food and energy – but without raising
the cost of credit for insiders (or wages for outsiders) who can
borrow virtually unlimited amounts of cash at near zero (and in
some cases negative) interest rates – providing capital to build
slave labor camps anywhere in the world like in Palestine (and buy
weapons) for virtually no cost; not to mention occupying strategic
assets like water and energy in neighbors (like Israel occupying
Palestine: the real reason).

Bitcoin, like the spiritual leaders who have come before it in
the Middle-Eastern desert, is a miraculous gift capable of
transforming an oppressed, forgotten people. The Palestinian
economy is a multi-billion dollar economy that unfortunately
benefits mostly outsiders. But if Bitcoin were adopted as the
official currency, Palestinians would be able to shape their own
economic destiny and in so doing their sovereign destiny.

In very short order, Palestine would have the soundest currency
in the world, as coveted and as stable as gold and silver. As
various paper ‘fiat’ money continues to get debased in countries
around the world, Palestine’s currency would maintain its
purchasing power. The living standards of Palestinians would
increase to the point where the Palestinian bitcoin currency would
put the Israeli shekel to shame.

The statements, views and opinions expressed in this column are solely those of the author and do not necessarily represent those of RT.

This article originally appeared on : RT

UK claims it hasn’t armed Syria rebels

0

British Foreign Secretary William Hague insists Britain has not armed Syrian foreign-backed rebels so far and has made no decision to do so despite British media reports that London has dispatched £20 cache of weapons to Syria’s foreign-backed militants.

Hague claimed on Monday that his country remains committed to amending the EU arms embargo on Syria but said that the move is necessary Å“in order to increase the pressure” on Bashar al-Assad government.

Å“We have not sent arms to any side during the conflicts of the Arab Spring. No decision has been made to go down this route,” he added.

This comes as British paper the Daily Star quoted British government sources on Sunday March 10 as saying that London has dispatched a secret weapons consignment to the foreign-backed militants, including assault rifles, light machine guns, grenades, anti-tank missiles, rocket-propelled grenade launchers and ­ammunition.

The report said the cache, big enough to arm some 1,000 terrorists, is stashed in Syriaâ„¢s neighboring countries, ready to be delivered Å“within hours”, if an EU arms embargo is lifted.

The report added that Britain had already sent considerable amounts of weapons to Syrian militants through Saudi Arabia and Qatar.

British Prime Minister David Cameron had said back in March that his government mulled ignoring the EU arms embargo on Syrian in order to pave the way for sending weapons to the militants fighting against the government.

AMR/HE

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Attacks kill 5, injure 69 in Iraq

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]At least five people have been killed and 69 others injured in attacks in Iraqi cities of Tuz Khurmatu and Kirkuk.

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Nerds, Jocks and Jailed Dissidents: Inside the World of Israel’s High School War Resisters

0

A Palestinian woman and boy walk among Israeli soldiers and military vehicles in the West Bank town of Nabi Samuel.
Photo Credit: Ryan Rodrick Beiler / Shutterstock.com

May 17, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

When the 19-year-old Israeli war resister Noam Gur attends weekly demonstrations against the occupation of Palestine, the soldiers who suppress the protestors–with tear gas, stun grenades, and occasionally live fire–aren’t just strangers in uniform. Among them are her former high school classmates, who have been conscripted into the Israeli army.

Gur was supposed to serve, too, but instead joined the shministim. This is a Hebrew term meaning high school students in their senior year, who face conscription into the army. But the word is also used to refer to students who publicly refuse conscription on ethical grounds.

“All my friends from high school are in the army,” Gur explains. “Now I see them at demos. It is really weird and complicated.”

With a shrug of her shoulders, Gur describes the process that led to her refusal of conscription. “I found out that what they taught me in school was different from this reality. I went to the West Bank to protests and saw the occupation. I started to realize I didn’t want to serve.”

Gur, who has cropped hair and a shy smile, was supposed to be a soldier before she was out of her teens, like most Israeli youth. But instead she served 20 days in prison for refusing orders. Now an anti-occupation activist who supports other young people questioning military service, she is one of many young Israelis who are saying no to the army. They are part of growing number of Israeli movements working to end the occupation from the inside.

Letters of resistance

To understand what it takes to become a shministi–the singular form of shiministim–it’s important to understand the powerful grip of the Israeli military on society. Israel’s occupation of Palestine and aggressive stance toward many of its neighbors requires a highly militarized society. The country devotes almost one fifth of its national budget to military spending, 18 percent of which is paid for by the United States. Israel’s military spending as a percentage of GDP is one of the highest in the world, and it boasts a larger military than any of its neighbors. The country maintains a stash of nuclear weapons and is the world’s eighth largest arms exporter.

Meanwhile, children are prepared for compulsory service from an early age by constant military presence in educational settings, including “teacher soldiers” in some schools. Walking through Israeli cities and towns, one encounters streets filled with soldiers carrying M4 and M16 rifles, many of them in plain clothes.

“There is always a military background here,” Gur says.

While the Israeli army is preeminent in society, it is not invincible. Public draft resistance began in 1970, when a handful of students penned an open letter to then-Prime Minister Golda Meir, in which they explained their refusal to serve in territories seized and occupied in the 1967 war. In 1982, a group of army reservists refused to serve in the Lebanon War, founding the group Yesh Gvul, whose name means “there is a limit.” The movement of letter-writing and refusal by high school seniors grew during the early 2000s, prompting the military to crack down and sentence each of the five shministim from the class of 2002 to two years in prison.

By 2008, when almost 100 people signed public letters resisting conscription, prison terms for shministimhad become standard. The army makes it nearly impossible to get a discharge based on conscientious objector status, and many shministim escape conscription only by claiming mental unfitness, often after serving multiple prison sentences. The 19-year-old shministi Nathan Blanc is currently serving his eighth consecutive prison term for refusing army service in protest of second-class rights for Palestinians.

This article originally appeared on : AlterNet

Moyers/Winship: Corporate Greed Is Poisoning America – Literally

0

Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com/ Elnur

May 20, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

From BillMoyers.com:

At the end of a week that reminds us to be ever vigilant about the dangers of government overreaching its authority, whether by the long arm of the IRS or the Justice Department, we should pause to think about another threat–the threat of too much private power obnoxiously intruding into public life.

Think of inadequate inspections of food and the food-related infections which kill 3,000 Americans each year and make 48 million sick. A new study from Johns Hopkins shows elevated levels of arsenic–known to increase a person’s risk of cancer–in chicken meat. According to the university’s Center for a Livable Future, “Arsenic-based drugs have been used for decades to make poultry grow faster and improve the pigmentation of the meat. The drugs are also approved to treat and prevent parasites in poultry… Currently in the U.S., there is no federal law prohibiting the sale or use of arsenic-based drugs in poultry feed.”

And here’s a story in The Washington Post about toxic, bacteria-killing chemicals used in poultry plants to clean more chickens more quickly to meet increased demand and make more money. According to Amanda Hitt, director of the Government Accountability Project’s Food Integrity Campaign, “They are mixing chemicals together in these plants, and it’s making people sick. Does it work better at killing off pathogens? Yes, but it also can send someone into respiratory arrest.”

So far, the government has done next to nothing. No research into the possible side effects, no comprehensive record-keeping on illnesses. “Instead,” the Post reports, “they review data provided by chemical manufacturers.” What’s more, the Department of Agriculture is about to allow the production lines to move even faster, by as much as 25 percent, which means more chemicals, more exposure, more sickness.

Think of that and think of the 85,000 industrial chemicals available today — only a handful have been tested for safety. Ian Urbina writes in The New York Times, “Hazardous chemicals have become so ubiquitous that scientists now talk about babies being born pre-polluted, sometimes with hundred s of synthetic chemicals showing up in their blood.”

Think, too, of that horrific explosion of ammonium nitrate in the Texas fertilizer plant. Fifteen people were killed and their little town devastated. The magazine Mother Jones noted, “Inspections are virtually non-existent; regulatory agencies don’t talk to each other; and there’s no such thing as a buffer zone when it comes to constructing plants and storage facilities in populated areas.” For years, the Fertilizer Institute, described as “the nation’s leading lobbying organization of the chemical and agricultural industries,” resisted regulation and legislators went along. People can lose their lives when federal or state government winks at bad corporate practices – 4,500 workplace deaths annually at a cost to America of nearly half a trillion dollars.

As Salon’s columnist and author David Sirota observes, “If all this data was about a terrorist threat, the reaction would be swift – negligent federal agencies would be roundly criticized and the specific state’s lax attitude toward security would be lambasted. Yet, after the fertilizer plant explosion, there has been no proactive reaction at all, other than Texas Republican Gov. Rick Perry boasting about his state’s ‘comfort with the amount of oversight’ that already exists.”

Finally, consider this story from ProPublica’s investigative reporter Abrahm Lustgarten about a uranium company that wanted a mining project in Texas that threatened to pollute drinking water. The EPA resisted – until the company hired as its lobbyist the Democratic fundraiser and fixer Heather Podesta, a favorite of the White House. Her firm was paid $400,000, she pulled the strings, and presto, the EPA changed its mind and said yes, go ahead and do your dirty work. In fact, ProPublica found that “the agency has used a little-known provision in the federal Safe Drinking Water Act to issue more than 1,500 exemptions allowing energy and mining companies to pollute aquifers, including many in the driest parts of the country.”

This article originally appeared on : AlterNet

Will Spring, Summer, Fall and Winter Stop Meaning Anything When Climate Change Hits?

0

Photo Credit: kanvag/ Shutterstock.com

May 20, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

This article first appeared at Orion Magazine under the title ” The Discontent of Our Winter.” You can enjoy future Orion articles by signing up to the magazine’s free trial subscription program.

My children have snow anxiety. For the record, this started in the winter of 2011—12 when no snow fell–at all–and sleds, saucers, skis, and snowball makers sat dejectedly on the porch, unused, next to the irrelevant and despondent snow shovel. Week after week, month after month, Faith and Elijah scanned the skies and studied the forecast. When June-like temperatures hit in March, the sight of the toboggan filled them with so much despair that they wordlessly dragged it back to the barn and put it in storage.

Which did not go unnoticed by their dad and me. When had our kids ever put stuff away without being asked? It was as unprecedented as a snowless winter in upstate New York. Nobody had ever experienced that either.

During the unfrozen winter of 2011—12, the grown-ups all walked around saying, “This is crazy!” True enough. When the temperature in the mudroom hits eighty degrees before the daytime:nighttime ratio hits parity, some synonym for insane is what the thesaurus should take you to. But “This is crazy!” also implies that we possess no rational explanation for June arriving in March. And I noticed that my son and his friends never said things like that to each other. They spoke more grimly, along the lines of, Global warming. It’s here. Now we can’t go sledding. Probably ever. So what do you want to do, dude?

When snow and ice finally fell in April–hard enough and fast enough to cancel school–it fell on tulip and magnolia petals and killed off the entire cherry crop.

The toboggan stayed in the barn.

But wishful thinking springs anew in the hearts of children, even in the face of permanent catastrophe, so, after a cherryless summer and a fall with few apples, Faith and Elijah conferred hopefully about the upcoming winter. Last year was a global warming winter. But maybe global warming winters come only every other year. Maybe this year would be normal.

The snow fell. The sleds came out. The snow melted.

The snow fell again. And turned to rain. The ground thawed and great lakes of water filled the low areas, and the sleds that had been parked at the bottoms of sledding hills across the county bobbed around like flotillas of small boats at harbor.

The sight of floating sleds made the adults say, “It’s crazy!” all over again.

The kids just gave up. Let the record show that in February 2013, the children of Trumansburg, New York, gave up on winter. As a season, it was no longer reliable. You could wake up in the morning to a wonderland–snowflakes dutifully falling, the front yard all white, perfect, hushed, squeaky–and by the time school let out in the afternoon, the miraculous world had already reverted back to brown, gray, mushy, yucky.

“Don’t get excited,” said Faith to Elijah right before Valentine’s Day when he looked out the window at first light and announced a fresh snowfall. “It won’t last.”

My children were born just before and after the turn of the century. They are old enough to reminisce about the days before winter went bad and became the crazy uncle in the seasonal family. Faith’s fashionable friends discuss the clothes they used to wear–month after arctic month–when they were little and the snow was piled high from November to March. Kids today, they note with disinterested interest, just don’t have the same relationship to their snow pants.

This article originally appeared on : AlterNet

Our Govt. Is Turning into a Surveillance State That's Almost Impossible to Stop

0

May 20, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

The most egregious rights violations tend to happen against the voiceless; those who have neither the platform nor resources to articulate their grievances to the broader world.

Last week, however, the US Department of Justice was caught in a very public transgression against the freedom of an influential and empowered private organisation when it was revealed that it had engaged in a spying campaign against the Associated Press (AP) – one of the country’s largest news agencies.

In what has been described as a ” massive and unprecedented intrusion“, AP revealed that Obama’s Department of Justice had engaged in a surveillance campaign targeting its reporters and editors. This campaign included the covert acquisition of phone records from AP staff; including from their home and personal cell numbers.

In a public letter to Attorney General Eric Holder, AP President Gary Pruitt said the surveillance would:

Reveal communications with confidential sources and disclose information… that the government has no conceivable right to know.

It would seem, however, that soliciting such confidential knowledge was just what the government was after, as it sought to obtain information regarding AP’s reporting on CIA operations in Yemen. Indeed, far beyond this incident of spying on the press, it has been demonstrated over the past several years that the US government under Obama has developed a seemingly insatiable appetite for its citizens’ private information. Furthermore – and to the detriment of the American right to privacy – they have shown few qualms about the means they are willing to employ to acquire such data.

Digital documentation 

In 2010, the Washington Post‘s landmark report ” Top Secret America” – an investigative effort to document the rapidly expanding and unaccountable security apparatus developing in the country – uncovered a stunning fact about the depth of surveillance Americans today find themselves under.

According to the report:

Every day, collection systems at the National Security Agency intercept and store 1.7 billion e-mails, phone calls and other types of communications.

In a world where such media have become the primary means of communication for millions of citizens, this level of undisclosed documentation is incredibly significant. Government spying on citizens’ internet activities is not simply an intrusion into their external communications, but in many ways it represents surveillance of a significant chunk of their mental lives as well.

Never before has such an immense repository of information been available to a state – but without so much as public disclosure, this huge trove of knowledge is being created by the US government for purposes that have never been properly articulated.

A particularly insidious example of how Americans have been robbed of their right to privacy can be seen in government monitoring of social media and email platforms. When services such as Twitter, Facebook and Gmail first launched and millions of Americans rushed to take part in what seemed to be another opportunity for benign internet socialising, they could not have been expected to know that they were sharing intimate private thoughts and information not just with friends and family, but with the state as well.

In 2010, the Department of Homeland Security quietly began a programme to monitor social media in conjunction with the military contractor General Dynamics. This programme – disclosed only after privacy organisations filed lawsuits that revealed its existence – casts its surveillance net broadly enough that any internet user who uses certain keywords (some apparently as innocuous as “wave”, “pork” and “Mexico”) would be considered suspicious and subject to more intensive investigation. Of course, the rationale for these designations continues to remain as opaque as the programme itself.

This article originally appeared on : AlterNet

Elderly Woman Dies in Court "Gasping for Breath" After Sheriff's Deputies "Callously" Refused to Give Her Medication, Daughter Claims

0

May 20, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

MONTGOMERY, Ala. (CN) – A woman died on a courthouse floor because Alabama sheriff’s deputies refused to give her her medicine – after arresting her for an old traffic ticket, the woman’s daughter claims in court.

Ayunna Johnae London sued St. Clair County Sheriff Terry Surles, jail administrators Austin Nash and Terry Marcrum, Southern Healthcare Partners, and its employee Jennifer Eisel, in Federal Court.

London claims her mother, Dwana Voncia London-Richardson, died gasping for breath in court after callous and unconstitutional treatment from the defendants.

Richardson suffered from asthma and other serious health problems, but the defendants refused to give her her medication, accused her of faking, and let her die in the courtroom, her daughter claims.

Southern Healthcare Partners, which provided medical care to inmates at the St. Clair County Jail, failed to treat her mother properly, London says.

Her 45-year-old mother died in May 2011 at the St. Clair County Courthouse while in the sheriff’s custody.

Richardson was arrested on May 19, 2011, in Tarrant City, Ala., for failing to pay a 2008 traffic ticket. She was sent to the St. Clair County Jail.

London claims that when she visited her mom in jail two days later, her mother could hardly walk, had trouble breathing and complained of pain in both legs.

London claims the jail staff refused to give her mom her asthma medication and stopped other inmates from helping her.

“Ms. Richardson told Ayunna that she was sick, that both her legs were hurting her so badly that she could not walk to the tray area to pick up her food, and that they would not give her her medicine,” the complaint states.

“Ms. Richardson told Ayunna that several of the inmates were trying to help her out by going to get her tray for her, since she could hardly walk, but the jailers told them that they were ‘babying’ her, and moved Ms. Richardson to a different area in the jail, away from the inmates that were trying to help her.”

Jail staff refused to take Richardson to the hospital, despite her worsening condition, her daughter says.

On May 23, deputies took her mother to court and ignored her need for medical care until it was too late, London says.

“Ayunna headed to the St. Clair County Courthouse early that morning,” the complaint states. “She could not locate where court was being held. She saw deputy (or jailer) John Doe standing at the fire station, talking to a firefighter so she pulled into the station to ask where court was being held.

“When she pulled into the fire station, she saw her mother lying on the ground next to the police car with her legs extended under the police car.

“She asked them what had happened and her mother told her that she did not know, that she had just passed out. Ms. Richardson was sweating and struggling breathing.

“Ayunna had one of her mother’s asthma pumps in her car so she asked if her mother could sit in her car and get some air.

“Ayunna gave her mother the asthma pump but it was not working. Her mother’s breathing continued to get worse.”

London says the deputies still refused to take her mom to the hospital, and said would be locked up if she didn’t keep her court date.

“Ms. Richardson was unable to walk,” the complaint states. “Deputy (or jailer) Doe obtained an office chair from the courthouse and they used it to wheel Ms. Richardson to the courtroom.

This article originally appeared on : AlterNet

It's Time to Step Up and Help the Workers of Bangladesh

0

May 20, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

The Rana Plaza factory collapse in Bangladesh in April, the world’s worst garment industry catastrophe which killed over 1,000 people, has sparked intensive debate over who is to blame for the devastation.

Many have pointed the finger at global corporations’ failure to provide adequate fire and building safeguards for factory workers. Such controversy has resulted in pressure upon the major retailers to sign a legally binding agreement aimed to improve conditions in the country, which to date has the support of 19 corporations.

However, only one company, PVH — which owns brands including Tommy Hilfiger, Calvin Klein and Van Heusen — is American. The Gap and Walmart, two of the major producers in Bangladesh, continue to resist signing any agreement that is legally binding or enforceable. Instead, Walmart has said it will conduct its own investigations into its supplier factories.

The question that remains is what can we as consumers do to ensure that a tragedy of this magnitude does not happen again? Merely sitting back as bystanders and depending on the corporate moguls to solve a problem which has been proliferating over decades is not the answer.

As shoppers, we have an ability and opportunity to honor our values to promote the rights of workers and advocate for change in an effort to ensure that these types of disasters do not occur again. We can do this by joining and supporting a demonstration on May 21 in San Francisco at the Gap shareholder meeting to sign the Accord on Fire and Building Safety in Bangladesh.

Take Action, Be Vocal

According to Liana Foxvog of International Labor Rights Forum (ILRF), the most important thing that consumers can do is to get involved and provide a voice. “There are not many sources where workers rights are respected in the global garment industry so we are urging consumers to be more than just consumers and raise their voices,” she said.

Foxvog told AlterNet that it is vitally important that consumers pay attention to how companies are treating workers in Bangladesh and that global companies know that consumers will not accept unsafe practice or the repression of worker’s rights to unionize.

“Taking action is the most important step for consumers and this can be done either in the form of attending protests, writing letters to store managers and foreign companies and signing petitions,” she said.

A number of petitions calling for better working conditions in Bangladesh have been circulating since the April tragedy. The Gap “ death traps” is an example of a petition instigated by ILRF which has been gaining momentum across the US and calling on consumers to take action across the country.

Foxvog argues that it’s time for companies to make a change from the past to work together on programs in agreement with global and Bangladeshi unions in order to protect workers lives and ensure safety mechanisms are in place.

Selective Shopping

As consumers, we have the power to control where and how we spend our money. There are a number of consumer shopping guides that are available in order to search for union-made clothing shops.

While an outright boycott of the industry seems like an obvious and highly desirable option, unions and activists have expressed reluctance at taking such extreme measures.

As Muhammud Yanus, Bangladeshi Nobel Peace Prize winner explains, such actions would drastically affect the social and economic future of the Bangladeshi workers.

“We cannot allow this industry to be destroyed. Rather, we have to be united as a nation to strengthen it,” Yanus said.

This article originally appeared on : AlterNet

Horrifying New Trend: Posting Rapes to Facebook

0

Apple iPhone displays the Facebook app’s splash screen in Washington. A year after a nightmarish share offering, Facebook still has its ardent backers and detractors.

May 20, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

It’s yet another story of how social media can apparently become a tool for abuse – and evidence of it. But the lesson seems all wrong. In Chicago this weekend, prosecutors announced three teenaged boys will tried as adults for aggravated criminal sexual assault after allegedly raping a 12-year-old girl – and posting a video of the attack on Facebook.

Prosecutors say the girl went to the home of Scandale Fritz last December and, “after she declined his demands for sex, he raped and sodomized her,” and then “demanded the girl have sex with the other two boys” while he recorded it. Chillingly, prosecutors add that Fritz’s companion Kenneth Brown can be seen holding a gun in the video. After the incident, the girl filed a police report and was examined at a local hospital. Two days after the alleged assault, the video appeared on all three boys’ Facebook pages. Prosecutors say that Fritz has already provided “a handwritten statement to his involvement.”

This is just the latest in a demoralizing spate of stories involving sexual assault as porny entertainment. Last year, Jared Len Cruise was convicted of sexual assault in a brutal gang rape of an 11-year-old Texas girl – a crime that was recorded on a cell phone and circulated around the girl’s school. In April, 17-year-old Halifax student Rehtaeh Parsons committed suicide 18 months after allegedly being raped – and having a photo of the event distributed among her classmates. After her death, her mother wrote on her Facebook page, “Rehtaeh is gone today because of the four boys that thought that raping a 15-year-old girl was OK and t o distribute a photo to ruin her spirit and reputation would be fun.” Local authorities had found “insufficient evidence to proceed with charges,” despite the fact that the image alone would be considered child porn under Canada law.

And in Steubenville, Ohio — perhaps the most infamous example – Trent Mays and Ma’lik Richmond were convicted in March of raping a classmate and then sharing images from the night and “hundreds of text messages from more than a dozen cell phones.” It was a collection of gleeful, callous boasting that the judge later declared “profane and ugly.”

The Chicago story is still unfolding, but here’s what is known so far: It involves a young man, who prosecutors say admits to making a video, and a 12-year-old child. Yet again, it wasn’t enough to just do something awful. It had to be documented; it had to become a trophy to be shown off. In an interview with Business Insider last month, psychology professor and sexual violence expert Dr. Rebecca Campbell noted that, “Sexual assault is a crime of power and dominance. By distributing images of the rape through social media, it’s a way of asserting dominance and power to hurt the victim over and over again.”

It’s an act of brazen aggression, and one that says the victim’s experience is just a show to be shared. That it can also become a tool of justice, evidence of a crime, seems only now to be becoming more evident. Yet whether it makes any difference in stopping assault – or merely the covering up of it – remains to be seen. When he sentenced the Steubenville rapists earlier this year, Judge Thomas Lipps warned other teens to “to have discussions about how you talk to your friends, how you record things on the social media so prevalent today.” The lesson in all of it still doesn’t seem to be about rape. Rather, it’s not to get caught bragging about it.

This article originally appeared on : AlterNet

Market Buzz: Little news, little change

0

Russian floors opened mixed on Tuesday on a relatively neutral international outlook. Investors expect no big macroeconomic news on May 21, and stocks will likely see a continuation of yesterday’s lack of momentum.

Russian stocks climbed on
Monday, opening the week with growth in the banking sector, while
shares among oil firms fell. 

The MICEX added 0.4 percent to close at 1406.86, while RTS
advanced 0.8 percent to 1417.05 points. VTB and Sberbank were the
biggest gainers in the banking sector. Shares of Russian gas giant
Gazprom also grew, adding 0.7 percent. 

Other oil firms saw a minor selloff on Monday: Lukoil shares
dropped, along with Tatneft and Surgutneftegaz. E.On Russian also
fell on Monday following Friday’s climb, on news of upcoming
dividends that will include 100 percent of the company’s net
profit.

European stock markets opened the week with gains on Monday.
Automakers led the growth in Europe after Morgan Stanley revised
its estimate on the sector to ‘overweight’ from ‘equalweight.’ The
benchmark Stoxx Europe 600 index rose 0.3 percent to close at
309.77. The UK’s FTSE 100 jumped to its highest close since
September 2000, having advanced 0.5 percent to 6755.63. Germany’s
DAX added 0.7 percent to 8455.83, and France’s CAC-40 grew by 0.5
percent to close at 4022.85.

US stocks closed slightly lower on May 20 after a Federal
Reserve official hinted that the central bank will soon draw down
its $85-billion-a-month bond-buying stimulus program. Federal
Reserve Bank of Chicago President Charles Evans said earlier that
the stimulus program would continue until the labor market
demonstrates significant improvement. Later, however, he downplayed
his remarks.

The Dow Jones Industrial Average closed 0.12 percent lower to
15,336.05, while the broad-market S&P 500 index ended down 0.07
percent at 1,666.26. The Nasdaq Composite index also fell 0.07
percent to close at 3,496.43. 

Investors are eagerly anticipating Wednesday testimony by
Federal Reserve Chair Ben Bernanke on whether the US central bank
intends to end its stimulus program soon.

Asian stocks fell Tuesday. Japan’s Nikkei 225 index lost 0.1
percent to 15,341.85. Hong Kong’s Hang Seng declined 0.6 percent to
23,364.36. Australia’s S&P/ASX 200 lost 0.6 percent to
5,176.70. Indices in Mainland China were mixed. South Korea’s Kospi
dropped 0.1 percent to 1,979.93. Benchmarks in Singapore, Indonesia
and New Zealand fell, while the Philippines advanced. 

Oil is currently trading mixed, with Brent down 0.01 percent and
WTI adding a mere 0.05 percent.

This article originally appeared on : RT

‘Iran Navy ready to counter threats’

0

Iranâ„¢s Navy Commander Rear Admiral Habibollah Sayyari reiterates that the Islamic Republic is ready to counter any threats against the country.

Sayyari said on Monday that the Iranian naval forces were well capable of maintaining security in the region.

The Iranian commander also highlighted the readiness of Iranâ„¢s Navy in terms of its personnel and weaponry.

Sayyari also commented on the three Persian Gulf islands of Greater Tunb, Lesser Tunb, and Abu Musa, saying that the islands were an inseparable part of the Islamic Republic.

The islands have historically been part of Iran, proof of which can be found and corroborated by countless historical, legal, and geographical documents in Iran and other parts of the world. However, the United Arab Emirates has repeatedly laid claim to the islands.

Sayyari said the Iranian military would unveil a renovated destroyer to join the naval forces within weeks.

Over the past years, Iran has made important breakthroughs in its defense sector and attained self-sufficiency in producing important military equipment and systems.

The Islamic Republic has repeatedly assured other nations, especially its neighbors, that its military might poses no threat to other countries, insisting that its defense doctrine is based on deterrence.

YH/HSN

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Ex-Guatemala ruler conviction overturned

0

Guatemalaâ„¢s top court has overturned the genocide conviction of the countryâ„¢s former dictator Efrain Rios Montt, ordering his trial to restart.

The move came on Monday, about ten days after a three-judge panel convicted the 86-year-old of genocide and crimes against humanity, sentencing him to 80 years in prison.

The constitutional courtâ„¢s secretary Martin Guzman said that the trial needed to go back to where it stood on April 19 in order to resolve several appeal issues.

The sentencing earlier this month was hailed by many Guatemalans, as it was the first time a former Latin American ruler was convicted of such crimes.

According to the panel, Rios Montt failed to prevent the killings of some 1,771 Ixil Mayans during Guatemala’s civil war.

Over 200,000 Guatemalan people were killed in the Guatemalan Civil War of 1960 to 1996, which pitted the right-wing government of Guatemala against various leftist rebel groups, mainly backed by Mayan indigenous people.

Most of the victims of the war were indigenous people.

In September 2011, Judge Carol Patricia Flores accused Rios Montt of genocide but could not prosecute him because he had immunity from prosecution as a congressman.

SZH/HN

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Obama declares disaster in Oklahoma

0

The massive tornado near Oklahoma City has flattened hundreds of homes (file photo).

US President Barack Obama has declared a major disaster in the central state of Oklahoma after deadly twisters ripped through parts of the state, ordering for federal aid to complement local recovery measures.

A White House statement issued late Monday noted that the federal assistance may include grants for temporary housing, home repairs and other recovery efforts in areas of the state affected by tornados and severe storms since May 18, 2013.

It further noted that federal funding would also be available to state and Å“eligible local governments and certain private nonprofit organizations on a cost-sharing basis” for emergency work in affected districts.

A massive tornado has ripped through part of the Central US state of Oklahoma, near its Oklahoma City capital, killing 91 so far, including many elementary school children, and leaving a trail of devastation with winds of up to 200 miles (320 km) per hour.

The killer tornado struck the Oklahoma City suburb of Moore Monday afternoon, flattening homes, two schools and a hospital, leaving at least 120 injured with numerous people reported missing.

According to the National Weather Service, the dangerous storm system remains a threat to as many as 10 more US states as more twisters are expected to emerge from it.

Witnesses, meanwhile, said Mondayâ„¢s twister in Mooreâ„¢s seemed quite stronger than the massive tornado that tore through the region in May 1999, killing over 40 residents and demolishing thousands of homes. That tornado reportedly ranked as an EF5, which means that it had winds over 200 mph.

Monday’s storm has been described by the National Weather Service as the deadliest US tornado since the one that killed 161 people in Joplin, Missouri, just two years ago.

MFB/MFB

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

‘Israel forces fired at target in Syria’

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]The Israeli military says its troops have shot at a target inside Syria, after gunfire from Damascus hit the Israeli-occupied Golan Heights.

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

‘UK, US to blame for Iraq killings’

0

Britain and the US are responsible for the growing number of bombings in Iraq because of their sales of fake bomb detectors to the country, Secretary General of Iraqâ„¢s Abna Al Iraq coalition Abbas Al Mahmadawi says.

Al Mahmadawi said Iraqi security forces had no role in allowing the detectors in the country as British and American occupiers were in full charge of the security when the devices were sold to Iraq, Mehr News Agency reported Iraqi media as saying.

He added the export of fake detectors to his country is a clear evidence for the occupying countriesâ„¢ indirect involvement in the killing of Iraqis.

Some £55 million worth of fake bomb detectors were sold to Iraq by British businessman Jim McCormick at a price of up to £19,682 apiece, while it later emerged that they are bogus devices based on £30 golf ball finders.

McCormick has been given 10 years in prison by a British court over the fraud.

Prior to his sentencing the court heard evidence from British army officers that bomb explosion killing civilians in Iraq occurred after truck bombs and other explosives had passed through checkpoints manned by security officers using the fake detectors.

According to AFP, bombings in Iraq have killed more than 200 people in each of the first five months of 2013.

AMR/HE

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

IMF warns Saudi Arabia of inflation

0

The International Monetary Fund has warned Saudi Arabia of a possible inflation risk, urging the kingdom to take preemptive measures against the potential risk.

In a regular assessment of the oil-rich countryâ„¢s economic health, the IMF on Monday urged Riyadh to remain vigilant against future oil price uncertainty.

The kingdomâ„¢s overall growth is expected to be moderate partly because of a probable fall in oil output in 2013 compared to the year before.

This comes as the inflation in the country has risen to around 4 percent.

Å“If inflation were to pick up more than expected or evidence of supply bottlenecks were to emerge, then either macro-prudential policy would need to be adjusted or capital spending projects slowed,” the IMF said in a statement at the end of a staff mission to Saudi Arabia for the review.

The IMF also called on Riyadh to further develop Å“fiscal tools, including those dealing with oil price uncertainty.”

MR/HN

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Iran declares candidates list on May 22

0

Secretary of Iranâ„¢s Elections Headquarters and Deputy Interior Minister Seyyed Solat Mortazavi

Iranâ„¢s Elections Headquarters says the final list of candidates for the 11th presidential election of the Islamic Republic will be announced on May 22.

Secretary of Iranâ„¢s Elections Headquarters and Deputy Interior Minister Seyyed Solat Mortazavi said on Monday that the Interior Ministry would announce the names of the candidates on Wednesday, May 22.

Mortazavi added that Iranâ„¢s Guardian Council was to review the qualification of presidential hopefuls from May 12 to May 21.

The Guardian Council, a 12-member body, is tasked with vetting hopefuls for candidacy and confirming the election results.

A total of 686 hopefuls registered from May 7 to 11 for the presidential election.

Several of the hopefuls have dropped their bid for presidency over the past days. Iranâ„¢s former health minister Kamran Baqeri Lankarani, lawmaker Mohammad-Hassan Aboutorabi-Fard, former Foreign Ministry Spokesman Ramin Mehmanparast and Davoud Ahmadinejad, the older brother of Iranâ„¢s incumbent president, are among those hopefuls.

The Iranian deputy interior minister also stated that the formal election campaign would begin at 8:00 a.m. local time (0330 GMT) on May 24 and would continue for 20 days.

The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election.

The Iranian Constitution stipulates that presidential candidates must be religious or political figures, be Iranian by origin, have Iranian citizenship, have managerial skills, have no criminal record, be trustworthy and pious, and have firm belief in the fundamental principles of the Islamic Republic of Iran and the countryâ„¢s official religion.

MYA/HSN

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

‘US, Turkey, Israel made error about Syria’

0

Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu (R) greets US President Barack Obama at Israelâ„¢s Ben Gurion Airport on March 20.

An Israeli website has said in an article that the US, Turkey, and Israel had made “strategic errors” on their assessments of the situation in Syria.

Mossad-connected DEBKAfile wrote that “Strategic errors, which may turn out to be irreversible, because they emanated from faulty assessments shared by Israel and the Obama administration of the strengths on the Syrian battlefield.”

“To this day, the US, Israel and Turkey cling to the belief that Assad’s days are numbered and refuse to recognize the steady advances made by the Syrian army in its counter-offensive for dislodging the rebels from land they captured in more than two years of combat,” the article said.

DEBKAfile added that “the next stage of the Syrian war” would “evolve into a war of attrition against Israel waged from the Syrian Golan.”

“At all events, the Syrian civil conflict appears poised ready to spill over to one or more of its neighbors, starting with Israel,” it warned.

The article also acknowledged that the US and Israel had failed “to break up the Tehran-Damascus-Hezbollah alliance.”

The report came as Tel Aviv has recently boosted military activities in the occupied Golan Heights, where clashes between Syrian forces and foreign-sponsored militants have spiked dramatically in recent weeks.

The Israeli military also has carried out three airstrikes against Syria so far this year.

This is while, the Syrian army is advancing on the foreign-militants in several battlefields across Syria.

The army has restored security in al-Qusayr in the central province of Homs, after taking back control of 50 percent of the city from foreign-backed militants.

Fierce battles are still going on in the city as the Syrian army continues its operations there, while large numbers of militants abandon their weapons and flee the city.

The Syrian army entered the strategic city from every front on Sunday following weeks of battle.

The Syrian army says it has also found Israeli-made rockets in a weapons cache seized from militants in Homs province.

Unrest erupted in Syria over two years ago. Many people, including large numbers of Syrian soldiers and security personnel, have been killed in the violence.

The Syrian government says that the chaos in the country is being orchestrated from outside, and there are reports that a very large number of the militants are foreign nationals.

Syria’s President Bashar al-Assad said on May 18 that militants from 29 different countries were fighting against the government in different parts of the country.

DB/HN

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Real American Boy: How Our Byzantine Immigration System and Failed Economy May Have Made a Terrorist

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/real_american_boy_how_our_byzantine_immigration_system_and_failed_economy_m/

Posted on May 20, 2013

This article originally appeared on : TruthDig

Iran rejects reports on wrestling team

0

Mehdi Taqavi of Iran (L) and Kellen Russell of the US wrestle during an exhibition match at New Yorkâ„¢s Grand Central Terminal, May 15, 2013.

Iranâ„¢s Foreign Ministry has rejected reports that the Iranian national wrestling team was Ëœdeportedâ„¢ from the United States after exhibition matches in New York.

Iranian Foreign Ministry Spokesman Abbas Araqchi said on Monday that Iranâ„¢s national wrestling team officials had not accepted to travel to Los Angeles following the matches in New York in view of preventing any politicization of the matter.

Iranian freestyle wrestlers went to the US to participate in the exhibition matches as part of a joint campaign by Iran, Russia and the United States to save wrestlingâ„¢s status in the Olympic Games.

Iranâ„¢s Foreign Ministry spokesman said the Iranian national wrestling team took part in the matches in line with the initiative of the International Federation of Associated Wrestling Styles (FILA) to keep the sporting event in the Olympics.

In the first friendly competition, Iranian wrestlers beat the US team 6-1 at New Yorkâ„¢s Grand Central Terminal on May 15.

The Iranian Wrestling Federation said in a statement issued on May 17 that following Iranâ„¢s victory, USA Wrestling announced it would not accept any responsibility for the Iranian national teamâ„¢s tour of Los Angeles for a second friendly exhibition that had been scheduled to be held on May 19.

In February, the International Olympic Committee (IOC) recommended that wrestling be dropped from the 2020 Summer Olympics as part of a Å“process of renewing and renovating the program for the Olympics.” The IOC will vote on the recommendation in Argentina in September.

YH/HSN

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Revenge of the Bear: Russia Strikes Back in Syria

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/revenge_of_the_bear_russia_strikes_back_in_syria_20130521/

Posted on May 20, 2013

This article originally appeared on : TruthDig

The crisis of Venezuela’s “Bolivarian” revolution and the political independence of the working class

0

 

By
Bill Van Auken

21 May 2013

One month after its razor-close presidential election, Venezuela remains in a state of political crisis. The aftermath of the victory by Nicolas Maduro, the hand-picked successor of the late Hugo Chavez, who had led the country through 14 years of his self-proclaimed “Bolivarian Revolution,” has seen the right-wing opposition, with the backing of the Obama administration in Washington, relentlessly disputing the validity of the vote and the legitimacy of Maduro’s presidency.

These challenges, coming from a US ruling establishment that installed an un-elected president in 2000 by quashing the popular vote, and from the right-wing representatives of the Venezuelan capitalists, who sought–with Washington’s backing–to oust the elected Chavez government with a coup in 2002, are utterly cynical and reactionary.

While Maduro defeated his right-wing rival Henrique Capriles by just a few hundred thousand of the nearly 15 million ballots cast, the right has presented no valid evidence of vote fraud or a stolen election. Its early attempts to call masses into the streets against the supposedly rigged results produced only scattered protests–as well as a series of attacks by fascist gangs that left nine people dead and scores wounded.

At the same time, it is evident that the condemnations of the right by Maduro and the chavista movement and their charges of an attempted coup have produced no great popular mobilization in favor of the government either. This stands in stark contrast to the spontaneous popular outpouring in April 2002, which played a decisive role in defeating the genuine coup of that year.

The overriding question politically in the election results is how to account for the sharp shift in the vote from last October, when incumbent President Chavez beat the right’s candidate Capriles by a margin of 55 percent to 44 percent, to the April 14 vote, in which Maduro bested the same candidate by barely 1.7 percent.

This cannot be attributed merely to the death of Chavez and the failure of Maduro–who ran as the late president’s “son”–to exhibit the same kind of populist charisma as the deceased comandante .

Rather, under conditions in which the Venezuelan working class lacks its own independent mass party, mounting hostility toward the “Bolivarian” government among broad layers of workers and other sections of oppressed found its expression in an increased protest vote for the right.

The sources of this popular anger are by no means obscure. The highest inflation rate in Latin America along with a 46.5 percent currency devaluation last February have combined to slash workers’ real wages. Social services, including the popular social assistance Missions that served to redistribute some of Venezuela’s oil revenues to the most oppressed sections of the population, have deteriorated.

Meanwhile, there is increasing consciousness of corruption within the government and the ruling PSUV (Venezuelan United Socialist Party) and of the record profits of the financial aristocracy and the banks, which still control the commanding heights of the economy, 71 percent of which remains in private hands.

Among organized sections of the working class, there is increasing outrage over the criminalization of strikes and protests and the refusal of the government to negotiate long-expired contracts, as well as hatred for the officially connected bureaucrats who work to subordinate their interests to those of the ruling party.

Under these conditions, Maduro and other chavista leaders have denounced opponents of the government as “fascists” and supporters of imperialism, while courting the continued support of the Venezuelan capitalists and cementing profitable deals with foreign capital. There are reports that workers who failed to vote for Maduro are being threatened with the loss of their jobs in state-owned enterprises.

Sections of the Latin American and international “left” have responded in much the same fashion. Instead of drawing the lesson from the election results that the unpostponable task is the building of an independent revolutionary party of the working class in opposition to all sections of Venezuela’s capitalist ruling class–both chavista and right-wing–they demand unconditional support for the Venezuelan government and the subordination of the Venezuelan workers to Maduro’s leadership.

In essence, they blame the working class for strengthening the right and in response call on the state to carry out repression.

An example of this trend is to be found in the Brazilian group known as Movimento Negacao da Negacao (MNN).

In the wake of the Venezuelan elections, the MNN has posted two articles on its web site. The first, entitled “Class struggle in Venezuela: Growing conflict with imperialism,” places the entire blame for the steep fall in the chavista vote on a “dirty and systematic game played by imperialism to destabilize the government and influence the outcome of the election.”

It uncritically quotes Maduro’s charge that the systemic blackouts that have plagued Venezuela for years are the result of an “electricity war” and “sabotage” by unnamed opponents of the government, rather than the government’s failure to invest sufficient resources in upgrading an antiquated infrastructure, under conditions in which wealth has been siphoned off to pay generous compensation to the former owners of nationalized industries and to boost the profits of Venezuelan and foreign banks.

The response of the new Maduro government has been to place the electrical industry under the supervision of the country’s military. At the same time the latest “mission” announced by Maduro bears the title “Homeland Security” and will mobilize regular army and national guard troops to carry out domestic policing.

For the MNN, such measures are to be welcomed. It praised Maduro’s banning of demonstrations in Caracas, affirming that otherwise “possible new conflicts would have opened up a spiral of instability with incalculable results.” In other words, it places its confidence in the repressive forces of the state, not in the independent strength of the working class.

The article goes on to justify “a policy of tactical unity with the Maduro government” with the arguments that “Maduro himself comes from the working class and the trade union movement” and “for the first time in the history of chavismo, a worker is taking control of the armed forces, marking a new stage.”

For an organization based in Brazil that calls itself socialist and revolutionary to make such a statement is indicative of the profound political disorientation and opportunism of the petty-bourgeois left in Latin America. After all, from 2003 to 2011, Brazil also had a president who came “from the working class and the trade union movement.” Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva presided over the record growth of Brazilian capital and the profits extracted from the labor of Brazilian workers, while leaving untouched a military that had exercised two decades of dictatorship.

The suggestion that the answer to a threat from imperialism and the Venezuelan right is to rally around the “working class” president and the military he “controls” is politically misguided to say the least.

It is the Venezuelan military–from which the former paratrooper colonel Hugo Chavez came–that exercises decisive control over the government and staffs a large share of its political posts. If a coup is to come, it will be from within this political pillar of chavismo, with the emergence of a Venezuelan Pinochet from among the “Bolivarian” officer corps. The line promoted by the MNN serves to politically disarm the Venezuelan working class in the face of such a threat.

The political reality is that Venezuelan workers can rely only on their own independent strength to defend social gains won over the past period and to defeat the threat of a right-wing coup. To the extent that they remain politically shackled to the ruling PSUV and the Maduro government, they will be powerless to do either.

The MNN’s article adopts a notably provocative tone on this score. After making its case for a “front with Maduro,” i.e., a popular front between the working class and a bourgeois government, it goes on to denounce anyone opposing such a front.

It condemns as “purists” those who chose not to “‘dirty their hands by calling for a vote for Maduro and defended the casting of blank ballots in April. This was a position taken even by most so-called ‘Trotskyists’ who work in Venezuela. In practice, they served as a tool for Capriles and his coup supporters.”

Here one has resurrected the language of Stalinism during the Popular Front period, when Trotskyists and others who fought for the political independence of the working class were denounced as fascists and agents of imperialism.

In its second article, the MNN takes as good coin Maduro’s rhetoric in his inauguration speech about achieving socialism in Venezuela. In the same speech he recounted how he had “extended his hand” to Venezuelan capitalists. He also announced that his government was working on special economic zones, allowing that he found the example of China’s Guangdong province, a massive center of super-exploitation of Chinese labor by foreign capital, “very interesting.”

The article goes on to equate community councils ( consejos comunales ) and workers councils ( consejos de trabajadores ), created by the Venezuelan government to cement its political control in the poor neighborhoods and suppress worker militancy in the state-owned enterprises, with the workers councils advocated by Marx as independent organizations for the mobilization of the working class to take power. Based on this false premise, it raises the prospect that Maduro will expropriate all capitalist enterprises, destroy the existing state and govern on the basis of these councils.

There is nothing new here. It is just the recycling of similar illusions promoted by petty-bourgeois left and Pabloite revisionist tendencies in Latin America and internationally in bourgeois nationalist trends ranging from Peronism in Argentina, the FLN in Algeria and Castroism in Cuba. All of these elements reject the independent revolutionary role of the working class and search for a comandante to lead the revolution.

Whatever illusions the MNN has in Maduro carrying out a socialist revolution, they are not shared by the Brazilian bourgeoisie. Brasilia was among the first foreign stops for Maduro after the election, and he received a warm state welcome from the government of President Dilma Rousseff. The visit saw the negotiation of new multibillion-dollar contracts with the Brazilian conglomerate Odebrecht and other sections of Brazilian capital, which sees the Venezuelan market as strategically vital.

What is striking about the MNN’s position on Venezuela is the about-face the organization has executed. As recently as 2009, the same group was writing that the “so-called Bolivarian revolution” was “a farce, a true Bonapartist and authoritarian state that is taking large steps toward a fascist regime.”

What has changed in the intervening four years? The protracted crisis of world capitalism and the growth of class struggle internationally has had a definite impact on a whole layer of political organizations that proclaim themselves to be left, socialist and even Trotskyist.

To the extent that such a tendency bases itself on calculations of an entirely nationalist and tactical character, rather than the strategic experiences of the international Trotskyist movement over the course of the 20th century and of the International Committee of the Fourth International over the last 60 years, it inevitably comes under immense class pressures and is condemned to commit political errors and betrayals.

The terrible political price to be paid for such an orientation is the shifting of their political line into alignment with the needs of their “own” ruling classes. That is the danger evident in the evolution of the MNN’s perspective on Venezuela.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on : World Socialist Web Site

Guatemala’s US-backed dictator Rios Montt convicted of genocide

0

 

By
Rafael Azul

21 May 2013

José Efraín Rios Montt, the general who ruled Guatemala during the dirty war of 1982 and 1983, was sentenced on May 10 to 80 years in prison–50 for genocide and 30 for crimes against humanity. The court found him guilty in the killing of 1,771 Mayan natives in the Department of Quiché–a fraction of all those that died during his term in office. The trial determined that the victims were brutally murdered in 15 separate bloodbaths.

The general had taken power in March 1982 as a result of a military coup that overthrew president Romeo Lucas, another ex-army general. Seventeen months later, Rios Montt himself was overthrown and replaced by his own defense minister, General Óscar Mejía Víctores, who in turn continued the same murderous policies and has been implicated in at least 11 massacres of rural villages.

Montt’s co-defendant, his military intelligence chief José Mauricio Ródriguez Sánchez, was acquitted of all charges. The court accepted the dubious argument that the latter had not been part of the military chain of command that connected Rios Montt and his commanders in the field.

The trial proceedings began in February of this year. In April, a judged blocked further prosecution on procedural grounds raised by the defense. The trial reopened at the end of that month following a ruling by the Constitutional Court that none of the objections necessitated suspension of the trial.

In her May 10 ruling, presiding judge Jázmin Barrios determined that all of the destroyed towns were agricultural villages that had not participated in the guerrilla war. “The trial proved that the Ixil population was singled out for assassination, massacre, torture, degrading treatment, forced movements, and transference of children from one group to another. We, who sit in judgment today, are totally convinced,” she said, “that the intention was the physical destruction of the Ixil group.”

Barrios then ordered court security officers to detain Rios Montt. The aging dictator was escorted to a waiting police vehicle that took him to jail. Before leaving, Ríos Montt announced that he would appeal the verdict and denounced the trial as an “international farce.”

Following the sentencing, Judge Barrios declared: “We observed that witnesses that told of everything that happened in their communities, and how their family members demand that justice be done and that what happened will not be repeated. This is very much linked to the victims’ right to the truth, to justice and that the events will not re-occur. For that reason we will convene a hearing on May 13, to make a decision on reparations for the victims.” Ríos Montt, 86, collapsed at the reparations hearing.

The trial has also uncovered the complicity of the current Guatemalan president, retired general Otto Pérez Molina, who seems to have participated in at least one of the mass killings at the Ixtil community of Najab in September 1982. He was identified during the course of this trial by one of the witnesses, Hugo Reyes, an army mechanic. According to Reyes, Pérez Molina was then known as Major Tito Arias.

According to Cármen Ibarra of the Justice Movement, one of the plaintiff organizations, the Public Ministry has decided to continue the investigation, beginning with president Pérez.

Pérez denies that any genocide ever took place, and claims that Reyes mistakenly placed him at the scene of that massacre. He did confirm that he had operated in Ixil territory under a false name during this period.

Ibarra pointed out that there was widespread complicity with this genocide that extends beyond the actual perpetrators, and includes those sectors in the oligarchy and ruling class that supported the dirty war.

The killings in the early 1980s were only one episode in a protracted civil war. This war, which a 1999 United Nations Truth Commission euphemistically described as an “internal conflict,” began in 1960, but its roots are in the democratic Revolution of 1944, the agrarian reform of 1952 and the CIA coup of 1954. That US operation overthrew the democratically elected government of Jacobo Arbenz and reversed the distribution of lands, leaving untouched banana plantations owned by United Fruit Company and preserving the feudal enslavement of agriculture workers and small farmers.

By the time the decades of civil war ended in 1996, over 250,000 had been killed, 45,000 had been kidnapped and never accounted for, and over 1.5 million had been turned into refugees. Eighty-three percent of the dead were Mayans. The other 17 percent were Ladinos (people of mixed Indian and European ancestry.) Six hundred sixty-seven massacres and the total destruction of 443 villages have been documented.

The eradication of villages considered friendly to the guerrillas of the Guerrilla Army of the Poor ( Ejercito Guerrillero de los Pobres, EGP) had begun before Rios’ term and continued after his removal from power. Carrying out this one-sided civil war were officers trained at the notorious Pentagon-run torture and terror institution, the School of the Americas (SOA). The list of commanders involved in this one-sided civil war on rural communities reads like a “who’s who” of SOA graduates. Included in this list are both Rios Montt and current president Perez Molina.

Of particular concern to the Guatemalan military were the villages located in the Ixtil triangle–an area defined by the cities of Santa María Nebaj, San Gaspar Chajul and San Juan Cotzal in the highlands of northwestern Guatemala. Towns in that region were occupied by the military. Its inhabitants were forced to form so-called self-defense anti-guerrilla units.

Their subsistence economies were destroyed and those towns that collaborated became entirely dependent on government handouts, managed by the ultra right-wing, rabidly anti-communist US Protestants (the policy of beans and bullets.) Those farming communities and towns that resisted were exterminated. Villages whose inhabitants fled before the troops arrived were considered rebel supporters and destroyed.

The Rios Montt reign was the bloodiest of all the years of civil war, with 70,000 deaths taking place during those years. Operación Sofía, one of the first campaigns of his regime, was based in the counterinsurgency operations developed in Vietnam by the United States in the 1960s and 1970s. The object of the operation there was to “neutralize” civilian support for the Viet Cong through brutality, rapes and killings, including murdering everyone in a village. The massacre at My Lai in 1968, an infamous event that defined the character of US intervention in Vietnam, became the model to follow.

Typical of the Guatemalan government’s repression was the destruction of Dos Erres, a Ladino village, whose men refused to form self-defense squads.

On December 5 and 6, 1982, the military invaded the town and methodically began to kill everyone; women and girls were raped en masse before being killed. Children had their heads bashed against rocks and trees and then were thrown into a dry well in the middle of town, and their parents were executed with sledgehammer blows to the head and thrown in the same well. In all, 200 people were brutally murdered. Many years later, forensic scientists would discover and attempt to identify 167 bodies from the dry well alone.

On December 5, as troops were entering Dos Erres to begin their bloody work, US President Ronald Reagan was meeting and celebrating the Guatemalan tyrant. Ríos Montt, was “a man of great personal integrity,” commented Reagan, “totally dedicated to democracy.”

The US president’s rhetoric fooled no one even vaguely familiar with the interests of US imperialism across Central America, where Guatemala was an important component, or with Reagan’s support for Chile’s Pinochet and for the dictatorships in Brazil, Uruguay and Argentina.

Then, as now, feudal-like social relations dominated Guatemala; impoverished peasant villages were forced to labor in coffee, sugar and banana plantations in slave-like conditions. Giant estates controlled 60 percent of the land–the best land. Alongside these existed mini-states, whose owners imposed a life of extreme misery on those forced to labor in the plantations.

The state and the army, which served, as it does now, as the private security force of the oligarchs, enforced this system. At the summit of this setup was US imperialism, which defended the interests of US corporations, mainly the United Fruit Company in this period. Any support for a more equitable distribution of land had to be extirpated.

President Rios Montt, speaking to a reporter about the ongoing massacres, made the analogy of parents punishing their children for disobeying their instructions. This bizarre comparison reflected, and still reflects, the ultra-reactionary views of the landlord class backed by Washington.

At Rios Montt’s trial, judges heard from over 150 witnesses, including more than 80 survivors. They described brutal acts of military terror against innocent civilians and their families, including people being forced into homes that were then set on fire. Some of the witnesses who had been children during the massacres lost their entire families.

The trial and sentence are not final. Rios Montt counts on support from both the national bourgeoisie and the oligarchy of landlords. Since the verdict of May 12, over 100 petitions have been sent to the court on Rios Montt’s behalf, demanding that the court reverse itself.

In response to this kind of support for Rios Montt from bourgeois and oligarchical elements, the Victims’ Network ( Red de Organizaciones de Víctimas, ROV, an alliance of victims’ organizations and other human rights groups from across Guatemala) demanded on Friday that the courts not turn away from the verdict and sentence. An ROV press release warned civil rights organizations and defenders of democracy against the aggressive and threatening stance taken by supporters of Ríos Montt. These supporters include current government officials.

It is remarkable that it took 30 years for a trial court to formally, albeit partially, recognize the crimes of the Guatemalan military. The court verdict and sentence confirms what the whole world has known since the 1980s: in the name of anti-communism and “national security,” the Rios Montt government and the military in Guatemala carried out a deliberate policy designed to deprive the guerrilla army of a popular base through the brutal suppression and extermination of thousands of Ixil and others in northern Guatemala.

This was not a case of clandestine jails or death flights under the cover of darkness that provided a cover of deniability to military regimes elsewhere; the massacres and terror were carried out openly and in full view of international public opinion.

It is also an open secret that the Rios Montt’s regime was part of a string of puppet dictatorships, military and civilian, that carried out policies dictated by the US government, in this case, the administration of Ronald Reagan. With the overthrow of the Somoza dictatorship and the installation of a Sandinista government in neighboring Nicaragua, the bloodbaths multiplied.

In the context of the Cold War, the Guatemalan military repressed democratic and social rights that had been won in bitter struggles, targeting rural and urban workers, the poor and their supporters, even liberation theologists of the Catholic Church, and liberal parties.

It was the US government that trained Ríos Montt and his commanders. It was Washington that directly and indirectly armed the regime and whitewashed the military’s crimes. The policies of the Guatemalan military, including its campaign of extermination of the Ixtil Mayans, were vetted and supported by Washington. They were a part of a continent-wide counter-insurgency campaign designed to destroy and atomize the urban and rural working classes.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on : World Socialist Web Site

It’s News, Not Espionage

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/its_news_not_espionage_20130521/

Posted on May 20, 2013

This article originally appeared on : TruthDig

Obama to college graduates: “No room for excuses”

0

 

By
Andre Damon

21 May 2013

US President Barack Obama delivered the commencement address Sunday at Morehouse College, an all-male historically black college that was the alma mater of Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. Obama’s message was simple: young people, particularly African Americans, facing unemployment, skyrocketing student debt, and falling wages have no “room for excuses.”

“One of the things that all of you have learned over the last four years is there’s no longer any room for excuses,” Obama said. “In today’s hyperconnected, hypercompetitive world, with millions of young people from China and India and Brazil–many of whom started with a whole lot less than all of you did–all of them entering the global workforce alongside you, nobody is going to give you anything that you have not earned.”

This comes from an administration that bailed out major US banks to the tune of hundreds of billions of dollars, with the Federal Reserve handing Wall Street $85 billion every month. Obama has presided over one of the greatest upwards redistributions of wealth in human history, yet insists that no one gets anything they have not “earned.”

Giving expression to his own personal sentiments, in a “tough love” passage Obama declared, “Nobody cares how tough your upbringing was. Nobody cares if you suffered some discrimination.” Whatever the troubles facing young people, the situation today “pales in comparison to the hardship previous generations endured–and they overcame them.” For good measure, the president assured the assembled graduates that they were entering an “improving job market.”

Obama made these remarks as nearly 25 million people in the country are either unemployed or underemployed. Graduates are burdened under a mountain of debt, even as wages for young adults are falling faster than any other part of the population, down by 6 percent in the past four years. The Obama administration’s government-sponsored restructuring of the auto industry set the tone, with wages of new-hires be slashed in half.

For African-Americans, 37.4 percent lived below the official poverty line in 2010, and the official unemployment rate is 13.2 percent–with the official figures vastly underestimating the scale of the jobs crisis. Over one million African-Americans are in jail, and nearly one in ten are behind bars or are being monitored on parole.

Obama, proposing nothing to address this crisis, resorts to blaming those who suffer from this social catastrophe. “If you stay hungry, if you keep hustling, if you keep on your grind and get other folks to do the same–nobody can stop you,” the president intoned. All the social ills are, presumably, a consequence of a failure to “hustle” sufficiently.

Obama inadvertently revealed the real conditions of life for working people when he recounted the life story of one of the students in the audience, Frederick Anderson, who “started his college career in Ohio, only to find out that his high school sweetheart back in Georgia was pregnant. So he came back and enrolled in Morehouse to be closer to her. Pretty soon, helping raise a newborn and working night shifts became too much, so he started taking business classes at a technical college instead–doing everything from delivering newspapers to buffing hospital floors to support his family.”

“And then he enrolled at Morehouse a second time,” Obama continued. “But even with a job, he couldn’t keep up with the cost of tuition. So after getting his degree from that technical school, this father of three decided to come back to Morehouse for a third time.”

That a young person should be unable to afford a decent education and work nights at low-wage jobs just to support a family is seen by the multi-millionaire Obama not only acceptable, but as the ideal.

In his remarks, Obama sought to present himself as an archetype of the African-American working class experience, claiming that he owed his wealth and success entirely to hard work. “I might have been in prison. I might have been unemployed. I might not have been able to support a family,” he said. “And that motivates me.”

In fact, Obama was from very early on coddled by powerful social forces. A ruthless representative of the banks and the state apparatus, Obama personifies the way in which identity politics has been used to develop a highly privileged section of the black population, which has seen a fantastic increase in its wealth even as conditions for the vast majority of the working class of all races have been driven relentlessly backward.

Alluding to this history, Obama told his audience, “Your generation is uniquely poised for success unlike any generation of African Americans that came before it. Over the last 50 years… new doors of opportunity have swung open, and laws and hearts and minds have been changed to the point where someone who looks just like you can somehow come to serve as President of these United States of America.”

The ruling class responded to the mass social struggles during the civil rights period, and the urban uprisings of the late 1960s and early 1970s, by cultivating a layer of black corporate executives, black professionals, black politicians. As Obama spoke, an African-American emergency manager, Kevyn Orr, is, with the support of the federal government and both political parties, carrying out a ruthless assault on the predominantly African-American population of Detroit in order to pay off the city’s wealthy bondholders.

Obama’s remarks echoed a similar speech by Michelle Obama on Saturday, in which the first lady told a graduating class of high school seniors in Tennessee–where wages are among the lowest of any state in the country–that, “When something doesn’t go your way, you’ve just got to adjust.”

“You’ve got to dig deep and work like crazy, and that’s when you’ll find out what you’re really made of during those hard times,” she said. “Oprah was demoted from her first job as a news anchor. Now she doesn’t even need a last name.”

Prior to becoming the first lady, Michelle Obama served as the University of Chicago Hospital’s executive director for community affairs, making a $273,618 annual salary, in addition to her income from sitting on the board of directors of a major Walmart supplier.

It is altogether telling of the social outlook of Michelle Obama that, to the tens of millions of young working class people looking for a way out of poverty and joblessness, she replies, as it were, “let them become Oprah.”



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on : World Socialist Web Site

Employers to offer bare-bones coverage under health care law

0

 

By
Kate Randall

21 May 2013

US employers will be able to largely avoid penalties under the Obama-backed health care legislation, while offering very limited plans to their workforces. An article in Monday’s Wall Street Journal notes that these bare-bones plans may lack key benefits such as hospital coverage.

In the run-up to full implementation of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (ACA), the Journal reports, a crop of benefits advisers and insurance brokers is sprouting up to pitch these low-benefit plans to employers. While these plans would cover minimal requirements such a preventive services, some would provide no coverage for surgery, X-rays or prenatal case. Others might charge fees for additional service, such as $100 a day for a hospital visit.

Details of these “skinny” plans are the latest confirmation that the Obama health-care overhaul is tailored to the profit interests of big business and the private insurance industry. The Obama administration’s claim that the ACA will extend decent-quality, affordable health care to millions of those currently uninsured is increasingly being exposed as a fraud. In fact, despite President Obama’s repeated assurances that “if you like your plan, you can keep it,” companies are looking for ways to hack away at provisions of existing coverage for their employees.

Government officials admit that these bare-bones plans appear to qualify as acceptable minimum coverage under the health care law. Companies offering these substandard plans would dodge $2,000 per worker penalties for not offering health coverage. Although they might face other penalties if employees opt-out of the plans and choose to purchase subsidized coverage on the insurance exchanges, these fines would be far less costly.

The ACA requires employers with 50 or more workers to offer health care coverage or face penalties. The Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) has promoted the perception that these plans would be mandated to cover benefits such as mental health treatment, hospitalizations and other vital services.

However, the Journal points to a largely undetected loophole in the rules indicating that such mandates only apply to plans sponsored by insurers that are sold to small businesses and individuals. These cover only about 30 million of the 160 million people with private insurance. This leaves 130 million people–more than 40 percent of the US population–with private insurance that is not governed by these coverage mandates.

In general, larger employers, those with more than 50 workers, will only be required to cover preventive services without a lifetime or annual cost limit. Such low-benefit plans would constitute “health coverage” in name only. They might cost employers as little as $40 to $100 a month per employee–all while avoiding the ACA’s penalties for not providing coverage.

Government health officials responded cynically to the news that employers would seize on these business-friendly loopholes in the health care law. “We wouldn’t have anticipated that there’d be demand for these types of band-aid plans in 2014,” Robert Kocher, a former White House health adviser, told the Journal. “Our expectation was that employers would offer high quality insurance.” But why should they, when these workarounds were included in the legislation for the precise purpose of boosting the profits of big business at the expense of health care services for millions of ordinary Americans?

The Obama administration bent over backwards to accommodate both private insurers and corporations in the course of the debate over the health care overhaul. In the phase-in period of the legislation, companies employing about 4 million workers sought and won the approval of federal health officials for waivers to offer their workers cut-rate insurance coverage. These so-called mini-med plans offered by McDonald’s and other employers have maximum annual benefits as low as $2,000. (See “White House sanctions employers’ cut-rate health plans”)

With waivers running out, employers in retail, restaurant and other low-wage sectors are devising strategies to move their workers from these mini-meds to other bargain-basement heath care coverage. Bill Miller Bar-B-Q, a San Antonio, Texas-based chain employing 4,200 workers, plans to replace its mini-med this July with a plan priced at about $50 a month per employee. This plan will only cover preventive services, six doctors’ visits a year, generic drugs, and X-rays and tests to be performed exclusively at a local urgent care chain. Surgeries and hospitalizations will not be covered.

Workers offered these cut-rate plans would have the option of purchasing coverage on the health care exchanges, in which case the employer would pay a $3,000 annual penalty for each worker that receives an exchange-plan subsidy. However, employers are anticipating that few workers will take that route, because workers on poverty wages would be unable to pay for this insurance, even with the aid of subsidies.

According to the Kaiser Family Foundation, after subsidies, a full-time worker earning $9 an hour would have to pay as much as $70 a month for a midlevel exchange plan. In fact, many workers have been unable to purchase even the mini-med coverage under the waivers granted their employers. At McDonald’s, a worker needs to contribute $13.99 a week―more than $700 a year―out of his or her already low weekly paycheck for substandard coverage, with maximum annual benefits as low as $2,000.

Employers are banking on significant numbers of workers opting out of insurance altogether and paying the fine for not being insured. At Bill Miller Bar-B-Q, only a quarter of the workers eligible for the mini-med plan have signed up for it. Barbara Miller, the chain’s controller, told the Journal, “We really feel like the people who are not taking it now will not take it then.” These workers will pay a fine–an estimated $95 the first year for an individual–for the privilege of having no health insurance whatsoever.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on : World Socialist Web Site

Bangladeshi police attack garment workers’ protest

0

 

By
K. Ratnayake

21 May 2013

Police fired rubber bullets on tens of thousands of protesting Bangladeshi garment workers in the Ashulia industrial belt near Dhaka yesterday, injuring at least fifty.

Workers were protesting to demand higher wages and safe working conditions. They were also demanding the death penalty for the owner of the Rana Plaza clothing factory that collapsed on April 24, killing 1,127 garment workers, according to official figures.

Police sources said 20,000 workers joined the protest yesterday, blocking the main highway in Ashulia. Ashulia is the hub of Bangladesh’s garment industry, where 300 factories are located, producing thirty percent of the country’s garment exports.

Workers are demanding a $US100 monthly basic wage. They now receive a paltry monthly wage of $37, the world’s lowest pay for garment workers.

Ashulia workers have continuously mounted protests since the collapse of the Rana Plaza building in the nearby Savar area. Workers organised demonstrations demanding pay hikes, benefits and workplace security.

Though permission had only been granted to build a five-storey building, the Rana Plaza owner illegally added three more floors. Five factories were located in the building. Though cracks were appearing on the walls on the previous day, the building owner insisted it was safe and factory owners compelled workers to go to production lines. Beyond the huge death toll, over 2,000 workers have been maimed for life from this disaster.

Terrible working conditions are not limited to Rana Plaza but are rampant in all garment factories. Despite the Rana Plaza factory collapse, US-based apparel maker VF Corp. confirmed that work is continuing at Liz Apparels, one of its Bangladeshi suppliers, even though a May 12 factory inspection found cracks in the Liz Apparel building. Liz Apparel makes Wrangler shirts for VF, whose brands include North Face, Timberland, and Nautica.

After a four-day shutdown starting Monday of last week, garment factories reopened on Friday. Factory management told workers they would be paid for Friday work because it was holiday but that they would not be paid for other days on the basis of “no work no pay.” This further angered the workers.

Prior to opening the factories, the owners and ministers including Labour and Employment Minister Rajiudin Ahmed and union leaders met and discussed how to control the workers. Bangladesh Garment Manufacturers and Exporters Association (BGMEA) president Atiqul Islam said, “The government assured us of all assistance of maintaining law and order in the factories.”

After the disaster, Bangladeshi Prime Minister Sheikh Hasina and other government leaders feigned sympathy towards the workers. However, by deploying the police to crack down on protests yesterday, the government has shown that it will seek to ruthlessly suppress opposition among workers.

The deaths in to the building collapse have exposed the super-exploitation of the working class in the Bangladesh garment industry. Only six months before, in November, a fire at the Tazreen factory burned 112 workers to death.

The chief responsibility for poverty wages, unsafe conditions and suppression of democratic rights lies with the western clothing retail transnationals. In the face of growing militancy among workers, the retailers’ main concern is how to maintain Bangladesh as a cheap labour platform. They are extracting 60 to 80 percent profit margins from the garment trade, demanding that Bangladeshi factory owners and businesses keep wages at rock-bottom levels.

After the exposure of the disastrous conditions that they have played the key role in creating, the retail giants are moving into damage control mode.

The international trade unions have come forward to support them. The Swiss based UNI Global Union, the IndustriALL Union and several NGOs took an initiative with German officials to discuss a fire and building safety accord with European retail giants such as Carrefour, Benetton, Marks & Spencer, PVH and Calvin Klein. They are promising to spend a paltry sum of US$60 million over the next five years to improve factory conditions. They have also agreed to make periodic inspections of safety conditions.

Walmart, the world’s biggest retailer company, Gap and several other US companies have opposed even this completely inadequate agreement, saying that if they signed such an agreement, they would be vulnerable to legal action.

Some companies are also seeking to shift production to other locations, leaving Bangladesh so as to escape scrutiny of the deadly sweatshop conditions upon which they rely. In an interview with the Financial Times, Karl Johan Persson, the CEO of the Hennes & Mauritz (H&M), said that the company is looking for locations in Central and South America or in Africa.

The Hasina government faces a massive political crisis as working class opposition deepens. It is desperately trying to deflect discontent among workers and maintain cheap labour conditions. About 3.7 million workers, mostly young women, work in garment factories. Bangladesh has become the world’s second biggest garment manufacturer after China, deriving 80 percent of its export income from garment exports.

The Hasina government and the BGMEA are terrified that workers’ unrest could result in the cancellation of orders or in retailers withdrawing from Bangladesh.

Last week, in an attempt to buy time, the Bangladeshi government announced the formation of a panel to make recommendations on salary increases for workers. The workers were told to wait until this committee made its proposals.

It also proposed possible changes to labour laws, such as allowing the formation of trade unions. Allowing trade unions in the garment sector would be a shift of government policy, reflecting the view that unions will help control workers and to keep low wage conditions in line with the requirements of garment manufacturers and retailers. In Bangladesh as in every country, the ruling elite is well aware of the trade unions’ role in thwarting working class struggles.

Retailers, manufacturers, and the Bangladeshi government’s main concern is the unrest building up inside the working class. The New York Times commented, “Garment manufacturing makes up a fifth of the economy in Bangladesh and four-fifths of its exports, which means that one of the world’s poorest, most densely populated countries is desperately dependent on continued export orders to stave off soaring unemployment and possibly further political unrest.”



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on : World Socialist Web Site

UK ratifies Croatia EU accession treaty

0

Britain has given the greenlight to Croatia to join the European Union after years of intensive talks by ratifying the countryâ„¢s accession treaty to the bloc.

British Foreign Office said London has sent the ratification documents to the Italian governmentâ„¢s depositary authority for the Treaty of Rome.

The ratification, ahead of Croatian President Ivo Josipovic’s visit to Britain later this week, means Croatia will become the 28th EU members from July 1, 2013 if other EU members also deposit their ratification documents with the Italian authority before that date.

Å“The final step was taken this morning by our Ambassador in Rome who deposited the Instrument of Ratification with the Italian government. The UK now looks forward to welcoming Croatia as the 28th EU Member State on 1 July 2013,” British Foreign Secretary William Hague said.

Croatia began its EU accession talks in October 2005 and finished accession negotiations on June 30, 2011.

All 27 EU members states are expected to conclude their ratification of Croatiaâ„¢s accession by eh end of June paving the way for the country to join the EU on July 1.

AMR/HE

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Death toll in US tornado climbs to 91

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Authorities in the tornado-hit state of Oklahoma in central United States have confirmed 40 more deaths in the aftermath of the massive twister, bringing the official death toll to 91.

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

‘Israel army forces fired at Syria targets’

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]The Israeli army has said its troops in Golan Heights have fired at targets inside Syria.

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Workers Struggles: The Americas

0

 

21 May 2013
Latin America

Brazilian dockworkers strike over privatization legislation

Stevedores at the southern Brazilian ports of Santos, Rio de Janeiro and Paranaguá held a “flash strike” at noon on May 14 to protest grain terminal privatization legislation being debated in the national Senate after passage by the lower house of Congress. The strike took place in the midst of a backlog of soybeans, grain and corn waiting for export, with over 200 vessels awaiting loading. Container traffic, however, was the most affected by the action.

The proposed legislation had been promoted by the Rousseff administration as a means of modernizing the port, increasing private investment and easing bottlenecks and delays. The bill would also ease regulations for the construction of private terminals, which would mostly take place in the north.

According to a report in DTN/Progressive Farmer, “President Dilma Rousseff optimistically predicted they would trigger a $25 billion spending spree on ports.”

The stevedores fear that the legislation would affect their job security and labor rights. The main provision opposed by the dockworkers’ union would take the power to pick workers at private terminals out of the unions’ hands.

Union officials expressed hopes that the strikes would spread to other ports along the northern coast, but they did not. The strikes ended by May 16. On the night of May 17, the Senate approved the bill.

Mexican credit union workers strike over salary, benefit issues

Workers for Mexico’s Caja de Ahorros de Telefonistas de Telmex (Telmex Telephone Operators’ Credit Union) struck on May 16 over lack of progress in salary and benefit talks between the credit union’s administration and union representatives.

The credit union board offered a “last and definitive” raise of 4.2 percent in salary and 1.5 percent in benefits in addition to a productivity bonus. The union is calling for a 7 percent salary hike and improvements in working conditions and benefits.

Four-day strike by Mexican hospital workers

At least 50 doctors and nurses at the Aurelio Valdeviso civil hospital in Oaxaca City, Oaxaca walked out on May 13. The strike was called over a number of demands submitted to the state government, including the provision of more medications and supplies, infrastructure improvements and better salaries and benefits.

Nurses, doctors and auxiliary workers bearing banners and handwritten signs demonstrated in front of the hospital, calling on the state governor, Gabino Cué, to address the problems. As is customary with hospital strikes, emergency and hospitalization services remained in operation.

“It bears pointing out that Hospital Civil employees have shown that many times the equipment is damaged either by the high load of use or the lack of capacity and care for their operation,” reported e-oaxaca.com. Alfonso Echeverría, head of Subsection 07 of Section 35 of the National Health Secretariat Workers Union (SNTSS), complained to reporters that for over a year the union has been raising with both the federal and state governments issues like overcrowding, lack of critical medications for diabetics and the terminally ill, lack of detergent and torn sheets and towels.

Hospital director Miguel Ángel Colmenares claimed that the situation was not as dire as claimed and that increased funds for the hospital would be in the next state budget. He criticized the workers, claiming they were putting the patients at risk.

He was joined in his criticisms by National Health Workers Union (SNTE) Section 35 head Jenoé Ruiz López, who called the strike “unjustified,” and warned about “dark intentions to generate destabilization in the sector, with an eye to the next change in the sectional committee.”

On May 17, the workers returned to their jobs, after Cué agreed to sack Colmenares–the hospital’s third director in as many years–and submit him to an investigation for bad management, and to release a short-term infusion of 200 million pesos (US$16 million) to address the workers’ demands. In addition, he agreed to pay a salary increase to nurses and contract employees and initiate infrastructure improvements.

Trinidadian construction workers thwarted again by management, union, Labour Ministry

On April 28, 350 nonunion contract workers, building an extension of a highway along Trinidad’s western coast for Brazilian construction company Constructora OAS, struck over a raft of complaints including unsafe and unsanitary conditions, low wages, lack of overtime and travel payments, no salary reviews, lack of first aid kits and hiring of nonlocal workers.

Management’s refusal to address these issues led the workers to call on the Oilfield Workers’ Trade Union (OWTU) for help. Union official Aaron Moyne, after a four-hour meeting with management, persuaded the workers to return to the job, saying that the firm “agreed to revisit” the problems for 13 days.

Fifteen days later, management brandished a survey report from the Employers’ Consultative Association that, according to a Trinidad Express report, “concluded that the compensation packages being offered the highway workers were consistent with and in some cases, superior to what was being offered in the local construction sector.” Thus, there would be no changes.

The workers protested this “slap in the face,” but Labour Minister Errol McLeod “asked” the workers not to take strike action while he mediated on May 17. Moyne, who admitted that the workers were “disappointed,” agreed with McLeod’s advice that “workers return to some state of normalcy … The final decision is to really show due respect to the process and also to the minister to allow him to do his work.”

Moyne added, “While the representatives are advocating on their behalf, the workers have a further concession. They are trying to be reasonable, to give this thing enough time to work,” doubtless at Moyne’s urging, “and see what possible outcome will come out of this,” he said. Moyne said he hoped McLeod would be able to “advise the company accordingly to let good sense prevail.”

United States

Lockout of Oregon longshore workers at Port of Portland

Columbia Grain locked out 75 members of the International Longshore and Warehouse Union (ILWU) on May 4 at the Port of Portland’s Terminal 5 in Oregon. Bruce Holte, the president of Local 8 who also serves as a commissioner for the Port of Portland, says the current impasse is due to work rules and safety standards.

The previous agreement between Columbia Grain and ILWU Local 8 expired back on September 29, 2012. Workers voted by 94 percent to reject a new contract and in December the company imposed the agreement.

Rather than strike, the ILWU has been conducting a slowdown using a work-to-rule tactic. The company responded by using management and temporary replacement workers to operate the terminal. Columbia Grain chose to lock out workers during a relatively slow period. In the fall, grain exports increase dramatically in the Northwest portion of the United States and Canada.

On February 27, United Grain Corporation locked out ILWU members in Vancouver over an agreement that imposed 12-hour shifts and has contract language that will permit the company to bypass the ILWU in hiring terminal labor. Japan’s Marubeni Corporation owns Columbia Grain.

San Francisco Giants concession workers reject contract, authorize strike vote

Concessions workers at San Francisco’s AT&T Park voted by a 97 percent margin to strike against a new contract offer that caps medical benefits. Previously, the 750 cashiers, cooks and food sellers at the Giants baseball park had all health care benefits covered by their employer, Centerplate Inc.

Workers, who have been without a contract for three years and have gone without a wage increase for several years, also rejected a meager 25 cent wage increase in each year for the first two years of the new agreement. The vote by members of UNITE HERE Local 2 was 500 to 16 to strike.

Canada

Alberta Government imposes contract on teachers

The Conservative government of Alberta last week introduced legislation imposing a four-year deal on the province’s teachers, after some bargaining units and school boards voted to reject the latest offer.

The imposed deal would freeze teachers’ pay for three years and cut millions from provincial education funding even as the student population swells. The Alberta Teachers Association (ATA) had already agreed to the concession-laden deal governing the province’s 40,000 teachers, but nevertheless expressed dismay at the government move.

The action follows a similar move in Ontario, effectively stripping teachers of the right to collective bargaining. Alberta teachers had been without a contract since last August.

Saskatoon library workers get belated contract

Library workers in Saskatoon, Saskatchewan finally have a new, albeit expired, contract after working without one for over three years. Ironically, the new contract expired over a month ago and negotiations have not yet begun for the next one.

The deal brings some increases to the lowest paid employees who currently work for minimum wage. Library workers, members of the Canadian Union of Public Employees (CUPE), have become known at Saskatoon city hall meetings in recent weeks for staging what have been termed “hushed protests” as they sit in large numbers holding protest signs while silently reading books.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on : World Socialist Web Site

Washington’s hacking charges escalate pressure on China

0

 

By
Alex Lantier

21 May 2013

Yesterday, top US officials and media made unsubstantiated allegations of hacking of US computer systems by a military unit in Shanghai, escalating tensions with China.

The New York Times led this campaign, publishing an article titled “Chinese Hackers Resume Attacks on US Targets,” which served as a conduit for accusations and threats against China by US computer security firm Mandiant and top US officials. The Times claimed that the Chinese army’s Unit 61398 in Shanghai, whose existence Washington alleged this February, “is back in business.”

The Times effectively admitted that it had no evidence to support its allegations: “It is not clear precisely who has been affected by the latest attacks. Mandiant, a private security company that helps companies and government agencies defend themselves from hackers, said the attacks had resumed but would not identify the targets, citing agreements with its clients.”

The Times claimed that China had targeted several firms–including Coca-Cola, French energy firm Schneider Electric, and US defense contractor Lockheed Martin–in previous attacks. None of these firms confirmed the Times ’ allegations, however, instead declining to comment.

This complete lack of evidence notwithstanding, current and former Obama administration officials speaking to the Times unleashed a torrent of threats against China. An unnamed US “senior official” said, “This is something we are going to have to come back at time and again with the Chinese leadership.” He added that Beijing has “to be convinced there is a real cost to this kind of activity.”

On Wednesday, former Obama administration Director of National Intelligence Dennis Blair and Ambassador to China John Huntsman are slated to release a plan for a series of executive orders and legislative acts to threaten China over the issue of hacking. Blair told the Times: “Jawboning alone won’t work. Something has to change in China’s calculus.”

The Obama administration mooted similar plans last month in a Wall Street Journal article, which described a “potentially rapid escalation” of tensions with China. According to the Journal, Washington is considering imposing “trade sanctions, diplomatic pressure, indictments of Chinese nationals in US courts and cyber countermeasures–both attack and defense.”

These unsubstantiated US accusations against Beijing over hacking drip with cynicism and hypocrisy. The US itself maintains the largest and most destructive cyber warfare apparatus in the world. It announced this March the formation of 13 offensive cyber war teams, writing malicious computer code to disable or destroy computers or computerized infrastructure, part of a multi-billion-dollar US cyber war program.

The Obama administration already claimed the right this February to wage pre-emptive cyber-attacks, transposing onto the Internet the illegal methods of aggression most infamously used by the Bush administration against Iraq. This came after the US and Israel worked together to disable Iran’s nuclear program, by putting the Stuxnet virus into Iranian computer systems running nuclear centrifuges. This was accompanied by a series of bombings and assassinations inside Iran, targeting Iranian scientists.

Significantly, as elements of the US foreign policy establishment have admitted, what is driving Washington’s vague accusations of Chinese cyber-warfare is not primarily whatever hacking may be occurring, but the rising military tensions between the United States and China.

As Richard Falkenrath of the US Council on Foreign Relations said in February, describing US accusations of Chinese cyber-war hacking, “While this is all described in neutral terms–what are we going to do about cyber-attacks–the underlying question is, ‘What are we going to do about China?’”

Military and diplomatic relations between the world’s two largest economies have worsened dramatically since Washington’s aggressive “pivot to Asia,” aimed at containing China, announced during Obama’s first term. Last month, Washington escalated military exercises with South Korea into a full-blown war scare with neighboring North Korea. It demonstratively deployed nuclear-capable B-2 Stealth bombers to the Korean peninsula, only a few hundred kilometers from China.

Cyber warfare looms large as an issue in US-China military relations, as electronic communications become ever more central to coordinating far-flung military forces, detecting them, and targeting them with precision-guided munitions. Such forces include not only traditional ones like US naval task forces built around aircraft carriers and troop transports, but also newer weapons such as US or Chinese remote-controlled or computer-operated drones.

Last week, the US Navy tested the X-47B–its first fully autonomous, computer-guided drone aircraft–on the aircraft carrier USS George H.W. Bush. The Times noted that “to offset China’s numerical advantage and technological advances, the US Navy is betting heavily on drones–not just the X-47B and its successors, but anti-submarine reconnaissance drones, long-range communications drones, even underwater drones.”

The paper noted the rising risk of accidental conflict, as the US fills the Pacific Ocean with “thousands” of drones, and China deploys its own drones so as not to fall too far behind.

The issue of cyber warfare is closely bound up with the accelerating arms race in the Pacific. The Pentagon’s recent report to the US Congress on Chinese military capabilities stressed the role of Chinese cyber warfare planning as part of broader plans to deter a possible US intervention against China. One can only suppose that US preparations for cyber warfare against China are similarly or even more advanced.

The Pentagon wrote that China’s “sustained investment” in cyber-warfare, guided missile, and space warfare capabilities “appear designed to enable anti-access/area-denial missions (what PLA [Chinese People’s Liberation Army] strategists refer to as ‘counter-intervention operations’). … China continues to develop measures to deter or counter third-party intervention, particularly by the United States. China’s approach to dealing with this problem is manifested in a sustained effort to develop the capability to attack at long ranges military forces that might deploy or operate within the Western Pacific.”

The combination of US threats and unsubstantiated accusations and preparations, both Chinese and American, for what would be a cataclysmic Sino-American conflict, point to the profound crisis of world capitalism.

The industrial infrastructure underlying US-China trade, which totals one-half trillion dollars per year, is at the heart of the world economy. Yet under capitalism and the nation-state system, it must base itself on international financial and military relations which are now in an advanced state of collapse.

On the one hand, crisis-ridden American banks have accumulated trillions of dollars of debts to China, which they are ever less inclined to repay. On the other, while China’s industrial growth has not pulled the Chinese working masses out of poverty, it has shaken US imperialism’s geo-strategic hegemony, which underlay international relations in post-war Asia.

What is emerging is, as the great Russian Marxist Leon Trotsky wrote in 1914 at the beginning of World War I, the “revolt of the forces of production against the political form of nation and state.” Then as now, the critical task is mobilizing the working class in a common international struggle for socialism and against imperialist war.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on : World Socialist Web Site

Union limits UC Medical workers to two-day strike

0

 

By
our reporters

21 May 2013

Some 13,000 patient care workers are set to strike on Tuesday and Wednesday at University of California Medical Centers across the state after voting by 97 percent to walk out. While workers are determined to fight management’s attack on wages and demanded for increased health and pension contributions, the American Federation of State, County and Municipal Employees union (AFSCME) has workers to a two-day strike.

Workers at UC San Diego’s Health Center who spoke to the World Socialist Web Site felt the union only called the action to allow workers to blow off steam at minimal cost to the university. In the meantime, they expect the union to push through the concession contract demanded by the University just as they had done in 2008.

The 10-day strike notice issued by AFSCME included a “Notice of Unconditional Return to Work.” The union, it read, “hereby provides notice that striking employees will return to their positions and work their regularly scheduled hours beginning with all shifts that commence after 3:59 AM on Thursday, May 23, 2013.”

A registered nurse at UC San Diego who wished to remain anonymous told the WSWS, “Our union, the California Nurses Association, is watching this strike very closely since we know our contract is next up for bargaining.” She acknowledged that the nurses in her union faced the same fight with the university, which is determined to slash labor costs for all medical workers.

WSWS reporters explained the unions, working in tandem with the university, actively sought to isolate the strike, thus ensuring that workers do not link up their struggles and organize effectively in defense of their class interests, to which she and others agreed.

Another worker told our reporters that “a two day strike is not going to do anything. Management knows they’ll be back.” He went on to highlight the corruption of the union leaders and their representatives in the workplace “all the AFSCME organizers who were in the know about the strike took vacation before the University caught wind. The union leaders aren’t being honest and then they turn around and ask workers to strike. It’s not right.”

Another worker directed our reporters to an ad on the job search site Craigslist.org where the university is hiring scab workers at $1,800 to work during the two-day strike. Through HealthSource Global Staffing, the university will fly in scab workers from all around the country and pay for their flights, meals, and hotel. HealthSource Global staffing prides itself as being the “Industry Leader in Strike Staffing.” Its web site displays a map with various states color coded as being a high, medium, or low strike risk. The total cost for each strikebreaker for the two days, plus a day of orientation will cost nearly $3,000 each. This is more than most staff members take home in one month. Workers the WSWS spoke with at UC San Diego Medical Center were outraged that so much money was being spent while they are continuously told there is no funding for their positions.

Our reporters also spoke to a trauma technician who felt the pressures of understaffing and complained about the AFSCME contract. “There’s definite short-staffing which can only lead to multiple mistakes. About five months ago we started losing staff members. We had two really close calls that required CPR where we almost lost a patient, but luckily someone was able to get to them before they had died. We’re just waiting for a major incident to occur.”

Due to shortstaffing, he said, workers have to work unpaid overtime. “There’s a clause in our AFSCME contract that says if management wants to take away overtime they can. We have to clock out and then keep working until someone else can come fill the shift.” The administration is also forcing workers to take on more of the financial burden for health care coverage and is attempting to take away $2.80/hour from employees.

The University of California has issued a list of “Frequently Asked Questions” regarding the strike to all workers at its medical centers. The FAQ is more a list of reasons why workers should not strike, alluding to the illegality of striking and threatening a loss or suspension of benefits. The university will continue to pursue the claim it has bargained “in good faith” and that it is AFSCME workers who are “using patients as bargaining chips.” This is despite UCs staff reductions, which are the true factors that jeopardize patient care.

After the two-day strike, AFSCME will no doubt return to workers claiming it did all it could, and bring back a concessions contract. Similarly, the CUE/Teamsters has bargained away their right to strike, as highlighted in article 20 of their contract, entitled, “No Strike Clause.”

The unions are politically aligned with the Democratic Party, including Governor Jerry Brown, who has spearheaded millions of dollars in cuts to health care, public education and basic social services. The slashing of labor costs by the health care giants is also in line with Obama’s health care “reform.” Functioning as appendages of management and the Democrats, the trade unions are imposing these attacks on workers in exchange for preserving the institutional interests of the well-paid functionaries who control the unions, above all the continued collection of dues.

If medical workers are to fight these attacks they need to organize themselves in rank-and-file committees, independent of the trade unions, and develop a common fight against the two big business parties and the for-profit health care system they defend.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on : World Socialist Web Site

US seeks defence agreement with Maldives

0

 

By
K. Ratnayake

21 May 2013

The US is pushing the Maldivian government to sign a Status of Forces Agreement (SOFA) to build military bases in the island country, which is in the middle of the Indian Ocean. It is another significant move by the Obama administration in its aggressive “pivot to Asia” to militarily encircle China in the vast Indo-Pacific theatre.

It is not new for the US military to have access to Maldivian infrastructure, following a number of agreements in the 2000s. In 2010, Washington signed an “Acquisition and Cross Service Agreement” (ACSA) with the previous government of President Mohamed Nasheed, which allowed the US to use its airport and sea port facilities. The new pact, however, will significantly expand the earlier arrangements.

A copy of the agreement, entitled “Status of Forces and Access to and Use of Facilities in the Maldives” , has been obtained and published by the Maldivian current affairs blog, DhivehiSittee. The SOFA will provide a legal framework for a virtually unrestrained US presence, including military bases, in the archipelago of 1,192 islands.

Maldives is located strategically near major sea lanes. More than 80 percent of the world’s seaborne trade in oil passes through Indian Ocean chokepoints, with 40 percent going through the Persian Gulf’s Strait of Hormuz, 35 percent through the Strait of Malacca and 8 percent through the Bab el-Mandab Strait, at the base of the Red Sea.

Naval and air operations from Maldives could potentially threaten countries that depend on these sea lanes for energy supplies and raw materials. China, with its vast demand for oil and minerals from the Middle East and Africa, is the most obvious target.

The proposed 10-year SOFA provides “for the temporary presence and activities of US forces” in certain situations, but does not specify those situations. The draft declares that “US personnel shall be accorded the privileges, exemptions and immunities equivalent to those accorded to diplomats under Vienna Conventions.” In other words, disciplinary control and jurisdiction over US personnel will be in the hands of the Pentagon, with immunity from Maldivian law.

American personnel and contractors will have freedom of movement and access to agreed facilities, including for transportation, storage and training. Aircraft, vehicles and vessels “may enter, exit, and move freely within territory and territorial seas of the republic.” They will not be subject to taxation or inspection.

The US “shall be responsible for the construction, development, operations, and maintenance cost of agreed facilities and areas provided for the exclusive use of its forces.” This clause would permit the building of US military bases.

The US will be allowed to have its own telecommunication systems, together with access to airports, sea ports and agreed facilities and areas. “All disputes shall be resolved through consultation, and shall not be referred to any national or international court.” This means that the Maldivian government will have no legal jurisdiction over the US military and its personnel.

Robert Blake, the US assistant secretary for South and Central Asia affairs, confirmed the agreement with the Maldives, but clamed there were no plans to build US military bases there. “This SOFA does not imply some new up-ticks in a military cooperation or certainly does not imply any new military presence,” he insisted.

Washington’s assurances cannot be taken at face value. Similar agreements with other countries, including the puppet regime of Afghan President Hamid Karzai, have involved the construction of major US bases.

On March 27, top Maldivian government officials, including the defence, tourism and home ministers, vice president and police commissioner, were flown to the US aircraft carrier USS John C Stennis, which had sailed near the Maldives. No information was released about what was discussed with the delegation.

After the visit, the two countries signed an agreement to install a border control system in the Maldives using US information technology. This has effectively placed the country’s entry and exit points under American surveillance.

The Maldives SOFA will enhance the United States’ strategic position in the Indian Ocean. A defence analyst in India, M. K. Bhadrakumar said it would be “a tectonic shift in the geopolitics of the Indian Ocean if the US secures a military presence in the Maldives.”

The Pentagon currently operates one of the largest bases outside the US in Diego Garcia, further to the south in the Indian Ocean, through an arrangement with Britain, which retains colonial control. The Diego Garcia base has multiple landing strips for strategic bombers and port facilities for the largest US naval vessels.

China is seeking closer economic and strategic relations with the Maldives. A political crisis erupted in the Maldives when President Mohamed Nasheed was removed in a coup early last year by Mohamed Waheed, who was clearly backed by the US and India. The coup came after years of media speculation that China was seeking to build a submarine base in the Maldives, which some American strategic analysts had warned could pose a challenge to US forces in Diego Garcia, as well as the Indian navy in the region. (See: “Maldives president ousted in US-backed coup”)

Just 400 nautical miles south of India, any Chinese naval presence in the Maldives is a concern to New Delhi, which depicts China’s development of major ports in Sri Lanka, Pakistan and Bangladesh as a “string of pearls” strategy to potentially station naval vessels around India.

Within the Maldivian ruling elite, there are concerns about the proposed US defence pact, because of growing economic ties with China. China has become the largest source of visitors to the Maldives, which depends heavily on tourism. Last year, Beijing offered loans of $US500 million to the Maldives, equivalent to one quarter of its $2 billion annual economic output.

Opposition Maldivian Democratic Party (MDP) spokesman Hamid Abdul Gafoor declared: “We are wondering what our other international partners–India, Australia, etc.–think about this.” Ex-president Nasheed, ousted in last year’s coup, declared that the MDP would campaign against the agreement.

Defence Minister Mohamed Nazim sought to placate public concern by referring to the ACSA deal signed by Nasheed with the US in 2010, claiming that the SOFA was nothing new. His comments only confirm the government’s intention to proceed with the agreement, thus enabling the US to alter the strategic landscape of the Indian Ocean.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on : World Socialist Web Site

Tsar to Lenin to be shown at UK’s National Media Museum and at Cornerhouse cinema

0

 

21 May 2013

The World Socialist Web Site is proud to announce that Tsar to Lenin is to be screened by two major independent cinemas in the UK, the Cornerhouse in Manchester May 27, and the National Media Museum in Bradford, June 1.

First released in 1937, Tsar to Lenin ranks among the greatest documentary films of the twentieth century. Based on archival footage assembled over more than a decade by filmmaker Herman Axelbank and narrated by the US radical Max Eastman, it presents an extraordinary cinematic account of the Russian Revolution–from the mass uprising which overthrew the centuries-old Tsarist regime in February 1917, to the Bolshevik-led insurrection eight months later that established the first socialist workers’ state, and the final victory in 1921 of the new Soviet regime over counter-revolutionary forces after a three-year-long civil war.

The Russian Revolution of 1917 ranks among the seminal events of the twentieth century. The victory of the Bolshevik Party and the establishment of the Soviet Union not only abolished capitalism in the largest country on earth. The example of a victorious socialist revolution politically radicalized the working class throughout the world, inspiring the masses with the possibility of an alternative to capitalism and imperialism.

The dissolution of the Soviet Union in 1991 was the final betrayal of the Stalinist bureaucracy that usurped power from the working class under conditions of the revolution’s isolation. In its aftermath, the propagandists of the ruling class declared that “socialism was dead” and that the lack of any alternative to capitalism represented the “End of History.” Today, under conditions where capitalism confronts its greatest crisis since the 1930s, the events of 1917 assume immense contemporary significance. Tsar to Lenin provides an unparalleled film record of a revolutionary movement, embracing millions, which “shook the world” and changed the course of history.

WSWS Arts correspondent Paul Bond will make a short introduction to the film showing in Bradford, which is the UNESCO City of Film. Following the screening, there will be a question-and-answer session.

Manchester

Monday, May 27 at 6.30 p.m.
Cornerhouse, 70 Oxford Street
M1 5NH

Tickets for the film can be bought here: http://www.cornerhouse.org/film/cinema-listings/tsar-to-lenin

Following the Cornerhouse showing there will be a post-screening discussion, hosted by the Socialist Equality Party

Lass O’ Gowrie pub (upstairs room) at 8 p.m.
36 Charles Street
Manchester, M1 7DB
(four minute walk from the Cornerhouse)

Bradford

Saturday, June 1 at 3.00 p.m. (introduction starts 2.45 p.m.)
National Media Museum
BD1 1NQ

Tickets for the film can be bought here: http://www.nationalmediamuseum.org.uk/Films/T/TsarToLenin.asp



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on : World Socialist Web Site

Slovenian government adopts another austerity programme

0

 

By
Markus Salzmann

21 May 2013

Seven weeks after taking power, Slovenia’s centre-left governing coalition adopted a new austerity programme and presented it to the European Union commission. Through tax increases and the privatisation of companies, the government plans to cut the budget deficit from its current level of 8.3 percent.

With these measures Prime Minister Alenka Bratusek intends to stabilise the country’s ailing banks at the expense of the population. The banks have debts of €7 billion (US$9 billion)–a sum equivalent to one fifth of Slovenian gross domestic product (GDP).

Bratusek announced plans to sell off 15 companies, including the second largest bank Nova KBM, Telekom Slovenia, the national airline Adria Airways, and the Ljublijana airport. For some of these concerns, privatisation is already under way.

Finance minister Uros Cufer said that the state would not maintain a controlling share in any of the companies. The austerity programme should result in savings totalling €1 billion. For the employees of these companies this will mean large wage cuts and layoffs.

On July 1, VAT on goods and services will increase from 20 percent to 22 percent, hitting those on low and middle incomes particularly hard. The lower rate of income tax will increase by 1 percent to 9.5 percent, bringing in €250 million annually.

Bratusek noted that the VAT changes would be permanent, “because it is a structural measure and not a temporary one.”

Wages in the public sector will once again be reduced with the full support of the trade unions. They were already cut severely last year.

Interior Minister Gregor Virant and trade union leader Branimir Strukelj declared in Ljublijana last Tuesday that they had agreed on further cuts. The reductions in basic rates of pay and state payments for health care and pensions come into force on June 1 and will achieve savings of €291 million this year and in 2014. Including previously implemented measures, the austerity programme will save a total of €500 million by the end of 2014.

The trade unions have seized the opportunity to reaffirm their support for austerity policies and the government, made up of the Positive Slovenia Party, the Social Democrats (SD), the Liberals (DL) and the Pensioners’ Party (DeSus). To this end, Bratusek held discussions last week with Dusan Semolic, the head of the largest trade union association ZSSS.

An initial announcement to impose a “general crisis tax” has for the time being not been implemented. However the tax will continue to be a “plan B” option. A charge on those with gross earnings of more than €750 per month will be levied.

Slovenia has come under growing pressure in recent weeks, after rating agency Moody’s downgraded the credit rating of the former Yugoslavian republic to junk status. As a consequence, EU officials had increased the pressure on Slovenia to intensify its austerity programme.

The austerity measures are aimed at stabilising the ailing banks. Slovenia’s banks hold toxic assets worth an estimated €7 billion, of which €4 billion are to be transferred in to a newly created “bad bank.”

The state-owned banks, which have already received support of €420 million, are to be given a further €900 million of capital this year. Credit rating agency Fitsch has estimated that the three largest banks require at least €2 billion of financial assistance.

The Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) has predicted that Slovenia will go into recession this year and see a sharp rise in government debt. Economic output will contract by a further 2.1 percent. Debt as a percentage of GDP will climb rapidly from 47 percent to 100 percent by 2025.

Although the trade unions have supported the austerity measures and opposed even token protests against them, further demonstrations are inevitable. In recent months there were several protests in the country’s major cities, the largest since Slovenian independence in 1991.

At the end of April, thousands demonstrated in the capital demanding that parliamentary elections planned for the end of 2013 be brought forward in order to force the Bratusek government from office. With placards that read “power to the people,” “fire the troika, not the citizens,” “money for the people instead of the banks,” and “we won’t pay for your crisis”, the participants expressed their rage with the government, the EU and international financial institutions.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on : World Socialist Web Site

New revelations of US government spying on the press

0

 

By
Ed Hightower

21 May 2013

The FBI followed and obtained emails from Fox News chief Washington correspondent James Rosen as part of an investigation of a 2009 leak of information from the State Department, according to a report in the Washington Post. To seize emails and obtain information on the journalist’s movements, which were part of the normal news gathering process, the Obama administration alleged that Rosen was involved in criminal activity.

The revelations concerning Rosen make clear that the spying directed against the Associated Press–first reported last week–was only part of a much broader assault on the freedom of the press. The targeting of Rosen and seizure of telephone records of AP journalists are part of a deliberate campaign to create a climate of fear and intimidation against journalistic efforts to expose government secrets and crimes.

In the case of Rosen, the alleged leak was of an intelligence document provided to the reporter by State Department security advisor Stephen Jin-Woo Kim in 2009. The report concluded from CIA sources that additional United Nations sanctions on North Korea would likely compel the regime to step up nuclear testing. The report was sent to about 100 people within the intelligence community, including Kim.

Kim faces a decade in prison though he never sought to obtain unauthorized information, sold any information, or gave it to someone that the US considers to be an enemy of the state.

In pursuing its case against Kim, the FBI targeted Rosen, using security badge access records to follow his movements to and from the State Department, tracked his telephone calls and even obtained personal emails from him by subpoena.

The Post article relies on court documents, including an affidavit sworn to by FBI agent Reginald Reyes. The documents do not identify James Rosen by name, but several unnamed officials confirmed his identity.

In order to obtain the content of Rosen’s emails, the Justice Department had to allege that Rosen himself was likely to have engaged in criminal activity. Reyes’ sworn testimony in the affidavit made the allegation that the reporter committed a crime in receiving the information in question, “at the very least, either as an aider, abettor and/or co-conspirator.” To date, Rosen faces no criminal charges.

As evidence for this supposed crime, Reyes wrote that Rosen allegedly used a “covert communications plan,” citing an e-mail exchange between Rosen and Kim. This “covert communications plan” amounted to the use of aliases in email exchanges, along with certain coded messages.

According to the Post, the court documents show abundant evidence gathered from Kim’s office computer and phone records. However, investigators insisted on seizing two days’ worth of Rosen’s personal emails – and all of his email exchanges with Kim.

Under US law, a journalist can only be prosecuted for possession of leaked information if he or she actively stole it or paid for it. Mere solicitation, or arrangement of receipt of leaked information, is entirely legal. That a federal judge could sign off on such a warrant based on what was in Reyes’ affidavit testifies to the complicity of the judicial branch in the decay of American democracy.

Last week, the Associated Press revealed that the Justice Department had obtained a court order to seize phone records from some 20 lines registered to AP reporters and offices for a period of two months between April and June 2012. The alleged leak concerned information about a supposedly foiled Al-Qaeda plot, in which a US and UK intelligence asset was directly involved.

On Sunday, Associated Press CEO Pruitt denounced the White House’s actions in the investigation, telling CBS’ Face the Nation:

“Their rules require them to come to us first [before seeking a subpoena in a secret court] but in this case they didn’t, claiming an exception, saying that if they had it would have posed a substantial threat to their investigation. But they have not explained why it would and we can’t understand why it would.”

Pruitt said the subpoena targeted phone lines used by approximately one hundred journalists who, over the time period of the subpoena, would have made or received thousands of newsgathering calls.

The subpoenas and the investigation have already had a “chilling” effect on the constitutionally guaranteed rights to free speech and the freedom of the press. Pruitt said that the AP has already encountered a situation where “officials that would normally talk to us, and people we talk to in the normal course of newsgathering, are already saying they’re a little reluctant to talk to us; they fear that they will be monitored by the government.”

The revelation of the spying on Rosen makes clear that the Obama administration’s attack on free press goes far beyond the AP spying scandal. The administration has refused to answer questions about how many other journalists it has targeted.

The same supposed crime raised in relation to Wikileaks and Julian Assange–that mere receipt of classified government information constitutes criminal activity–is now being used against a journalist from a corporate news outlet. There is not a single reporter on governmental affairs who can say with any confidence that his or her activities, phone calls, emails, meetings and movements have not, or are not currently being, monitored by the FBI.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on : World Socialist Web Site

Germany: Parliamentary inquiry into neo-Nazi murders concludes

0

 

By
Peter Schwarz

21 May 2013

The parliamentary committee of enquiry into the National Socialist Underground (NSU) terrorist gang has accused Germany’s security authorities of a “total failure”. At the same time, it excluded the possibility that government agencies covered up the operations of the far-right terror cell or enabled them to commit their murders. These were the two main conclusions drawn following the committee’s final official meeting last Thursday. The two statements, however, are incompatible.

The facts brought to light by the federal parliamentary committee, other state committees and various media sources lead inevitably to the conclusion that the 10 murders and two bomb attacks attributed to the NSU took place under the eyes of security agencies and were covered up by them.

The task of the enquiry was to obscure this. Cooperating closely with the security agencies, the enquiry determined which aspects of the case were to be passed on to the public. It now uses the tale of the agencies’ alleged “failure” in order to defend and increase their power and effectiveness. A key role in this is played by the Left Party, which works so intimately with the other bourgeois parties that, in the words of Eva Högl, leader of the Social Democrats (SPD) in the committee, there is “not a hair’s breadth” of difference between them.

According to committee chairman Sebastian Edathy (SPD), the police and intelligence services carried out their investigations of the terrorist cell in a highly prejudiced and blinkered manner. Edathy spoke of “multiple” and “historically unprecedented” failures on the part of the security agencies.

Wolfgang Wieland, chairman of the Greens’ contingent in the committee, charged the security agencies with “complete failure on all levels”. Högl (SPD) said right-wing extremism had been trivialised throughout the country for years.

The committee itself, whose 22 members interviewed 100 witnesses in 15 months and scrutinised 8,000 files, was confronted with the obstructive attitude of the authorities from the first day to the last. Files were shredded, redacted and withheld. Witnesses stonewalled, claimed to be suddenly ill, were gagged by their political superiors or treated the committee with utmost contempt. Intelligence officers and their superiors acted as though they were suffering from collective amnesia.

On the last day of the proceedings, a scheduled appearance of the Federal and States Commission into Right-wing Terrorism failed to eventuate, because the interior ministers of the states insisted they would only testify in a secret session. Finally, as the last witness to stand before the committee, the federal intelligence office had sent a subordinate employee who could not remember anything.

Petra Pau, the Left Party’s leading representative on the committee, said a thoroughgoing clearing up of the murders was “wrecked by the conduct of the government and the authorities”.

Nevertheless, the committee denies that state agencies could have covered up for or supported the terrorist cell. Petra Pau stressed that her party had at no time in the work of the committee allowed itself to be guided by conspiracy theories currently in circulation. In other words, the Left Party–as well as all the other parties involved–rejected from the outset the possibility of any form of cooperation between state agencies and the NSU terror trio. The prevailing attitude was: What should not happen, could not have happened.

However, the available facts prove otherwise. It is now known that at least two-dozen undercover agents of the federal (BFV) and the state (LFV) intelligence offices, the Military Counterintelligence Service (MAD) and the state of Berlin’s criminal police department (LKA) were active within the NSU milieu. The suspected terror trio thus operated under the very nose of the state. Spiegel Online reported last autumn that a certain Thomas S., who supplied Mundlos, Böhnhardt and Zschäpe, who were to form the NSU, with explosives in the 1990s, worked as an informant for the Berlin LKA for about 10 years. Ralf Wohlleben, who is accused in the Munich NSU trial of having procured the murder weapon, is also suspected of having worked as an undercover agent for a security office. With respect to the principal defendant, Beate Zschäpe, it is known that there was at least one attempt to recruit her as an undercover agent.

The parliamentary committee was unable and unwilling to resolve these issues because important files were opportunely destroyed (or concealed), or the undercover agents’ controllers were not permitted to testify. As Petra Pau reported at a meeting of the Left Party in March, some committee members were allowed to inspect the supposedly shredded files, but were not allowed to talk about them. “We’re given access to certain documents, but we can never talk to anyone about them”, she said.

Many other questions remain unanswered–for example, how the murder victims were selected and who supported the murderers in selecting them. Still unresolved is why and under what circumstances the last murder victim, a German policewoman, was killed in Heidelberg; this was a deviation from the pattern of the previous murders, which all involved traders or businessmen with Turkish or Greek backgrounds.

The attempt to explain all these links and inconsistencies by alluding to mishaps and lapses in duty–as the parliamentary committee does–is an insult to common sense. Glitches, accidents and regulatory sloppiness can happen. But when such mishaps and breakdowns accumulate for 15 years without a single exception, some kind of system must be in operation.

The conclusion that an extreme right-wing “state within a state” played a role in the NSU murders, supporting the perpetrators and thwarting their detection, is almost inevitable. This is not a “conspiracy theory”, but well substantiated circumstantial evidence that must urgently be further investigated.

That is precisely what the parliamentary committee sought to prevent. Its real purpose was not to uncover the circumstances leading to the NSU murders, but to restore confidence in the state and the security agencies, which have been severely discredited by the racist murders. To accomplish this task, it had to raise at least some chiding questions and express its outrage over the “failure” of the authorities–otherwise it would have had no credibility at all.

The key role in this whitewashing of the security agencies was played by the Left Party. It is alarmed by the growing distrust of the police and intelligence agencies, and is cooperating closely with the other bourgeois parties to salvage confidence in the state. In February, Petra Pau even accompanied a six-member delegation from the committee to Ankara to solicit Turkey’s trust in the German state.

Numerous media reports praised the “consensus that was unusual for a committee of inquiry”. The Westdeutsche Zeitung wrote that the committee members cooperated “largely without any vanity or political manoeuvring”.

In March, the Left Party invited Hans-Georg Maaßen, the new president of the federal intelligence office, to a public forum and assured him of their support for a “reform” of the intelligence service (see “Germany’s Left Party closes ranks with German intelligence”). Such “proposals for reform” are at the centre of the of the NSU enquiry committee’s final report, which will be completed in the coming weeks and discussed in parliament on September 3, shortly before the federal election.

As things stand, the Left Party will not register a dissenting opinion on the final report–as is otherwise customary for committees of enquiry–and will follow the recommendations of other parties. These proposals will be aimed at centralising and strengthening the same security authorities that have shielded the NSU and covered up its activities.

Committee chairman Edathy (SPD) spelled out in the Bild newspaper what direction these “reforms” would take. He said the authorities would have to fight against right-wing extremism with the same determination that was shown in the fight against Islamist extremists following the attacks on the World Trade Center in New York City on September 11, 2001.

For the last 12 years, the September 11 attacks and the following alleged “war on terror” have served in the US and internationally as the excuse for imperialist wars and an enormous bolstering of state power, the real goal of which is to suppress social opposition from the working class. When it comes to the class struggle, the conduct of the Left Party in the NSU inquiry committee has once again shown it is on the side of the ruling elite and its repressive state apparatus.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on : World Socialist Web Site

Financial bubbles creating conditions for new crash

0

 

21 May 2013

It is a sure sign of the systemic breakdown of the global capitalist system that the very measures put in place to try to prevent a crisis are creating the conditions for a financial meltdown beyond even the scale of 2008.

For almost five years the world’s major central banks have pumped an estimated $7 trillion into financial markets with the stated aim of trying to spark an economic recovery. Economic data from around the world indicate that it has been a manifest failure.

The statistics on price levels are among the most significant. These show that rather than prices increasing–a sign of recovery in so-called “normal” conditions–deflationary pressures are intensifying.

In the US, consumer prices fell by 0.4 percent in May, the biggest decline since late 2008, following a 0.2 percent decline in April. In Europe, excluding food and energy costs, consumer prices in the 17-member euro zone rose by just 1 percent in April from a year earlier.

The downtrend has far-reaching implications. Confronted with falling prices for their products, major firms and corporations seek to make profits not by investing and expanding production, as they would seek to do if a recovery were underway, but by savage cost-cutting coupled with financial speculation. The consequent cuts in pay and jobs lead to a reduction in consumer demand, further fueling the deflationary trend.

Other economic data highlight this process. Last month, US industrial production fell by 0.5 percent, compared to a projected decline of 0.2 percent, prompting predictions that results for the second quarter would be even worse than the last quarter of 2012, when the US economy showed virtually no expansion.

In the euro zone, unemployment has risen for the 23rd consecutive month and now stands at 12.1 per cent, a 1.1 percent increase over the level a year ago. The euro zone economy contracted by 0.2 percent in the first quarter, meaning the current contraction has lasted longer than that experienced in 2008-2009.

Since the onset of the breakdown in 2008, the prospect has been held out that China could provide the basis for the long-term expansion of the global economy. But while industrial production and retail sales both showed a significant rise last month, pointing to economic growth of about 7.5 percent this year, these hopes are being dashed.

In a recent article pointing to the absence of “a strong source of demand growth” anywhere in the global economy, the Financial Times noted that “worries” about the Chinese economy were “widespread.” In the long term it was clear that the double-digit growth of the past decade was a thing of the past, while in the short term, despite an expansion of credit the rise in GDP produced by this lending was near its lowest level for a decade.

In contrast to the trends in the real economy, financial markets are experiencing an unprecedented boom. The Dow Jones Industrial Average is up by 15 percent since the Fed launched its third round of quantitative easing last September. In Japan, the Nikkei index has climbed 44 percent since last December and the election of the Abe government, which demanded that the Bank of Japan boost the money supply. In the UK, the FTSE index has gained 20 percent in the last six months on the back of quantitative easing by the Bank of England, despite the fact that the British “recovery” is weaker even than that experienced in the Great Depression, while European stock markets have gained 30 percent since last July.

These increases are being fuelled entirely by the trillions of dollars being pumped into the financial system by the major central banks.

But rather than expressing a “recovery,” the booming share markets are a fever chart of the deepening crisis of the capitalist system. Never in the history of world capitalism has there been such a divergence of financial markets from underlying economic processes.

The unprecedented rise in global markets has sparked concerns that the conditions are being created for a crash. As Financial Times columnist Gillian Tett noted, “[W]hile the flood of central bank liquidity is enabling the system to absorb small shocks, it is also masking a host of internal contradictions and fragilities that could surface if a shock hits” with the “potential for… future violent instability rising apace.”

While any rational analysis points to the fact that the present conditions are preparing the way for a disaster, the frenzy of speculation continues according to its own mad logic. As the then-chief executive of the US banking giant Citigroup, Chuck Prince, famously remarked in July 2007: “As long as the music is playing, though, you’ve got to get up and dance.” Little more than a year later, the global financial system plunged into its worst crisis since the 1930s.

Today the situation is potentially even more explosive than five years ago. This is because, unlike 2008, the central banks, having bought up trillions of dollars worth of government and other financial assets, are key market players themselves, and so will be directly impacted by a collapse of financial markets.

Increasingly, they are being caught in a trap of their own making. Withdrawal of the financial stimulus measures threatens to collapse the bubble. At the same time, the pumping out of still more money draws them deeper into the mire.

Last week, economists at the International Monetary Fund published an analysis warning that ending easy money policies could result in the central banks suffering severe losses as interest rates spiked and bond prices fell. The Federal Reserve could experience a loss equivalent to as much as 4 percent of GDP ($628 billion), the Bank of Japan could lose 7.5 percent of GDP, and the Bank of England almost 6 percent.

In other words, a new financial shock could call the stability of the central banks themselves into question. Unlike the situation in 2008-2009, they would be unable to mount a rescue operation.

The deepening global crisis of capitalism has the most far-reaching political implications.

The past five years have seen the pumping of hundreds of billions of dollars into the coffers of the banks and speculators, and the financial elite that benefits from their activities, while the impoverishment of ever broader sections of the population has continued unabated.

These measures, far from producing an economic “recovery,” have prepared the way for even bigger disasters.

The international working class must prepare its own independent response: the political struggle for the overthrow of the failed capitalist system through a revolutionary struggle for political power and the reconstruction of society on socialist foundations.

Nick Beams



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on : World Socialist Web Site

Devastating tornado kills at least 51 in Oklahoma City

0

 

By
Niles Williamson

21 May 2013

On Monday afternoon a massive tornado struck Moore, Oklahoma, a suburb of Oklahoma City, leaving behind a mile-wide swath of devastation. As of this writing, 51 people have been confirmed dead, including some children from an elementary school that was in the path of the storm.

Many remain missing, including an unknown number of children in the elementary school. At least 120 residents are being treated at area hospitals.

The tornado was estimated to be a category of either EF4 of EF5, with winds in excess of 200 miles per hour. News helicopter flyovers and video images taken by survivors show drifts of splintered housing materials and mangled cars for as far as the eye can see.

“People are trapped. You are going to see the devastation for days to come,” stated Betsy Randolph, a spokeswoman for the Oklahoma Highway Patrol speaking to CNN Monday afternoon. Some 171,000 people lived in the path of the twister.

The Plaza Towers Elementary School was completely flattened by the tornado, with an as yet unknown number of casualties. Children had been sheltered in the school in an attempt to protect them from the powerful storm. The Briarwood Elementary School was also severely damaged. By late evening, all Briarwood students had reportedly been accounted for.

The second floor of the Moore Medical Center was ripped off as it took a direct hit. “It looks like we have lost our hospital. I drove by there a while ago and it’s pretty much destroyed,” Moore Mayor Glenn Lewis told the press. “The whole city looks like a debris field.”

Other local hospitals struggled to admit the crush of wounded patients. “They are coming in minute by minute,” Integris Southwest Medical Center spokeswoman Brooke Cayot told Reuters.

“It seems that our worst fears have happened today,” said Bill Bunting, National Weather Service meteorologist in Norman, Oklahoma.

Emergency responders rushed to the multiple scenes of devastation to search through the debris for survivors. The National Guard was also activated to respond to the disaster.

Hundreds of homes and automobiles were destroyed while at least 7,000 customers were left without power in the Oklahoma City area. Interstate 35, which passes through Moore, was closed due to debris scattered on the roadway. All the roadways in the area are reportedly snarled with wreckage, and travelers are stranded in traffic backups.

Speaking Monday night in Washington, Oklahoma Representative Jim Brindenstine said, “At this time we don’t know the full extent of the damage and the potential human toll, but we are inspired. We are inspired by those who are sparing no effort to assist their neighbors and even many people that they don’t know.” President Barack Obama pledged federal support.

Disasters such as tornados–annual occurrences in the United States–require an enormous mobilization of social resources to properly respond to the destruction and human need. In every case, however, communities are left to fend for themselves. Politicians put in their appearances, invoke religion, and promise aid that never materializes. Emergency responders and ordinary citizens, responsible for shouldering the bulk of the rescue and recovery efforts, are offered hollow praise for their “resilience” and independent spirit.

Despite knowledge of the inherent dangers of tornados many residents are still left completely without any protection from the high winds and flying debris. There are no systematic tornado safety structures. Especially vulnerable are those that live in trailer parks which are composed of cheap materials completely incapable of resisting excessive winds and flying debris.

Moore is in the heart of the US’s so-called Tornado Alley and has been repeatedly hit by powerful tornados over the past 15 years: October 4th, 1998; May 3rd, 1999; May 8th, 2003 and May 10th, 2010. The tornado that struck Moore in 1999 was the strongest tornado ever recorded, with wind speeds reaching 318 miles per hour. Thirty-six people were killed, and there was $1 billion in damage. It was the deadliest and most destructive tornado in US history until the tornados that struck Joplin, Missouri and Tuscaloosa, Alabama in 2011.

The Moore tornado was one of numerous others spawned by a cold front moving through the region. High winds toppled trees downing power lines and smashing cars and homes throughout the Midwest. More than two dozen tornados were spotted during the day in Iowa, Oklahoma, Kansas, and Illinois.

Monday’s storms come on the heels of violent weather the previous evening. On Sunday a strong storm with high winds and large hail killed two men in their 70s. One fatality occurred at a trailer park in Bethel Acres near Oklahoma City, another fatality occurred when a trailer park was destroyed in Shawnee, Oklahoma. Thirty nine people were injured as the storms destroyed many homes and scattered debris.

The United States is currently experiencing the height of tornado season; severe tornado activity is not unusual this time of year in Oklahoma and the other Plains states. Last week tornadoes tore through north-central Texas leaving at least six people dead and dozens wounded. (See: “Tornadoes rip through North Texas”)

At least 60 million people live in the path of the storm system that is moving across the Midwest, according to the National Weather Service. In towns throughout the country’s midsection, masses of people live in poverty, in substandard housing, without storm shelters or insurance to rebuild.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on : World Socialist Web Site

Why Is Tumblr Worth $1.1 Billion to Yahoo? You

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/why_is_tumblr_worth_11_billion_to_yahoo_you_20130521/

Posted on May 20, 2013

This article originally appeared on : TruthDig

Lankarani drops bid for Iran presidency

0

Iranian presidential hopeful Kamran Baqeri Lankarani has dropped his bid for presidency ahead of the Guardian Councilâ„¢s announcement of the names of candidates.

In a statement issued on Monday, Lankarani declared his withdrawal in favor of another presidential hopeful, Saeed Jalili, who is the secretary of Iranâ„¢s Supreme National Security Council (SNSC). The two hopefuls held a meeting prior to the announcement.

Lankarani, who is Iranâ„¢s former health minister, said, Å“By dropping my bid for the presidential election, I announce my support for Mr. Jalili.”

Iranâ„¢s principlist Perseverance Front had chosen Lankarani as the frontrunner hopeful for the 11th presidential election, which will be held on June 14.

A total of 686 hopefuls registered from May 7 to 11 for the election.

Iranâ„¢s Guardian Council, a 12-member body, is tasked with vetting hopefuls for candidacy and confirming the election results. The Council is expected to announce its final list of approved candidates later on Tuesday.

Official campaigning will start two days after the Council releases the list.

The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election.

The Iranian Constitution stipulates that presidential candidates must be religious or political figures, be Iranian by origin, have Iranian citizenship, have managerial skills, have no criminal record, be trustworthy and pious, and have firm belief in the fundamental principles of the Islamic Republic of Iran and the countryâ„¢s official religion.

MYA/HSN

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

‘Syria army takes back 70% of W city’

0

The Syrian army has made advancements in al-Qusayr, taking back control of more than 70 percent of the strategic western city from foreign-sponsored militants, Press TV reports.

The eastern part of city, its main square as well as the municipal building are under the full control of the Syrian government forces.

Å“We managed to enter the city from several directions. We encountered heavy resistance but we overpowered them and seized control of these places and we will pursue them and eliminate them wherever they go,” a Syrian soldier said.

Meanwhile, the army said it has killed two militant commanders during the operation in the city, which is located near the border with Lebanon.

Fierce battles are still going on in the city as the Syrian army continues its operations there, while large numbers of militants abandon their weapons and flee the city.

The Syrian army entered the strategic city from every front on May 19 following weeks of battle.

On May 20, the army confiscated an Israeli military vehicle used by foreign-sponsored militants in al-Qusayr. The Lebanese channel al-Mayadeen broadcast the video of the confiscated vehicle.

The report also said that military uniforms as well as wiretapping and jamming equipment were found in the vehicle, but it did not display the items.

The Syrian army says it has also found Israeli-made rockets in a weapons cache seized from militants in Homs province.

Unrest erupted in Syria over two years ago. Many people, including large numbers of Syrian soldiers and security personnel, have been killed in the violence.

The Syrian government says that the chaos in the country is being orchestrated from outside, and there are reports that a very large number of the militants are foreign nationals.

In addition, several international human rights organizations say the militants have committed war crimes in Syria.

AER/MR/HN

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

'Cooperation in Iran's interest to clarify peaceful nuclear intent' – IAEA chief

0



Published time: May 21, 2013 04:31

Embed

Code

After last week’s failure for the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) and Iran to agree a deal on Tehran’s nuclear program, the UN watchdog told RT that it must gain access to Iran’s nuclear facilities.

The urgency of which to reach an agreement appears to be
increasing, as Washington and Tel-Aviv threaten a possible military
response if diplomacy and sanctions fail to make Tehran restrain
its nuclear program.

With an Iranian election set for next month, Tehran is looking
increasingly unlikely to back down over its controversial nuclear
program. Negotiations held last week failed to bring about any
major shift or concession from either party.

Over the past few months, the IAEA and Tehran have held several
talks in an effort to develop a structured approach to addressing
the Iranian nuclear issue.

“What we can say about the nuclear activity of Iran is that Iran
is conducting nuclear activities in a quite steady manner,”

Yukiya Amano, Director General of the IAEA told RT.

The watchdog, based in Vienna, has on various occasions
expressed concerns that Iranian authorities have denied its
inspectors access to Iran’s nuclear facility in Parchin. The IAEA
says it needs such access to allay international concerns about
Iran’s nuclear program. Tehran maintains that its nuclear research
is conducted for peaceful purpose only.

“We are not saying that Iran has nuclear weapons or that Iran
has decided to develop nuclear weapons but we have pieces of
information that indicate that Iran was involved in activities
relevant to the development of nuclear explosive devises,”

Amano stressed.

The head of the nuclear watchdog added “We do not draw
conclusions but we put questions and we tell our Iranian friends
that they need to clarify the issues.”

Yukiya Amano (AFP Photo / Alexander Klein)

Though closely linked, the talks between the IAEA and Iran
remain separate from discussions that Tehran is holding with six
world powers, the five permanent members of the UN Security
Council, plus Germany.

Last week Iran’s chief nuclear negotiator said that Tehran and
the six world powers will resume talks on its nuclear program
“in the near future,” most likely some time before the
Iranian elections on June 14.

But in the meantime, Amano underlined that “Cooperating with
IAEA fully should be in the interest of Iran. They say all of their
activities are for peaceful purposes and we would like to help Iran
to clarify the issue.”

The IAEA chief also stresses that a repeat of the Iraq scenario,
where failure to cooperate was used as a pretext to invasion, is
unlikely to happen with Iran.

Asked about Israel’s double standards in regards to the alleged
possession of nuclear weapons and Iran’s push for nuclear
development, Amano said that international law applies differently
to Israel as it is not a member of the Nuclear Non-Proliferation
Treaty.

“Israel is not a member of the NPT so what IAEA can do is vary
the activities in the facility which Israel decided to place under
our safeguard, we do not have the authority to go beyond
that.”

The issue of Israel’s possession of nuclear weapons, which has not
yet been officially acknowledged by Tel Aviv, is crucial to an
international effort to create a region nuclear free zone.

A conference on the introduction of a Middle East free of weapons
of mass destruction was called for at a May 2010 conference to
review the 1970 Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty.

The idea has failed to materialize, as Israel said it would not
attend the international conference.  

“Many countries of the international community want Israel to
attend a Nuclear Weapons Free Zone Conference and the NPT. My role
is to maintain the channel and share the information and
advice,”
Amano said.

An aerial view shows the quake-damaged Fukushima nuclear power plant in the Japanese town of Futaba, Fukushima prefecture on March 12, 2011 (AFP Photo / JIJI Press)

In regards to the use of nuclear power after the Fukushima
disaster, the watchdog’s head said

“Our safety features have been strengthened,” adding that
the

“Fukushima accident was a huge wake-up call for all the
countries to enhance safety.”
Despite the Fukushima accident,
the use of nuclear power will continue and expand, Amano
explained.

This article originally appeared on : RT

Fujimori health problems worsening

0

Former Peruvian President Alberto Fujimori has been suffering from severe and worsening health problems in prison where he is serving a 25-year sentence over human rights abuses.

According to Peruvian physician Alejandro Aguinaga, tests show that Fujimori is suffering from gastroduodenitis.

He added that the former president was unable to eat because the food he was consuming was reaching internally damaged areas.

Meanwhile, Fujimoriâ„¢s family says he is week to be in prison, calling on President Ollanta Humala to issue a pardon on humanitarian grounds.

On Friday, Fujimori was taken to then hospital for intestinal bleeding, but was later released.

When Fujimori was in office from 1990 to 2000. In 1990, much of Peru was under the dominance of the Maoist insurgent group Sendero Luminoso, or the Å“Shining Path” and the Marxist-Leninist group Tupac Amaru Revolutionary Movement (MRTA).

University students and teachers mainly formed the leadership of Shining Path. In 1989, over 100 officials were killed by the Shining Path. By 1992, Shining Path guerrilla attacks killed an estimated 20,000 people.

Many believed that Fujimori terminated the fifteen-year reign of terror of the Shining Path. As part of his anti-insurgency efforts, Fujimori ordered the military to nab suspected rebels and try them in secret military courts with few legal rights.

In December 2007 Fujimori was found guilty of abusing his power and was sentenced to six years in jail.

Moreover, in April 2009, Fujimori was convicted of ordering death-squad killings in the La Cantuta and Barrios Altos incident, and the kidnapping of a journalist and businessman.

Fujimori has repeatedly denied the charges, saying they are politically motivated.

IA/SZH/HN

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Death Toll Continues to Rise After Devastating Oklahoma Tornado

0

May 20, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

WASHINGTON – At least 37 people were killed when a powerful tornado with winds of up to 200 miles (320 kilometers) per hour pulverized an Oklahoma City suburb, hitting at least two schools and wiping out blocks of homes. [Editor’s note: since publication the AP has reported the death toll is at 51.]

The Oklahoma medical examiner’s office gave the latest death toll, which was carried by all the major US television networks, which said the number of fatalities was expected to rise.

“Our first responders are stretched,” Oklahoma City Mayor Mick Cornett told CNN. “The state, the National Guard are going to be involved.”

Reporters for KFOR-TV saw pupils as young as nine being “pulled out” of the school in Moore, a residential community of 55,000 just south of Oklahoma’s state capital.

Anxious parents were being kept at a distance while search and rescue workers scrambled to free the pupils.

A second elementary school, Briarwood, was also hit but did not immediately appear to have sustained casualties. Early reports indicated that many students survived.

From its news helicopter, KFOR’s cameras captured scenes of widespread destruction, with street after street of single-story homes in Moore stripped of their roofs and cars piled atop each other like toys.

Utility lines were down and gas lines exposed, triggering localized fires. The Moore Medical Center was evacuated after it sustained damage, a spokeswoman for the hospital told CNN.

The National Guard was called out to help rescue efforts.

Storm spotters estimated the wedge-shaped tornado, which struck in mid-afternoon, to be as big as two miles (3.2 kilometers) wide. It briefly dissipated, only to recycle to the east, threatening the town of Meeker.

“We anticipate that these storms are going to continue to build around Oklahoma,” a grim Governor Mary Fallin told CNN, while the National Weather Service urged residents to take cover.

On Twitter, the National Weather Service gave the tornado a preliminary rating of EF-4, indicating that it packed winds of 166 to 200 miles per hour (267-322 km/h) — more severe than a category five hurricane.

In downtown Oklahoma City, tornado sirens went off at least three times Monday afternoon, and the Interstate 35 highway — a busy north-south artery through the American heartland — was closed to all but emergency vehicles.

In Moore, live images from KFOR showed people wandering among the debris and even a couple of untethered horses from a local stables that somehow managed to survive the punishing storm.

“I had no idea it was coming,” said a stable worker, who told how he survived the “unbearably loud” twister by taking cover in one of the stalls.

Monday’s tornado followed roughly the same west-to-east track as a May 1999 twister that killed 44 people, injured hundreds more and destroyed thousands of homes in Moore and the south of Oklahoma City.

Tornadoes frequently touch down on Oklahoma’s wide open plains, but the fact that Monday’s twister struck a populated urban area raised fears of a high casualty toll.

Because of the hard ground, few homes are built with basements in which residents can take cover.

Oklahoma City lies well inside the so-called “Tornado Alley” stretching from South Dakota to central Texas that is particularly vulnerable to tornadoes.

On Sunday, a powerful storm system churning through the US Midwest spawned tornadoes in Iowa, Kansas and Oklahoma, destroying homes and killing at least two people, US media reported.

Fallin declared a state of emergency Sunday for 16 Oklahoma counties due to tornados, severe storms and flooding over the weekend.

This article originally appeared on : AlterNet

Egypt sends more troops to Sinai

0

Dozens of troops and armored vehicles moved into Sinai Monday May 20 as the government beefed up security in the area.

Egyptian President Mohamed Morsi has sent dozens of troops and armed vehicles to volatile Sinai Peninsula after seven members of security forces were kidnapped there.

The deployment came after a video released by the kidnappers, showing seven abductees taken hostage since last week, asking Morsi and Defense Minister Abdul Fattah al-Sisi to meet the demands of the abductors.

According to security officials, abductors demanded earlier the release of political prisoners, among whom Hamada Abou Sheita, who is sentenced to death over a deadly attack on a police station in North Sinai in 2011.

The Egyptian president rejected any talks with Å“criminals” at a Sunday meeting with heads of several political parties, saying, Å“We won’t be subjected to blackmailing.”

On Thursday, a group of masked armed men kidnapped seven recruits, three from the police and four from the military, in North Sinai’s Green Valley, some 20 kilometers away from el-Arish, the capital of the North Sinai governorate.

Governor of North Sinai Abdel Fatah Harhour said on Sunday that security efforts are underway to identify the kidnappers as no group has claimed responsibility for the incident.

Militant groups and criminals have exploited a security vacuum that has developed in Sinai since the 2011 uprising against former dictator Hosni Mubarak.

In August 2012, at least 15 Egyptian policemen were killed in an assault on a police station at the border between Egypt and the Occupied Palestinian Territories. It was the deadliest incident in Sinai in decades.

In response, Cairo launched an offensive against terrorists in Sinai, sending thousands of troops backed by tanks and heavy equipment into the region.

MM/HN

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

US history plagued by devastating tornadoes

0

As the displaced residents of the Oklahoma City suburbs came to terms with the devastation around them Monday night pundits were already speculating that the tornado was one of the worst to ever hit the US, a dubious distinction for the newly homeless.

 The most
destructive twister struck Ellington, Missouri at approximately
1:01 pm on March 18, 1925.The Great Tri-State Tornado traveled
through Missouri before entering Illinois and finally dissipating
in rural Indiana more than three hours after the vortex was first
spotted. 

At least 695 people were killed in the Tri-State tornado with
another 2,027 injured and $16.5 million in damage (over $1.4
billion in today’s dollars). The tornado registered as an F5, the
highest possible on the Fujita scale. Unfortunately, like Monday’s
tragedy in Oklahoma, areas with schools were the worst hit, with
nine in all being demolished. 

“There was a great roar,” witness Judith Cox told the St.
Louis Dispatch two days after the storm hit, as quoted by Popular
Mechanics. “Like a train but many times louder. ‘My God!’ I
cried, ‘It’s a cyclone and it’s here.’ The air was full of
everything, boards, branches of trees, garments, pans, stoves, all
churning together. I saw whole sides of houses rolling along near
the ground
.” 

The Great Natchez Tornado ranks second on the list of the
deadliest tornados to strike the US. Although there was no Fujita
scale at the time the Great Natchez Tornado is universally
recognized as another F5, tossing more than 60 boats into the
Mississippi River and drowning a total of 269 people. At least
another 48 people were killed on land when the storm tore through
Louisiana, but slave deaths were not counted at the time so the
death toll is thought to be much higher. 

Tornado Alley is the name designated to the region of the United
States between the Rocky Mountains and Appalachian Mountains. The
third ranking on the list, the St. Louis Tornado of 1896, landed
directly in that region. 
Nearly $4 billion (in 2013 currency) was caused when a violent F4
tornado swept through downtown St. Louis, killing at least 255
people. Little else is known about the storm is known because few
of the records taken survived the century since. 

Decades later, seventeen tornadoes (later combined into two, the
fourth and fifth deadliest ever in the US) converged on the
southeastern states, hitting Tupelo, Mississippi and Gainesville,
Georgia the hardest. The storms destroyed an entire 48 city blocks,
200 homes and killed 216 people in Tupelo, among the victims was an
entire family of 13 people.

“My friends and I stopped in front of a store downtown when
the owner came out and told use to take cover
,” said
Gainesville witness John Rudolph. “It was daytime but the sky
was dark as night…When I woke up, I couldn’t move my leg. I waited
for what seemed like hours for someone to come and help me. My leg
was broken from fallen debris
.”  

Again, the final death toll could not be calculated because
newspapers refused to calculate the deaths of non-whites. The storm
trigged flash floods and a department store fire that killed 20
people seeking refuge. An infant Elvis Presley was among the
survivors. 

This article originally appeared on : RT

US history plagued by devastating tornadoes

0

As the displaced residents of the Oklahoma City suburbs came to terms with the devastation around them Monday night pundits were already speculating that the tornado was one of the worst to ever hit the US, a dubious distinction for the newly homeless.

 The most
destructive twister struck Ellington, Missouri at approximately
1:01 pm on March 18, 1925.The Great Tri-State Tornado traveled
through Missouri before entering Illinois and finally dissipating
in rural Indiana more than three hours after the vortex was first
spotted. 

At least 695 people were killed in the Tri-State tornado with
another 2,027 injured and $16.5 million in damage (over $1.4
billion in today’s dollars). The tornado registered as an F5, the
highest possible on the Fujita scale. Unfortunately, like Monday’s
tragedy in Oklahoma, areas with schools were the worst hit, with
nine in all being demolished. 

“There was a great roar,” witness Judith Cox told the St.
Louis Dispatch two days after the storm hit, as quoted by Popular
Mechanics. “Like a train but many times louder. ‘My God!’ I
cried, ‘It’s a cyclone and it’s here.’ The air was full of
everything, boards, branches of trees, garments, pans, stoves, all
churning together. I saw whole sides of houses rolling along near
the ground
.” 

The Great Natchez Tornado ranks second on the list of the
deadliest tornados to strike the US. Although there was no Fujita
scale at the time the Great Natchez Tornado is universally
recognized as another F5, tossing more than 60 boats into the
Mississippi River and drowning a total of 269 people. At least
another 48 people were killed on land when the storm tore through
Louisiana, but slave deaths were not counted at the time so the
death toll is thought to be much higher. 

Tornado Alley is the name designated to the region of the United
States between the Rocky Mountains and Appalachian Mountains. The
third ranking on the list, the St. Louis Tornado of 1896, landed
directly in that region. 
Nearly $4 billion (in 2013 currency) was caused when a violent F4
tornado swept through downtown St. Louis, killing at least 255
people. Little else is known about the storm is known because few
of the records taken survived the century since. 

Decades later, seventeen tornadoes (later combined into two, the
fourth and fifth deadliest ever in the US) converged on the
southeastern states, hitting Tupelo, Mississippi and Gainesville,
Georgia the hardest. The storms destroyed an entire 48 city blocks,
200 homes and killed 216 people in Tupelo, among the victims was an
entire family of 13 people.

“My friends and I stopped in front of a store downtown when
the owner came out and told use to take cover
,” said
Gainesville witness John Rudolph. “It was daytime but the sky
was dark as night…When I woke up, I couldn’t move my leg. I waited
for what seemed like hours for someone to come and help me. My leg
was broken from fallen debris
.”  

Again, the final death toll could not be calculated because
newspapers refused to calculate the deaths of non-whites. The storm
trigged flash floods and a department store fire that killed 20
people seeking refuge. An infant Elvis Presley was among the
survivors. 

This article originally appeared on : RT

Obama declares disaster in Oklahoma

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]US President Barack Obama has declared a major disaster in the central state of Oklahoma after killer tornado ripped through part of the state.

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

3 Brazilians die in Turkey balloon crash

0

Three Brazilian tourists die in a Balloon crash in Cappadocia, Turkey.

Three Brazilian tourists have died and more than 20 others sustained injures after two hot-air balloons collided in central Turkey.

A witnesses say that the incident took place on Monday when one ascending balloon was torn and hit the basket of another, and then plunged to the ground in Cappadocia, an area in central Anatolia famous for its spectacular volcanic rock formations.

The governor of Nevsehir province, Abdurrahman Savas said two Brazilians aged 71 and 65 lost their lives, while most of the injured suffered broken bones.

The third Brazilian tourist aged 76 reportedly died in hospital later.

Ten Spaniards, seven Brazilians, three Argentines, a Portuguese and a Puerto Rican were wounded in the accident.

A tourist whose balloon was some 200 meters (yards) away from the balloon that crashed said, œWe could hear the radio chatter and we knew something was happening. There was a frantic urgent transmission: ˜Release your parachute! Release your parachute!

Å“It was probably some 300 meters in the air and it descended increasingly rapidly to the ground,” he said. Å“There was a large tear in the fabric, probably some 10 to 15 meters long.”

In 2009, a British tourist was killed in the Cappadocia region in a same balloon crash.

IA/DB/HN

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

DRC sees clashes ahead of UN chief visit

0

Heavy clashes have erupted between government and rebel forces in eastern Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC), just days before the UN chief makes a visit to the troubled region.

On Monday, Congolese soldiers clashed with the March 23 movement (M23) rebels for the first time in nearly six months near the city of Goma, the capital of North Kivu province, Reuters reported.

Fighting began in the early morning after the M23 rebels attacked government positions around 10 kilometers (6 miles) north of the mineral-rich city, according to army spokesman Olivier Hamuli.

“The fighting has been with heavy weapons. It’s still continuing although it is less intense … We’re sending reinforcements. We must protect the town of Goma at all costs,” Hamuli said.

The M23 rebels, however, accuse the government forces of launching the attack first.

There have been no immediate reports of the casualties from the fighting.

The fighting comes after the UN began deploying an attack force to the east last week to neutralize armed groups in the area.

The UN has nearly 20,000 peacekeepers in eastern Congo.

UN Secretary-General Ban Ki-moon Ban is due to arrive in Goma on Wednesday as part of a visit with World Bank Group President Jim Yong Kim, aiming to draw attention to the conflict in Congo.

The M23 rebels briefly occupied Goma on November 20, 2012 after UN peacekeepers gave up the battle for the frontier city of one million people. M23 fighters withdrew from the city on December 1 under a ceasefire accord.

Several armed groups, including the M23 rebels, are active in the east of the DRC and fighting for control of the countryâ„¢s vast mineral resources, such as gold, the main tin ore cassiterite, and coltan (columbite-tantalite), which is used to make many electronic devices, including cell phones.

Since early May 2012, nearly 3 million people have fled their homes in the eastern Congo. About 2.5 million have resettled in Congo, but more than 460,000 have crossed into neighboring Rwanda and Uganda.

Congo has faced numerous problems over the past few decades, such as grinding poverty, crumbling infrastructure, and a war in the east of the country that has dragged on since 1998 and left over 5.5 million people dead.

MN/HN

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Oklahoma tornado aftermath: LIVE UPDATES

0

3:54 GMT: Officials at two
Oklahoma hospitals have revised the number of patients
they have been treating. Since a massive tornado hit suburban
Oklahoma City a
total of 120 patients, including about 50
children, were
admitted to hospitals, officials
said.

3:43 GMT: US President Obama has
signed a major disaster declaration following a devastating tornado
in Oklahoma, making federal funding available in Cleveland,
Lincoln, McClain, Oklahoma and Pottawatomie.

3:17 GMT: Some of Oklahoma children earlier reported as
missing have been found in local churches, CNN reports.

2:45 GMT: As of 9:45 pm central time Oklahoma medical
examiner’s office has confirmed 51 deaths and 233 injuries.

2:35 GMT: Medical examiner’s office says that at least 20
children were among those 51 confirmed dead after Oklahoma
tornado.

2:23 GMT: Two Oklahoma hospitals are treating more than
140 people, including about 70 kids, after massive tornado hit
Oklahoma.

The funnel of a tornadic thunderstorm almost touches the ground near South Haven, in Kansas May 19, 2013 (Reuters / Gene Blevins)

People look through the wreckage of their neighborhood after a tornado struck Moore, Oklahoma, May 20, 2013 (Reuters / Gene Blevins)

This article originally appeared on : RT

Merkel policies likened to Nazi invasion

0

German Chancellor Angela Merkel (R) and Hungarian Prime Minister Viktor Orban (file photo)

Hungarian Prime Minister Viktor Orban has drawn parallels between the policies of German Chancellor Angela Merkel and the Nazi invasion of his country in 1944 during the course of the Second World War.

Å“The Germans have already sent cavalry to Hungary – they came in form of tanks. Our request is that they don’t send any. It didn’t work out,’ Orban told state broadcaster Kossuth Radio.

The Hungarian leaderâ„¢s comments came after Merkel said last week that she “would do everything to put Hungary in the right direction, but we won’t be sending in the cavalry straight away.”

Orban and his Fidesz conservative political party have used two-thirds majority in the legislature to push through amendments to the Hungarian constitution.

The constitutional changes have come under attack from Germany and the European Union, which claim they are undemocratic.

Critics in Brussels argue that Hungary is sliding into a dictatorship, and state that the country should be expelled from the EU.

On Monday, German Foreign Minister Guido Westerwelle dismissed Orban’s comments, and the Hungarian leader of a “deplorable derailment which we clearly reject.”

In March, Merkel voiced criticism of Hungary’s constitutional changes, saying concerns raised by the European Union about the disputed alterations should be taken seriously.

MP/HN

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

SARS-like virus kills another Saudi

0

The World Health Organization says it is closely monitoring the novel coronavirus.

Another Saudi citizen, who contracted the SARS-like virus coronavirus, has died, the Saudi Arabian Health Ministry has announced.

The latest death raised the toll in the kingdom from the deadly respiratory virus related to the Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome (SARS) to 16, the ministry said in a statement published on its website on Monday.

“One of the patients who had contracted the virus has died” in Eastern Province, which has most of the cases in the country, it stated.

On May 14, the ministry said that a total of 30 people were infected by the deadly coronavirus in the kingdom, and 15 of them died.

The novel coronavirus, also known as nCoV-EMC, is a cousin of SARS. The virus first emerged in the Middle East, and was discovered on September 2012 in a Qatari man who had recently traveled to Saudi Arabia.

Cases have been reported in Saudi Arabia, Jordan, the UAE, Qatar, Britain and Germany, and health officials have said the virus has likely already spread between people in some circumstances.

Health authorities are trying to find out how humans are contracting and spreading the virus and what is the best remedy to treat it.

According to the reports, most patients diagnosed with the virus are elderly men.

It does not appear to be as contagious as SARS, which killed some 800 people in a 2003 epidemic.

The novel coronavirus is most closely related to a bat virus. Scientists are considering whether bats or other animals like goats or camels are a possible source of infection.

The World Health Organization has advised countries to test any people with unexplained pneumonia.

GJH/HN

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Obama and the IRS: The Smoking Gun?

0

President met with anti-Tea Party IRS union chief the day before agency targeted Tea Party.

Jeffrey Lord
spectator.org
May 20, 2013

“For me, it’s about collaboration.” – National Treasury Employees Union President Colleen Kelley on the relationship between the anti-Tea Party IRS union and the Obama White House

 Is President Obama directly implicated in the IRS scandal?

Is the White House Visitors Log the trail to the smoking gun?

The stunning questions are raised by the following set of new facts.

March 31, 2010.

According to the White House Visitors Log, provided here in searchable form by U.S. News and World Report, the president of the anti-Tea Party National Treasury Employees Union, Colleen Kelley, visited the White House at 12:30pm that Wednesday noon time of March 31st.

The White House lists the IRS union leader’s visit this way:

Kelley, Colleen Potus 03/31/2010 12:30

In White House language, “POTUS” stands for “President of the United States.”

The very next day after her White House meeting with the President, according to the Treasury Department’s Inspector General’s Report, IRS employees – the same employees who belong to the NTEU – set to work in earnest targeting the Tea Party and conservative groups around America. The IG report wrote it up this way:

April 1-2, 2010: The new Acting Manager, Technical Unit, suggested the need for a Sensitive Case Report on the Tea Party cases. The Determinations Unit Program Manager Agreed.

In short: the very day after the president of the quite publicly anti-Tea Party labor union – the union for IRS employees – met with President Obama, the manager of the IRS “Determinations Unit Program agreed” to open a “Sensitive Case report on the Tea party cases.” As stated by the IG report.

The NTEU is the 150,000 member union that represents IRS employees along with 30 other separate government agencies. Kelley herself is a 14-year IRS veteran agent. The union’s PAC endorsed President Obama in both 2008 and 2012, and gave hundreds of thousands of dollars in the 2010 and 2012 election cycles to anti-Tea Party candidates.

Putting IRS employees in the position of actively financing anti-Tea Party candidates themselves, while in their official positions in the IRS blocking, auditing, or intimidating Tea Party and conservative groups around the country.

The IG report contained a timeline prepared by examining internal IRS e-mails. The IG report did not examine White House Visitor Logs, e-mails, or phone records relating to the relationship between the IRS union, the IRS, and the White House.

In fact, this record in the White House Visitors Log of a 12:30 Wednesday, March 31, 2010 meeting between President Obama and the IRS union’s Kelley was not unusual.

On yet another occasion, Kelley’s presence at the White House was followed shortly afterwards by the President issuing Executive Order 13522. A presidential directive that gave the anti-Tea Party NTEU – the IRS union – a greater role in the day-to-day operation of the IRS than it had already – which was considerable.

Kelley is recorded as visiting the White House over a year earlier, listed in this fashion:

Kelley, Colleen Potus/Flotus 12/03/2009 18:30

The inclusion of “FLOTUS” – First Lady Michelle Obama – and the 6:30 pm time of the December event on this entry in the Visitors Log indicates this was the White House Christmas Party held that evening and written up here in the Chicago Sun-Times. The Sun-Times focused on party guests from the President’s home state of Illinois and did not mention Kelley. Notably, the Illinois guests, who are reported to have attended the same party as Kelley, included what the paper described as four labor “activists”: Dennis Gannon of the Chicago Federation of Labor, Tom Balanoff of the Service Employees International Union, Henry Tamarin of UNITE, and Ron Powell of the United Food and Commercial Workers.

Six days following Kelley’s attendance at the White House Christmas party with labor activists like herself, the President issued Executive Order 13522 (text found here, with an explanation here). The Executive Order, titled: “Creating Labor-Management Forums To Improve Delivery of Government Services” applied across the federal government and included the IRS. The directive was designed to:

Allow employees and unions to have pre-decisional involvement in all workplace matters….

However else this December 2009 Executive Order can be described, the directive was a serious grant of authority within the IRS to the powerful anti-Tea Party union. A union that by this time already had the clout to determine the rules for IRS employees, right down to who would be allowed a Blackberry or what size office the employee was entitled to. The same union that would shortly be doling out serious 2010 (and later 2012) campaign contributions to anti-Tea Party candidates with money supplied from IRS employees. The union, as noted last week here in this space, already has the authority to decide all manner of IRS matters, right down to who does and does not get a Blackberry.

It is the same union whose IRS employee-members were being urged in 2012 by Senate Democrats (Chuck Schumer, Al Franken, Max Baucus, and others) to target Tea Party and other conservative groups.

Which, as the IG records, they did.

Both Mr. Obama and the NTEU’s Kelley have been by turns evasive and tight-lipped about their roles in the blossoming IRS scandal.

Kelley refused to open up to the Washington Post. In an article titled ”IRS, union mum on employees held accountable in ‘sin’ of political targeting,” the Post quoted the following:

“NTEU is working to get the facts but does not have any specifics at this time. Moreover, IRS employees are not permitted to discuss taxpayer cases. We cannot comment further at this time,” NTEU President Colleen M. Kelley said via e-mail.

A call to the NTEU office in Cincinnati resulted in a similar response: “We’ve been directed by national office. We have no comment.”

The President approached things in a more evasive manner.

Last Thursday at the President’s press conference with the Turkish prime minister, Julianna Goldman of Bloomberg News asked the following question, bold print for emphasis:

“Mr. President, I want to ask you about the IRS. Can you assure the American people that nobody in the White House knew about the agency’s actions before your Counsel’s Office found out on April 22nd? And when they did find out, do you think that you should have learned about it before you learned about it from news reports as you said last Friday? And also, are you opposed to there being a special counsel appointed to lead the Justice Department investigation?”

The President’s response? (Again bold print emphasis.)

“But let me make sure that I answer your specific question. I can assure you that I certainly did not know anything about the IG report before the IG report had been leaked through the press.”

Take note: Goldman’s question was:

“Can you assure the American people that nobody in the White House knew about the agency’s actions before your Counsel’s Office found out on April 22nd?”

The President evaded by answering:

“I can assure you that I certainly did not know anything about the IG report…..”

The question was not whether he knew about the IG report ahead of time. The question was whether he could “assure the American people that nobody in the White House knew about the agency’s actions.”

In response, the President ducked.

In other words, the IRS union chief went to the White House to meet personally with the president on March 31. The union already had Executive Order 13522 behind it, issued by the President barely three months earlier. An Executive Order directing that the IRS must “allow employees and unions to have pre-decisional involvement in all workplace matters….”.

The very next day after that March 31 meeting at the White House, the IRS, with the union involved in its decision-making, was setting up its “Sensitive Case Report on the Tea Party.”

Which raises the famous question from Watergate: What did the President know and when did he know it?

While potentially explosive now, in fact the Obama Administration hadn’t been in office a month before Kelley was boasting of the IRS union’s influence in the White House.

In a February 15, 2009  interview given to the Pittsburgh Post-Gazette (Pittsburgh is Kelley’s home town), there was this question from the PG reporter, with the now Washington-based Kelley boasting as below, key point in bold print:

Q: Has the Obama staff been receptive?

A: Yes. We have worked with the transition team, given them suggestions; and throughout the campaign, President Obama talked about working with the federal employees and unions. He’s recognized the contributions federal employees make. I was just at the White House (Jan. 30) while he was signing some executive orders to undo some things the prior administration did.

Catch that?

The boast?

“I was just at the White House…”

Which is to say, the election of 2008, in which the union had endorsed Obama, was no sooner over than the head of the IRS union had “worked with the transition team” and “given them suggestions.” Literally ten days after the Obama January 20 inaugural in 2009 – January 30 the article notes – Kelley was boasting that “I was just at the White House while he (the President) was signing some executive orders to undo some things the prior administration did.”

And what did Kelley see as the IRS union’s relationship with the White House she had already visited ten days into the President’s first term?

Kelley responded candidly, again with the bold print added for emphasis:

“We are looking for a return to what we used to call partnership. I don’t really care what it’s called. For me, it’s about collaboration.”

Catch those words?

Collaboration. Partnership.

In addition to Kelley’s three visits to see the President – in January of 2009, December of 2009, and March of 2010 – she is listed for three other visits, the contact names those of presidential aides:

“Kelley, Colleen Weiss, Margaret 11/04/2009 10:00”

“Kelley, Colleen Weiss, Margaret 12/01/2009 12:00”

“Kelley, Colleen Nelson, Greg 01/14/2010 13:40”

The obvious question instantly arises with the revelation that Kelley was meeting with the President personally – the day before the IRS kicked into high gear with its “Sensitive Case Report on the Tea Party”.

Were the President of the United States and the President of the NTEU meeting in the White House at 12:30 on Wednesday, March 31, 2010 – and engaged in “collaboration” and “partnership”? A “collaboration” and “partnership” that was all about targeting the Tea Party?

And did that collaboration and partnership result in the IRS letting loose the hounds on the Tea Party and conservative groups – the very next day after the Obama-Kelley meeting?

To add to the administration’s IRS-NTEU woes is the fact that beyond the Inspector General, there is another IRS-connected agency in the Treasury Department: the IRS Oversight Board.

And on that board sits a presidential appointee named Robert M. Tobias. Tobias, oddly, was a Clinton appointee in 2005, confirmed by the Senate for a five-year term. He is still there. He is the longtime NTEU general counsel and Kelley’s predecessor as the union president. Here’s the statement, from the IRS Oversight Board, on all of this. It is headed:

IRS Oversight Board Deeply Troubled by Breakdown in IRS Process in Reviewing Tax-Exempt Applications.

There was no reference to the influence of the anti-Tea Party NTEU in the statement. Why would there be when the union’s ex-president sits on the Oversight Board itself?

Obama’s problem here is considerable.

By not forthrightly answering Goldman’s question, he seems to be evading the issue in the manner that brought so much trouble in the form of congressional investigations, special prosecutors, and impeachment threats to Presidents Nixon and Clinton, with Nixon being forced to resign the presidency and Clinton brought to a Senate trial.

The President’s too-clever-by half evasion added to Kelley’s silence leaves open the question of whether the union and the White House, not to mention the IRS Oversight Board, are collaborating – collaborating right now – on a cover-up.

Nixon looked the American people in the television eye and flatly lied about his personal involvement in the Watergate scandal, lies that came from a frantic attempt to conduct a cover-up.

Clinton looked the American people in the eye and famously wagged his finger as he lied that he “did not have sex with that woman, Ms. Lewinsky.” In Clinton’s case this extended to lying to a federal grand jury.

For a good long while, the American people in fact believed both Nixon and Clinton. The stories are now legion of Nixon cabinet and staff believing their man, and Clinton’s cabinet and staff believing their man’s protestations of innocence as well.

Finally, in both cases, the truth was out.

As Washington and the country have long since twice-learned the hard way, the parsing of presidential words in cases like this, not to mention looking into the cameras and boldly lying on the prayer of getting away with the lie, always bodes ill for presidents. It leads inevitably to that simple question famously uttered by then-Tennessee GOP Senator Howard Baker and posed of Nixon at the Senate Watergate hearings: “What did the President know and when did he know it?”

Twice in recent American history the answer to this question, once for Nixon and once for Clinton, has landed popular, powerful presidents in impeachment hot water. Ending Republican Nixon’s presidency altogether and coming close to doing the same with Democrat Clinton. Leaving the legacy of each permanently scarred.

The notion that the players in the IRS scandal did what they did to get past the 2012 election will only add to an Obama presidential reputation as borrowing the Nixon playbook on skirting scandal in a presidential election year.

Ironically re-casting the image of America’s first black president as the black Nixon.

With the examples of how Nixon and Clinton dodged, evaded, and lied, Obama’s non-answer to Juliana Goldman’s question at last week’s press conference comes in for much more scrutiny. Matched to the silence of Kelley it begins raising obvious questions. Such as:

– Did the President himself ever discuss the Tea Party with Kelley?

– Did the President ever communicate his thoughts on the Tea Party to Kelley – in any fashion other than a face-to-face conversation such as e-mail, text, or by phone?

– What was the subject of the Obama-Kelley March 31, 2010 meeting?

– Who was present at the Obama-Kelley March 31 meeting?

– Was the Tea Party or any other group opposing the President’s agenda discussed at the March 31 meeting, or before or after that meeting?

– Is the White House going to release any e-mails, text, or phone records that detail Kelley’s contacts with not only Mr. Obama but his staff?

– Will the IRS release all e-mail, text, or phone records between Kelley or any other leader of the NTEU with IRS employees?

– What role did Executive Order 13522 play in the IRS investigations of the Tea Party and all these other conservative groups?

Doubtless there are others, considerable others and the list of questions will grow.

Not to be lost sight of here is the role of the NTEU in raising money for Democrats in the 2010 and 2012 election cycles – the exact period when the IRS was busy going after the Tea Party and the others to curb any possible influence the groups could have in the elections of 2010 and 2012.

The NTEU, through its political action committee, raised $613,633 in the 2010 cycle, giving 98% of its contributions to anti-Tea Party Democrats. In 2012 the figure was $729,708, with 94% going to anti-Tea Party candidates. One NTEU candidate after another, as discussed last week in this space, campaigned vigorously against the Tea Party.

So the motivations here – defeating the Tea Party in 2010, and failing at that, making sure that the news of the metastasizing cancer in the IRS was kept quiet until after the 2012 presidential election was over – are clear.

What is particularly interesting here are the automatic assumptions of the mainstream media in all of this.

Like this “given” from the Washington Post’s Dan Balz, bold print added for emphasis. 

The most corrosive of the controversies is what happened at the IRS, which singled out tea party and other conservative groups for special scrutiny in their applications for tax-exempt status. That Obama knew nothing about it does little to quell concerns that one of the most-feared units in government was operating out of control.

But if in fact the President did know about it?

Here’s the Washington Post’s “Journolist” Ezra Klein:

The crucial ingredient for a scandal is the prospect of high-level White House involvement and wide political repercussions.…

If new information emerges showing a connection between the Determination Unit’s decisions and the Obama campaign, or the Obama administration, it would crack this White House wide open. That would be a genuine scandal. But the IG report says that there’s no evidence of that. And so it’s hard to see where this one goes from here.

Exactly.

Which is why it will be a curious sight indeed to see the efforts the media will go to ignore/dismiss the tight, on-the-record connection between the President personally and a vociferously anti-Tea Party union. A union that has the literal run of the IRS – and whose union chief is recorded as having met with the President in the White House the day before the IRS launched “a Sensitive Case Report on the Tea Party cases.” A decision with which, according to the IG report: “The Determinations Unit Program Manager Agreed.” Check those words from Mr. Klein again:

If new information emerges showing a connection between the Determination Unit’s decisions and the Obama campaign, or the Obama administration, it would crack this White House wide open. That would be a genuine scandal.

The question now is a simple one.

In 1974, “the smoking gun” was a tape recording that ended the Nixon presidency.

In 1998, the smoking gun was a blue dress – and it almost undid Bill Clinton’s White House.

Now the all-too-familiar pattern of scandal and its day-by-day drip-drip-drip nature has begun to set in. Newsmax is now quoting Washington attorney and conservative activist Cleta Mitchell as saying:

“There were nearly 100 groups across the country that got the very egregious set of letters from the IRS that were almost identical and they came from offices all over the country, so I know of at least 85 to 90, maybe more, organizations.”

Regular American all over the country are coming forward with their stories. Understanding the relationship between the Obama White House and the IRS union will be a must for congressional investigators.

President Obama is coming perilously closer to becoming the new Nixon. The next Bill Clinton.

And once again, as news of exactly what a president was doing in the Oval Office on a particular day and time goes public, yet again the old question becomes new.

What did the President know? And when did he know it?

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, May 20, 2013 at 9:46 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on : Infowars

‘Myanmar must halt anti-Muslim violence’

0

US President Barack Obama (R) shakes hands with Myanma President Thein Sein in the Oval Office on May 20, 2013.

US President Barack Obama has praised Myanmar President Thein Sein for leading his country toward political and economic reforms but expressed concern about the violence against Muslims in the country.

On Monday, the former general became the first Myanmar president to visit the White House in 47 years.

Sein, who was previously a member of the junta that ran the country, arrived in Washington on Saturday, six months after Obama made a historic visit to the Southeast Asian country that is also known as Burma.

He took office as a nominal civilian in 2011. His name was only deleted from a blacklist barring travel to the US last September.

Obama said US-Myanmar relations had improved because of “the leadership that President Sein has shown in moving Myanmar down a path of both political and economic reform,” AFP reported.

However, he expressed “deep concern about communal violence that has been directed against Muslim communities inside Myanmar.”

“The displacement of people, the violence directed towards them needs to stop,” Obama said.

Human rights activists have sharply criticized the Obama administration for inviting Thein Sein, saying the invitation was premature and reduces the pressure on Myanmar to address human rights violations.

The violence that originally targeted Rohingya Muslims in western Myanmar is beginning to spread to other parts of the country, where Muslims who have been granted citizenship are now being attacked, according to the website burmamuslims.org.

About 800,000 Rohingyas in the western state of Rakhine are deprived of citizenship rights due to the policy of discrimination that has denied them the right of citizenship and made them vulnerable to acts of violence and persecution, expulsion, and displacement.

The Myanmar government has so far refused to extricate the stateless Rohingyas from their citizenship limbo, despite international pressure to give them a legal status.

Rohingya Muslims have faced torture, neglect, and repression in Myanmar for many years.

Hundreds of Rohingyas are believed to have been killed and thousands displaced in recent attacks by extremists who call themselves Buddhists.

The extremists frequently attack Rohingyas and have set fire to their homes in several villages in Rakhine. Myanmar army forces allegedly provide the fanatics containers of petrol for torching the houses of Muslim villagers, who are then forced to flee.

Myanmarâ„¢s government has been accused of failing to protect the Muslim minority.

Myanmar opposition leader Aung San Suu Kyi has also come under fire for her stance on the violence. The Nobel Peace laureate has refused to censure the Myanmar military for its persecution of the Rohingyas.

Rohingyas are said to be Muslim descendants of Persian, Turkish, Bengali, and Pathan origin, who migrated to Myanmar as early as the 8th century.

Amnesty International and Human Rights Watch have issued separate statements, calling on Myanmar to take action to protect the Rohingya Muslim population against extremists.

MN/HGL

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

80-Year-Old North Carolina Educator: Why I Got Arrested Protesting Right-Wing Agenda for Schools

0

Barbara Parramore with her daughter, AlterNet Senior Editor Lynn Stuart Parramore.

May 20, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Update: Barbara Parramore was taken into police custody Monday evening. She was part of a crowd of hundreds of peaceable citizens (the highest count yet) gathered at the North Carolina Legislature buidling to protest right-wing policies pushed by GOP lawmakers. The Moral Mondays protests, launched by the NC chapter of the NAACP, is now in its fourth week. The number of protesters arrested for May 20th is estimated at 60, bringing the total count of citizens taken in by police over the last several weeks to nearly 160.

Today I am participating in a non-violent and peaceful protest called Moral Mondays. I join ministers, students, teachers, and other concerned citizens in Raleigh because I am deeply concerned about the legislation of this session of the North Carolina General Assembly. In my judgment, many laws and pending laws that will guide public policy and practice are not in the public interest, and in many instances, will have a negative effect on the future of our state. Children and youth, who are our future, need schooling and health that fosters the best of citizenship as well as preparation for living and working in our society. I am most concerned about the bills affecting the public schools and opportunities of post-secondary education. Families and women’s health issues also relate to and affect educational opportunities.

I was born in 1932 and am a child of the Great Depression and World War II. My oldest brother went into the army in January 1942 and I knew many older brothers of my friends who did not survive. Part of my DNA is being concerned about family and neighbors and helping each other whenever we could. It was fathers and daughters who kept farms going; indeed, a neighborhood girlfriend and her father were with my dad and me in a field working when someone came along to tell us that the war in the Pacific had ended. My brother was on the Pacific high seas that very day, and he got to come home safely, thank goodness.

Back then, neighbors and citizens knew how to care about each other, which brings me to my concern about what is happening right now to families and communities around the state. The list of bills proposed by one or both houses of the North Carolina General Assembly in spring of 2013 is long. Too many of these proposals appear to be poorly thought out. As a citizen who has never missed the opportunity to vote in local, state and national elections, I now have the feeling that my voice is not being considered. Participating in a protest is my way of letting members of the General Assembly know that there are other voices that they need to hear.

My career in public education began in the fall of 1954, following the Brown v. Board of Education decision, which made it unlawful to deny black children the same opportunities as white children in our public schools. For the next 40 years I served as an elementary teacher, middle-school mathematics and science teacher, school counselor, elementary school principal, and as a teacher of future teachers and administrators at North Carolina State University.

Six years as principal of Wiley Elementary School in Raleigh, North Carolina were a major influence in all that I have accomplished. Calvin H. Wiley, for whom the school was named, was the first state superintendent of schools. He convinced the governor not to divert school funds to the Civil War effort, among other important achievements. At Wiley School I learned firsthand how effective teachers are and the extent to which they go beyond their duties to not only teach, but to establish a climate for learning that makes a difference in their students’ lives. Not only were the three Rs essential but also music and art. We considered our school a “workshop for learning.”

This article originally appeared on : AlterNet

UAE hard-hats launch historic strike

0

Laborers of the United Arab Emirates-based construction giant Arabtec are staging a strike to express discontent over their low salaries.

Arabtec issued a statement saying that a number of workers in Dubai and Abu Dhabi observed the strike for a second day on Monday.

The workers, who are demanding that the company raise their wages, stayed in their camps on Sunday and Monday.

Most construction workers in the UAE are from South Asia and earn about $218 a month on average.

Arabtec, which is involved in mega projects like the Louvre Abu Dhabi, said it was not affected by the labor strike.

Labor protests are not common in Persian Gulf Arab states, where construction workers are often housed in crowded labor camps.

In the past, the UAE arrested strikers, but now there are worries of wider protests in the Persian Gulf country.

GJH/HGL

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

‘West at impasse over Iran nuclear plan’

0

An Iranian lawmaker says the West has reached an impasse over the illegal US-led sanctions against the Islamic Republic.

Mohammad Saleh Jokar, a member of the Iranian parliament (Majlis) National Security and Foreign Policy Committee, made the remarks in an interview with the Islamic Consultative Assembly News Agency (ICANA) on Sunday.

Å“All the Western countries have noticed that increasing sanctions does not have any influence on the domestic or foreign policies of Iran,” the Iranian MP said.

He added that despite the sanctions, Iran has made progress in nuclear energy sector.

At the beginning of 2012, the United States and the EU imposed new sanctions on Iranâ„¢s oil and financial sectors with the goal of preventing other countries from purchasing Iranian oil and conducting transactions with the Central Bank of Iran.

The illegal US-engineered sanctions were imposed based on the unfounded accusation that Iran is pursuing non-civilian objectives in its nuclear energy program.

Iran rejects the allegations, arguing that as a committed signatory to the nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty (NPT) and a member of the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA), it has the right to use nuclear technology for peaceful purposes.

In addition, the IAEA has conducted numerous inspections of Iran’s nuclear facilities but has never found any evidence showing that Iran’s civilian nuclear program has been diverted to nuclear weapons production.

NT/AS

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Shias, mass media, and Hezbollah: What lies behind the battle for Qusair

0

As the Syrian army and rebels fight for control of Qusair, it is necessary to realize why the town is strategically important and vital for Shias on both sides of the border, making it a military and media battleground.

There are far more elements surrounding the situation in Qusair
than first meet the eye, RT’s Nadezhda Kevorkova reveals.

The army’s advance to Qusair is a key strategic operation.
Qusair is near Homs, which is located on the road connecting
Damascus with the Mediterranean seaport. And Qusair itself is the
closest town to the Lebanese border. So taking control of it allows
the forces to control the Lebanese border with the Shias living on
both sides. There is an important high point between Qusair and the
Lebanese village Al-Qasr. The Syrian army was forced to leave this
area in the fall of 2012, so locals lost their protection.
Opposition fighters took over the region and tried to chase out the
Shias and take control of the high point — there were severe
battles here in April 2013. (I was in Lebanon’s Al-Qasr at the time — the village came under heavy
fire). But the rebels lost to the fighters from the Syrian People’s
Committees. They were able to hold the high point.

Had the opposition forces won over this rather small and
seemingly insignificant area, there would’ve been major
consequences. The war would’ve spread to Lebanon, and Hezbollah
would’ve been obligated to get involved. Jihadists would’ve been
able to get into Syria from Lebanon and attack Hezbollah in
southern Lebanon in the Beqaa Valley.

But fighters from the Syrian People’s Committees didn’t let them
do it and held the high point.
 
Thanks to their effort, the government forces were able to deploy
troops here and start the Qusair counter-offensive on May 19.
 

An image grab taken from a video

Thirty-thousand Syrian Shias live on the Syrian side of the
border (not the Alawites – the Shias). As we know, the border
between Syria and Lebanon is relative – the Shias have lived here
for ages. When colonial powers drew border lines between countries,
they didn’t take the traditional settlement patterns of ethnic
groups and communities into account. Many of the local residents
have Lebanese passports.

In the fall of 2012, rebels and foreign mercenaries began to
sweep Shia villages with fire. They also intimidated people and
conducted ethnic cleansing operations. In mixed communities they
would go into Shias’ houses telling people to get out, drew
“outlaw” signs on the buildings, snipers shot at those who tried to
exit these houses. If a family left a home, it was burned down.
Rebels planned to drive all Shias out of the area near the border.
 

Opposition propaganda resources in major mass media and social
networks have deployed a campaign in the Islamic world aimed at
bolstering the idea that all the Shias are apostates — they are not
Muslims, not native to these regions and are simply a tool that is
used for proliferating Iranian policy across the Middle East. That
is why jihad regards killing a Shia as noble. A number of
propaganda resources that different sheikhs were using to broadcast
anti-Shia sermons, were involved with the campaign.  

Moreover, the mass media are thus instilling the minds of
Muslims with the idea that all the Shias, including ordinary
peasants, are Hezbollah militants, and Hezbollah, in its turn, is a
supplement to the ‘dreadful thugs’ of the Army of the Guardians of
the Islamic Revolution.  

Such an approach, which is used by the opposition and backed by
the world’s major mass media, has a precise analogy.

The scorched-earth policy was first used in the region by the
Irgun Jewish settlers in April 1948, when several Palestinian
villages were wiped off the map (Deir Yassin is the most
well-known). The goal was simple: the news about the massacre of
254 Palestinians — kids, women and old people would terrify all the
rest so much, that they would run away voluntarily. The news about
such unprecedented atrocities as, for instance, disembowelling
pregnant women did strike terror into people: unarmed and unskilled
in terms of war 740 thousand Palestinians fled from their home
villages becoming refugees. Zionist ideologists still claim that
the Palestinians are not native to Palestine and they were invited
there as migrant workers, so they are either Bedouins, or nomads,
or Gypsies from the Middle East who didn’t have any skills in
agriculture and didn’t know how to farm. 

This is also the reason that has been driving the mass-media
campaign to discredit Hezbollah that has been accused of allegedly
fighting against the Syrian people. Video footage and photographs
of fallen Hezbollah fighters dating back to the 2006 Lebanon War
have been circulated as “proof” that Hezbollah is involved in Syria
and suffering losses. Back in 2006, 800 Hezbollah fighters put up
resistance to the ground invasion of Lebanon by Israel, and these
numbers were officially announced by the party leader Hasan
Nasrallah.

I met with families that were forced to flee Syrian villages by
the border. These were mostly large families who feared that their
women, wives and daughters, would be raped by the opposition
fighters and criminals that accompany them. Many also said that it
was their strategy to intimidate the local population on purpose to
have the houses vacated. Nonetheless many stayed and organized
community defense volunteer squads to protect themselves from the
rebel forces and mercenaries with arms in their hands.

The battle of Qusair has been of strategic importance, but not
only that – Qusair is the only town, however small (with 50,000
people of population ) that had been given up by the government
forces in the past — while the rest of the towns in Syria are under
the government’s control. Mass-media that are telling their
audience that the purpose of the battle of Qusair was “to regain
control over the Mediterranean coast” and “re-deploy the government
forces to Aleppo” are lying. The army is already in full control of
the coast. Last Sunday, the army launched a massive offensive on
all transit routes for weapons and supplies coming into the
country.

As of today, Qusair is surrounded by the Syrian army, which is
also in control of the downtown area. An escape corridor is being
kept open for the fleeing population. The militants who fail to use
it are contained in town’s quarters.

As for the losses, all the numbers cited are pure speculation
and part of the propaganda attack on Syria. For example, the
opposition initially reported online that they had killed “90
Hezbollah militants,” yet after a while changed the number to 30,
and that’s in addition to the Syrian army’s losses of 20 soldiers
reported by the army itself.

Nadezhda Kevorkova,
RT

This article originally appeared on : RT

‘Suburban poverty soaring in US'

0

A recent report shows that suburban poverty is rising in the United States.

A recent report has revealed that the rate of suburban poverty in the United States has grown by 64 percent over the past decade, and the pace is more than twice as fast as the poverty rate in urban areas.

Nearly 16.5 million people live in poverty in the suburb, in comparison with about 13 million poor people in American cities.

Elizabeth Kneebone, a co-author of the book Confronting Suburban Poverty in America says every main suburban area in the United States has witnessed enlargement in its underprivileged population.

“These include older inner-ring places, but also more affluent communities that people think are immune to these sorts of trends,” she said.

Kneebone linked the rise to an assortment of factors, including the increasing variety of the suburban population and the modernization of cities.

Å“Suburbs are increasingly home to new immigrant populations, either because they have communities there or networks there or they’re following affordable housing opportunities or jobs,” she said.

Kneebone noted, “In tight housing markets, where city housing has become so expensive, people have been looking for more affordable options further out.”

She also attributed the upsurge in suburban poverty to the growth of low-paid jobs.

“The lowest paying jobs are the most suburbanized,” she said. “Retail services, constructions jobs, manufacturing even.”

Among the areas with the sharpest increase in suburban poverty over the last decade are Cape Coral in Florida, Grand Rapids in Michigan, Greensboro-High Point in North Carolina, Colorado Springs in Colorado, and Atlanta in Georgia.

MP/AS

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

FARC security chief killed in Colombia

0

Colombian authorities say the head of security for the Revolutionary Armed Forces of Colombia (FARC) and the right-hand man of the guerrilla groupâ„¢ leader has been killed.

Officials said Ernesto Hurtado Penaloza, also known as “el Negro Eliecer,” was a close aide to the FARC’s top commander Rodrigo Londono Echeverri, known by his nom de guerre “Timochenko.”

Colombian Defense Minister Juan Carlos Pinzon said Å“el Negro Eliecer” was killed on Sunday in a clash with army forces around the town of Hacari, which is located in the countryâ„¢s northern state of North Santander on the border with Venezuela.

“Following a special operation by our military and police forces, this person was shot down, along with a woman guerrilla who served as the chief of finances for the faction managed by ‘el Negro Eliecer’,” he said.

‘El Negro Eliecer’ was the commander of the Antonio Santos Mobile Column — a sub-division of the FARCâ„¢s 33rd Front, and had a bounty of $270,000 on his head.

He was reportedly a key associate of the head of the Popular Liberation Army (EPL) dissident faction Victor Navarro, alias “Megateo”, who is one of the biggest drug lords in northern Colombia.

FARC is Latin America’s oldest guerilla group and has been fighting the Colombian government since 1964.

The group has more than 9,000 fighters operating across a large swathe of the eastern jungles of the Andean nation.

MP/AS

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

S&P cuts Jordan credit rating to BB-

0

S&P has downgraded Jordanâ„¢s sovereign credit rating from BB to BB-.

Standard & Poor’s (S&P) ratings agency has downgraded Jordan’s sovereign credit rating by one notch to BB-minus from BB with a negative outlook.

“The downgrade results from our view of Jordan’s weakened external and fiscal profiles in the wake of reduced foreign grants and weaker terms of trade in 2011 and 2012,” said S&P in a statement on Monday, AFP reported.

The rating agency noted that foreign grants fell to 1.5 percent of gross domestic product — the lowest in over a decade — from 5.9 percent in 2011.

“High oil prices in 2012 made things worse by further increasing the country’s energy import bill, while the cheaper Egyptian gas supply remained largely disrupted,” it added.

The firm also said the negative outlook reflects the potential for downgrade over the next year if “adverse developments, particularly emanating from the conflict in Syria,” again significantly raising Jordan’s financing needs.

“While external pressures may be dissipating, Jordan remains vulnerable to factors that could again worsen external and fiscal balance sheets,” said S&P.

Rival ratings agency Moody’s has Jordan rated one notch higher at Ba2. That rating has been on negative outlook since February 2011, although it is not currently on watch for a downgrade.

MN/AS

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Iraq to overhaul security strategy: Maliki

0

Iraqi Prime Minister Nouri al-Maliki has announced plans to overhaul the countryâ„¢s security strategy as a new series of terrorist attacks have killed dozens of civilians and police officers.

On Monday, terrorists killed at least 95 people and injured more than 250 others, bringing the current month’s death toll to 366.

“We are about to make changes in the high and middle positions of those responsible for security, and the security strategy,” Maliki told journalists in Baghdad late on Monday.

He added that the Iraqi Cabinet would discuss the matter on Tuesday.

“I assure the Iraqi people that they (militants) will not be able to return us to the sectarian conflict” which killed tens of thousands of people in Iraq in past years, he stated.

On Monday, 13 people were killed and more than 70 injured by two bomb attacks that targeted two Shia Muslim mosques in southern Iraq, according to police and hospital sources.

Al-Wardiyah mosque and Al-Graita mosque were bombed in the city of Hilla, some 100 kilometers south of the capital Baghdad, the sources said.

Both bombings occurred during evening prayers.

Iraqi security and medical sources said nine bomb explosions struck predominantly Shia districts of Baghdad on Monday, killing at least 48 people and wounding over 150 others.

One of the bombs exploded near a bus carrying Iranian pilgrims north of Baghdad, killing 13 Iranians and one Iraqi, and injuring at least 24 others.

Earlier in the day, another thirteen people were killed after a bomb went off near a market in a Shia-majority area of Baghdad.

Also on Monday, eleven people died when two massive car bomb blasts hit the city of Basra, located about 420 kilometers (260 miles) southeast of Baghdad.

The first explosion struck the Hananiya neighborhood near a busy market. The second bomb was set off inside a bus terminal in Saad Square.

No group has claimed responsibility for the blasts, but such large-scale bombings bear the hallmarks of al-Qaeda-linked militants in Iraq, which seek to destabilize the central government.

GJH/AS

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Death Toll Continues to Rise in Devastating Oklahoma Tornado

0

May 20, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

WASHINGTON – At least 37 people were killed when a powerful tornado with winds of up to 200 miles (320 kilometers) per hour pulverized an Oklahoma City suburb, hitting at least two schools and wiping out blocks of homes. [Editor’s note: since publication the AP has reported the death toll is at 51.]

The Oklahoma medical examiner’s office gave the latest death toll, which was carried by all the major US television networks, which said the number of fatalities was expected to rise.

“Our first responders are stretched,” Oklahoma City Mayor Mick Cornett told CNN. “The state, the National Guard are going to be involved.”

Reporters for KFOR-TV saw pupils as young as nine being “pulled out” of the school in Moore, a residential community of 55,000 just south of Oklahoma’s state capital.

Anxious parents were being kept at a distance while search and rescue workers scrambled to free the pupils.

A second elementary school, Briarwood, was also hit but did not immediately appear to have sustained casualties. Early reports indicated that many students survived.

From its news helicopter, KFOR’s cameras captured scenes of widespread destruction, with street after street of single-story homes in Moore stripped of their roofs and cars piled atop each other like toys.

Utility lines were down and gas lines exposed, triggering localized fires. The Moore Medical Center was evacuated after it sustained damage, a spokeswoman for the hospital told CNN.

The National Guard was called out to help rescue efforts.

Storm spotters estimated the wedge-shaped tornado, which struck in mid-afternoon, to be as big as two miles (3.2 kilometers) wide. It briefly dissipated, only to recycle to the east, threatening the town of Meeker.

“We anticipate that these storms are going to continue to build around Oklahoma,” a grim Governor Mary Fallin told CNN, while the National Weather Service urged residents to take cover.

On Twitter, the National Weather Service gave the tornado a preliminary rating of EF-4, indicating that it packed winds of 166 to 200 miles per hour (267-322 km/h) — more severe than a category five hurricane.

In downtown Oklahoma City, tornado sirens went off at least three times Monday afternoon, and the Interstate 35 highway — a busy north-south artery through the American heartland — was closed to all but emergency vehicles.

In Moore, live images from KFOR showed people wandering among the debris and even a couple of untethered horses from a local stables that somehow managed to survive the punishing storm.

“I had no idea it was coming,” said a stable worker, who told how he survived the “unbearably loud” twister by taking cover in one of the stalls.

Monday’s tornado followed roughly the same west-to-east track as a May 1999 twister that killed 44 people, injured hundreds more and destroyed thousands of homes in Moore and the south of Oklahoma City.

Tornadoes frequently touch down on Oklahoma’s wide open plains, but the fact that Monday’s twister struck a populated urban area raised fears of a high casualty toll.

Because of the hard ground, few homes are built with basements in which residents can take cover.

Oklahoma City lies well inside the so-called “Tornado Alley” stretching from South Dakota to central Texas that is particularly vulnerable to tornadoes.

On Sunday, a powerful storm system churning through the US Midwest spawned tornadoes in Iowa, Kansas and Oklahoma, destroying homes and killing at least two people, US media reported.

Fallin declared a state of emergency Sunday for 16 Oklahoma counties due to tornados, severe storms and flooding over the weekend.

This article originally appeared on : AlterNet

‘New admin. must resolve nuclear issue’

0

Iranian presidential hopeful Manouchehr Mottaki says the next Iranian president should make efforts to resolve the international dispute over the countryâ„¢s nuclear program.

The next president should take steps to address the issue, Mottaki, who is a member of the Coalition of Five, said during a question-and-answer session in Tehran on Monday.

The former foreign minister emphasized that the Islamic Republic has the right to use nuclear technology meant for peaceful purposes, saying resolving the dispute over the countryâ„¢s nuclear program will be Å“one of the eleventh administrationâ„¢s top priorities in foreign affairs.”

Å“I think it is the appropriate time for us to utilize diplomacy more seriously and according to defined scenarios in order to resolve the nuclear issue,” Mottaki said.

He also noted that Iran has had the Å“upper hand” in the nuclear negotiations with the West.

The United States, Israel, and some of their allies have repeatedly accused Iran of pursuing non-civilian objectives in its nuclear energy program.

Iran rejects the allegations, arguing that as a committed signatory to the nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty (NPT) and a member of the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA), it has the right to use nuclear technology for peaceful purposes.

Meanwhile, the Guardian Council, Iran’s top electoral supervisory body, is vetting hopefuls who want to run in the presidential election and is expected to announce the list of approved candidates on Tuesday.

Official campaigning will start two days after the Guardian Council releases its final list.

The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election.

NT/HGL

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

2-mile-wide tornado kills 51 in Oklahoma

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]A two-mile-wide tornado has killed at least 51 people in the US state of Oklahoma and many children are missing, with meteorologists’ forecasts saying more twisters will hit the area in the near future.

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

2-mile-wide tornado kills 37 in Oklahoma

0

A two-mile-wide tornado has ripped through Oklahoma.

A two-mile-wide tornado has killed at least 37 people, destroyed entire neighborhoods, and sparked fires in the suburbs of Oklahoma City.

The monster tornado, which is believed to be one of the most destructive in history, roared through Moore, a suburb just south of Oklahoma City, at about 4:00 p.m. local time on Monday (2200 GMT) with winds up to 200 miles per hour (320kph).

The twister flipped over and crushed many cars and devastated large areas in the greater Oklahoma City region.

The National Weather Service in Norman, Oklahama said that the tornado was on the ground for about 40 minutes. A tornado alert was active for 16 minutes before the tornado started.

Two elementary schools — Briarwood Elementary in Oklahoma City and Plaza Towers Elementary in Moore — were also destroyed.

Children were rescued from the rubble of Plaza Towers Elementary School.

“A large part of the community has been affected,” Jayme Shelton, a spokesman for Moore, said.

The National Weather Service said the preliminary rating of damage created by the tornado was at least EF4 (winds 166 to 200 mph) — the second-most severe classification on a scale of zero to five.

Oklahoma Highway Patrol spokeswoman Betsy Randolph said, “People are trapped. You are going to see the devastation for days to come.” However, she did not say how many people were trapped.

Oklahoma Department of Emergency Management spokeswoman Keli Cain said that state officials are still assessing the damage.

“Right now we really don’t have a good idea of the damage,” she said. Å“We’re seeing a lot of footage on TV of widespread damage in Moore, Oklahoma, but it’s certainly too early to have any idea of the number of homes destroyed… We know there are homes destroyed, businesses destroyed… It’s very early.”

On Sunday, two people were killed and 21 were injured by tornadoes in Oklahoma.

On May 15, an EF-4 tornado struck the US state of Texas, killing several people and injuring over one hundred.

IA/HGL

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

The Bigger Story Behind the AP Spying Scandal

0

Attack on the Press

You know that the Department of Justice tapped scores of phone lines at the Associated Press.

You might have heard that the Attorney General of the United States isn’t sure how often reporters’ records are seized.

You might have learned that the Department of Justice is prosecuting a whistleblower regarding North Korea … as well as the chief Washington correspondent for Fox News who reported on what the whistleblower told him. As the Washington Post notes:

[Department of Justice investigators] used security badge access records to track the reporter’s comings and goings from the State Department, according to a newly obtained court affidavit. They traced the timing of his calls with a State Department security adviser suspected of sharing the classified report. They obtained a search warrant for the reporter’s personal e-mails.

You might have read that the Department of Justice Inspector General published a new report today saying that former U.S. Attorney for Arizona Dennis Burke leaked a document intended to smear Operation Fast and Furious scandal whistleblower John Dodson, concluding:

We believe this misconduct to be particularly egregious because of Burke’s apparent effort to undermine the credibility of Dodson’s significant public disclosures about the failures in Operation Fast and Furious. We further believe that the seriousness of Burke’s actions are aggravated by the fact that they were taken within days after he told Deputy Attorney General Cole that he took responsibility for his office’s earlier unauthorized disclosure of a document to The New York Times, and after Cole put him on notice that such disclosures should not occur. Burke also knew at the time of his disclosure of the Dodson memorandum that he was under investigation by OPR for his conduct in connection with the earlier disclosure to The New York Times. As a high-level Department official, Burke knew his obligations to abide by Department policies and his duty to follow the instructions of the Deputy Attorney General, who was Burke’s immediate supervisor.

But there have been many similar scandals over the last couple of years. For example:

  • The Bush White House worked hard to smear CIA officers, bloggers and anyone else who criticized the Iraq war

After Pulitzer Prize winning journalist Chris Hedges, journalist Naomi Wolf, Pentagon Papers whistleblower Daniel Ellsberg and others sued the government to enjoin the NDAA’s allowance of the indefinite detention of Americans — the judge asked the government attorneys 5 times whether journalists like Hedges could be indefinitely detained simply for interviewing and then writing about bad guys. The government refused to promise that journalists like Hedges won’t be thrown in a dungeon for the rest of their lives without any right to talk to a judge

In an effort to protect Bank of America from the threatened Wikileaks expose of the bank’s wrongdoing, the Department of Justice told Bank of America to a hire a specific hardball-playing law firm to assemble a team to take down WikiLeaks (and see this).

Wikileaks’ head Julian Assange could face the death penalty for his heinous crime of leaking whistleblower information which make those in power uncomfortable … i.e. being a reporter.

But — whatever you think of Wikileaks — that was the canary in the coal mine in terms of going after reporters. Specifically, former attorney general Mukasey said the U.S. should prosecute Assange because it’s “easier” than prosecuting the New York Times.

Subsequently, Congress considered a bill which would make even mainstream reporters liable for publishing leaked information.

Journalist and former constitutional lawyer Glenn Greenwald notes today:

The Washington Post’s Karen Tumulty [says that “The alternative to ‘conspiring’ with leakers to get information: Just writing what the government tells you.”]

That, of course, is precisely the point of the unprecedented Obama war on whistleblowers and press freedoms: to ensure that the only information the public can get is information that the Obama administration wants it to have. That’s why Obama’s one-side games with secrecy — we’ll prolifically leak when it glorifies the president and severely punish all other kinds — is designed to construct the classic propaganda model. And it’s good to see journalists finally speaking out in genuine outrage and concern about all of this.

***

Here’s an amazing and revealing fact: after Richard Nixon lost the right to exercise prior restraint over the New York Times’ publication of the Pentagon Papers, he was desperate to punish and prosecute the responsible NYT reporter, Neil Sheehan. Thus, recounted the NYT’s lawyer at the time, James Goodale, Nixon concocted a theory:

“Nixon convened a grand jury to indict the New York Times and its reporter, Neil Sheehan, for conspiracy to commit espionage . . . .The government’s ‘conspiracy’ theory centered around how Sheehan got the Pentagon Papers in the first place. While Daniel Ellsberg had his own copy stored in his apartment in Cambridge, the government believed Ellsberg had given part of the papers to anti-war activists. It apparently theorized further that the activists had talked to Sheehan about publication in the Times, all of which it believed amounted to a conspiracy to violate the Espionage Act.”

As Goodale notes, this is exactly “the same charge Obama’s Justice Department is investigating Assange under today,” and it’s now exactly the same theory used to formally brand Fox’s James Rosen as a criminal in court.

Indeed, this is not a partisan issue. Bush was worse than Nixon on unlawful spying and harassment of reporters … but so is Obama.

Whistleblower Witch Hunt

But Obama has gone after whistleblowers more viciously than Bush, Nixon, or any president in history. Indeed, the Obama administration has prosecuted more whistleblowers than all other presidents combined.

And the government goes out of its way to smear whistleblowers and harass honest analysts.

Even high-level government employees are in danger. For example, after the head of the NSA’s spying program — William Binney — disclosed the fact that the U.S. was spying on everyone in the U.S. and storing the data forever, and that the U.S. was quickly becoming a totalitarian state, the Feds tried to scare him into shutting up:

[Numerous] FBI officers held a gun to Binney’s head as he stepped naked from the shower. He watched with his wife and youngest son as the FBI ransacked their home. Later Binney was separated from the rest of his family, and FBI officials pressured him to implicate one of the other complainants in criminal activity. During the raid, Binney attempted to report to FBI officials the crimes he had witnessed at NSA, in particular the NSA’s violation of the constitutional rights of all Americans. However, the FBI wasn’t interested in these disclosures. Instead, FBI officials seized Binney’s private computer, which to this day has not been returned despite the fact that he has not been charged with a crime.

Other NSA whistleblowers have also been subjected to armed raids and criminal prosecution.

After high-level CIA officer John Kiriakou blew the whistle on illegal CIA torture, the government prosecuted him for espionage.

Even the head of the CIA was targeted with extra-constitutional spying and driven out of office.

The Most Gagged Person in the History of the United States

One example of the extreme gagging of whistleblowers is former FBI translator Sibel Edmonds.

The ACLU described Edmonds as:

The most gagged person in the history of the United States of America.

Edmonds has been deemed credible by the Department of Justice’s Inspector General, several senators (free subscription required), and a coalition of prominent conservative and liberal groups.

Edmonds’ allegations have been confirmed by numerous Pentagon, MI6 and FBI officials, including 18-year FBI counter-intelligence expert John Cole.

Famed Pentagon Papers whistleblower Daniel Ellsberg says that Edmonds possesses information “far more explosive than the Pentagon Papers”.

Ellsberg also said that the government has ordered the media not to cover 9/11:

Ellsberg seemed hardly surprised that today’s American mainstream broadcast media has so far failed to take [former FBI translator and 9/11 whistleblower Sibel] Edmonds up on her offer, despite the blockbuster nature of her allegations [which Ellsberg calls “far more explosive than the Pentagon Papers”].

As Edmonds has also alluded, Ellsberg pointed to the New York Times, who “sat on the NSA spying story for over a year” when they “could have put it out before the 2004 election, which might have changed the outcome.”

“There will be phone calls going out to the media saying ‘don’t even think of touching it, you will be prosecuted for violating national security,’” he told us.

* * *

“I am confident that there is conversation inside the Government as to ‘How do we deal with Sibel?’” contends Ellsberg. “The first line of defense is to ensure that she doesn’t get into the media. I think any outlet that thought of using her materials would go to to the government and they would be told ‘don’t touch this . . . .‘”

Indeed, the mainstream British newspaper the Sunday Times started publishing a series of articles exposing the scandal which Edmonds had uncovered.  But U.S. State Department pressure killed the series.

What are Edmonds’ allegations … that the media is too cowardly to report … that the most famous whistleblower in history calls “more explosive than the Pentagon Papers”?

Among other things, Edmonds says that the U.S. government worked with Bin Laden and his top lieutenant 3 months after 9/11 … as part of an ongoing operation of launching war under false pretenses.

Now that would be a big story if true, wouldn’t it?

The mainstream media is finally awakening to the fact we are flirting with tyranny … and is finally starting to push back.

The best defense is a strong offense, and it is use it or lose it time for the Constitution and Bill of Rights.

The press should shake of its sleepiness and start talking to the whistleblowers (like Edmonds) it’s been ignoring for years … to find out what the government is working so hard to hide.

This article originally appeared on : Global Research

80-Year-Old North Carolina Educator: Why I Got Arrested

0

Barbara Parramore with her daughter, AlterNet Senior Editor Lynn Stuart Parramore.

May 20, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Update: Barbara Parramore was taken into police custody Monday evening.

Today I am participating in a non-violent and peaceful protest called Moral Mondays. I join ministers, students, teachers, and other concerned citizens at the state capitol in Raleigh because I am deeply concerned about the legislation of this session of the North Carolina General Assembly. In my judgment, many laws and pending laws that will guide public policy and practice are not in the public interest, and in many instances, will have a negative effect on the future of our state. Children and youth, who are our future, need schooling and health that fosters the best of citizenship as well as preparation for living and working in our society. I am most concerned about the bills affecting the public schools and opportunities of post-secondary education. Families and women’s health issues also relate to and affect educational opportunities.

I was born in 1932 and am a child of the Great Depression and World War II. My oldest brother went into the army in January 1942 and I knew many older brothers of my friends who did not survive. Part of my DNA is being concerned about family and neighbors and helping each other whenever we could. It was fathers and daughters who kept farms going; indeed, a neighborhood girlfriend and her father were with my dad and me in a field working when someone came along to tell us that the war in the Pacific had ended. My brother was on the Pacific high seas that very day, and he got to come home safely, thank goodness.

Back then, neighbors and citizens knew how to care about each other, which brings me to my concern about what is happening right now to families and communities around the state. The list of bills proposed by one or both houses of the North Carolina General Assembly in spring of 2013 is long. Too many of these proposals appear to be poorly thought out. As a citizen who has never missed the opportunity to vote in local, state and national elections, I now have the feeling that my voice is not being considered. Participating in a protest is my way of letting members of the General Assembly know that there are other voices that they need to hear.

My career in public education began in the fall of 1954, following the Brown v. Board of Education decision, which made it unlawful to deny black children the same opportunities as white children in our public schools. For the next 40 years I served as an elementary teacher, middle-school mathematics and science teacher, school counselor, elementary school principal, and as a teacher of future teachers and administrators at North Carolina State University.

Six years as principal of Wiley Elementary School in Raleigh, North Carolina were a major influence in all that I have accomplished. Calvin H. Wiley, for whom the school was named, was the first state superintendent of schools. He convinced the governor not to divert school funds to the Civil War effort, among other important achievements. At Wiley School I learned firsthand how effective teachers are and the extent to which they go beyond their duties to not only teach, but to establish a climate for learning that makes a difference in their students’ lives. Not only were the three Rs essential but also music and art. We considered our school a “workshop for learning.”

Inequalities in education have always been in the forefront of my work. In the early years in public schools, there were two important changes underway: the desegregation of schools and the special education movement. Change comes slowly; for example, Wiley and another Raleigh school (Murphey) had the very first teachers in special education in the state. My teacher’s salary for that first year was provided by the Woman’s Club of Raleigh because there were no funds available. The next year, local school supplement funds were used to pay the teacher, and eventually the state began funding special education instructors. When I was principal, the teachers and I spent weeks prior to the first day of school working out transportation for students coming from all across the city.

This article originally appeared on : AlterNet

South African Mineworkers Union Demands 60 Percent Pay Increase

0

South Africa’s main industry, mining, is facing tremendous uncertainty with workers threatening strikes over the recent announcement that thousands of employees would be laid-off. The industry has been the scene of protracted struggles since mid-2012 when a series of wildcat and protected work stoppages crippled production throughout the country.

In a recent move by the National Union of Mineworkers (NUM), an affiliate of the Congress of South African Trade Unions (COSATU), a wage demand was put forward on May 17 to the Chamber of Mines calling for a 60 percent pay increase. The bosses have reacted with shock over this demand and financial consultants have claimed that this escalating tension between the mining unions and the owners has deepened the already unstable situation involving the South African economy.

The escalating conflict between labor and management in South Africa is making the system vulnerable, said George Glynos, who is the managing director at financial consultancy ETM Analytics. “Commodity prices are retreating, you have wage negotiations which look like they are turning pear-shaped even before they have begun, and all that on top of a fragile economy,” he said. (Reuters, May 17)

In a press release issued by NUM it states that “The union demands that surface workers should receive a minimum amount of R7000 ($750) and underground and opencast workers minimum should be set at R8000 ($850) per month. For all other categories, the NUM has put a demand of 15%. Furthermore, the union demands that Rockdrill Operators job categories be rolled up to category 8 whilst other categories are rolled up to category 7. (NUM Press Release, May 17)

“These demands are informed by many studies which have revealed that cash wages received over time has indeed been growing but, the disposable wage has been under severe strain due to the effects of inflation and other expense incurred to maintain a worker’ modest lifestyle” says Frans Baleni, the NUM General Secretary.

Also NUM has placed other demands involving housing, transportation and insurance before the mine owners. They are currently awaiting a response prior to the beginning of negotiations in June.

As of May 20, these demands are being attributed as a cause for the decline in the value of the South African rand which dropped to a four-year low of 9.5 percent against the United States dollar. Share prices for gold producers AngloGold Ashanti and the rival Gold Fields have also fallen over the last eight seasons. (Reuters, May 20)

Lonmin Unrest Continues

In the platinum industry where at least 50 workers were killed last year both at the Marikana massacre where 34 died at the hands of provincial police and in other incidents before and after the massacre, unrest is continuing. The African National Congress (ANC) government established the Farlam Commission to investigate the circumstances surrounding the police killings on August 16.

There has been a major challenge to the NUM dominance in the platinum mines in the area. The Association of Mineworkers and Construction Union (AMCU) is seeking recognition as the principal bargaining unit for the Lonmin Mines at Marikana. At present NUM is still the official representative of the workers.

AMCU is claiming that it has more workers than NUM at the Marikana mines. The NUM it saying even if this is true it should still be allowed to represent its supporters within the mines as a minority unit.

A policy of 50 percent support plus one has guided official representation in the mines. AMCU is saying that NUM should leave the Lonmin mines around Marikana and allow them to lead.

“We admit that for many years on the issue of threshold, it was 50 plus one,” said NUM spokesperson Lesiba Seshoka.

“As a union we have lost the majority at Lonmin,” he said. “We are prepared to give Amcu the opportunity to lead. But they must give us the space to exist, as we did when they were a minority.”

This situation is complicated due to the fact that NUM through COSATU maintains its alliance with the ruling ANC government. National elections are scheduled for 2014 and traditionally the ANC has relied on its majority support from the trade unions in order to secure large margins of victory.

With problems continuing in the mining industry, the ruling party is concerned that the loss of control of the workers in the platinum industry around Rustenburg could place a serious dent in its base of political support. A recent call for a two day strike at Marikana was attributed to an unofficial show of strength by AMCU even though it did not publically organize the work stoppage.

There were mixed evaluations of the outcome of the recent wildcat strike. Some sources say that the stay-at-home was not successful while others claim that it was.

With the overall decline in prices and earnings within the gold and platinum sectors in South Africa, the bosses will continue to pressure the workers through threats of downsizing and the closing of production facilities. Until the mining industry is taken over by the workers through a process of nationalization under employee control, the bosses will remain obstinate in their responses to the demands for higher wages and better living conditions.

 Abayomi Azikiwe is Editor, Pan-African News Wire

This article originally appeared on : Global Research

From Reactive to Proactive: The World Social Forum and the Anti-/Alter-Globalization Movement

0

Given the prevailing research interest on the transition from anti- to alter- globalization, this paper examines where the World Social Forum is situated in the spectrum of movements against neo-liberal globalization. I argue that the progression of the anti/alter-globalization movements, while not linear or mutually-exclusive, can be traced along a continuum, marking the transition from condemnation, to advocating for change, to articulating means by which such change can be brought about.

Employing a historical sociological analysis and examining the context of its emergence, I suggest that the Forum, in addressing some of the aforementioned limitations, marks a transition from anti- to alter- globalization. Under the slogan of ‘another world is possible’, there is an emphasis on reforming rather than rejecting the dominant global economic system. However, at the same time, one must acknowledge that such a distinction is far from clear-cut, linear, or mutually exclusive.

The Forum has united the expression of a multitude of opinions, perspectives, and most importantly, strategies, linking representatives embracing both radical revolutionary thought emblematic of anti-globalization, and moderate reformers representing alter-globalization. This polycentric nature thus makes it difficult to posit with certainty the location of the World Social Forum

“If Seattle was…the coming-out party of a resistance movement, then…Porto Alegre (the site of the World Social Forum) is the coming-out party for the existence of serious thinking about alternatives” (Naomi Klein, activist, 2002: 158, emphasis added).

After a decade of neo-liberalist indoctrination that there is no feasible substitute to the capitalist system, a significant back-lash emerged in the 1990s. Activists representing the global civil society were intent on exposing the failures and internal contradictions inherent in a system which justified the exacerbation of global stratification. The concepts elucidated by Antonio Gramsci contribute to a cogent understanding of the emerging anti-globalization movement, which can be seen as an effort to create a counter-hegemony to challenge the prevailing neo-liberal discourse.

While anti-globalization activists were effective in their condemnation of power-wielding financial institutions, many scholars assert that the protestors’ legitimacy was undermined as a result of their inability to articulate an alternative form of global governance. In response, the alter-globalization movement is depicted as a reaction to address these limitations in terms of positing alternatives. The World Social Forum (WSF), with its origins in the Brazilian city of Porto Alegre in 2001, is emblematic of alter-globalization, uniting a diversity of movements under the slogan, ‘another world is possible’.

Given the prevailing research interest on the transition from anti- to alter- globalization, this paper examines where the World Social Forum is situated in the spectrum of movements against neo-liberal globalization. I argue that the progression of the anti/alter-globalization movements, while not linear or mutually-exclusive, can be traced along a continuum, specifically, marking the transition from condemnation, to advocating for change, to articulating means by which such change can be brought about. Employing a historical sociological analysis and examining the context of its emergence, I suggest that the Forum, in addressing some of the aforementioned limitations, marks a transition from anti- to alter- globalization, with an emphasis on reforming rather than rejecting the current and predominant global economic system. However, at the same time, one must acknowledge that such a distinction is far from clear-cut, linear, or mutually exclusive. The Forum has united the expression of a multitude of opinions, perspectives, and most importantly, strategies, linking representatives embracing both radical revolutionary thought emblematic of anti-globalization, and moderate reformers representing alter-globalization. This polycentric nature thus makes it difficult to posit with certainty the location of the World Social Forum.

An overview of key concepts elucidated by theorist Antonio Gramsci will be first examined, followed by an explanation of the process of historical sociology. This theoretical perspective reinforces the importance of examining the context leading up to the emergence of the World Social Forum which will shed light on its proposed location in the trajectory of movements. I will also explore the profile of activists who have embodied the various facets of the movement throughout its development. Such an examination is essential in order to study the evolving structure of the Forum and determine whether it has met its objectives of facilitating the inclusion of grassroots organizations, how its internal evolution has affected subsequent policies, goals, strategies of resistance and the very actors involved, and whether representation has been democratized since its inception.

Theoretical Frame of Reference
Gramsci and Counter-Hegemony: The Transformatory Potential of Civil Society

Many scholars, including Mittelman and Chin (2000), Cox (1999 and 1993) and Worth (2002 and 2004), have drawn on Antonio Gramsci’s writings to understand the “hegemony of neo-liberalism that has provoked a series of crises and a counter-movement that seeks redress” (Amoore 2005: 4). The transnational drive to disprove the claim of free trade enthusiast and former British prime minister, Margaret Thatcher, of TINA or There Is No Alternative, evidences such a movement. Of most relevance to the present paper are Gramscian concepts of counter-hegemony, the comparison between wars of movement and wars of position, the idea of transformismo, and his assertions on the transformatory potential of civil society.

Antonio Gramsci’s (1891-1937) most cogent ideas are consolidated in the Prison Notebooks composed in 1929 and 1935 during his incarceration by the fascist regime in Italy. His position as general secretary of the Communist Party evidences the influences of Marxist thought which permeate his work. In particular, Gramsci was intrigued not only by the asymmetrical power and social relations which were upheld and perpetuated by a dominant group, but also the omnipresent “expressions of counter-hegemonic consciousness” at the collective level among those in a subordinate position. Such hegemony pertained not only to pervasive inter-class strife, but also that of international power relations, such as British supremacy during the First World War (Cox 1993: 41-3; Worth 2002: 300). The concept of hegemony is here applied to understanding the inordinate emphasis placed on neo-liberalist trade policies and relations as well as the positing of feasible, necessary, and desirable alternatives manifested in the emergent transnational nature of the counter-hegemonic movement. Catalyzed and embodied in the World Social Forum, the movement served to “bind[] disparate voices” into a coherent program demanding change (Mittelman and Chin 2000: 18-19). One can argue that TINA was soon contested and ousted by her sister, TARA, representing There Are Real Alternatives.

The pertinence and applicability of Gramcian theory is further extended when examining the polycentric nature of the Forum’s internal makeup. Indeed, divergent forms and strategies of resistance to hegemony and the perpetuation of inequities are subsumed under the rubric of counter-hegemony and can be divided into wars of movement and wars of position. The former, which is alternatively referred to as wars of maneuver, consists of direct assaults against the state which can take the form of labor strikes or military action (Gramsci 1971: 28). In contrast, wars of position constitute confrontations such as boycotts which disrupt and impede the everyday functioning of the state (Mittelman and Chin 2000: 18). A cursory glance can align the two strategies of the dichotomy of overtly disruptive wars of movement with its subtler counterpart of wars of position with the anti- and alter-globalization movements respectively; a distinction which will soon reveal its complexity in the context of the World Social Forum. Such a difference is particularly relevant when examining the myriad of activists and strategies represented at the WSF’s annual gatherings.

In the same theoretical vein, Gramsci’s notion of transformismo greatly contributes to an analysis of the counter-hegemonic movements against globalization. Transformismo refers to the cautioning against co-optation by those who are intent on preserving hegemonic forces. Having been a criticism unleashed by revolutionary activists on their seemingly more moderate counterparts at the Forum, such warnings were exemplified by the Mumbai Resistance fighters who, in the 2004 WSF, re-injected an element of violence into the roster of strategies used by WSF activists to offset or counterbalance what they perceived to be weakening of protestors’ demands (Worth 2002: 314). Gramsci also stressed the transformatory potential of civil society, a concept to which he ascribed the properties of both an “agent of stabilization and reproduction” of the status quo, as well as providing a potential realm in which a new social order could be founded (Cox 1999: 103-4). Similarly, the emphasis placed on the necessity of involving insurgence from below was a critical guiding principle for the organizers of the WSF to maximize representativeness and effectiveness of demands. Indeed, in light of the frequent exclusion and uneven and undemocratic trade policies incurred on the Global South in the context of the global economy, Forum coordinators emphasized that the “emancipator role” of a “bottom-up civil society” could only be incubated if the Forum itself took place in the Global South. Consequently, the first three Forums were situated in Porto Alegre, Brazil. This selection was predicated with the anticipation that a more democratic and inclusive roster of Southern activists would follow suite to voice their dissatisfaction and seek alternatives (Cox 1999: 108-9).

Historical Sociology

While scholars have effectively used Gramscian theories in the context of movements against globalization, a corresponding and complimentary theoretical stance which guides the thrust of this paper is the method of historical sociology. The emphasis on diachronic analysis prioritized by this methodology points to the importance of recognizing how key societal phenomenon are grounded in the context of their emergence, and how their structure is shaped by complex social processes. Indeed, a longitudinal study of key influential factors leading up to the conception of the World Social Forum in 2001 is critical in order to trace parallels, and recognize both inspirations and divergences from the original blueprints. Given the parameters of the paper, the examination of case studies is limited to those which contributed to the emergence and development of the Forum. The historical sociology methodology is thus apt in contributing to the query of the position of the WSF in the transition of counter-hegemonic movements against globalization. [Note 1]

The Global Scene: Contextualization of the World Social Forum

If the 1980s were characterized by the unquestioned adherence and imposition of neo-liberal ideology, a feature which dominated the 1990s was a backlash at the local and international levels against the overt inequalities justified by this method of economic development. Indeed, the World Social Forum, the combined brainchild of the French ATTAC anti-globalization group and the Brazilian Worker’s Party, followed in the footsteps of revolts orchestrated by the Zapatistas in Chiapas, Mexico in 1994, as well as the famed ‘Battle in Seattle’ of 1999. The two philosophies which guided the demands, critiques, and internal structure of the Forum were first a reaction against the seemingly solitary method of globalization aggressively promoted by the likes of Reagan and Thatcher; and second, the paucity of democratic inclusion in the decision-making practices of the predominant financial institutions. Each of these will be examined in turn.

There Is No Alternative (TINA) vs. ‘Another World is Possible’

The aftermath of the Great Depression led to an adherence to Keynesian principles which legitimated state involvement in the economy to mitigate the worst effects and inevitable inequalities of capitalist industrialization (Smith et al. 2008: 5). However, radical global economic restructuring in the 1980s retracted almost fifty years of the welfare state, replacing the Keynesian era with neo-liberalist ideology embodied in the Washington Consensus (Li 2008; Smith et al. 2008; Worth 2002). Touted as the much-needed impetus to economic development, former US president Ronald Reagan and his British counterpart Margaret Thatcher were the two most vocal proponents of this system of financial austerity. Among the different ‘ingredients’ outlined in this ‘recipe’ for economic fortification was liberalized trade and investment, deregulation, and the privatization of state-owned industries. These recommendations were accompanied by drastic cut-backs to governmental involvement and the provision of services (Ayres 2004: 12). In response to critiques of the ubiquitous inequities stemming from such harsh imposition and the withdrawal of a state safety net, advocates of neo-liberalism retorted with assertions of ‘trickle-down’ economics, claiming that the overall economic benefits would offset the temporary inevitable pain (Smith et al. 2008: 6; Fisher and Ponniah 2003).

Thatcher popularized the phrase There Is No Alternative or TINA to justify the global expansion of capitalism through the reformulated Bretton Woods ideology manifested in the financial institutions of the World Bank (WB) and International Monetary Fund (IMF) (Smith et al. 2008). A dichotomy was made between two worlds; that of Davos, the Swiss location of the World Economic Forum and the site of consolidation of global liberalization, with one of ‘chaos’, affirming the perceived lack of credible or feasible alternatives (Amin 2006). Skeptics assert that such policies only serve to reinforce the polarization of the world in what world systems analyst Immanuel Wallerstein would characterize as the core and the exploited periphery. [Note 2] Samir Amin (2006), member of the International Committee of the World Social Forum, condemned the perceived ‘senility’ or selective memory of a neo-liberalist economic system which disregards the adverse and polarized effects stemming from its imposition.

Insistence of trade über alles has had devastating effects in both Third World countries reeling from a legacy of colonialism, as well as Communist nations experiencing the transition from socialism after the implosion of the Soviet Union. Financial liberalization provided attractive breeding ground for transnational corporations. Unregulated economic activities accelerated the ‘race to the bottom’, wherein countries feel compelled to eliminate labor and environmental standards regardless of the devastation and social repercussions that ensued in order to ensure continual financial investment. As Luis Ignacio Lula da Silva, Brazilian president and active supporter of the World Social Forum noted, “if the Amazon is the lungs of the world, then debt is its pneumonia” (George 1992: 1). Indeed, foreign debt is wielded as a political means of maintaining dependency through compelling developing nations to comply with the financial dictates in order to be eligible for continual monetary assistance (Keet 2000: 473). [Note 3]

The severe social dislocation which took place in the absence of state provided services had devastating impacts in Third World nations. Many were beset by violent financial crises, starting with Mexico, which declared bankruptcy in 1982 (Li 2008). The situation which McNally (2002) terms “the global loss of democracy,” came to a climax with the collapse of the East Asian ‘Tigers’ in 1997. The ‘Asian Miracle’ of the (draconian) fiscal austerity program imposed in Thailand, Indonesia, Malaysia, South Korea and the Philippines prompted some short-term successes with massive inflows of foreign investment, and provided fodder for neo-liberal enthusiasts who claimed the benefits of their program. However, the rapid economic growth was not sustainable. Investors fled at the first sight of a weakening economy (Rupert 2000). Currencies drastically fell, and unemployment rates skyrocketed in countries lacking a state safety net (McNally 2002). As the Asian countries had become dependent on injections of ever higher doses of financial investment, the retraction of monetary assistance led to a severe ‘crash’ and dramatic withdrawal symptoms.

As neo-liberalism consistently failed to deliver promises of enhanced economic and social wellbeing, resistance percolated in the South, accompanied by a growing awareness in the North of the many contradictions inherent in this ‘inevitable’ economic system (Li 2008; Drainville 2002). One could say that this served as the incubation grounds of the transnational counter-hegemony, capable of challenging and even reversing the trends of neo-liberalism (Worth 2002).

The Counter-Hegemonic Discourse of Anti-Globalization: Another World is On Its Way

Political economist Karl Polanyi was intrigued by the emergence of an increasingly unregulated market, documenting how it would spiral out of control and subordinate all in its path. However, one of his most important contributions was his assertion that such a situation contained the seeds for a double– or counter-movement which would restrict its unhindered acts (Falk 1998; Polanyi 2001 [1944]). As his seminal book, The Great Transformation (1944), was published at the end of the Second World War, Polanyi assumed that the state would be the actor taking the reins to lead this counter-movement in the form of protectionist state policies. However, in a context of Reagonomics and drastically reduced governmental presence and clout characterizing post-World War Two society, such responsibility fell on the shoulders of an increasingly transnational civil society.

As evidence of what former World Bank (WB) chief economist, Joseph Stiglitz, condemned as the ‘misguided policies’ of IMF and WB-imposed neo-liberalist credo became more apparent, the rumble of dissent began to percolate from below. Frustration of powerlessness, awareness of increasing inequalities, and exasperation with an impotent government coalesced into what Gramsci (1971) referred to as counter-hegemony (in Mittelman and Chin 2000). Anti-globalization activists challenged assertions of the inevitable nature of an exploitative, top-down model of globalization. Taking to the streets, they voiced their dissatisfaction in an effort to create a counter-hegemony to the prevailing neo-liberalist discourse pervading economic ideology (Worth and Kuhling 2004). The Zapatista uprising in Chiapas, Mexico, and the so-called Battle of Seattle served as catalysts to this framework of counter-hegemony and opened the possibility for the World Social Forum to emerge as an alternative political body (Smith et al. 2008: 19; Worth and Kuhling 2004).

While the Eurocentric slant of global media often point to the 1999 ‘taking back the streets’ in Seattle as the pinnacle event which launched the anti-globalization movement, it can be argued that it was in fact the Zapatista insurgency in Chiapas which catapulted this issue onto the international agenda, as a force to reckon with (Teivainen 2002). On January 1st, 1994, the Zapatista Army of National Liberation (EZLN) took up arms to protest their governments’ acceptance of the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA). The direction of this target was due to NAFTA’s role as an arm of neo-liberalism in which explicit double standards were evident, and which further disempowered the Mexican people (Curran 2008; Smith et al. 2008: 20). Coinciding their protest with the signing of this trade agreement set a critical precedent which ensuing anti-globalization protests followed. Namely, subsequent counter-events synchronized their protests with meetings of the global elite in order to both enhance their symbolism and relevance, as well as garner media attention.

The Zapatista uprising also significantly contributed to the framework and structure of the World Social Forum. The ‘open-space’ model of decentralized discussion and the exchange of ideas in an informal setting which Forum organizers adopted harkened to an earlier precedent established by the Mexican activists (Curran 2007). [Note 4] The WSF was born in this spirit of an ‘open space’ in which a “constellation of activists and communities around the world” networked, shared experiences, and built alliances, united by the shared desire to challenge the hegemonic neo-liberal discourse (Curran 2007: 8).

Furthermore, the Zapatista insurgency contributed to the transnational nature of the World Social Forum. Indeed, far from being an uprising limited by political borders, the Zapatistas’ avowed enemy was not the Mexican state, which many acknowledged was coerced into signing the accord. Rather, the thrust of criticism was directed against neo-liberalism’s hegemony. This distinction made such a struggle not nationalist, but one of a universal and even transnational nature (2002: 160). [Note 5] In the context of acknowledging the clear influence of the Zapatista movement in the configuration of the Forum, it is essential to note how they were thereafter excluded from Forum participation as a result of their avowed stance which included violence as a strategy for demanding change. This fact will be elaborated shortly, and evidences the complexity of pinpointing the proposed position and stance of the polycentric World Social Forum in the counter-hegemonic movements against globalization.

The Battle in Seattle: “And the World Listened”

While the Zapatista insurgency had veritable impact on the counter-hegemonic discourse that was driving resistance around the world, Leite and Gil (2005) replicate the view of many researchers who locate the inception of the anti-globalization movement in its embodiment in a North American context: Seattle (Fisher and Ponniah 2003). The year 1999 documents activist protests surrounding the World Trade Organization’s (WTO) Ministerial Conference. The “recalcitrant voices” of dispersed resistances including the Zapatistas are seen as but “isolated dissonances in an enormous choir tuned to the idea of globalization…An idea which would remain unchallenged” until a “new actor” arrived on the scene at the end of the 1990s (Leite and Gil 2005: 16). In spite of this perspective, which directed inordinate attention onto this singular event, the United States’ overt role as a leading proponent advocating for the global expansion of the neo-liberal paradigm made this unlikely location all the more significant (Ayres 2004: 20; Leite and Gil 2005). An unprecedented unity was achieved between a multitude of social movements, in which the “new commonality” of counter-hegemonic consciousness served to bind disparate voices into advocating for a coherent and shared vision of change (Mittelman and Chin 2000: 19; Leite and Gil 2005: 16). Beyond the more visible challenges to the tranquil atmosphere which hitherto surrounded such meetings of the global elite, the Seattle protest epitomized a counter-hegemony in the form of transformed consciousness and awareness in the Global South. Southern delegates attending the World Trade Organization meeting seemed to internalize the condemnations which were loudly being vocalized by the activists in the streets. [Note 6] In particular, they challenged the process by which they were denied access to the “Green Room” meetings in which the nations wielding power and wealth effectively excluded their developing counterparts from participating in economic decisions which would ultimately affect their countries’ domestic policies (McNally 2002).

The Seattle protests served as a forerunner for other events in the so-called Global North; “kick[ing] off an increasingly vigorous protest cycle that consolidated the global movement”, as well as coinciding condemnations as counterpoints to meetings of the global hegemonic elite (Leite and Gil 2005: 67; Drainville 2002). Among the numerous “transnational communities of resistance” which garnered media attention were the protests in Washington, DC against the IMF in 2000, and the demonstration in Prague, Czech Republic in the same year condemning a combined meeting of the IMF and World Bank. The year 2001 has gone down in social movement history as a year of prolific protests. Among the many events that is testimony to the growth of a counter-hegemonic consciousness and movement against globalization included the Quebec City ‘People’s Summit’ against the Free Trade of the Americas Agreement (FTAA), the subsequent demonstration conducted against an assembly of the G-8 in Genoa, Italy, and finally, the protests in the Middle Eastern city of Doha, Qatar against the WTO (Brooks 2004; Drainville 2002: 179). The active and often violent ‘taking back the streets’ of anti-globalization protestors harkens back to Gramsci’s ideas of wars of movement impeding the daily functioning of state and society in the verve to challenge neo-liberalism’s perceived hegemony (Cox 1999; Doucet 2008; Drainville 2002).

As 2001 was also the year in which the World Social Forum was inaugurated, it is instrumental to examine Brooks’ (2004) selection of the far from comprehensive list of the above mentioned counter-events as epitomizing the anti-globalization movement. The reasoning behind this concentration is fourfold. Firstly, the progression of the protests coincided with September 11th; an event which shook the confidence of the neo-liberalist world. This watershed date also reinforced former President George Bush’s assertion of the need to expand such economic policies to counter further acts of terrorism, which presumably, took place in contexts of economic backwardness and poverty, and not as a reaction to American imperialist policies. In what would prove significant in the WSF’s configuration, this context resulted in waning governmental tolerance for protests, with labels of disloyalty and terrorism being attributed to the activists, and significantly undermining the legitimacy or demands of the anti-globalization movement.

Secondly, just as the WSF was created as a counterpoint to the World Economic Forum, the succession of protests surrounding the various meetings of economic power-holders resulted in such elitist gatherings taking place in ever remote locations, such as Qatar, in the hopes of dissuading and deterring protestors’ attendance [Note 7]. Thirdly, a focus on the protests from Seattle to Qatar is warranted, noting how each subsequent demonstration escalated in protest tactics. As a result of exhibiting anarchist elements, such tactics led to increased police presence and violent repression leading to the ultimate “ineffectiveness” of these anti-globalization protests (Brooks 2004: 563).

In spite of former US President Bill Clinton’s apparent willingness to incorporate the concerns of the Seattle protestors in his proposals for ‘globalization with a human face’, subsequent counter-events seemed to be met with increasingly repressive measures rather than an exhibited inclination to compromise (Rupert 2000: 199-203). This is in light of the fact that many concessions made by Clinton and the World Economic Forum were dismissed as efforts to co-opt the enraged civil society by making neo-liberalist economic expansion more palatable. Gramsciists would refer to the perceived attempts to dilute activist verve as transformismo or the absorption of potentially counter-hegemonic ideas, making them consistent with the hegemonic doctrine, in this case, neo-liberal ideology (Cox 1993: 45; Doucet 2008; Gill 2000; Rupert 2000).

Indeed, it was this recognition of waning governmental tolerance in ceding to the demands made by the increasingly aggressive activists that spurred the organizers of the World Social Forum to restrict participation to non-violent protestors. As alluded to earlier, this decision resulted in the exclusion of the avowedly revolutionary Zapatistas, in spite of the former having set many precedents that the WSF organizers would implement. The anti-violence stance can also be seen as indicating a transition from anti- to alter-globalization, suggesting where the Forum can be positioned in this spectrum of activism.

A final factor which unites the aforementioned protests pertains to their involvement of “insurgents from below” (McNally 2002: 25). This is an interesting statement which will be analyzed in conjunction with criticisms that the World Social Forum solely represents the ‘elites’ of activists and NGOs. Street demonstrations coincided with public forums for networking and discussion; a distinction that Ribeiro (2006) equates with anti-globalization and alter-globalization, respectively. Similarly, adherents of Gramscian thought would attribute this dichotomy to the overtly disruptive wars of movement on the one hand, and its counterpart of the more subtle protests exhibited in wars of position, on the other (Cox 1999; Ribeiro 2006:4; Worth 2002).

“We Know What You Are Against, But What Are You For?”

“Being anti-something can be politically useful, but only up to a point” (Teivainen 2002: 621). It was in response to allegations and criticisms such as this that the World Social Forum was conceived. Indeed, the inability to articulate a credible alternative to neo-liberalism has become a problem impeding the legitimacy of the anti-globalization movement (Teivainen 2002: 628). As McNally (2002) asserts, “a favorite pastime of globalizers has been to label their opponents ‘anti-trade’” (29). In addition to lacking a unified sentiment of shared goals and demands, negative and disabling labels have dismissed such activists as terrorists, anarchists, radicals and communists intent on overthrowing the dominant capitalist system (Brooks 2004; McNally 2002). While anti-globalization protestors, their affiliations, and preferred strategies of resistance do span across this spectrum, the dispersive nature and lack of appointed leaders has impeded the ability to speak on behalf of the divergent voices and multitude of views in this umbrella movement. The media has subsequently gravitated to and harped on the more radical and violent elements and activists, framing such views as being representative of the movement’s aspirations and demands as a whole.

A microcosm of the “hotly contested [collective] framing debate” emerged in the midst of the Seattle protests in the form of journalistic dialogue (Ayres 2004: 22). In an article entitled ‘Senseless in Seattle’, New York Times reporter Thomas Friedman decried the WTO protestors as “a Noah’s ark of flat-earth advocates, protectionist trade unions and yuppies looking for their 1960s fix” (Ayres 2004; McNally 2002). An ardent supporter of the benefits and inevitability of neo-liberalism, Friedman provided fodder for pro-globalizers by characterizing protestors as advocates of ‘anti-globalization’. In response, noted Canadian activist Naomi Klein contested such a dismissive and overarching label. Clarifying that the activists were not in opposition to the globalization of economies, technologies and culture but were rather incensed by the current WTO-dominated neo-liberalist system, she argued that this condemnation centered around a system which facilitated the unfettered economic pursuit of power and unrestricted extension of the tentacles of transnational corporations, yet remained passive in the face of overt human rights violations and ecological degradation (Ayres 2004; McNally 2002). Klein (2002) contended that in light of this clarification, the World Social Forum gave much needed structure to a hitherto decentralized movement (160).

This shift from ‘opposition to proposition’, or what I call, ‘from reactive to proactive’, is epitomized in how the advent of the World Social Forum spurred the more popular use of the term, ‘global justice movement’. This modification in terminology was to signal “what it was for as well as against, and to shake off the negative ‘anti’ identity that misrepresented its goals” (Curran 2007: 7, emphasis added). Such a sentiment led to the adoption of the French alter-mondialisation or alter-globalization, reflecting the recognition that in addition to organizing protest events, activists were increasingly being compelled to formulate alternatives to the currently dominant and exploitative form of globalization (Curran 2007; Doucet 2008: 33; Klein 2002).

From ‘Anti-Davos’ to Porto Alegre: The Emergence of the World Social Forum

As aforementioned, one of the foremost criticisms that have undermined the credibility and potential effectiveness of the anti-globalization movement is the lack of proposed alternatives to the inequalities inherent in economic-driven globalization. Such a concern makes propositions as to the location of the WSF in the continuum of movements an intriguing question. Ayres (2004) reiterates the need to go beyond “diagnostic attribution” or identifying the source of the problem as embodied in neo-liberalism, to “prognostic attribution” which is concerned with the resolution of the perceived dilemma through the proposal of alternatives (14). Critics of the Free Trade of the Americas need to “move beyond protest” to elucidate what would constitute a more just world (Doucet 2008: 21).

The organizers of the World Social Forum addressed this limitation by providing “an opportunity for an emerging movement to stop screaming about what it is against and start articulating what it is for”; a significant change which can be argued to mark the transition from anti- to alter-globalization (Klein 2002: 158, emphasis added). As proponents of outra globalização (“another globalization”) delineating a vision of a desired and mutually beneficial future, the WSF was billed as a ‘movement of movements’, integrating the varied objectives outlined by a multitude of social movements, including indigenous and women’s rights and the sustainable use of the environment (Doucet 2008: 18; Teivainen 2002: 628). Under the banner of ‘another world is possible’, the WSF provided a platform where activists could voice their challenges to the pervasive stratified and undemocratic nature of economic globalization, create networks with similarly committed individuals, and articulate their visions for an alternative form of a global economic system.

A microcosmic representation of the evolution of movements against globalization, albeit not a linear or mutually exclusive one, can be seen in the early development of the World Social Forum itself. As alluded to earlier, the WSF was created as a counterpoint to the World Economic Forum (WEF) which took place annually in Davos, Switzerland. In 1999, two years before the official launching of the Forum, various organizations demonstrated in an “anti-Davos” counter-event condemning the exclusive and undemocratic nature which characterized financial institutions and bearers of neo-liberal ideology. Among the various participants who were discouraged with the difficulty of organizing such an event were the French journal, Le Monde Diplomatique, and the Association for the Taxation of Financial Transactions for the Aid of Citizens (ATTAC); two French organizations which would play instrumental roles in the creation of the WSF (Teivainen 2003).

In February of 2000, Bernard Cassen, chair of ATTAC and director of Le Monde Diplomatique, met with Oded Grajew and Francisco Whitaker, coordinator of the Brazilian Business Association for Citizenship and member of the Brazilian Justice and Peace Commission respectively. It was at this meeting whereupon the idea of the World Social Forum was conceived. As an annual “global gathering of social movements, NGOs [non-governmental organizations] and other civil society organizations opposed to neo-liberal globalization, [the participants are all united and] motivated by the conviction that ‘another world is possible’” (Curran 2007: 7, emphasis added). The proposals created in such a global meeting would emphasize the need to go beyond the growing condemnation epitomized by protest activities against the neo-liberal model (Hammond 2005 in Curran 2007).

The first Forum was projected to take place in 2001 in Porto Alegre, Brazil. It would serve as “a space for civil society groups to coordinate actions and articulate shared visions for global change”. Thus, it was in direct response to the criticisms impeding the anti-globalization movement (Smith 2004: 413). While the first World Social Forum would be in direct contrast to the WEF, subsequent gatherings reinforced its more autonomous development. The indication of both a transition from being ‘anti’ to providing an alternative counter-event, as well as the increased self-confidence in the movement itself is epitomized in the organizers’ claim that “from now on, Davos will be the shadow event of Porto Alegre”; a significant shift from the ‘Davos vs. chaos’ dichotomy earlier posited by Margaret Thatcher (Teiveinen 2003: 13).

Three overarching criteria would ultimately guide the philosophy and structure of the World Social Forum. First, as a direct counter to the World Economic Forum, the organizers of the WSF changed only one key word from its adversary’s name to enhance its symbolism as well as demonstrate its more humane concern and affiliation. The second principle followed the path forged by counter-events initiated by the Zapatista insurgency, in that the annual gathering would be organized on the same dates as the WEF to both maximize the symbolic potential and also attract media attention.

Finally and most importantly was the criteria outlining that the Forums would always be hosted by a country in the South in order to address the perceived scarcity of democratic representation of Southern voices advocating for ‘change from below’ (Teivainen 2002: 623). To reiterate, adherents of Gramscian thought emphasize the importance of this principle in order to truly engage and launch the transformatory potential of civil society (Mittelman and Chin 2000). Such a decision was not only in response to the frequent and intentional exclusion of Southern nations in trade talks, but also was in recognition of the fact that media coverage of events like the Seattle protests overshadowed other significant changes that were taking place in the South (McNally 2002: 21)[Note 8]. Specifically, the founders decided that the Forum should take place in the Brazilian city of Porto Alegre. This selection can be attributed to the Workers Party (PT) having an influential political presence in that city as well as the willingness of the government to cover the expenses of hosting such an event bringing together activists from around the world. Moreover, Porto Alegre epitomized a model that ‘another world’ was indeed possible as a result of the participatory democracy and strong citizen participation which was instituted by the PT (Teivainen 2002). The latter rationale provided a critical influence to the demands, critiques, and internal structure of the WSF.

‘This is What Democracy Looks Like’

Charles Tilly (2004), noted social movements scholar, notes that there is broad correspondence and often mutual influence between social movements and democracy. As was previously mentioned, this fact may have influenced the selection of Qatar as a meeting place for the WTO in 2001, specifically as a result of governmental intolerance for any form of dissent (Brooks 2004). In giving a voice to the hitherto disenfranchised, the anti-/alter-globalization movement epitomized in the WSF worked to enhance the democratic attributes of the resistance, as well as that of globalization itself. Furthermore, Doucet (2008) notes the centrality of the “democratic imaginary” in the aspirations, condemnations and structure of the alter-globalization movement, in which activists again focused on the widespread and intentional exclusion of Southern delegates and the double standards inherent in trade talks among the global elite (18). In light of the “democratic deficit” of neo-liberal globalization, the horizontal and inclusive nature of the WSF has attempted to circumvent and remedy this perceived paucity. Democracy is seen here as a process as well as an end, facilitating and encouraging open and participatory forms of representation (Doucet 2008: 20-30). Echoing strategies adopted by the people of Porto Alegre, participatory democracy and decentralized decision-making has been integrated as foundational structures in the WSF.

However, despite such efforts, skeptics of the World Social Forum have condemned it of in fact taking on an undemocratic nature. For example, the first Forum of 2001 was criticized as being overwhelmingly ‘white’, both alluding to the racist nature of Brazil as well as the under-representation of African or Asian delegates; countries which had been hardest hit by neo-liberalist policies (Hardt 2002; Teivainen 2003). Instead of hindering the continuation or verve of the movement, such claims have served as the impetus which has spurred the self-reflection, self-reform and transition evident in the successive Forums (de Sousa Santos 2006). Acknowledging the challenges of a desire to be globally representative of those frustrated with neo-liberalism’s unfulfilled promises, the Forum’s organizers prioritized the need for a democratic and representative population by relocating subsequent Forums in the Asian and African continents. The fourth WSF took place in Mumbai, India in 2004, and WSF 2007 was hosted by Nairobi, Kenya, in the hopes that such proximity would enhance local and grassroots representation (Curran 2007; see Appendix C).

The World Social Forum seemed to be taking a turn towards representative ‘insurgency from below’. Such a goal was largely achieved in Mumbai, particularly in the vocal and energetic presence of the Dalits or untouchables, who insisted that pervasive caste inequalities be put on the Forum’s agenda. The instantaneous translation in a variety of languages and dialects in the various hosting cities of the Forums also points to the emphasis placed on democracy and intentional inclusion. Moreover, the “polycentric” Forums of 2006 which took place simultaneously in Caracas, Venezuela; Bamako, Mali; and Karachi, Pakistan, attempted to diffuse the Latin American concentration by attracting activists in the Americas, Africa, and Asia (World Social Forum). Similarly, a proliferation of regional and thematic forums, such as the Asian Social Forum and that of the Americas, has broadened the base of participants and topics covered. Significantly, indigenous concerns have been placed on the global agenda (Conway 2007; de Sousa Santos 2006; Leite and Gil 2005; Smith 2004; Buckman 2004).

While the limitations of the World Social Forum will be elaborated upon shortly, another daunting problem has been how to consolidate and embody the goals of a myriad of divergent social movements in terms of a platform of alternatives. Such a focus harkens back to the question which has guided this paper; that of where the WSF can be situated in the spectrum of movements against the exploitative nature of globalization. The dearth of WSF publications beyond the guiding Charter of Principles (see Appendix A) has been condemned by some as evidence of the ineffectiveness of the Forum to move beyond articulating alternatives to identifying clear goals and means by which they could be materialized. Indeed, even activist Naomi Klein (2002) criticizes the “opaque”, chaotic and dispersive nature of the Forums in hindering coming to concrete decisions (Hardt 2002: 191).

However, it is critical to underline that a delicate balance must be reached between the diversity of representation and the synthesis of a document, which to many would substantiate the success of the Forums. The “gigantism” of the Forum has precluded such an act or attempt to consolidate the divergence of views into a presumably representative document. Interestingly, this is a feature which the organizers see as constituting a strength in diversity, rather than a flaw inherent in a lack of unity, again alluding to an emphasis on a democratic and decentralized rather than vertical or hierarchical structure (Doucet 2008: 22; Teivainen 2003: 8).

Combating ‘Globalization-From-Above’ With…‘Globalization-From-the-Middle’?

The politics of exclusion and inclusion have pervaded the Forums, undermining organizers’ efforts to create a truly democratic and ‘globally representative’ arena. Indeed, the cost of attending such counter-events has stratified the profile of interested activists, resulting in the wary perception of the Forums being a meeting for the ‘elites’ of counter-hegemonic globalization (de Sousa Santos 2006: 90, 95; Ribeiro 2006: 16). Accusations of being Caucasian and male-centric have peppered the media, alluding to what de Sousa Santos (2006) terms the paradox of “globalization from the middle”; a feature which significantly undermined claims of global representation (70). In response, conscious efforts to relocate the Forums and integrate a comprehensive inclusion of new themes covered in subsequent meetings have indicated how the organizers have internalized such criticisms and have actively sought to remedy them (see Appendix C).

The selection of Porto Alegre as the location for the first three Forums was astute but had its limitations. In addition to being overwhelmingly ‘white’, concerns were of a more political nature. While the presence of the Workers Party ensured consistent state funding from the Brazilian government, this criteria conflicted with one of the mandates outlined in the Charter of Principles which precluded the attendance of political parties or state representatives to the WSF on the basis that the Forum is an apolitical space (de Sousa Santos 2006; Leite and Gil 2005). However, the doctrine has its own internal contradictions which were perhaps penned with Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva in mind. At the onset of the WSF, da Silva was the avid leader of the Workers Party, one of the Forum’s founding groups, but was in 2002 elected to become President of Brazil (Teiveinen 2003). The ‘loophole’ that permitted his continual attendance at the annual Forums is reflected in Principle 9, which indicates that such leaders may be invited to participate in a “personal [and apolitical] capacity” (World Social Forum; see Appendix A).

Moreover, Janet Conway (2007) conducted a feminist analysis of participation at the WSF, arguing that despite the presence of many female activists, feminism as a discourse was “muted” (49). While women composed almost half of the attendants, they were “woefully under-represented as speakers in the major panels and conferences” (Conway 2007: 55, emphasis added; de Sousa Santos 2006). This deficit was significantly overturned with the decision to relocate the Forum to Mumbai, India in 2004, whereupon a proliferation of female activists representing the poor people’s movements attended to contribute to the Forum discussion on women and globalization (de Sousa Santos 2006). Noted activists and speakers, including eco-feminist Vandana Shiva, reinforced the call to place patriarchy, caste inequality, grassroots organizations, environmental exploitation, and the need to secure food sovereignty on the Forum’s agenda (Conway 2007; Smith 2004).

The Mumbai World Social Forum in 2004 was a “decisive step towards the globalization of the WSF process” (de Sousa Santos 2006: 86). The first Forum to be situated away from its Brazilian origins, it served as an important precursor to remedy the internal inconsistencies and flaws of its predecessors. Indeed, the success of drawing large numbers of Asian activists encouraged the relocation of the WSF 2007 to Nairobi, Kenya. The pinnacle event which overturned the overwhelmingly Latin American presence, the Mumbai Forum provided an opportunity for issues of women’s concern to be articulated and prioritized, and offered a location in which grassroots activists found a greater venue for expression. Finally, as will be elaborated, Mumbai is significant as the site in which the confrontational Mumbai Resistance took place, challenging the assertion or perception that the Forums indicate the linear evolution of demands and tactics from ‘anti’ to ‘alter’.

While the Forum which immediately followed the Mumbai convention returned to its Brazilian headquarters, 2006 was a year which featured an innovative polycentric WSF. Taking place simultaneously in Bamako, Mali; Caracas, Venezuela; and Karachi, Pakistan, it drew representatives hailing from Africa, the Americas, and Asia (de Sousa Santos 2006). The succession of WSFs after the comparatively more homogenous Porto Alegre events indicates that Mumbai was a watershed date which compelled the organizers to actively apply the guiding principles of “democratic imaginary”; an avowedly critical strategy influencing the structure and goals of the movement (Doucet 2008). Moreover, it significantly broadened not only the topics to be addressed, but also the profile of activists present, from attracting the elitist elements of the anti-/alter-globalization movement to increasingly incorporating women and grassroots organizations [Note 9].

Historical sociology is thus a critical methodology to employ which not only indicates the context in which significant events take place, but also explores the dynamic nature of the occurrence itself through its evolution and response to pervasive internal weaknesses (Smith et al. 2008). Indeed, “the succession of [W]orld [S]ocial [F]orums has been marked by a strong internal labour of self-reflection that is guided by a desire to remedy structural and organizational deficiencies in view of rendering more faithfully democratic principles in practice” (Doucet 2008: 22). For instance, in order to circumvent the exclusive nature of the activists able to afford entrance, a collective fund was set up to sponsor activists from the South (de Sousa Santos 2006). As de Sousa Santos (2006) observes, the World Social Forum exemplifies an ongoing and cumulative “learning process” (57).

If Another World is Possible, How Will We Get There?

To recapitulate the guiding question of interest, debates have surrounded the question of where the WSF is located in the trajectory of movement against globalization. I propose the use of a time-line depicting the anti-/alter-globalization movement as three concentric and overlapping circles. As Diagram A indicates, the suggested direction goes from condemnation; to advocating for alternatives; to finally articulating means by which such substitutes to prevailing and unequal neo-liberal globalization can be brought about, and rendered widespread and applicable. Interestingly, such a trajectory echoes what noted Grasmcian scholar Owen Worth (2002) terms the “stages of transformation” of the “passive revolution”. He proposes that the tranformatory role of the civil society is nurtured and “starts with a current [hegemonic] order that is then challenged by both contrasting social forces and alternate ‘ideologies’… [T]hese serve as counter-hegemonic forces against the existing order” (Worth 2002: 299). The dominant perception has been that anti-globalization activists epitomize the first stage, with the World Social Forum embodying the alter-globalization slant in the second phase, and attempting to pass into the third stage. However, the lack of clear guidelines delineating how such aspirations can be materialized has been seen as a flaw inherent in anti-globalization and in the Forum in particular (Hardt 2002; Teivainen 2002).

[Figure 1. Diagram A: Proposed Time-Line of the Anti/Alter-Globalization Movement and the Location of the World Social Forum (Source: Author)]

Before delving into such an argument, three points bear mentioning. Of primary importance is that while the WSF represents the transition in objectives, advocating for alternatives rather than continual condemnation of those wielding exclusive economic influence, an internal structure predicated on open and democratic goals results in a myriad of opinions. A diversity of preferred strategies of resistance is represented under the rubric of a shared desire for ‘another world’. Secondly, the time-line ideology, while constructive and revealing, is perhaps inappropriate when positing about changes within the anti-/alter-globalization movement. While proponents of the Forum have advocated for the more proactive name of ‘global justice movement’ rather than its reactive counterpart of ‘anti-globalization’, the goals of both persist in tandem. Diachronic analysis reveals that the transition has been anything but linear; a feature which will be exemplified with the “Mumbai Resistance” case study.

Finally, as mentioned previously, neo-liberal enthusiasts have dismissed many of the suggestions and demands articulated by representatives and activists of the World Social Forum by pointing to a weak publication record. Many assert that the inability to collaborate on a shared document and a lack of tangible output in the form of published and disseminated papers is indicative of the decentralized and indeed chaotic nature of the movement. This latter feature will be examined shortly, as well as the question of whether such criticisms are justified.

It must be noted that far from reveling in an unstructured and utopian vision of ‘another world’ which is perpetually out of reach, the WSF organizers have compiled a ‘Porto Alegre Manifesto’ encompassing the diversity of views under the umbrella of the Forum (see Appendix B). The Porto Alegre ‘Consensus’ is a direct counterpoint to the Washington Consensus which has guided and legitimated neo-liberal extension and predominance. The ‘Consensus’ thus provides a counter-hegemonic discourse embodied in a doctrine which rivals its hegemonic counterpart (Ribeiro 2006; Buckman 2004).

Divided into three themes of economic measures, mandates for peace and justice, and democratic objectives, many parallels can be made with anti-globalization predecessors. For instance, the document includes demands for the cancellation of debilitating debts restraining Third World countries on a perpetual debt treadmill, harkening back to Jubilee 2000 and implementation of the Tobin Tax. [Note 10] The latter progressive taxation system would charge corporations and governments fees which would then be reallocated towards addressing societal needs. It is an effort articulated by the French ATTAC organization with the aim of “social democracy” and the objective of bolstering the power of the state, reminiscent of the Keynesian era (Falk 1998: 133). Penned in 2005, the Porto Alegre Consensus points to the influence of the Mumbai WSF which took place a year earlier, with food security and protection against environmental degradation being prominent elements of the ‘Manifesto’ (de Sousa Santos 2006). Moreover, the insistence on participatory democracy alludes back to the model exemplified in the city of Porto Alegre, as well as the overarching goal of inclusiveness in the WSF (Klein 2002).

As an arena in which a multitude of views representing diverse social movements can be expressed, the World Social Forum accommodates activists who can be grouped as either revolutionaries or reformers; a microcosm of the anti-/alter-globalization movement (Curran 2007; McNally 2002). The divergence of participants can be illustrated with the comparison between those who advocate for the complete destruction of the capitalist system, asserting that inequality is an inherent feature of this ‘midwife’ of neo-liberalism, and those who prefer to remedy and, importantly, democratize the existing global economy (Smith et al. 2008). It is instructive to again look at the parallels with Gramsci’s dichotomy of wars of movement, or frontal and often aggressive assaults challenging the hegemony, legitimacy and functioning of the state, and its non-violent counterpart of collective resistance embodied in wars of position (Cox 1993; Gramsci 1971; Mittelman and Chin 2000). As Gill (2000) notes, activists affiliating themselves with the anti-capitalist goals of the Zapatistas argued against such perceived co-optation or Gramscian transformismo of their more moderate counterparts, insisting that “fundamental reform means rules that empower the people of the world to make the decisions about how they live their lives — not the [renamed] transnational CEO’s or their purchased political leaders” (155, emphasis added). Interestingly, while a diversity of both ‘anti’ and ‘alter’ opinions have been voiced at the Forum, representing views and strategies at both ends of the spectrum, elements of the Porto Alegre Manifesto such as the Tobin Tax on corporations seem to more firmly align the Forum with the reformist or ‘alter’ perspective (Smith et al. 2008; Worth 2002). For example, the last principle, “reform international institutions based on the Universal Declaration of Human Rights and incorporate the World Bank, IMF and WTO into the United Nations” appears to be the only tangible idea which indicates the means by which corporate accountability and institutional transparency can be achieved under the governing body of the United Nations. It is this vigorous debate on the best ways of achieving such ambitious goals that divides Forum participants and again obscures the location of the Forum in the suggested diagram (Curran 2007; see Appendix B).

Can a dichotomy be then posited between revolutionary and reform, repudiation and regulation, and anti- and alter-globalization respectively (Falk 1998)? The Mumbai WSF of 2004 might suggest this perception. Splits over the perceived ‘correct’ and most effective way of bringing about significant and economic challenges to the hegemonic discourse fueled the ‘Mumbai Resistance’; a parallel meeting of more radical activists who condemned the WSF position as offering too limited a critique of capitalism. Over three hundred grassroots organizations participated in this alternate forum, many espousing violence as a political tactic, the latter which has been rejected on grounds of the WSF Charter. The Mumbai Resistance warned about co-optation by President Clinton’s hollow promises of “globalization with a human face”, the World Economic Forum’s desire to make economic expansion more ‘palatable’ through “global governance”, and Joseph Stiglitz, former World Bank chief economist who now condemned the ‘misguided policies’ of the IMF (Drainville 2002: 174; Research Unit for Political Economy 2003; Rupert 2000; Smith 2004) . The transition between confrontational methods associated with adherents of anti-globalization and the more moderate methods of the global justice movement which have been disparaged of harboring co-optation elements is thus far from linear. Parallel struggles persist between those affiliating with Zapatista tactics and the reformist method of the WSF, with the Mumbai Resistance being a case in point.

Has such a diversity of opinions precluded the effectiveness of the World Social Forum? In the words of Charles Tilly (2004), has the objective and desire for internationalist expansion to give voice to the disenfranchised backfired, with transnationalization bringing about “dedemocratization”, resulting in not only a hierarchy of opinions, but also the inability to produce a document that encompasses its goals (131-2, 143)? As a plural, inclusive, and diversified component of the anti/alter-globalization movement, the WSF does not speak with one voice nor does it profess to represent the goals and demands of the participants as a whole (Charter of Principles, World Social Forum; de Sousa Santos 2006). While critics have argued that the avowedly democratic structure of the Forum which has encouraged the participation of a myriad of social movements is the WSF’s ‘Achilles heel’ and a “wasted opportunity”, organizers counter that this diversity is actually the strength of the Forum (Smith 2004: 418).

The time-line metaphor of knowing where to position the WSF either between the first and second, or the second and third concentric circles is again beset by difficulties when examining the issue of concrete output in the form of a document. In line with the diversity of views articulated at the Forums, WSF organizers have purposely avoided disseminating documents which would profess to represent or consolidate the diversity of views present. Short of the guiding principles enshrined in the WSF Charter and the alternatives suggested in the Consensus, it is not the production of documents to which the organizers attribute success, but the fostering and incubation of ideas which indicate a less tangible, but arguably more revealing measure of effectiveness. Thus, such condemnations on the part of skeptics is unwarranted, as while alternative ideas can be generalized, it is unfeasible and indeed irrelevant to attempt to produce a document that could even hope to make overarching recommendations devoid of context-specific conditions to alleviate pervasive problems exacerbated by economic globalization. The World Social Forum is thus a world public sphere. Perhaps a more appropriate and instructive illustration of the proposed location of the World Social Forum would take the shape of a Venn’s Diagram, in which overlapping ideas and strategies take place concurrently (see Diagram B). To recapitulate, the goal of the WSF is not to act as a publishing house; the publication of documents it leaves to individual participants and organizations. Its avowed raison d’être is rather to serve as a venue for the enlightened exchange of ideas.

[Figure 2. Diagram B: Proposed Time-Line of the Anti/Alter-Globalization Movement and the Location of the World Social Forum (Source: Author)]

Conclusion: Is Anti to Alter what Action is to…Talking?

Many debates have surrounded the World Social Forum; is it a political space or a political movement (Curran 2007)? Is it an arena or actor (Teiveinan 2003)? Such dichotomies can be extended to the alter- and anti-globalization movements, which may be disconcerting to some to note the perceived impotence of the former. However, the structure of the Forum was designed as such to facilitate the networking, sharing of experiences and strategies to expose activists to their counterparts who are equally committed to bringing about change. In a similar relationship of a teacher guiding students, the Forum is designed to foster impetus, enthusiasm and awareness, and impart such knowledge onto the activists on whom the onus is then directed to construct their own (transnational) networks to demand change. Thus the effectiveness of the World Social Forum should not be measured by whether a transition has been made between “talking shop” and “talking power”, nor whether it has generated uniform proposals, documents or political statements that profess to represent the opinions of all involved. Nor should its role be evaluated on the basis of whether it has provided a manual or panacea for change, but rather whether activists have emerged emboldened with the need to take action. As Teiveinan (2003) argues, “political action is the responsibility of each individual and the coalitions they form, not an attribute of the forum” (9). As a ‘movement of movements’, it is thus possible to be an arena and actor simultaneously.
Notes

1. For more information, see Charles Tilly. 1980. “Historical Sociology”. In Current Perspectives in Social Theory. Eds. Scott G. McNall & Gary N. Howe. Vol. I. Greenwich, Connecticut: JAI Press.

2. The manifestation of the neo-liberalist credo is best embodied in Structural Adjustment Programs (SAPs), which critics have condemned as neo-colonial means of economic extraction.

3. It is revealing to note that the amount of funds allocated to servicing or repaying the interest as well as the debt itself often exceeds that spent on education and healthcare. Indeed, the “lost decade” of the 1980s witnessed an unprecedented transfer of money from the South to the North, and predominantly to the financial institutions (George 1992:14; Black 2002:24). Once they had been integrated into the neo-liberalist system, countries were relegated to a treadmill of perpetual debt.

4. In 1996, Subcommandante Marcos, leader of the EZLN, issued an invitation to activists and social movements around the globe to participate in the First Intercontinental Meeting for Humanity and Against Neo-liberalism. Despite the fact that the Encuentro or global meeting of like-minded thinkers took place in the depths of the Mexican jungles, the location did not dissuade the thousands of activists who participated in this “hand-crafted conference” (Curran 2008; Smith 2004: 414).

5. The transnational nature of this counter-hegemonic movement was furthered by Jubilee 2000. This event was largely spearheaded by Northern activists who argued that the ‘odious debts’ were relegating such countries to a perpetual status of underdevelopment (Goldstein, Pevehouse and 2008: 479). Southern anti-debt groups have chimed in, arguing that the debts have already been repaid, “in the incalculable terms of social and environmental damage, political unrest, conflict and wars and profound human …suffering” incurred in the pursuit of Structural Adjustment Programs (Keet 2000: 463). This North-South partnership would also prove to be significant in the structure of the World Social Forum, in an effort to be globally representative of those burdened under the yoke of neo-liberalism.

6. As if emboldened by the protestors shouting “this is what democracy looks like”, the representatives from the South became more assertive, denouncing the frequent ‘closed-door policies’ and manipulations of their wealthier counterparts. As the “protests in the streets became more defiant, so the attacks on lack of transparency and accountability inside the conference grew louder” (McNally 2002: 24).

7. The city of Dohar, Qatar is a revealing example. Its selection as the ideal location for the WTO conference in 2001was predicated not only on desires to forge improved economic alliances between the Middle East and post-9/11 United States, but also because the monarchical government had “little tolerance for public protests of any sort” and was willing to impose repressive measures to ensure the success of its hosted meeting (Brooks 2004: 572). Indeed, it ended up being one of the most productive rounds of WTO negotiations.

8. This included the successful Indonesian demands for the resignation of President Suharto in 1997 in the aftermath of economic crises brought about by neo-liberal adherence (McNally 2002: 21).

9. For instance, the Guyanese Red Thread Women’s Development Organization was able to network and gain exposure for the struggles on behalf of women in Caracas during the polycentric Forum (Trotz 2007: 77).

10. Jubilee 2000 refers to the international coalition movement which took place in over 40 countries that called for the cancellation of Third World debt by the year 2000.
Marian Pinsky is a Sociology Masters student at Concordia University. Her research focuses on local and women-led responses to the food crisis in India and the struggle against the corporate control of the global food system. Being interested in community empowerment, she has remained committed to the ideas of social activism in numerous volunteer ventures to materialize the belief that true and sustainable change requires tangible action over mere talk. Her most recent endeavour was co-ordinating a successful public workshop series with the Social Justice Committee of Montreal on the topic of social activism; a conference which was entirely sustainable, and truly epitomized ‘social justice in action’. Marian can be reached at sm_pinsk@live.concordia.ca.

Acknowledgements

I would like to thank my supervisor Dr. Satoshi Ikeda, Richard Hinton, and Randy Pinsky for their invaluable help and support.

References

Amin, Samir. 2006. “Beyond Globalization: A Better or Worse World?” Monthly Review 58(7): 30-49.

Amoore, Louise, ed. 2005. The Global Resistance Reader. New York: Routledge.

“Aspects of India’s Economy.” 2003. Economics and Politics of the World Social Forum 35 (September), Research Unit for Political Economy. Retrieved August 31, 2007 (http://www.rupe-india.org/35/howandwhy.html.

Ayres, Jeffrey M. 2004. “Framing Collective Action Against Neo-liberalism: The Case of the ‘Anti-Globalization’ Movement.” Journal of World-Systems Research Winter X(1): 11-34.

Black, Maggie. 2002. The No-nonsense Guide to International Development. Toronto: New Internationalist Publications.

Brooks, D. Christopher. 2004. “Faction in Movement: The Impact of Inclusivity on the Anti-Globalization Movement.” Social Science Quarterly 85(3): 559-77.

Buckman, Greg. 2004. Globalization: Tame it or Scrap it? Mapping the Alternatives of the Anti-globalization Movement. London; New York: Zed Books.

Conway, Janet. 2007. “Transnational Feminisms and the World Social Forum: Encounters and Transformations in Anti-globalization Spaces.” Journal of International Women’s Studies. April 8(3): 49-70.

Cox, Robert W. 1993. “Gramsci, Hegemony and International Relations: An Essay in Method.” Pp. 35-47 in The Global Resistance Reader, edited by Louise Amoore. 2005. New York: Routledge.

––.1999. “Civil Society at the Turn of the Millennium: Prospects for an Alternative World Order. Pp. 103-123 in The Global Resistance Reader, edited by Louise Amoore. 2005. New York: Routledge.

Curran, Giorel. 2007. “Making Another World Possible? The Politics of the World Social Forum.” Social Alternatives. 26(1): 7-12.

De Sousa Santos, Boaventura. 2006. The Rise of the Global Left: The World Social Forum and Beyond. London; New York: Zed Books.

Doucet, Marc G. 2008. “World Politics, the Alter-globalization movement and the Question of Democracy.” Pp. 18-34 in Mobilizations, Protests & Engagements: Canadian Perspectives on Social Movements, eds. Marie Hammond-Calaghan and Matthew Hayday. Black Point (Nova Scotia): Fernwood Publishing.

Drainville. André C. 2002.“Québec City 2001 and the Making of Transnational Subjects”. Pp. 169-189 in The Global Resistance Reader, edited by Louise Amoore. 2005 New York: Routledge.

Falk, Richard. 1998. “Global Civil Society: Perspectives, Initiatives, Movements.” Pp. 124-135 in The Global Resistance Reader, edited by Louise Amoore. 2005 New York: Routledge.

Fisher, William F. and Thomas Ponniah, eds. 2003. Another World is Possible: Popular Alternatives to Globalization at the World Social Forum. Black Point (Nova Scotia): Fernwood.

George, Susan. 1992. The Debt Boomerang: How Third World Debt Harms Us All. London, Pluto Press.

Gill, Stephen. 2000. “Toward a Postmodern Prince? The Battle in Seattle as a Moment in the New Politics of Globalization.” Pp. 150-157 in The Global Resistance Reader, edited by Louise Amoore. 2005. London & New York: Routledge.

Goldstein Joshua S., Jon C. Pevehouse and Sandra Whitworth. 2008. International Relations. 2nd Canadian edition. Pearson Education Canada.

Gramsci, Antonio. 1971. “State and Civil Society.” Pp. 28-34 in The Global Resistance Reader, edited by Louise Amoore. 2005. New York: Routledge.

Hardt, Michael. 2002. “Porto Alegre: Today’s Bandung?” Pp. 190-193 in The Global Resistance Reader, edited by Louise Amoore. 2005. London & New York: Routledge.

Keet, Dot. 2000. “The International Anti-debt Campaign: A Southern Activist View for Activists in ‘the North’… and ‘the South’”. Development in Practice, 10 (3), 10th Anniversary Issue (August): 461-477.

Klein, Naomi. 2002.. “Farewell to the ‘end of history’: Organization and vision in the anti-corporate movements.” Pp. 158-168 in The Global Resistance Reader, edited by Louise Amoore.2005. London & New York: Routledge.

Leite, José Corrêa and Carolina Gil. 2005. The World Social Forum: Strategies of Resistance. Trans. Traci Romine. Chicago: Haymarket Books.

Li, Minq. 2008. An Age of Transition: The United States, China Peak Oil, and the Demise of Neo-liberalism. Monthly Review 59(11): 20-34.

McNally, David. 2002. Another World IS Possible: Globalization and Anti-capitalism. Winnipeg, MB: Arbeiter Ring Publications.

Mittelman, James H. and Christine B. N. Chin. 2000. “Conceptualizing Resistance to Globalization.” Pp. 17-27 in The Global Resistance Reader, edited by Louise Amoore. 2005. New York: Routledge.

Polanyi, Karl. 2001 [1944]. The Great Transformation: The Political and Economic Origins of Our Time. Boston: Beacon Press.

Ribeiro, Gustavo Lins. 2006. “Other Globalizations: Alter-native Transnational Processes and Agents.” Ipanema (Rio De Janeiro): The Edelstein Center for Social Research.

Rupert, Mark. 2000. “The New World Order: Passive Revolution or Transformative Process?” Pp. 194-208 in The Global Resistance Reader, edited by Louise Amoore. 2005. London & New York: Routledge.

Smith, Jackie. 2004. “The World Social Forum and the Challenges of Global Democracy.” Global Networks 4(4): 413-421.

Smith, Jackie, Marina Karides, Marc Becker, Dorval Brunelle, Christopher Chase-Dunn, Donatella della Porta, Rosalba Icaza Garza, Jeffrey S. Juris, Lorenzo Mosca, Ellen Reese, Peter (Jay) Smith, Rolando Vázquez. 2008. Global Democracy and the World Social Forums. Boulder, CO: Paradigm Publishers.

Teivainen, Teivo. 2002. “The World Social Forum and Global Democratisation: Learning from Porto Alegre.” Third World Quarterly 23 (4): 621-632.

––.2003. “The World Social Forum: Arena or Actor?” Presented at the Latin American Studies Association meeting, March 28 in Dallas, Texas.

Tilly, Charles. 1980. “Historical Sociology”. In Current Perspectives in Social Theory edited by Scott G. McNall and Gary N. Howe. Vol. 1. Greenwich, Connecticut: JAI Press.

––. 2004. Social Movements, 1768-2004. Boulder, CO: Paradigm Publishers.

Trotz, Alissa. 2007. Red Thread: The Politics of Hope in Guyana. Race and Class 49 (2): 71-79.

“What the World Social Forum Is.” World Social Forum. Retrieved Friday October 31, 2008 (http://www.forumsocialmundial.org.br ).

Worth, Owen, and Carmen Kuhling. 2004. “Counter-hegemony, Anti-globalisation and Culture in International Political Economy.” Capital and Class 84:31-42.

Worth, Owen. 2002. “The Janus-like Character of Counter-hegemony: Progressive and Nationalist Responses to Neo-liberalism.” Global Society 16(3): 297-315.

Appendix A

World Social Forum Charter of Principles

The committee of Brazilian organizations that conceived of, and organized, the first World Social Forum, held in Porto Alegre from January 25th to 30th, 2001, after evaluating the results of that Forum and the expectations it raised, consider it necessary and legitimate to draw up a Charter of Principles to guide the continued pursuit of that initiative. While the principles contained in this Charter — to be respected by all those who wish to take part in the process and to organize new editions of the World Social Forum — are a consolidation of the decisions that presided over the holding of the Porto Alegre Forum and ensured its success, they extend the reach of those decisions and define orientations that flow from their logic.

1. The World Social Forum is an open meeting place for reflective thinking, democratic debate of ideas, formulation of proposals, free exchange of experiences and interlinking for effective action, by groups and movements of civil society that are opposed to neo-liberalism and to domination of the world by capital and any form of imperialism, and are committed to building a planetary society directed towards fruitful relationships among Humankind and between it and the Earth.

2. The World Social Forum at Porto Alegre was an event localized in time and place. From now on, in the certainty proclaimed at Porto Alegre that “another world is possible”, it becomes a permanent process of seeking and building alternatives, which cannot be reduced to the events supporting it.

3. The World Social Forum is a world process. All the meetings that are held as part of this process have an international dimension.

4. The alternatives proposed at the World Social Forum stand in opposition to a process of globalization commanded by the large multinational corporations and by the governments and international institutions at the service of those corporations’ interests, with the complicity of national governments. They are designed to ensure that globalization in solidarity will prevail as a new stage in world history. This will respect universal human rights, and those of all citizens — men and women — of all nations and the environment and will rest on democratic international systems and institutions at the service of social justice, equality and the sovereignty of peoples.

5. The World Social Forum brings together and interlinks only organizations and movements of civil society from all the countries in the world, but it does not intend to be a body representing world civil society.

6. The meetings of the World Social Forum do not deliberate on behalf of the World Social Forum as a body. No-one, therefore, will be authorized, on behalf of any of the editions of the Forum, to express positions claiming to be those of all its participants. The participants in the Forum shall not be called on to take decisions as a body, whether by vote or acclamation, on declarations or proposals for action that would commit all, or the majority, of them and that propose to be taken as establishing positions of the Forum as a body. It thus does not constitute a locus of power to be disputed by the participants in its meetings, nor does it intend to constitute the only option for interrelation and action by the organizations and movements that participate in it.

7. Nonetheless, organizations or groups of organizations that participate in the Forums meetings must be assured the right, during such meetings, to deliberate on declarations or actions they may decide on, whether singly or in coordination with other participants. The World Social Forum undertakes to circulate such decisions widely by the means at its disposal, without directing, hierarchizing, censuring or restricting them, but as deliberations of the organizations or groups of organizations that made the decisions.

8. The World Social Forum is a plural, diversified, non-confessional, non-governmental and non-party context that, in a decentralized fashion, interrelates organizations and movements engaged in concrete action at levels from the local to the international to build another world.

9. The World Social Forum will always be a forum open to pluralism and to the diversity of activities and ways of engaging of the organizations and movements that decide to participate in it, as well as the diversity of genders, ethnicities, cultures, generations and physical capacities, providing they abide by this Charter of Principles. Neither party representations nor military organizations shall participate in the Forum. Government leaders and members of legislatures who accept the commitments of this Charter may be invited to participate in a personal capacity.

10. The World Social Forum is opposed to all totalitarian and reductionist views of economy, development and history and to the use of violence as a means of social control by the State. It upholds respect for Human Rights, the practices of real democracy, participatory democracy, peaceful relations, in equality and solidarity, among people, ethnicities, genders and peoples, and condemns all forms of domination and all subjection of one person by another.

11. As a forum for debate, the World Social Forum is a movement of ideas that prompts reflection, and the transparent circulation of the results of that reflection, on the mechanisms and instruments of domination by capital, on means and actions to resist and overcome that domination, and on the alternatives proposed to solve the problems of exclusion and social inequality that the process of capitalist globalization with its racist, sexist and environmentally destructive dimensions is creating internationally and within countries.

12. As a framework for the exchange of experiences, the World Social Forum encourages understanding and mutual recognition among its participant organizations and movements, and places special value on the exchange among them, particularly on all that society is building to centre economic activity and political action on meeting the needs of people and respecting nature, in the present and for future generations.

13. As a context for interrelations, the World Social Forum seeks to strengthen and create new national and international links among organizations and movements of society, that — in both public and private life — will increase the capacity for non-violent social resistance to the process of dehumanization the world is undergoing and to the violence used by the State, and reinforce the humanizing measures being taken by the action of these movements and organizations.

14. The World Social Forum is a process that encourages its participant organizations and movements to situate their actions, from the local level to the national level and seeking active participation in international contexts, as issues of planetary citizenship, and to introduce onto the global agenda the change-inducing practices that they are experimenting in building a new world in solidarity.

Approved and adopted in São Paulo, on April 9, 2001, by the organizations that make up the World Social Forum Organizing Committee, approved with modifications by the World Social Forum International Council on June 10, 2001.

Source: http://www.forumsocialmundial.org.br/

Appendix B

Porto Alegre Manifesto/Consensus

Summary of Twelve Proposals

Economic Measures
1. Debt cancellation for southern countries.
2. Implement international tax on financial transactions, i.e. Tobin tax.
3. Dismantle all tax havens and corporate havens (described as “paradises”).
4. Universal right to employment, social protection and pensions.
5. Promote fair trade and reject all free trade agreements and WTO laws, emphasizing the importance of education, health, social services and cultural rights over commercial rights.
6. Guarantee of food security to all countries by promoting rural, peasant agriculture.
7. Outlaw patenting of knowledge on living things and privatization of “common goods for humanity,” i.e. water.

Peace and Justice
8. Use public policies to fight discrimination, sexism, xenophobia, anti-Semitism and racism and fully recognize the political, cultural and economic rights of indigenous peoples.
9. Take steps to end environmental destruction and the greenhouse effect using alternative development models.
10. Dismantle all foreign military bases and the removal of troops from all countries except those under the explicit mandate of the United Nations.

Democracy
11. Guarantee the right to information and the right to inform through legislation that would end concentration of media ownership, guarantee the autonomy of journalists, and favor alternative media.
12. Reform international institutions based on the Universal Declaration of Human Rights and incorporate the World Bank, IMF and WTO into the United Nations. Source: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Porto_Alegre_Manifesto

Appendix C

Chronology and Location of World Social Forums

World Social Forum 2001 — Porto Alegre, Brazil
World Social Forum 2002 — Porto Alegre, Brazil
World Social Forum 2003 — Porto Alegre, Brazil
World Social Forum 2004 — Mumbai, India
World Social Forum 2005 — Porto Alegre, Brazil
World Social Forum 2006 — Polycentric Forum, taking place simultaneously in Bamako, Mali; Caracas, Venezuela; and Karachi, Pakistan
World Social Forum 2007 — Nairobi, Kenya
World Social Forum 2009 — ‘Global Call for Action’
World Social Forum 2009 — Belem, Brazil

This article originally appeared on : Global Research

2 soldiers killed in N Lebanon clashes

0

Lebanese army tanks deploy in the Bab al-Tabbaneh and Jabal Mohsen neighborhoods of the northern Lebanese city of Tripoli. (file photo)

Two Lebanese soldiers have been killed and three others wounded when the army tried to break up clashes between rival neighborhoods in the northern city of Tripoli.

Monday clashes between the neighborhoods — Bab al-Tabbaneh and Jabal Mohsen — brought the toll in the second day of fighting in the flashpoint city to four.

Battles between the two sides left two civilian dead on Sunday. At least 26 others were injured in the clashes.

Tripoli has been the scene of fierce clashes between supporters and opponents of the Syrian government ever since the conflict erupted in Syria almost three years ago.

While Bab al-Tebbaneh residents support militants fighting against the government of Syrian President Bashar al-Assad, the inhabitants of neighboring Jabal Mohsen are loyal to Assad.

The Lebanese Defense Ministry has frozen the issuing of gun licenses in Tripoli.

The Syria crisis began in March 2011, and many people, including large numbers of soldiers and security personnel, have been killed in the violence.

The Syrian government says that the chaos is being orchestrated from outside the country, and there are reports that a very large number of the militants are foreign nationals.

MN/AS

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

US claims Chinese military is on new cyber offensive against America

0

Officials within the United States government say hackers from China have renewed their assault on US targets only three months after a highly-touted investigation linked the People’s Liberation Army to a series of cyberattacks waged at American entities.

According to the New York Times, computer security experts and
US officials alike say the PLA’s sophisticated cyber squadron is
attempting to hack American businesses after a brief hiatus.

Earlier this year, the Times cited a report by
Northern Virginia security firm Mandiant when they alleged that
Chinese hackers targeted businesses and government agencies inside
the US, as well as a Canadian utility company and others. Mandiant
said in the February report that the PLA “Unit 61398” group
compromised 141 companies across 20 major industries during the
last few years, infecting the computers at Coca-Cola, the Canadian
arm of Telvent and others.

Earlier this month, the US Department of Defense threw its
weight behind Mandiant’s claims, and for the first time ever the
administration of President Barack Obama accused China of
cybercrimes.

“In 2012, numerous computer systems around the world,
including those owned by the US government, continued to be
targeted for intrusions, some of which appear to be attributable
directly to the Chinese government and military
,” the Pentagon
wrote.

Now, the chief executive at Mandiant and a number of US
officials admit that China relaxed its campaign after the February
report was published – only to have already returned to its hacking
ways weeks later.

“They dialed it back for a little while, though other groups
that also wear uniforms didn’t even bother to do that
,” CEO
Kevin Mandia told the Times on Friday. “I think you have to view
this as the new normal
.”

Mandia told the Times that hackers halted their operations back
in February and attempted to wipe clean their digital fingerprints
by scrubbing away spyware and other espionage tools used to surveil
US businesses. Only one month after pausing, though, the hackers
have resorted to once again using sophisticated means to carefully
and clandestinely pilfer intelligence from American computers.

According to Mandia, Unit 61398 is now operating at 60 to 70
percent of what their campaigns resembled before being exposed in
the original New York Times article.

Obama administration officials, speaking on condition of
anonymity, did not react in disbelief. One senior official that
spoke to the Times said, “this is something we are going to have
to come back at time and again with the Chinese leadership
,”
who, he added, “have to be convinced there is a real cost to
this kind of activity
.”

Mandiant declined to identify which computer systems have been
allegedly targeted in the latest round of attacks, but claimed that
many of the very same entities hit before their report was
published are once again in trouble.

“The hackers now use the same malicious software they used to
break into the same organizations in the past, only with minor
modifications to the code
,” wrote David Sanger and Nicole
Perlroth for the paper. “[T]hey have gradually begun attacking
the same victims from new servers and have reinserted many of the
tools that enable them to seek out data without detection
.”

So far, though, the Chinese have largely refused to buy into the
claims that a top-secret PLA group is orchestrating some of the
most serious cyberattacks ever waged at American entities. It was
nearly one month after the February Mandiant report was released
when Premier Li Keqiang called the claims “groundless
accusations
” and impractical.

Hacking is a “worldwide problem and in fact China itself is a
main victim of such attacks
,” Li said in March. “China does
not support — in fact it is opposed to – – hacking
attacks
.”

At that meeting, a reporter asked Li, “Will China stop the
cyber- hacking against the US since it has now become an issue of
American national security
?”

“In your question I sensed the presumption of guilt,” the
premier responded.

Christopher Soghoian, a senior policy analyst at the American
Civil Liberties Union, wrote on Twitter after this week’s Times
article, “When the Chinese gov hacks into US computers, it is
cyberwar. When the US gov does it, it is ‘installing
software
.’”

It doesn’t hurt the cases brought up by both Li and Soghoian
that perhaps the most destructive tool of cyberwar used yet by any
nation-state – the worm Stuxnet – is largely considered to be a
tool developed by scientists working for the US and Israel.
Although the White House has yet to admit to those claims on the
record, Obama administration officials speaking on condition of
anonymity have attested that Washington ordered Stuxnet and other
malicious codes to be used against Iranian nuclear facilities.

Just days before Li’s remark, the head of the US Cyber Command
told the Senate Armed Services Committee that his agency plans to
have 13 separate units trained by 2015 specifically to launch offensive cyberattacks at
foreign targets.

“The teams are analogous to battalions in the Army and Marine
Corps – or squadrons in the Navy and Air Force
,” Gen. Keith
Alexander said at the hearing. “In short, they will soon be
capable of operating on their own, with a range of operational and
intelligence skill sets, as well as a mix of military and civilian
personnel
.”

“I would like to be clear that this team. . . is an offensive
team
,” he said.

Speaking to the Wall Street Journal a month later, Geng Shuang,
a spokesman for the Chinese Embassy in Washington, accused the US
of “using cybersecurity as an excuse to take inappropriate
actions against Chinese companies and individuals
” without
providing “proof and evidence.”

“China stands ready to carry out constructive cooperation
with all countries, including the US, to safeguard peace and
security of the cyberspace on the basis of mutual respect
,” he
said.

This article originally appeared on : RT

Former finance minister Kudrin blames United Russia for economic stagnation

0

Aleksey Kudrin, addressing the State Duma, stated that the development of Russia’s political system is “lagging behind the challenges of the time and doesn’t provide the mechanisms to build up the country’s modernization.”

According to the former financial minister “even if we roll
up our sleeves right now, we’ll have to sweat our guts out for
three years or five years in order to achieve the new elements of
effectiveness.” 

Kudrin put all the blame on United Russia in his speech at the
so-called Open Tribune in the Duma.

After the session, when asked by RIA-Novosti how he evaluates the
performance of Dmitry Medvedev’s government, Kudrin said it was
“unsatisfactory.”

United Russia’s Andrey Isaev found the former minister’s comments
“cynical and hypocritical.”  

The MP said that his party can only be blamed for not pushing for
Kudrin’s resignation from the government earlier.  

Isaev said it was the ex-minister himself, who laid the foundations
for the current financial difficulties as he refused to “use
natural resources for the development of the country”

during his time in office in 2000-11.

The parliament’s speaker, Sergey Naryshkin, backed Kudrin, saying
United Russia like any “political party must take responsibility
for the decisions it makes.”

Fair Russia party MP, Oksana Dmitrieva, stressed that United Russia
has “no political will” as the party only reflects the will
of the government in power.

She claimed Kudrin himself was responsible for all the losses,
“the great economic conditions in the last 13 years were lost
largely because of Kudrin’s actions,”
Dmitrieva added.

In his recent interview with Komsomolskaya Parvada, Dmitry Medvedev
confirmed that Russia’s economic growth was insufficient and has to
be increased to 4 or 5 per cent per year.  

At the same time, the head of the Russian government has called the
current world economic conditions “more or less acceptable”
for the country.

Medvedev promised that Russia wouldn’t see a repeat of the 2008-09
economic crisis, reassuring that there was no need to “squirrel
away stewed meat, soap, matches and salt”
this time.

This article originally appeared on : RT

Portugal bankers warn EU to stop ‘playing with fire’

0

The heads of Portugal’s biggest banks Millenium BCP and Banco Espirito Santo, have called on European leaders to stop “playing with fire” and alarming depositors in Eurozone economies.

The top bankers expressed concern that the treatment of Cyprus
has set a new precedent and as a result nervousness in the region
is reaching dangerous levels.

“Leaders need to moderate their language. This could be very
bad,”
Ricardo Espírito Santo Salgado, chief executive of Banco
Espirito Santo, told the Financial Times.

“If someone had designed a plan to hurt the European market, it
would be difficult to think of something better.  You can’t keep
playing with fire,”
President of Millenium BCP, Nuno Amado
said, talking about a “Cyprus virus.”

In March Cypriot account holders were told to take a cut on their
savings so that their government could qualify for a bailout
package from the troika of international lenders.

The impact of the shock decision is still being felt in Portugal
and other Eurozone countries, economist Tobias Blattner told RT,
stressing that EU leaders need to come up a concrete plan before
they meet for an EU Summit in June this year.

“There is a very strong consensus that the Cypriot bail-out was
certainly not made in the best way, because it was made in
unpredictable way and I think it clearly rose to the uncertainty
among investors everywhere in euroarea. So there is a strong
consensus there should be a bail-in, which is certainly something
good in a long run but it should be according to clear spelled out
rules and that essence it’s now very important that leaders in
summit in June at the very latest will come out with a very clear
bail-in packing order that uninsured depositors will not be hit in
any restructuring of banks in euroarea in the future.”

This article originally appeared on : RT

Rioters in Sweden protest alleged brutality, racism after police shoot elderly man

0



Published time: May 20, 2013 18:35

Police faces youths rioting in northern Stockholm on Sunday night and early morning Monday on May 20, 2013. (AFP Photo / Johan Nilsson)

Download video (4.21 MB)
Embed

Code

Rioters took to the streets of a Stockholm neighborhood on Sunday, torching cars and throwing stones at police. Officers reportedly called residents “monkeys” and other derogatory terms as they protested against a recent police shooting.

Between 60 to 100 people — most of them young men — took part in
the riots which began around 10pm local time in the Stockholm
district of Husby.

Police turned up at the scene after a car was set on fire. Upon
arrival, officers were met with stone-throwing protesters, Police
Chief Daniel Mattsson said, as quoted by The Wall Street
Journal.

One policeman was attacked by youths kicking him and two others
were injured by rocks, police officer Jorgen Karlsson told AP.

Rioters torched cars in a local parking garage. Around 50 vehicles
were damaged in the fire, which forced the evacuation of a nearby
building. Windows were smashed at two schools and several local
businesses.

Mattson said there were 18 criminal incidents reported and that the
unrest lasted for four hours.

Allegations of police misconduct

Witnesses say that police officers reportedly called rioters and
residents “monkeys” on Sunday night, discriminating against
their race.

Rouzbeh Djalai, editor-in-chief of local newspaper The North Side,
told The Local that she spoke to a youth leader and some of
teenagers after the riots. The group reportedly approached police
asking if they could help.

The youth leader told her that he was called a “nigger” by
police, while the boys were called “monkeys.” They also said
the police attacked them with batons.

“If the police don’t want to cooperate, they should just say it;
they don’t have to call people names and hit them with batons,”

Djalaie said.

Residents of Husby are angry that police are increasing their
presence in the neighborhood, instead of focusing on long-term
solutions to the area’s problems.

“There’s frustration in Husby and it risks spiralling out of
control; people want long-term solutions to social problems instead
of an increased police presence,”
Djalai said.
 
“It’s a neighborhood where one third of junior high school
graduates leave school without adequate grades; they step straight
out into unemployment. It’s obvious what the consequences are,”

she added.

Seeking justice

The riots were in response to the fatal shooting of an elderly
man last week. The man was shot and killed by police after officers
responded to a call that a person was roaming Husby with a
knife.

Once officers arrived, the man disappeared into an apartment,
police spokesman Lars Byström told TT news agency. He then stepped
onto a balcony and threatened officers.

“He screamed at police from the balcony that he wanted to kill
them,”
a neighbor told the Expressen newspaper.

Negotiators were called to the scene and police learned that a
woman was also in the apartment. After failed attempts at
negotiating, police broke down the apartment door in an effort to
secure the woman’s safety.

But things took a turn for the worse once officers arrived inside
the residence.

“Then the person in question appeared holding a machete. Officers
felt cornered and threw a flash grenade so they could overpower the
man. That didn’t work either and they then felt forced to open
fire,”
said Byström.

Police faces youths rioting in northern Stockholm on Sunday night and early morning Monday on May 20, 2013. (AFP Photo / Johan Nilsson)

It is unclear how many officers fired shots and how many shots were
fired, but witnesses say police fired five or six shots in
total.


“We saw the flashes when they shot. Even if you’d never seen an
actual shooting before, you knew what it was,”
a witness
said.

Police say the 69-year-old man was taken to hospital where he was
pronounced dead from gunshot wounds.

However, local youth organization Megafonen reported on May 15th
that neighbors said there was never an ambulance. Instead, they say
a hearse turned up to cart away the body at 2am.

The woman inside the apartment escaped with no injuries, according
to police. Her relationship with the man remains unknown.

Megafonen arranged a protest against the alleged police brutality
last week, in response to the fatal shooting. The group – a
community-based organization aimed at organizing residents to fight
for social justice – demanded an independent investigation and
public apology.

“Last week, the police shot an old man who was holding a knife.
How can they do this without taking responsibility? I can
understand the reaction (riots),”
Megafonen founder Rami
al-Khamisi said.

Prosecutors from the Swedish National Police Crimes Unit are
currently investigating the shooting.

This article originally appeared on : RT

Los Angeles goes after Vegas hospital for dumping 1500 patients

0

The city of Los Angeles is pursuing a criminal investigation of a psychiatric hospital in Las Vegas, which has allegedly put 1,500 patients on buses and sent them out of state over the past five years.

About one third of these patients, some of which were homeless,
were given one-way bus tickets to cities in California. About 200
of the 1,500 mentally ill patients were sent to Los Angeles County,
150 of whom arrived in downtown L.A. Since 2008, patients were
bused to cities in every continental US state, even though some had
no family, friends or housing at their destination. After the
Sacramento Bee published an exposé on the dumping practices of the
Rawson-Neal Psychiatric Hospital, the city of Los Angeles announced
it would launch a probe investigating the matter.

“It’s just an abhorrent practice,” Gil Cedhillo, a
candidate for the L.A. City Council and a former state senator,
told the Bee. “You can’t just take someone from a facility and
dump them downtown.”

L.A. has one of the strictest patient-dumping laws in the US,
which was adopted in 2007 after a homeless schizophrenic was found
walking the streets in his hospital gown while still connected to a
catheter bag.

The Bee obtained bus receipts from the Nevada Division of Mental
Health and Developmental Services and found that the hospital sent
its patients away on Greyhound buses, equipped with a small supply
of medication and several bottles of a nutritional supplement that
only lasted a few days.

Health officials claim that most of the patients were sent off
to cities where they had a place to stay, but the Bee discovered
several cases in which mentally ill patients were forced to go to
cities that they had no connection to.

James Flavy Coy Brown, a 48-year-old homeless man who had
received treatment at Rawson-Neal, was put on a bus that dropped
him off in Sacramento — even though he had never been there and
knew no one in the city.

The former psychosis patient had only been treated for three
days before doctors sent him out of state, despite his
protests.

“I said, ‘I don’t want to leave Nevada,’” Brown told ABC
News. “[The doctor] said, ‘California sounds like a really nice
state. I think you’ll be happy there.’”

Equipped with a $306 one-way bus ticket, six Ensure nutrition
shake bottles, and a three-day supply of psychiatric medications,
he was sent away, only to end up on the streets of Sacramento —
without medication. The man had no Social Security card, food stamp
card or Medicaid card, and checked into a homeless shelter, feeling
the effects of medication withdrawal and the return of his
psychosis.

“If I don’t take my medicine, I get really confused and I
start hearing voices in my head, and they tell me to, like, jump
off a bridge or to do something to purposefully get arrested or go
to prison or jail,”
he said.  

The Bee claims that as a result of its initial exposé last
month, the hospital modified its procedures to require dispatched
patients to be accompanied by a chaperone when bused out of
state. In response to the investigations, Nevada Gov. Brian
Sandoval also said that state officials have implemented a new
policy that requires at least two physicians and a hospital
administrator to approve a dispatch order — rather than just one
physician.

Still, the Joint Commission, an independent agency that
certifies US hospitals, is considering pulling Rawson-Neal’s
accreditation for its history of patient-dumping. The city
attorneys in L.A. and San Francisco have also launched probes into
the hospital’s practices. If the allegations are true, Rawson-Neal
would lose federal funding and face steep financial penalties.

L.A. City Attorney Carmen Trutanich and his team are currently
scouting out former patients to see if they were released in
violation of the city’s ordinance against patient-dumping.

“This is 150 people allegedly on the streets of L.A.,”
Trutanich said, referencing the number of mentally ill patients
that the hospital sent to the city. “We’re already stretched as
it is.”

But if Rawson-Neal is found guilty, the hospital could be
convicted of a criminal misdemeanor and charged a hefty fine.

This article originally appeared on : RT

Texas votes on its own CISPA-like cyber bill

0

The biggest thing to come out of Texas may turn out to be a blow to Internet freedoms: legislators there are considering a bill that would compromise privacy on the Web for all residents of the Lone Star State.

Lawmakers in the State Senate are expected to vote Monday on a
bill that, if passed, would compel Internet Service Providers
(ISPs) anywhere in the world to fork over private Web records if
that information could aid in a criminal investigation.

Federal legislation already in place would likely trump any
attempts from Texas prosecutors to pry personal ISP records or
other online communications from the likes of social networking
sites, but the efforts on behalf of Lone Star lawmakers to get the
ball rolling on a new cyber-spy bill are indeed very real. Last
week, its companion bill in the State House of Representatives
passed unanimously, and similar outcome in the Senate is all now
expected any moment. Now should SB 1052 proves victorious in the
Senate, an Internet surveillance bill written in Texas but with
international implications could be added to the law books later
this year.

Ben Sherman of the Burnt Orange Report cautioned in a blog post
last week that the bill could be very dangerous to all Americans if
passed because it would let local authorities seize electronic
records held on servers outside of Texas.

“The bill requires any Internet provider to people in Texas
(that is – just about the entire Internet) to respond to search
warrants for online communications in 4-30 days. That is an
extremely narrow window which makes it difficult for Internet
providers to keep users’ other information private
,” he
wrote.

Following the failed attempts to pass cybersecurity bills on a
national level, as seen most recently in the stalled Cyber
Intelligence Sharing and Protection Act (CISPA), a number of state
and local governments have considered bills that would bring the
tools asked for in aborted federal acts into the hands of
prosecutors in Texas.

Whereas CISPA sought to find a way to ease the sharing of
potentially dangerous information between third-party businesses
and the federal government, the efforts coming out of Texas would
ensure that ISPs and any other businesses that operate over the Web
would have to relinquish user data if a police officer argues there
is probable cause it is pursuant to an investigation.

“Internet communications companies often hold information and
data vital to prosecute an offense under state law, particularly
relating to Internet crimes. Although the certain electronic
communications may take place within a state, law enforcement
officers must apply for a local search warrant in an Internet
company’s jurisdiction, often found out of state
,” wrote the
bill’s author, Sen. John Carona (R-Dallas). “This
limitation hampers law enforcement’s efforts to obtain evidence on
Internet criminals, who are able to remove or change identifying
data much faster than law enforcement can obtain warrants.”

Sherman, however, thinks the law could be used broadly to bring
any sort of online evidence under the magnifying glass of
prosecutors, causing a widespread fishing exhibition that will
allow law enforcement to essentially request any sort of electronic
communication of any business that operates online.

“The electronic communications at risk include all online
communication – emails, Facebook messages, tweets and messages on
private list servers
,” wrote Sherman. “Additionally, the bar
is set extremely low for police officers to prove that they may
find something important in a person’s online
communications
.”

Indeed, SB 1052 only asks that probable cause “must be
supported by the oath or affirmation of the authorized peace
officer
.”

“That is almost not a standard at all,” insisted Sherman.
“With a bar so low and a reach so broad, such legislation will
lead to widespread abuse and exposure of private information, and
enable politically motivated ‘investigations.’ This is government
overreach and Texans of all political ideologies should oppose it.
If this bill becomes law, any investigation that can be brought
into the Texas jurisdiction would have all the tools of CISPA, in
which any private online activity can be easily seized by the
government, at its disposal. That is terrible news not only for
Texans but for all Americans
.”

“The bill,” acknowledged Sen. Carona, “reciprocates
the electronic data search warrant process with other states
already implementing similar statutes, which would allow Texas to
serve data search warrants directly to out of state companies as
well
.”

Later in the text, the bill is described as extending “the
jurisdiction of district judges by granting them privileges to
issue data search warrants beyond the physical boundaries of the
state for computer data searches only
.”

The House version of the bill – nearly identical to Sen.
Carona’s version – passed on May 7 with no opposition. Rep. John
Frullo (R-Lubbock) co-authored that bill and told lawmakers in the
capital that passing the bill would be instrumental in stopping
predators who stalk children online.

“Under current law,” Frullo said, “Texas judges’
ability to order a search ends at the state line. In our
technology-driven society, this limitation hampers law
enforcement’s efforts to go after the evidence needed to prosecute
those who commit these horrible crimes and exploit our
children.
“

“Predators are hurting, exploiting and assaulting our
children through the use of the internet. That needs to stop
,”
he said in a press release earlier this year. After this week’s
vote, his colleagues in the Senate will decide if they are willing
to join his side – and at what cost to privacy.

This article originally appeared on : RT

Associated Press chief attacks White House over ‘unconstitutional’ investigation

0

The president of the Associated Press has lashed out at the United States government in his first interview since it was revealed that the AP was being investigated by the US Department of Justice.

More than one week after the AP announced that the Justice
Department subpoenaed two months of phone records in an apparent
attempt to discover the source of an intelligence leak, the
president and CEO of the news agency attacked US President Barack
Obama and his administration for what he considers an
unconstitutional intrusion on the way journalism is conducted.

Speaking to CBS News on how the Justice Department secretly
sought months’ worth of phone records, AP President Gary Pruitt
said the government has “no business” interfering
with journalists.

“I don’t know what their motive is, but I can tell you their
actions are unconstitutional
,” Pruitt said on Sunday’s Face the
Nation.

On the record, the government has yet to explain why they
requested the logs for 21 different phone lines used by the AP. But
according to the company’s top executive, the government is doing
everything in its power – and some things that aren’t – to learn
the identity of the source that went to the media about a foiled
terrorist attack thwarted by the CIA in 2012.

“We don’t question their right to conduct these sorts of
investigations, we just think they went about it the wrong
way
,” Pruitt said. “So sweeping, so secretively, so
abusively, and harassingly and overbroad that it is an
unconstitutional act
.”

In spring of that 2012, the US Department of Homeland Security
and the White House independently said there was no credible
evidence of a terrorist plot aimed at an American target to
commemorate the anniversary of the death of al-Qaeda leader Osama
bin Laden. Pruitt told CBS that wasn’t true, though, and during an
interview over the weekend he explained why it was important to
explain the administration’s mistake – and the mistakes the
government made as a result.

“We felt the American public needed to know this story,”
Pruitt told CBS, calling claims from Washington that there was no
credible evidence of a terrorist plot “misleading to the
American public
.”

Pruitt said the AP went to the government and intelligence
agencies to make sure there would not be a national security risk
by publishing news of the foiled terror plot. After five days, they
went live with their scoop after being told any risk had been
eliminated.

“We acted responsibly. We held the story,” Pruitt said.
“We held it for five days. On the fifth day, we heard from high
officials in two parts of the government that the national security
issues had passed, and at that point we released the
story
.”

In doing so, Pruitt believes the AP prompted a probe of the news
agency that has crossed the boundaries of what the government can
and can’t do. After the story was published, nearly two dozen
direct lines, cell phones and home phones were subpoenaed by the
Justice Department for offices in New York, Washington and
Connecticut.

“Approximately 100 journalists used these telephone lines as
part of newsgathering
,” said Pruitt, who added that
“thousands upon thousands” of work-related calls by AP
journalists were made on those numbers.

Speaking to CBS, Pruitt said he believes the administration
violated their own guidelines by gunning straight for a subpoena
without trying to work out an investigation with the AP.

“The rules require them to come to us first. But in this case
they didn’t, claiming an exception, saying if they had it would
have posed a substantial threat to their investigation. But they
have not explained why it would, and we can’t understand why it
would
,” pleaded Pruitt. “We never even had possession of
these records. They were in the possession of our telephone service
company, and they couldn’t be tampered with. So usually they would
come to us, we would try to narrow the request, the subpoena, if we
didn’t come to an agreement we could go to a judge and an
independent arbiter could decide on the scope of the subpoena. We
never got a chance
.”

The result, warned Pruitt, has been a chilling effect that is
already impacting the way journalists report news. “Already,
officials that would talk to us and people we would normally talk
to in the normal course of news gathering are already saying to us
that they are a little reluctant to talk to us. They fear that they
will be monitored by the government
,” he said.

In the days since the AP disclosed that they were targeted by
the Justice Department, other reports have surfaced as well. On
Sunday, the Washington Post revealed that a Fox News journalist was
investigated by the DoJ after he published classified intelligence
that was believed to have been leaked by a State Department
official. To investigate a June 2009 article, the Justice
Department obtained the records of Fox reporter James Roser and a
State Department advisor, Stephen Jin-Woo Kim.

“Rosen was not charged with any crime, but it is
unprecedented for the government, in an official court document, to
accuse a reporter of breaking the law for conducting the routine
business of reporting on government secrets,”
The New Yorker’s
Ryan Lizza reported on Sunday.

Abbe Lowell, who is defending Kim on federal charges that he
disclosed national defense information by going to Roser, told the
Post that “The latest events show an expansion of this law
enforcement technique.”

Should the government continue to corner the Fourth Estate,
Pruitt warned that future results could be catastrophic for the
state of free speech.

“And if they restrict that apparatus … the people of the
United States will only know what the government wants them to know
and that’s not what the framers of the Constitution had in mind
when they wrote the First Amendment
.”

“It’s too early to know if we’ll take legal action but I can
tell you we are positively displeased and we do feel that our
constitutional rights have been violated
,” Pruitt added to an
AP article on the scandal.

This article originally appeared on : RT

‘Cameron wants to kick EU exit issue into long grass’ — UKIP leader

0



Published time: May 20, 2013 20:12

Nigel Farage (AFP Photo / Paul Ellis)

Download video (30.36 MB)
Embed

Code

Despite the British government’s desire to soft-pedal the country’s possible EU exit, the referendum to decide UK’s future in the Union must be held before the 2015 general election, believes the leader of the UK Independence Party, Nigel Farage.

With a lot of hard feeling swirling around the EU, one thing
many seem agreed on is anger at Brussels. Nine European countries
are now in recession and, with no end to austerity in sight, EU
membership appears to be more trouble than its worth for some.

The leader of the Euroskeptical UKIP party, Nigel Farage, says
recent research show that by participating in the EU, Britain is
annually losing more than £100 billion due to membership fees and
the Union’s regulations.  

RT: Support for your cause is growing, and as our Berlin
correspondent reported, the UK’s EU cousins don’t mind Britain
leaving. So who wants the UK to stay?

Nigel Farage: Germany wants the UK to stay — because Germany
thinks that if the UK leaves the whole thing will unravel. And if
it unravels, including the Eurozone, than the Germans will have
some very big losses. And also, you know, the Germans are the ones
that have benefited out of the Eurozone. Most of their growth over
the last four, five or six years has been to the cost of other
Eurozone countries. So the Germans — very very keen to keep Britain
in.

RT: There are repeated warnings that foreign investors
are being put off by the uncertainty. Does Britain fully understand
the possible ramifications of the exit from the EU?

NF: Well, what would’ve been really damaging to the UK is if
we’d been stupid enough to join the Eurozone. Thank goodness, we
said ‘no.’ Otherwise we’d in a similar state to many of the
Mediterranean countries today. That was the first big good decision
that we’ve made. Now I do understand the argument about
uncertainty, even though I very much take the view that trade would
go on between Britain and the rest of Europe completely unaffected
by us leaving the political union. After all, the European
countries sell far more goods to us than we do to them. But I do
understand that anything where you’re told there could be a
four-and-a-half, perhaps a five-year debate on the subject could
lead to uncertainty. All of which really reinforces my view that
what [British PM, David] Cameron has done here is to attempt to
kick this issue off into the long grass. And really we’ve got a
have a referendum to sort this issue before the next general
election.  

RT: Instead of keeping one hand on the exit, why aren’t
Euro MPs like yourself taking more advantage of trying to change
things from within Brussels?

NF: Oh, goodness me, if we try to reform this thing from
within I’d need to live to 300 to have much chance. Listen, the
interesting thing is that in response to the Eurozone crisis really
almost everybody inside the EU — rather than saying let’s reform
things, let’s change things, let’s accept this model isn’t really
working — they’ve done the opposite. They’re saying: ‘Oh, goodness
me, we must have more Europe, more integration, we must take yet
more democracy away from member states. Nobody, but nobody, inside
these institutions is talking about reform in the same terms as the
UK debate and Mr Cameron are. They are two completely different
things.  

RT: Britain’s membership is estimated to be
worth between £31 and 92 billion pounds per year in income gains
according to business leaders — what would that be replaced
with?


NF:
There are some business figures, many of whom have already
got knighthoods or peerages, worth noting that and people, who are
heads of giant multinational companies. And they’ve got businesses
in Europe, and they’ve also got big businesses in Europe. And I can
see the argument that if you’re multinational the EU way of making
law is to your benefit because it puts out of business all of your
small and medium-size competitors. So, I understand that. But the
idea that because we’re members of the political union, because
we’ve surrendered our democracy means that other countries in
Europe will do business with us is nonsense. We do business all
over the world without being in a political union with anybody
else. And far from it being a big benefit to the British economy
there are many other people — right through from the Institute of
Directors, through some recent analysis from professor Tim Compton,
one of the government’s former wise men, saying actually this is
costing us, some say, more than £100 billion per year to be in,
with membership fees and the regulation, which the British
government would never ever choose.

This article originally appeared on : RT

Ongoing military rape epidemic: 85k vets treated for sex abuse in 2012

0

More than 85,000 US veterans received medical treatment for sex abuse trauma in 2012, while only 4,000 applied for disability benefits. The numbers portray the shocking long-term consequences of sex abuse, days after the Pentagon acknowledged the problem.

The data shows the long-term financial and emotional costs of
sexual assault in the military for both men and women. Of the
85,000 veterans suffering from what the Department of Veterans
Affairs calls “military sexual trauma”, 60 percent were female and
40 percent were male. In comparison, only 4,000 American veterans
sought disability benefits in 2012, which is 20 times less than
those suffering from sex abuse trauma, the Associated Press
reports.

Ruth Moore, a veteran from Milbridge, Maine, first sought
treatment from a counseling center 16 years after she was raped
twice while serving the Navy. She has suffered from post-traumatic
stress disorder linked to the assaults, and has been unable to
work.

“We can’t cure me, but we can work on stability in my life
and work on issues as they arrive,”
she told AP.

Earlier this month, the Pentagon acknowledged
that “sexual assault is a persistent problem” among service
members, and that about 26,000 military service members said they
were sexually assaulted in 2012, ninety percent of which chose not
to file a report.

It is undeniable that victims of sexual assault often face
emotional consequences. But Dr. Margret Bell, a member of the
Department of Veterans Affairs’ military sexual trauma team, told
AP that the US government should also be concerned about the costs
of treating so many victims. Veterans who claim to have suffered
sexual abuse in the military have access to free heath care.

“It really is the case that a veteran can simply walk through
the door, say they’ve had this experience, and we will get them
hooked up with care,”
Bell said. “There’s no documentation
required. They don’t need to have reported it at the time.”

Receiving treatment for sexual assault is easier than doing so
for disabilities: veterans must be medically diagnosed with PTSD or
a similar problem, submit proof of how they acquired their
disability, and have an examiner confirm their condition before the
disabled can receive health care.

According to the Department of Veterans Affairs, one in five
women and one in 100 men screen positive for military sexual trauma
— but few seek treatment. This indicates that many more than 85,000
veterans have been victims of military sexual activity against
their will. There are about 22 million veterans in the US.

The numbers demonstrate the need for action to reduce the number
of sexual assaults that occur in the military each year, both for
victims’ health and the government’s cost. Moore estimates that her
treatment will exceed $500,000 over the course of her lifetime —
money that the government could potentially save by doing more to
address sexual assault in the military.

This article originally appeared on : RT

Mayor Bloomberg's advice to students: become plumbers

0

A college education won’t necessarily fatten your pockets, but the billionaire mayor of New York City has a suggestion he wants students to consider before they sign any costly tuition checks: what about becoming a plumber?

Yes, that’s career advice courtesy of New York’s Michael
Bloomberg: the Big Apple’s media mogul-turned-billionaire mayor who
recently led an unsuccessful campaign to ban oversized sugary
drinks in his city. Now after making a name for himself as the
nanny of Manhattan, Mayor Bloomberg is apparently already
considering another career change – this time as guidance
counselor.

During his weekly radio show on Friday, Bloomberg shared some
words with listeners looking for career advice. It’s no secret that
jobs are hard to come by nowadays, and the amount of debt brought
on by unpaid college loans now surpasses what Americans owe on
their credit cards. Mayor Bloomberg offered his input on the issue
during last week’s show, and said students who aren’t destined for
the top of the class should consider another option that’s not so
costly.

“The people who are going to have the biggest problem are
college graduates who aren’t rocket scientists, if you will, not at
the top of their class
,” Bloomberg said. “Compare a plumber
to going to Harvard College — being a plumber, actually for the
average person, probably would be a better deal.”

“You don’t spend … four years spending $40,000, $50,000 in
tuition without earning income
,” the mayor added.

Later, Bloomberg explained that some vocational jobs – like
plumbing – won’t ever been outsourced overseas or replaced by
machines.

“It’s hard to farm that out … and it’s hard to automate
that
,” he said.

One day later, the mayor had similar words for the graduating
class of Ohio’s Kenyon College. According to Fox News, Bloomberg
told graduates on Saturday that “I know that today’s job market
is not easy,”
and acknowledged, “…today, if I interview a
recent college grad who tells me he or she spent the summer curing
cancer, bringing peace to the Middle East, and writing the Great
American Novel — I’m impressed
.

Again, however, the mayor said dreams of being successful
shouldn’t be dashed just because college isn’t in the cards.
“I’m more likely to hire the person who spent his or her summer
working days, nights, and weekends for an auto-body shop or a
construction company in order to pay tuition or help with family
bills
,” Bloomberg told the crowd.

According to the Bureau of Labor Statistics, the median pay for
a manual worker like a plumber in 2010 was roughly $47,000, a good
$15,000 a year annually more than other occupational workers pull
in. And as MSN pointed out, recent college grads aren’t guaranteed
much more than hefty student loans: for 2011 graduates, the average
debt went up 5.3 percent from the year before. Bloomberg, on the
other hand, was estimated to be worth $27 billion as of this
year.

This article originally appeared on : RT

80-Year-Old North Carolina Educator: Why I Am Going to Risk Arrest Today

0

Barbara Parramore with her daughter, AlterNet Senior Editor Lynn Stuart Parramore.

May 20, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Today I am participating in a non-violent and peaceful protest called Moral Mondays. I join ministers, students, teachers, and other concerned citizens at the state capitol in Raleigh because I am deeply concerned about the legislation of this session of the North Carolina General Assembly. In my judgment, many laws and pending laws that will guide public policy and practice are not in the public interest, and in many instances, will have a negative effect on the future of our state. Children and youth, who are our future, need schooling and health that fosters the best of citizenship as well as preparation for living and working in our society. I am most concerned about the bills affecting the public schools and opportunities of post-secondary education. Families and women’s health issues also relate to and affect educational opportunities.

I was born in 1932 and am a child of the Great Depression and World War II. My oldest brother went into the army in January 1942 and I knew many older brothers of my friends who did not survive. Part of my DNA is being concerned about family and neighbors and helping each other whenever we could. It was fathers and daughters who kept farms going; indeed, a neighborhood girlfriend and her father were with my dad and me in a field working when someone came along to tell us that the war in the Pacific had ended. My brother was on the Pacific high seas that very day, and he got to come home safely, thank goodness.

Back then, neighbors and citizens knew how to care about each other, which brings me to my concern about what is happening right now to families and communities around the state. The list of bills proposed by one or both houses of the North Carolina General Assembly in spring of 2013 is long. Too many of these proposals appear to be poorly thought out. As a citizen who has never missed the opportunity to vote in local, state and national elections, I now have the feeling that my voice is not being considered. Participating in a protest is my way of letting members of the General Assembly know that there are other voices that they need to hear.

My career in public education began in the fall of 1954, following the Brown v. Board of Education decision, which made it unlawful to deny black children the same opportunities as white children in our public schools. For the next 40 years I served as an elementary teacher, middle-school mathematics and science teacher, school counselor, elementary school principal, and as a teacher of future teachers and administrators at North Carolina State University.

Six years as principal of Wiley Elementary School in Raleigh, North Carolina were a major influence in all that I have accomplished. Calvin H. Wiley, for whom the school was named, was the first state superintendent of schools. He convinced the governor not to divert school funds to the Civil War effort, among other important achievements. At Wiley School I learned firsthand how effective teachers are and the extent to which they go beyond their duties to not only teach, but to establish a climate for learning that makes a difference in their students’ lives. Not only were the three Rs essential but also music and art. We considered our school a “workshop for learning.”

Inequalities in education have always been in the forefront of my work. In the early years in public schools, there were two important changes underway: the desegregation of schools and the special education movement. Change comes slowly; for example, Wiley and another Raleigh school (Murphey) had the very first teachers in special education in the state. My teacher’s salary for that first year was provided by the Woman’s Club of Raleigh because there were no funds available. The next year, local school supplement funds were used to pay the teacher, and eventually the state began funding special education instructors. When I was principal, the teachers and I spent weeks prior to the first day of school working out transportation for students coming from all across the city.

This article originally appeared on : AlterNet

Bombings kill 13 at Iraq Shia mosques

0

Iraqi security forces and civilians inspect the scene of a car bomb attack in the Kamaliyah neighborhood of eastern Baghdad on May 20, 2013.

Thirteen people have been killed and more than 70 injured by two bomb attacks that targeted two Shia Muslim mosques in southern Iraq, according to police and hospital sources.

Al-Wardiyah mosque and Al-Graita mosque were bombed on Monday in the city of Hilla, some 100 kilometers south of the capital Baghdad, the sources said.

Both bombings occurred during evening prayers.

Many Shia and Sunni mosques have been attacked this year across Iraq.

On Friday, two bombs went off near a Sunni mosque in Baquba, north of Baghdad, leaving 41 people dead and dozens more injured.

On Sunday, Prime Minister Nouri al-Maliki called for joint Shia-Sunni prayers on Fridays in a major Baghdad mosque.

“Those who target mosques are enemies of Sunnis and Shias alike, and are planning to ignite (sectarian) strife,” Maliki said.

Iraqi security and medical sources said nine bomb explosions struck predominantly Shia districts of Baghdad on Monday, killing at least 48 people and wounding over 150 others.

One of the bombs exploded near a bus carrying Iranian pilgrims north of Baghdad, killing 13 Iranians and one Iraqi, and injuring at least 24 others.

Earlier in the day, another thirteen people were killed after a bomb went off near a market in a Shia-majority area of Baghdad.

Also on Monday, eleven people died when two massive car bomb blasts hit the city of Basra, located about 420 kilometers (260 miles) southeast of Baghdad.

The first explosion struck the Hananiya neighborhood near a busy market. The second bomb was set off inside a bus terminal in Saad Square.

The bombings came minutes after Maliki vowed to overhaul the country’s security strategy amid a wave of violence that has killed hundreds of people so far in May.

No group has claimed responsibility for the blasts, but such large-scale bombings bear the hallmarks of al-Qaeda-linked militants in Iraq, which seek to destabilize the central government.

GJH/AS

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Russia concerned about N Korea missile launches

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov has expressed deep concern over North Korea’s latest missile tests, and said Moscow h hopes that talks would soon settle the crisis on the Korean Peninsula.

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Mayor Bloomberg's advice to students: become plumbers

0

A college education won’t necessarily fatten your pockets, but the billionaire mayor of New York City has a suggestion he wants students to consider before they sign any costly tuition checks: what about becoming a plumber?

Yes, that’s career advice courtesy of New York’s Michael
Bloomberg: the Big Apple’s media mogul-turned-billionaire mayor who
recently led an unsuccessful campaign to ban oversized sugary
drinks in his city. Now after making a name for himself as the
nanny of Manhattan, Mayor Bloomberg is apparently already
considering another career change – this time as guidance
counselor.

During his weekly radio show on Friday, Bloomberg shared some
words with listeners looking for career advice. It’s no secret that
jobs are hard to come by nowadays, and the amount of debt brought
on by unpaid college loans now surpasses what Americans owe on
their credit cards. Mayor Bloomberg offered his input on the issue
during last week’s show, and said students who aren’t destined for
the top of the class should consider another option that’s not so
costly.

“The people who are going to have the biggest problem are
college graduates who aren’t rocket scientists, if you will, not at
the top of their class
,” Bloomberg said. “Compare a plumber
to going to Harvard College — being a plumber, actually for the
average person, probably would be a better deal.”

“You don’t spend … four years spending $40,000, $50,000 in
tuition without earning income
,” the mayor added.

Later, Bloomberg explained that some vocational jobs – like
plumbing – won’t ever been outsourced overseas or replaced by
machines.

“It’s hard to farm that out … and it’s hard to automate
that
,” he said.

One day later, the mayor had similar words for the graduating
class of Ohio’s Kenyon College. According to Fox News, Bloomberg
told graduates on Saturday that “I know that today’s job market
is not easy,”
and acknowledged, “…today, if I interview a
recent college grad who tells me he or she spent the summer curing
cancer, bringing peace to the Middle East, and writing the Great
American Novel — I’m impressed
.

Again, however, the mayor said dreams of being successful
shouldn’t be dashed just because college isn’t in the cards.
“I’m more likely to hire the person who spent his or her summer
working days, nights, and weekends for an auto-body shop or a
construction company in order to pay tuition or help with family
bills
,” Bloomberg told the crowd.

According to the Bureau of Labor Statistics, the median pay for
a manual worker like a plumber in 2010 was roughly $47,000, a good
$15,000 a year annually more than other occupational workers pull
in. And as MSN pointed out, recent college grads aren’t guaranteed
much more than hefty student loans: for 2011 graduates, the average
debt went up 5.3 percent from the year before. Bloomberg, on the
other hand, was estimated to be worth $27 billion as of this
year.

This article originally appeared on : RT

Ongoing military rape epidemic: 85k vets treated for sex abuse in 2012

0

More than 85,000 US veterans received medical treatment for sex abuse trauma in 2012, while only 4,000 applied for disability benefits. The numbers portray the shocking long-term consequences of sex abuse, days after the Pentagon acknowledged the problem.

The data shows the long-term financial and emotional costs of
sexual assault in the military for both men and women. Of the
85,000 veterans suffering from what the Department of Veterans
Affairs calls “military sexual trauma”, 60 percent were female and
40 percent were male. In comparison, only 4,000 American veterans
sought disability benefits in 2012, which is 20 times less than
those suffering from sex abuse trauma, the Associated Press
reports.

Ruth Moore, a veteran from Milbridge, Maine, first sought
treatment from a counseling center 16 years after she was raped
twice while serving the Navy. She has suffered from post-traumatic
stress disorder linked to the assaults, and has been unable to
work.

“We can’t cure me, but we can work on stability in my life
and work on issues as they arrive,”
she told AP.

Earlier this month, the Pentagon acknowledged
that “sexual assault is a persistent problem” among service
members, and that about 26,000 military service members said they
were sexually assaulted in 2012, ninety percent of which chose not
to file a report.

It is undeniable that victims of sexual assault often face
emotional consequences. But Dr. Margret Bell, a member of the
Department of Veterans Affairs’ military sexual trauma team, told
AP that the US government should also be concerned about the costs
of treating so many victims. Veterans who claim to have suffered
sexual abuse in the military have access to free heath care.

“It really is the case that a veteran can simply walk through
the door, say they’ve had this experience, and we will get them
hooked up with care,”
Bell said. “There’s no documentation
required. They don’t need to have reported it at the time.”

Receiving treatment for sexual assault is easier than doing so
for disabilities: veterans must be medically diagnosed with PTSD or
a similar problem, submit proof of how they acquired their
disability, and have an examiner confirm their condition before the
disabled can receive health care.

According to the Department of Veterans Affairs, one in five
women and one in 100 men screen positive for military sexual trauma
— but few seek treatment. This indicates that many more than 85,000
veterans have been victims of military sexual activity against
their will. There are about 22 million veterans in the US.

The numbers demonstrate the need for action to reduce the number
of sexual assaults that occur in the military each year, both for
victims’ health and the government’s cost. Moore estimates that her
treatment will exceed $500,000 over the course of her lifetime —
money that the government could potentially save by doing more to
address sexual assault in the military.

This article originally appeared on : RT

‘West scenario dividing Libya’

0

Libya is on the brink of disintegration under a scenario orchestrated by the West and implemented by al-Qaeda, a political analyst tells Press TV.

Å“We donâ„¢t really have a sovereign country anymore, weâ„¢re looking at the destruction of a nation and control by al-Qaeda and al-Qaeda-related forces,” said Lawrence Freeman of the Executive Intelligence Review.

Freeman described the situation in Libya as a Å“US, [former British premier] Tony Blair, British creation.”

Å“The destruction of the nation of Libya is designed to carry out policy of chaos and death across northern Africa,” the analyst pointed out.

Last week, Pentagon spokesman George Little told reporters in Washington that the US has dispatched more troops closer to Libya, stationing them at the NATO air base in Sigonella on the Italian island of Sicily.

Libyaâ„¢s western city of Benghazi, which was the birthplace of the 2011 revolution, is largely governed by militias in the absence of unified Libyan security and military forces.

The former rebels refuse to lay down their arms, despite efforts by the central government to impose law and order.

In the wake of the 2011 uprising, the US and NATO unleashed a punishing, UN-mandated offensive against embattled Libyan ruler Muammar Gaddafi in an alleged attempt to pressure him into giving up power.

NATO warplanes carried out 26,500 sorties, including about 9,600 strike missions, over Libya from March 2011 to October 2011.

Experts say the main motive behind the Western attack on Libya was the vast oil reserves of the North African country.

ASH/AS

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Associated Press chief attacks White House over ‘unconstitutional’ investigation

0

The president of the Associated Press has lashed out at the United States government in his first interview since it was revealed that the AP was being investigated by the US Department of Justice.

More than one week after the AP announced that the Justice
Department subpoenaed two months of phone records in an apparent
attempt to discover the source of an intelligence leak, the
president and CEO of the news agency attacked US President Barack
Obama and his administration for what he considers an
unconstitutional intrusion on the way journalism is conducted.

Speaking to CBS News on how the Justice Department secretly
sought months’ worth of phone records, AP President Gary Pruitt
said the government has “no business” interfering
with journalists.

“I don’t know what their motive is, but I can tell you their
actions are unconstitutional
,” Pruitt said on Sunday’s Face the
Nation.

On the record, the government has yet to explain why they
requested the logs for 21 different phone lines used by the AP. But
according to the company’s top executive, the government is doing
everything in its power – and some things that aren’t – to learn
the identity of the source that went to the media about a foiled
terrorist attack thwarted by the CIA in 2012.

“We don’t question their right to conduct these sorts of
investigations, we just think they went about it the wrong
way
,” Pruitt said. “So sweeping, so secretively, so
abusively, and harassingly and overbroad that it is an
unconstitutional act
.”

In spring of that 2012, the US Department of Homeland Security
and the White House independently said there was no credible
evidence of a terrorist plot aimed at an American target to
commemorate the anniversary of the death of al-Qaeda leader Osama
bin Laden. Pruitt told CBS that wasn’t true, though, and during an
interview over the weekend he explained why it was important to
explain the administration’s mistake – and the mistakes the
government made as a result.

“We felt the American public needed to know this story,”
Pruitt told CBS, calling claims from Washington that there was no
credible evidence of a terrorist plot “misleading to the
American public
.”

Pruitt said the AP went to the government and intelligence
agencies to make sure there would not be a national security risk
by publishing news of the foiled terror plot. After five days, they
went live with their scoop after being told any risk had been
eliminated.

“We acted responsibly. We held the story,” Pruitt said.
“We held it for five days. On the fifth day, we heard from high
officials in two parts of the government that the national security
issues had passed, and at that point we released the
story
.”

In doing so, Pruitt believes the AP prompted a probe of the news
agency that has crossed the boundaries of what the government can
and can’t do. After the story was published, nearly two dozen
direct lines, cell phones and home phones were subpoenaed by the
Justice Department for offices in New York, Washington and
Connecticut.

“Approximately 100 journalists used these telephone lines as
part of newsgathering
,” said Pruitt, who added that
“thousands upon thousands” of work-related calls by AP
journalists were made on those numbers.

Speaking to CBS, Pruitt said he believes the administration
violated their own guidelines by gunning straight for a subpoena
without trying to work out an investigation with the AP.

“The rules require them to come to us first. But in this case
they didn’t, claiming an exception, saying if they had it would
have posed a substantial threat to their investigation. But they
have not explained why it would, and we can’t understand why it
would
,” pleaded Pruitt. “We never even had possession of
these records. They were in the possession of our telephone service
company, and they couldn’t be tampered with. So usually they would
come to us, we would try to narrow the request, the subpoena, if we
didn’t come to an agreement we could go to a judge and an
independent arbiter could decide on the scope of the subpoena. We
never got a chance
.”

The result, warned Pruitt, has been a chilling effect that is
already impacting the way journalists report news. “Already,
officials that would talk to us and people we would normally talk
to in the normal course of news gathering are already saying to us
that they are a little reluctant to talk to us. They fear that they
will be monitored by the government
,” he said.

In the days since the AP disclosed that they were targeted by
the Justice Department, other reports have surfaced as well. On
Sunday, the Washington Post revealed that a Fox News journalist was
investigated by the DoJ after he published classified intelligence
that was believed to have been leaked by a State Department
official. To investigate a June 2009 article, the Justice
Department obtained the records of Fox reporter James Roser and a
State Department advisor, Stephen Jin-Woo Kim.

“Rosen was not charged with any crime, but it is
unprecedented for the government, in an official court document, to
accuse a reporter of breaking the law for conducting the routine
business of reporting on government secrets,”
The New Yorker’s
Ryan Lizza reported on Sunday.

Abbe Lowell, who is defending Kim on federal charges that he
disclosed national defense information by going to Roser, told the
Post that “The latest events show an expansion of this law
enforcement technique.”

Should the government continue to corner the Fourth Estate,
Pruitt warned that future results could be catastrophic for the
state of free speech.

“And if they restrict that apparatus … the people of the
United States will only know what the government wants them to know
and that’s not what the framers of the Constitution had in mind
when they wrote the First Amendment
.”

“It’s too early to know if we’ll take legal action but I can
tell you we are positively displeased and we do feel that our
constitutional rights have been violated
,” Pruitt added to an
AP article on the scandal.

This article originally appeared on : RT

‘Cameron wants to kick EU exit issue into long grass’ — UKIP leader

0



Published time: May 20, 2013 20:12

Nigel Farage (AFP Photo / Paul Ellis)

Embed

Code

Despite the British government’s desire to soft-pedal the country’s possible EU exit, the referendum to decide UK’s future in the Union must be held before the 2015 general election, believes the leader of the UK Independence Party, Nigel Farage.

With a lot of hard feeling swirling around the EU, one thing
many seem agreed on is anger at Brussels. Nine European countries
are now in recession and, with no end to austerity in sight, EU
membership appears to be more trouble than its worth for some.

The leader of the Euroskeptical UKIP party, Nigel Farage, says
recent research show that by participating in the EU, Britain is
annually losing more than £100 billion due to membership fees and
the Union’s regulations.  

RT: Support for your cause is growing, and as our Berlin
correspondent reported, the UK’s EU cousins don’t mind Britain
leaving. So who wants the UK to stay?

Nigel Farage: Germany wants the UK to stay — because Germany
thinks that if the UK leaves the whole thing will unravel. And if
it unravels, including the Eurozone, than the Germans will have
some very big losses. And also, you know, the Germans are the ones
that have benefited out of the Eurozone. Most of their growth over
the last four, five or six years has been to the cost of other
Eurozone countries. So the Germans — very very keen to keep Britain
in.

RT: There are repeated warnings that foreign investors
are being put off by the uncertainty. Does Britain fully understand
the possible ramifications of the exit from the EU?

NF: Well, what would’ve been really damaging to the UK is if
we’d been stupid enough to join the Eurozone. Thank goodness, we
said ‘no.’ Otherwise we’d in a similar state to many of the
Mediterranean countries today. That was the first big good decision
that we’ve made. Now I do understand the argument about
uncertainty, even though I very much take the view that trade would
go on between Britain and the rest of Europe completely unaffected
by us leaving the political union. After all, the European
countries sell far more goods to us than we do to them. But I do
understand that anything where you’re told there could be a
four-and-a-half, perhaps a five-year debate on the subject could
lead to uncertainty. All of which really reinforces my view that
what [British PM, David] Cameron has done here is to attempt to
kick this issue off into the long grass. And really we’ve got a
have a referendum to sort this issue before the next general
election.  

RT: Instead of keeping one hand on the exit, why aren’t
Euro MPs like yourself taking more advantage of trying to change
things from within Brussels?

NF: Oh, goodness me, if we try to reform this thing from
within I’d need to live to 300 to have much chance. Listen, the
interesting thing is that in response to the Eurozone crisis really
almost everybody inside the EU — rather than saying let’s reform
things, let’s change things, let’s accept this model isn’t really
working — they’ve done the opposite. They’re saying: ‘Oh, goodness
me, we must have more Europe, more integration, we must take yet
more democracy away from member states. Nobody, but nobody, inside
these institutions is talking about reform in the same terms as the
UK debate and Mr Cameron are. They are two completely different
things.  

RT: Britain’s membership is estimated to be
worth between £31 and 92 billion pounds per year in income gains
according to business leaders — what would that be replaced
with?


NF:
There are some business figures, many of whom have already
got knighthoods or peerages, worth noting that and people, who are
heads of giant multinational companies. And they’ve got businesses
in Europe, and they’ve also got big businesses in Europe. And I can
see the argument that if you’re multinational the EU way of making
law is to your benefit because it puts out of business all of your
small and medium-size competitors. So, I understand that. But the
idea that because we’re members of the political union, because
we’ve surrendered our democracy means that other countries in
Europe will do business with us is nonsense. We do business all
over the world without being in a political union with anybody
else. And far from it being a big benefit to the British economy
there are many other people — right through from the Institute of
Directors, through some recent analysis from professor Tim Compton,
one of the government’s former wise men, saying actually this is
costing us, some say, more than £100 billion per year to be in,
with membership fees and the regulation, which the British
government would never ever choose.

This article originally appeared on : RT

What Will Tighter Restrictions on Trade in Iran Do?

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/what_will_tighter_restrictions_on_trade_in_iran_do_20130520/

Posted on May 20, 2013

This article originally appeared on : TruthDig

Veterans Affairs Has 630,000 Claims Backlogged, Some More Than Two Years Old

0

Infowars.com
May 20, 2013

Veterans who’ve been patiently waiting for the benefits promised them by the United States government are getting fed up and they’re calling for change. But, As Jon Stewart points out in his “Red Tape Diaries,” if they can just wait two more years the VA will have the backlog cleared up enough that vets will only have to wait four more months for their benefits.

Eric Shinseki, a former four-star general and Army chief of staff, was nominated for the Secretary of Veterans Affairs position on December 7, 2008, by President-elect Barack Obama. He was unanimously confirmed ty the Senate and sworn in on January 21, 2009.

The VA currently has approximately 630,000 claims backlogged, which means they’ve been pending for more than 125 days. Some veterans have been waiting more than two years.

Iraq and Afghanistan Veterans of America, an organization representing the new generation of veterans, is aggressively lobbying Washington to get the backlog cleaned up and deliver on the promised Washington made to veterans. The group has also started on online petition, at MillionVetBacklog.com, which already has more than 9,000 signatures.

Shinseki declined to be interviewed for a recent New York Times article, but his spokesman, Josh Taylor, released a statement that Shinseki that “knows that any time you set out to make major transformational changes, criticism is part of the job.”

The statement added, “He is driving the organization hard toward aggressive goals, he knows we have more work to do, and he is confident that we will end the backlog in 2015.”

In his “Red Tape Diaries” series, Jon Stewart has a clip of Shinseki promising that the backlog will be completely cleaned up in 2015. “We have resolved to eliminate the department’s backlog by 2015. Not just reduce it, but end it. And then claims will be processed in 125 days or less.”

“There you have it!”, Stewart said. “In only two more years… they’re hoping to have you wait only four more months,”

On April 29 the Department of Veterans Affairs announced it would be withholding performance bonuses for senior officials who are in charge of the large disability claims backlog and the money will instead go toward helping to eliminate the backlog.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, May 20, 2013 at 2:48 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on : Infowars

Gang of 8 Bill Would Legalize Tens Of Thousands Of Illegal Aliens With Criminal Convictions

0

Donna Anderson
Infowars.com
May 20, 2013

According to Center for Immigration Studies, if the amnesty bill proposed by Senators Schumer and Rubio should pass as it stands, tens of thousands of illegal immigrants with criminal convictions will automatically become full-fledged United States citizens. Who knows? One of them might become your neighbor.

Jessica Vaugh, Center for Immigration Studies, examined the most recent data from ICE’s Secure Communities program. This program alerts ICE when a non-citizen with a record in the DHS databases is arrested by a local or federal law enforcement agency.

“I found that nearly half of the criminal aliens who were removed under this program in the last six months are offenders who would qualify for legal status under the terms of the Schumer-Rubio bill. This amnesty would significantly curtail ICE’s interior enforcement programs, benefiting tens of thousands of criminal aliens.”

“In the most recent six-month reporting period (October 1, 2012, to March 31, 2013), ICE removed 38,547 aliens who had been identified as a result of an arrest by another agency. Of these, 45 percent (17,208) were lesser offenders who would be eligible for legalization under the Schumer-Rubio amnesty. These were classified as Level 3 offenders in ICE parlance (convicted of fewer than three misdemeanors on separate occasions), fugitives, prior removals and returns, illegal border-crossers, and over-stayers and visa violators.”

Vaughn also found that, of the total, 55 percent (21,339) were convicted of a felony or at least three misdemeanors, categorized as Level 1 and Level 2. The majority of these offenders would still be deportable, unless the Homeland Security Secretary waived their ineligibility for amnesty, which is entirely allowable under the bill.

Under the Schumer-Rubio bill, the DHS can waive ineligibility if the applicant was convicted when he was under the age of 18, or if he was originally admited as a refugee or someone seeking asylum. But it can also be waived if the offender was convicted under state laws aimed at immigration crimes, “such as alien smuggling, human trafficking, harboring illegal aliens, or identity theft, and anyone convicted after pleading ‘no contest’ instead of ‘guilty.’”

Vaughn also says the bill includes provisions that would require ICE to offer a bond hearing every 90 days to allow higher level offenders the opportunity to challenge deportation in court, and even aggravated felons would be eligible for options such as home confinement instead of actually going to jail.

  • A d v e r t i s e m e n t

According to Vaughn, Texas has the highest number of convicted criminals who would be granted amnesty instead of deported, followed by California, Arizona, Florida, Georgia, New York, Washington, North Carolina, Colorado, Virginia, Tennessee, South Carolina, Oklahoma, Nevada, and Illinois.

Not only are these people illegal aliens, they’ve also committed violent crimes while they’ve been hiding out in our country. Kenneth Palinkas, the president of the National Citizenship and Immigration Services Council, issued a statement today explaining why his union has officially decided to oppose the Schumer-Rubio amnesty bill.

“The USCIS Council was not consulted in the crafting of the Gang of Eight’s legislation,” Palinkas writes. “Instead, the legislation was written with special interests, producing a bill that makes the current system worse, not better. S. 744 will damage public safety and national security and should be opposed by lawmakers.”

And all those interviews, miles of paperwork and astronomical fees that Sanderson and Silber think will block the “Pathway to Citizenship?” Not to worry. Palinkas says the Department for Homeland Security and the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services are already waiving fees for illegal aliens applying for Deferred Action for Childhood Arrivals. Currently there’s a 95 percent approval rating, so it would appear that the requirements to become a legal, law-abiding U.S. citizen really aren’t all that steep, after all.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, May 20, 2013 at 2:38 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on : Infowars

Iran condemns Iraq deadly attacks

0

Iranian Foreign Ministry Spokesman Abbas Araqchi has condemned terrorist attacks across Iraq that have killed over 80 people including a number of Iranian pilgrims.

Araqchi extended condolences to the bereaved families of victims and said such terrorist attacks were in contravention of humane and ethical principles.

He said the terrorist attacks were part of the enemiesâ„¢ plots to fuel ethnic rifts in the region and undermine the unity among Muslims.

The Iranian official underlined the responsibility of the Iraqi government as well as the security and law enforcement bodies to protect the lives of pilgrims in the Arab country.

At least 86 people have been killed and over 150 others injured in several bomb explosions and shooting incidents the capital Baghdad and the southern city of Basra.

One of the bombs exploded near a bus carrying Iranian pilgrims north of Baghdad, killing 14 people and injuring 15 others.

No group has claimed responsibility for the blasts, but such large-scale bombings bear the hallmarks of al-Qaeda-linked militants in Iraq, which seek to destabilize the central government.

AR/AS

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Covert Israeli Forces Inside Syria Within Rebel Ranks? Israeli Military Vehicle Seized

0

Seizure of Israeli Vehicle in al-Qasayr

Global Research News
May 20, 2013

Media sources confirm the seizure of an Israeli military vehicle in Al Qseir inside Syrian territory.

The vehicle’s licence plate corresponds to that of the Israeli military with a black background and the letter Tsade (צ) (see image below)

Al Qseir is a strategic border town on the Northern frontier of Lebanon. Occupied by rebels, it was taken back by Syrian forces on Monday.

Al-Qseir controls the highway which runs from the Lebanese border to Homs. It is through this border city that weapons and foreign mercenaries have entered Syria.

According to SANA, quoting (unconfirmed) media source:

“The seizure of an Israeli military vehicle which terrorists had been using in al-Qseir refutes the allegations made by Israel to justify its aggression on Syria and proves the scale of Israel’s military and intelligence involvements in the events in Syria.”

“The source said that the Israeli military support for the armed terrorist groups proves the involvement of Qatar, Turkey and Israel in the aggression on Syria which is waged through a single central operations room.

The source pointed out that the Israeli military support for terrorism in Syria proves once more that Israel was and still is adopting the policy of organized state terrorism, stressing that the world must act to confront this terrorism.

The source said that the questions raised by the seizure of the Israeli military vehicle and the surveillance and jamming equipment in al-Qseir show that the armed terrorist groups with all their different names are merely headlines for a single structure led by Israel, Qatar and Turkey.”  (SANA, May 20, 2013)

According to Press TV quoting Lebanese TV Station Al Mayadeem

The Lebanese channel al-Mayadeen broadcast the video of the confiscated vehicle on Monday.

The report also said that military uniforms as well as wiretapping and jamming equipment were found in the vehicle, but it did not display the items.

The Syrian army has restored security in al-Qusayr in the central province of Homs, after taking back control of 50 percent of the city from foreign-backed militants.

The army said it has killed two militant commanders during the operation in the strategic city, which is located near the border with Lebanon.

Fierce battles are still going on in the city as the Syrian army continues its operations there, while large numbers of militants abandon their weapons and flee the city.

The Syrian army entered the strategic city from every front on Sunday following weeks of battle.

The Syrian army says it has also found Israeli-made rockets in a weapons cache seized from militants in Homs province.(Press TV, May 20, 2013)

The issue of the vehicle requires confirmation.

The capture of an Israeli military vehicle does not in itself confirm the involvement of Israeli forces.

Israeli registered military vehicles would not normally be used in covert operations by Israeli special forces.

Correa’s Re-election in Ecuador: Sweeping Triumph of Socialist Economic Program

0

The Latin American Revolution scored another victory on February 17 when Rafael Correa, Ecuador’s socialist leader, won his third successive election as President. Correa amassed close to 58% of the vote, leaving his closest rival 34 percentage points behind. Alianza Pais, Correa’s political party, also won two-thirds of the seats in Ecuador’s National Assembly. 

Celebrating the sweeping triumph of his socialist economic program which he calls “the citizens’ revolution,” the popular President declared to his supporters:

“In this revolution the citizens are in charge, not capital. This victory belongs to each of you. No one and nothing is stopping this revolution, my friends. We are making history.

Correa promised to radicalize the Citizens’ Revolution with free public education and health care. Up to now, his government has significantly expanded public access to both benefits. Given his domination of the legislature, Correa vowed to push through reforms that will make his socialist model permanent. 

Ecuador is a South American country with a population of 14.6 million people, 37% of whom lived in poverty seven years ago. Since he was first elected in 2007, Correa had cut the poverty rate to 28% by 2011, a 27% reduction. He also more than doubled spending on education, halved unemployment to 4.1%, added 95,000 jobs, and greatly increased government spending on health care and subsidized housing. These impressive welfare achievements have ensured his popularity and given him a public approval rating of 85%.           

The key to Correa’s success has been his building of a strong, independent, democratic socialist state which controls the economic system and the financial sector. The state now sets economic policy, not the Ecuadorian economic élite in league with U.S. imperialism, as was the case before. And the main aim of this progressive state is the redistribution of income to the poor Ecuadorian majority, a project that has made Correa highly popular.     

Before Correa, Ecuador had been one of the most politically unstable countries in South America, with seven Presidents going in and out of office in a period of 10 years. The reason for this turmoil was the enactment of neoliberalism by these corrupt leaders, their refusal to implement progressive economic reforms demanded by their people, and their subservience to the dictates of the United States. The Washington Consensus, as neoliberalism was termed, decreed that the government leave the economy in the hands of private corporations, mainly U.S. multinationals, and Ecuadorian land-owners. This repressive system impoverished and marginalized most Ecuadorians, fueling the public revolt that brought Correa to power.                    

Once in office in 2007, Correa re-regulated the financial system, enacting “possibly the most comprehensive financial reform of any country in the 21st century.” The government took control of the central bank and brought back $2 billion of reserves it held abroad. This money was then used by the public banks to make loans for infrastructure, housing, agriculture, and other domestic investment. Correa also refused to pay $3.9 billion in foreign debt (one-third of the total) when an international commission found this amount to have been “illegally contracted.”

Correa then taxed money leaving the country and made banks keep 60% of their liquid assets in Ecuador. He reduced interest rates and increased bank taxes. His government also renegotiated contracts with multinational oil corporations when oil prices soared. About 40% of Ecuador’s official revenue comes from oil production, and oil prices increased by more than 80% after Correa took power. Government revenue rose from 27% of GDP in 2006 to over 40% in 2012. In 2009, Correa implemented a massive fiscal stimulus amounting to 5% of GDP. A large portion of that stimulus money went into construction, with the government increasing housing loans by $599 million in 2009.

Correa’s reforms, as the Washington D.C.-based Centre for Economic and Policy Research (CEPR) concludes,

“played a major role in bringing about Ecuador’s strong economic growth [5% a year since 2007], increased government revenue [and] a substantial decline in poverty and unemployment,” while minimizing the effect of the global recession which started in 2008.  As Mark Weisbrot, an economist at CEPR, describes it, “The end result of these and other reforms was to move the financial sector toward something that would serve the interests of the public, instead of the other way around (as in the U.S).”

The CEPR report adds:

“What is most remarkable is that many of these reforms were unorthodox or against the prevailing wisdom of what governments are supposed to do in order to promote economic progress. Taking executive control over the central bank, defaulting on one-third of the foreign debt, increasing regulation and taxation of the financial sector, increasing restrictions on international capital flows, greatly expanding the size and role of government — these are measures that are supposed to lead to economic ruin. The conventional wisdom is also that it is most important to please investors, including foreign creditors, which this government clearly did not do. While not all of Ecuador’s reforms went against orthodox policy advice, many of them did — and they succeeded. It should be no surprise that Correa [is so] popular.

“Ecuador’s success shows that a government committed to reform of the financial system can – with popular support –confront an alliance of powerful, entrenched, financial, political, and media interests, and win. The government also took on powerful international interests in its foreign debt default, its renegotiation of oil contracts, and its refusal to renew the concession for one of the United States’ few remaining military bases in South America. This success indicates that developing countries may have more and better policy options than is commonly believed to be the case.”

Ecuador’s liberation from the dominance of its own élite and that of the United States is a truly revolutionary act for which Correa must be given the credit. The U.S. military base referred to above was the one at Manta on Ecuador’s Pacific coast, the lease for which Correa refused to renew when it expired in 2009. “We can negotiate with the U.S. about a base in Manta,” Correa jibed, “if they let us put a military base in Miami.” This flat rejection of U.S. military might signified that Ecuador was no longer a U.S. puppet, an amazing achievement given Ecuador’s long history under Western neocolonialism.

Throughout its modern history, Ecuador had been dominated by Washington, which has ruled the country in league with its economic élite and multinational corporations that have looted Ecuador’s oil wealth. The country’s rich control banana exports and are also involved in oil production, now Ecuador’s main source of wealth. Ecuador has the third largest oil reserves in South America, with 20 foreign corporations, including Texaco and Chevron, dominating its hydrocarbon sector. The top 20% of Ecuadorians possess 50% of the nation’s income while the bottom 20% account for only 5% of it.

The extent of CIA penetration of Ecuadorian society has been massive, as Philip Agee, the former CIA operative who was posted by the Agency to Ecuador, has detailed in his classic book CIA Diary. Agee documents daily activities by the CIA to subvert, dominate, or destroy important Ecuadorian institutions, including the government, military, political parties, the media, labour unions, and universities.

William Blum, author of Killing Hope, the best book on the CIA, adds that in Ecuador the agency had “infiltrated, often at the highest levels, almost all political organizations of significance, from the far left to the far right.” According to Blum, “In virtually every department of the Ecuadorian government could be found men occupying positions high and low who collaborated with the CIA for money. At one point, the agency could count among this number the men who were second and third in power in the country.”

Any government that was not neoliberal enough would be forced out of power by Washington through the CIA, leading to perpetual political and economic trouble. Ecuador was subject to the structural adjustment programs of the U.S.-dominated World Bank and International Monetary Fund (IMF), which cut public spending on health care, education, and welfare, enormously impoverishing most Ecuadoreans. Poverty rates shot up to 60% and unemployment reached 80%. This led to two decades of protests, including demonstrations and strikes led by social movements and labour unions, which finally brought Correa to power in 2007.

Rejecting the Washington Consensus, Correa has instead enthusiastically embraced the Latin American Revolution as the ideal vehicle for regional integration. Ecuador is a member of the Bolivarian Alliance for the Peoples of Our Americas (ALBA), the progressive eight-nation trade alliance created by Venezuela and Cuba, as well as that of the Union of South American Nations (UNASUR), which includes a regional parliament and military alliance. Correa dedicated his re-election to President Chavez of Venezuela before that heroic leader passed away in March.

While taking significant steps away from capitalism, Correa has not moved far enough to satisfy Ecuador’s indigenous organizations such as the Confederation of Indigenous Nationalities of Ecuador (CONAIE), the largest such group comprising 14 native peoples. Indigenous peoples constitute 25% of Ecuador’s population. CONAIE and similar native organizations support Correa in his opposition to neoliberalism and U.S. military involvement, but disagree with his plans to open up Ecuador further to foreign oil and mining companies (including Canadian firms such as Kinross). These plans entail corporate invasions of native territories that threaten the survival of indigenous culture and independence.

In November 2012, the Correa government started an international oil auction for 13 oil blocks that encompass 10 million acres of “untouched south-central Amazonian territory.” CONAIE protested this auction, and five indigenous groups located in south-central Amazon called for its immediate suspension. “We totally oppose this auction,” declared native leader Franco Viter. “The encroachment of oil into our territories represents the end of our way of life and could mean the end of our very lives themselves.”

Correa is looking to oil and mining ventures to raise money for the Ecuadorian state’s welfare policies, but for many Ecuadorians this is clearly not the direction to take for any progressive government. Having accomplished a considerable part of his socialist agenda, Correa is now being pressed to come up with constructive alternatives to corporate extractive exploitation, which has spread so much destruction around the world. And he is urged to do this in consultation with Ecuador’s indigenous peoples, who have also participated fully in the two decades-long campaign against neoliberalism.

Asad Ismi is the CCPA Monitor’s international affairs correspondent. He is author of the radio documentary “The Latin American Revolution” which has reached a global audience of about 33 million people. This is the 19th in a series of articles on this subject. For his publications visit www.asadismi.ws.

This article originally appeared on : Global Research

The Long, Sordid History of the American Right and Racism

0

This lithograph dated circa 1890, and obtained courtesy of the US Library of Congress, shows Confederate General Thomas “Stonewall” Jackson who rallied Confederate soldiers to victory in the US Civil War’s First Battle of Bull Run. It has been 150 years s

May 20, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Racism has been a consistent thread weaving through the American Right from the early days when Anti-Federalists battled against the U.S. Constitution to the present when hysterical Tea Partiers denounce the first African-American president. Other factors have come and gone for the Right, but racism has always been there.

Though definitions of Right and Left are never precise, the Left has generally been defined, in the American context, by government actions — mostly the federal government responding to popular movements and representing the collective will of the American people — seeking to improve the lot of common citizens and to reduce social injustice.

The Right has been defined by opposition to such government activism. Since the Founding, the Right has decried government interference with the “free market” and intrusion upon “traditions,” like slavery and segregation, as “tyranny” or “socialism.”

This argument goes back to 1787 and opposition to the Constitution’s centralizing of government power in the hands of federal authorities. In Virginia, for instance, the Anti-Federalists feared that a strong federal government eventually would outlaw slavery in the Southern states.

Ironically, this argument was raised by two of the most famous voices for “liberty,” Patrick Henry and George Mason. Those two Virginians spearheaded the Anti-Federalist cause at the state’s ratifying convention in June 1788, urging rejection of the Constitution because, they argued, it would lead to slavery’s demise.

The irony of Henry and Mason scaring fellow Virginians about the Constitution’s threat to slavery is that the two men have gone down in popular U.S. history as great espousers of freedom. Before the Revolution, Henry was quoted as declaring, “Give me liberty or give me death!” Mason is hailed as a leading force behind the Bill of Rights. However, their notion of “liberty” and “rights” was always selective. Henry and Mason worried about protecting the “freedom” of plantation owners to possess other human beings as property.

At Virginia’s Ratification Convention, Henry and Mason raised other arguments against the proposed Constitution, such as concerns that Virginia’s preeminence might not be as great as under the weak Articles of Confederation and that population gains in the North might erode Virginia’s economic welfare.

But the pair’s most potent argument was the danger they foresaw regarding the abolition of slavery. As historians Andrew Burstein and Nancy Isenberg wrote in their 2010 book, Madison and Jefferson, the hot button for Henry and Mason was that “slavery, the source of Virginia’s tremendous wealth, lay politically unprotected.”

The Slavery Card

At the center of this fear was the state’s loss of ultimate control over its militia which could be “federalized” by the President as the nation’s commander in chief under the new Constitution.

“Mason repeated what he had said during the Constitutional Convention: that the new government failed to provide for ‘domestic safety’ if there was no explicit protection for Virginians’ slave property,” Burstein and Isenberg wrote. “Henry called up the by-now-ingrained fear of slave insurrections — the direct result, he believed, of Virginia’s loss of authority over its own militia.”

Henry floated conspiracy theories about possible subterfuges that the federal government might employ to deny Virginians and other Southerners the “liberty” to own African-Americans. Describing this fear-mongering, Burstein and Isenberg wrote:

“Congress, if it wished, could draft every slave into the military and liberate them at the end of their service. If troop quotas were determined by population, and Virginia had over 200,000 slaves, Congress might say: ‘Every black man must fight.’ For that matter, a northern-controlled Congress might tax slavery out of existence.

This article originally appeared on : AlterNet

Texas votes on its own CISPA-like cyber bill

0

The biggest thing to come out of Texas may turn out to be a blow to Internet freedoms: legislators there are considering a bill that would compromise privacy on the Web for all residents of the Lone Star State.

Lawmakers in the State Senate are expected to vote Monday on a
bill that, if passed, would compel Internet Service Providers
(ISPs) anywhere in the world to fork over private Web records if
that information could aid in a criminal investigation.

Federal legislation already in place would likely trump any
attempts from Texas prosecutors to pry personal ISP records or
other online communications from the likes of social networking
sites, but the efforts on behalf of Lone Star lawmakers to get the
ball rolling on a new cyber-spy bill are indeed very real. Last
week, its companion bill in the State House of Representatives
passed unanimously, and similar outcome in the Senate is all now
expected any moment. Now should SB 1052 proves victorious in the
Senate, an Internet surveillance bill written in Texas but with
international implications could be added to the law books later
this year.

Ben Sherman of the Burnt Orange Report cautioned in a blog post
last week that the bill could be very dangerous to all Americans if
passed because it would let local authorities seize electronic
records held on servers outside of Texas.

“The bill requires any Internet provider to people in Texas
(that is – just about the entire Internet) to respond to search
warrants for online communications in 4-30 days. That is an
extremely narrow window which makes it difficult for Internet
providers to keep users’ other information private
,” he
wrote.

Following the failed attempts to pass cybersecurity bills on a
national level, as seen most recently in the stalled Cyber
Intelligence Sharing and Protection Act (CISPA), a number of state
and local governments have considered bills that would bring the
tools asked for in aborted federal acts into the hands of
prosecutors in Texas.

Whereas CISPA sought to find a way to ease the sharing of
potentially dangerous information between third-party businesses
and the federal government, the efforts coming out of Texas would
ensure that ISPs and any other businesses that operate over the Web
would have to relinquish user data if a police officer argues there
is probable cause it is pursuant to an investigation.

“Internet communications companies often hold information and
data vital to prosecute an offense under state law, particularly
relating to Internet crimes. Although the certain electronic
communications may take place within a state, law enforcement
officers must apply for a local search warrant in an Internet
company’s jurisdiction, often found out of state
,” wrote the
bill’s author, Sen. John Carona (R-Dallas). “This
limitation hampers law enforcement’s efforts to obtain evidence on
Internet criminals, who are able to remove or change identifying
data much faster than law enforcement can obtain warrants.”

Sherman, however, thinks the law could be used broadly to bring
any sort of online evidence under the magnifying glass of
prosecutors, causing a widespread fishing exhibition that will
allow law enforcement to essentially request any sort of electronic
communication of any business that operates online.

“The electronic communications at risk include all online
communication – emails, Facebook messages, tweets and messages on
private list servers
,” wrote Sherman. “Additionally, the bar
is set extremely low for police officers to prove that they may
find something important in a person’s online
communications
.”

Indeed, SB 1052 only asks that probable cause “must be
supported by the oath or affirmation of the authorized peace
officer
.”

“That is almost not a standard at all,” insisted Sherman.
“With a bar so low and a reach so broad, such legislation will
lead to widespread abuse and exposure of private information, and
enable politically motivated ‘investigations.’ This is government
overreach and Texans of all political ideologies should oppose it.
If this bill becomes law, any investigation that can be brought
into the Texas jurisdiction would have all the tools of CISPA, in
which any private online activity can be easily seized by the
government, at its disposal. That is terrible news not only for
Texans but for all Americans
.”

“The bill,” acknowledged Sen. Carona, “reciprocates
the electronic data search warrant process with other states
already implementing similar statutes, which would allow Texas to
serve data search warrants directly to out of state companies as
well
.”

Later in the text, the bill is described as extending “the
jurisdiction of district judges by granting them privileges to
issue data search warrants beyond the physical boundaries of the
state for computer data searches only
.”

The House version of the bill – nearly identical to Sen.
Carona’s version – passed on May 7 with no opposition. Rep. John
Frullo (R-Lubbock) co-authored that bill and told lawmakers in the
capital that passing the bill would be instrumental in stopping
predators who stalk children online.

“Under current law,” Frullo said, “Texas judges’
ability to order a search ends at the state line. In our
technology-driven society, this limitation hampers law
enforcement’s efforts to go after the evidence needed to prosecute
those who commit these horrible crimes and exploit our
children.
“

“Predators are hurting, exploiting and assaulting our
children through the use of the internet. That needs to stop
,”
he said in a press release earlier this year. After this week’s
vote, his colleagues in the Senate will decide if they are willing
to join his side – and at what cost to privacy.

This article originally appeared on : RT

Tourists Encouraged to Gawk At, Mock Poor in Horrifying "GHETTO" Bus Tour in Bronx

0

Aerial view of Harlem River and bridges with the Bronx and Manhattan buildings in New York City.
Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com

May 20, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

A Bronx bus company is offering tours billed as a “a ride through a real New York City ‘GHETTO’,” the New York Post reports.

The company, Real Bronx Tours, has taken largely white foreign tourists around the Bronx. The tour guide was caught mocking the Bronx by Post reporter Candice Giove.

“Last week, on the first stop of the $45 tour, guide Lynn Battaglia, from Pittsburgh, pointed out a housing project. She then mocked the Grand Concourse, modeled after a Parisian boulevard,” reports Giove. “‘Do you feel like we’re on the Champs-Elysées?’ she teased a couple from Paris.”

The tour also included a drive near a food pantry at a church. Battaglia wondered out loud, “I don’t know what that line’s about, but every Wednesday we see it. We see them go in with empty carts, and we see them come out with carts full.”

The tour guide warned of the dangers of going to a park in the Bronx, and also gave inaccurate information about the origin of the word “pig” to describe a police officer. While Battaglia claimed the word came from the Bronx, in reality it originated in London.

The Bronx Borough President harshly criticized the guide and the tour.

The guide is “the biggest fool on the planet,” said Ruben Diaz, the borough president. “To have foreigners come and gawk at a long line of people who are less fortunate than they are and to make money off of that and to view them as they are some sort of entertainment is pretty disgusting.”

This article originally appeared on : AlterNet

GOPer Who Got Millions in Farm Subsidies Thinks the Poor Should Starve Rather Than Get Food Stamps

0

May 20, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Stephen Fincher, a deranged Republican congressman from Tennessee, is very angry that the federal government is committed to preventing poor people from starving to death:

Republican Congressman Stephen Fincher of Tennessee, who supports cuts to the program, had his own Bible verse from the Book of Thessalonians to quote back to Vargas: “The one who is unwilling to work shall not eat,” he said.

The program in question is SNAP, better known as food stamps. Fincher and his ultra-right-wing friends in the House are furious about the fact that the worst economic crisis in 80 years has resulted in more Americans needing food stamps. The whole point of programs like SNAP and other automatic stabilizers, of course, is that they kick in when the economy is struggling and people need help. Fincher is shocked and horrified by this heinous policy of ensuring that poor people and their children don’t starve. Food is to be earned! Sure, this is the richest country in the history in the world, but if we provide our citizens with food to eat, then freedom is obviously dead.

He fulminates about people who are allegedly “unwilling to work” sucking off the government teat with impunity. This is a patently dishonest representation of the SNAP program. Most people who receive food stamps cannot be dismissed as losers who are “unwilling to work.” Nearly half (47%) of all food stamp recipients are children. Another 8% are 60 years of age or older. The “working poor” – people who live in a household with income from work – represent another 41%. Between children, the elderly, the working poor, and people who want a job but cannot find one – someone should tell Fincher that there are still more than 3 unemployed job seekers for every 1 opening – that leaves very few people who can be accurately described as being “unwilling” to work. It’s also worth noting that the average monthly SNAP benefit is a whopping $287. It takes a deeply disturbed person to crusade against providing this class of people with food to eat, when the economy is this battered, and when the broad economic benefits of the program have been so well established (at least in the reality-based community).

Now, this would not normally be worthy of mention. Hardly a day goes by without some Republican sadist expressing fury that poor people have it so good. Devising new ways to make the peasants suffer is what makes Republicans wake up in the morning. What’s fascinating about this particular case, though, is Fincher’s background.

The reason this is even more egregious than the usual Republican class warfare is that Fincher himself is a poster boy for government dependency. It’s not just that he’s benefited here and there from some government help. That sort of low-level hypocrisy is almost to be expected from these types. But Fincher has received millions – $3.2 million as of June 2010 – in federal crop subsidies. The people who refer to themselves as Tea Partiers threatened to derail his candidacy over this, but then they realized that they have no principles, and supported him anyway. He’s now a member of the “Tea Party Caucus,” which, amazingly, is something that actually exists. Fincher’s brother and father also snatched another $6.7 million in subsidies as Stephen geared up to run for Congress on a platform of eliminating “wasteful government spending.” The “wasteful spending” that he had in mind, of course, was that which serves policy aims with which he disagrees, such as keeping poor people alive.

House Republicans are on a mission to slash the SNAP program by $20 billion over the next decade. A Senate committee, just last week, voted to cut it by “only” $4 billion. If some sort of vicious “compromise” is reached between the sociopaths in the House who are demanding human sacrifice on a massive scale, and the “moderates” in the Senate who are only comfortable with letting some people starve, it will not be pretty. This is not hyperbole, either. SNAP really does keep poor people, including millions of children, from going hungry, and it’s under attack from ultra-right-wing ideologues. This program deserves the support and activism of progressives as much as any government program in existence.

Justin Doolittle writes about politics, policy, and the media. He has a master’s in public policy from Stony Brook and a bachelor’s in political science from Coastal Carolina.

This article originally appeared on : AlterNet

Los Angeles goes after Vegas hospital for dumping 1500 patients

0

The city of Los Angeles is pursuing a criminal investigation of a psychiatric hospital in Las Vegas, which has allegedly put 1,500 patients on buses and sent them out of state over the past five years.

About one third of these patients, some of which were homeless,
were given one-way bus tickets to cities in California. About 200
of the 1,500 mentally ill patients were sent to Los Angeles County,
150 of whom arrived in downtown L.A. Since 2008, patients were
bused to cities in every continental US state, even though some had
no family, friends or housing at their destination. After the
Sacramento Bee published an exposé on the dumping practices of the
Rawson-Neal Psychiatric Hospital, the city of Los Angeles announced
it would launch a probe investigating the matter.

“It’s just an abhorrent practice,” Gil Cedhillo, a
candidate for the L.A. City Council and a former state senator,
told the Bee. “You can’t just take someone from a facility and
dump them downtown.”

L.A. has one of the strictest patient-dumping laws in the US,
which was adopted in 2007 after a homeless schizophrenic was found
walking the streets in his hospital gown while still connected to a
catheter bag.

The Bee obtained bus receipts from the Nevada Division of Mental
Health and Developmental Services and found that the hospital sent
its patients away on Greyhound buses, equipped with a small supply
of medication and several bottles of a nutritional supplement that
only lasted a few days.

Health officials claim that most of the patients were sent off
to cities where they had a place to stay, but the Bee discovered
several cases in which mentally ill patients were forced to go to
cities that they had no connection to.

James Flavy Coy Brown, a 48-year-old homeless man who had
received treatment at Rawson-Neal, was put on a bus that dropped
him off in Sacramento — even though he had never been there and
knew no one in the city.

The former psychosis patient had only been treated for three
days before doctors sent him out of state, despite his
protests.

“I said, ‘I don’t want to leave Nevada,’” Brown told ABC
News. “[The doctor] said, ‘California sounds like a really nice
state. I think you’ll be happy there.’”

Equipped with a $306 one-way bus ticket, six Ensure nutrition
shake bottles, and a three-day supply of psychiatric medications,
he was sent away, only to end up on the streets of Sacramento —
without medication. The man had no Social Security card, food stamp
card or Medicaid card, and checked into a homeless shelter, feeling
the effects of medication withdrawal and the return of his
psychosis.

“If I don’t take my medicine, I get really confused and I
start hearing voices in my head, and they tell me to, like, jump
off a bridge or to do something to purposefully get arrested or go
to prison or jail,”
he said.  

The Bee claims that as a result of its initial exposé last
month, the hospital modified its procedures to require dispatched
patients to be accompanied by a chaperone when bused out of
state. In response to the investigations, Nevada Gov. Brian
Sandoval also said that state officials have implemented a new
policy that requires at least two physicians and a hospital
administrator to approve a dispatch order — rather than just one
physician.

Still, the Joint Commission, an independent agency that
certifies US hospitals, is considering pulling Rawson-Neal’s
accreditation for its history of patient-dumping. The city
attorneys in L.A. and San Francisco have also launched probes into
the hospital’s practices. If the allegations are true, Rawson-Neal
would lose federal funding and face steep financial penalties.

L.A. City Attorney Carmen Trutanich and his team are currently
scouting out former patients to see if they were released in
violation of the city’s ordinance against patient-dumping.

“This is 150 people allegedly on the streets of L.A.,”
Trutanich said, referencing the number of mentally ill patients
that the hospital sent to the city. “We’re already stretched as
it is.”

But if Rawson-Neal is found guilty, the hospital could be
convicted of a criminal misdemeanor and charged a hefty fine.

This article originally appeared on : RT

Rioters in Sweden protest alleged brutality, racism after police shoot elderly man

0



Published time: May 20, 2013 18:35

Police faces youths rioting in northern Stockholm on Sunday night and early morning Monday on May 20, 2013. (AFP Photo / Johan Nilsson)

Embed

Code

Rioters took to the streets of a Stockholm neighborhood on Sunday, torching cars and throwing stones at police. Officers reportedly called residents “monkeys” and other derogatory terms as they protested against a recent police shooting.

Between 60 to 100 people — most of them young men — took part in
the riots which began around 10pm local time in the Stockholm
district of Husby.

Police turned up at the scene after a car was set on fire. Upon
arrival, officers were met with stone-throwing protesters, Police
Chief Daniel Mattsson said, as quoted by The Wall Street
Journal.

One policeman was attacked by youths kicking him and two others
were injured by rocks, police officer Jorgen Karlsson told AP.

Rioters torched cars in a local parking garage. Around 50 vehicles
were damaged in the fire, which forced the evacuation of a nearby
building. Windows were smashed at two schools and several local
businesses.

Mattson said there were 18 criminal incidents reported and that the
unrest lasted for four hours.

Allegations of police misconduct

Witnesses say that police officers reportedly called rioters and
residents “monkeys” on Sunday night, discriminating against
their race.

Rouzbeh Djalai, editor-in-chief of local newspaper The North Side,
told The Local that she spoke to a youth leader and some of
teenagers after the riots. The group reportedly approached police
asking if they could help.

The youth leader told her that he was called a “nigger” by
police, while the boys were called “monkeys.” They also said
the police attacked them with batons.

“If the police don’t want to cooperate, they should just say it;
they don’t have to call people names and hit them with batons,”

Djalaie said.

Residents of Husby are angry that police are increasing their
presence in the neighborhood, instead of focusing on long-term
solutions to the area’s problems.

“There’s frustration in Husby and it risks spiralling out of
control; people want long-term solutions to social problems instead
of an increased police presence,”
Djalai said.
 
“It’s a neighborhood where one third of junior high school
graduates leave school without adequate grades; they step straight
out into unemployment. It’s obvious what the consequences are,”

she added.

Seeking justice

The riots were in response to the fatal shooting of an elderly
man last week. The man was shot and killed by police after officers
responded to a call that a person was roaming Husby with a
knife.

Once officers arrived, the man disappeared into an apartment,
police spokesman Lars Byström told TT news agency. He then stepped
onto a balcony and threatened officers.

“He screamed at police from the balcony that he wanted to kill
them,”
a neighbor told the Expressen newspaper.

Negotiators were called to the scene and police learned that a
woman was also in the apartment. After failed attempts at
negotiating, police broke down the apartment door in an effort to
secure the woman’s safety.

But things took a turn for the worse once officers arrived inside
the residence.

“Then the person in question appeared holding a machete. Officers
felt cornered and threw a flash grenade so they could overpower the
man. That didn’t work either and they then felt forced to open
fire,”
said Byström.

Police faces youths rioting in northern Stockholm on Sunday night and early morning Monday on May 20, 2013. (AFP Photo / Johan Nilsson)

It is unclear how many officers fired shots and how many shots were
fired, but witnesses say police fired five or six shots in
total.


“We saw the flashes when they shot. Even if you’d never seen an
actual shooting before, you knew what it was,”
a witness
said.

Police say the 69-year-old man was taken to hospital where he was
pronounced dead from gunshot wounds.

However, local youth organization Megafonen reported on May 15th
that neighbors said there was never an ambulance. Instead, they say
a hearse turned up to cart away the body at 2am.

The woman inside the apartment escaped with no injuries, according
to police. Her relationship with the man remains unknown.

Megafonen arranged a protest against the alleged police brutality
last week, in response to the fatal shooting. The group – a
community-based organization aimed at organizing residents to fight
for social justice – demanded an independent investigation and
public apology.

“Last week, the police shot an old man who was holding a knife.
How can they do this without taking responsibility? I can
understand the reaction (riots),”
Megafonen founder Rami
al-Khamisi said.

Prosecutors from the Swedish National Police Crimes Unit are
currently investigating the shooting.

This article originally appeared on : RT

Report: DOJ Leaked Docs to Smear Fast & Furious Whistleblower, Says IG

0

Matthew Boyle
Breitbart
May 20, 2013

United States Attorney for the District of Arizona, Dennis K. Burke.

The Department of Justice (DOJ) Inspector General published a new report Monday that confirms former U.S. Attorney for Arizona Dennis Burke leaked a document intended to smear Operation Fast and Furious scandal whistleblower John Dodson.

The DOJ IG said it found “Burke’s conduct in disclosing the Dodson memorandum to be inappropriate for a Department employee and wholly unbefitting a U.S. Attorney.”

“We are referring to OPR our finding that Burke violated Department policy in disclosing the Dodson memorandum to a member of the media for a determination of whether Burke’s conduct violated the Rules of Professional Conduct for the state bars in which Burke is a member,” the IG wrote.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, May 20, 2013 at 1:16 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on : Infowars

Akron Man Shot To Death By Campus Police During Traffic Stop

0

Infowars.com
May 20, 2013

A 64-year old Akron man was shot to death by a University of Akron police officer on Thursday, May 16, 2013. The victim, James Genda, had been pulled over for a routine traffic stop and was trying to turn a BB gun over to the officer when the officer mistook it for a .45-caliber handgun.

Genda was on his cell phone with his sister, Debbie Genda, when he was pulled over by a University of Akron police officer for improper vehicle registration. Genda was stopped just outside the local post office where his sister works and she witnessed the entire event from her office window.

The officer approached Genda’s vehicle and told him to get off the phone, so Genda placed the phone on his dashboard but did not disconnect the call. The officer then went to his patrol car to check Genda’s registration and when he returned to Genda’s car, Genda had the BB gun in his hand.

The officer said the BB gun “looks exactly like a .45-caliber handgun. Black metal. No plastic tip”

The officer fired five shots through the open driver-side window and another five into the open driver-side door.

Debbie Genda could not be reached for comment, but she saw and heard the entire event. She told Genda’s daughter, Michelle Harbaugh, 44, of Erie, pa., that Genda was not threatening the officer in any way. He was merely pulling the BB gun out to hand it to the officer.

Genda kept the BB gun in his car for protection while he worked on cars in his back yard. University police and Akron city police are conducting a joint investigation of the shooting.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, May 20, 2013 at 1:18 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on : Infowars

GC may consider health of hopefuls

0

Iranâ„¢s Guardian Council Spokesman Abbas Ali Kadkhodaei says the body may consider the physical condition of presidential hopefuls in its approval process.

If an individual, who is supposed to carry out a macro executive task, can work for only a few hours a day, he cannot be approved, Kadkhodaei said in an interview with Iran’s Arabic-language al-Alam news network on Monday.

The Guardian Council may take physical condition into consideration in its vetting of presidential hopefuls but no discussion has been held yet regarding the issue, he added.

He also stated that if a hopeful acts against the principles of the Islamic establishment, his qualifications will not be approved by the Guardian Council.

Kadkhodaei emphasized that the Guardian Council will act independently in approving the presidential hopefuls and will only rely on the Constitution.

Å“The Guardian Council will not make [any]decision based on parties, groups or factions but the Constitution and the law are our criteria,” the spokesman pointed out.

The Guardian Council, a 12-member body, is tasked with vetting hopefuls for candidacy and confirming the election results. It is expected to announce the list of the approved candidates on Tuesday.

Official campaigning will start two days after the council releases its final list of approved candidates.

A total of 686 individuals registered from May 7 to 11 for the Islamic Republicâ„¢s 11th presidential election, which will be held on June 14.

SF/HGH

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Report: Adam Kokesh to be Charged With “Assaulting a Federal Officer”

0

Video clearly shows former Marine did not resist arrest

Paul Joseph Watson
Infowars.com
May 20, 2013

Incarcerated political activist Adam Kokesh, arrested by police for exercising his First Amendment rights during a pro-marijuana legalization protest on Saturday, is set to be charged with “assaulting a federal police officer,” despite the fact that the video of the incident shows him not resisting arrest.

“I’ve received word from a reputable but not official contact that Adam will be charged with assaulting a federal officer under 18 USC 111,” writes supporter and activist George Donnelly. “This is a very serious charge. Take note that this is not official information yet. The source however is very reputable.”

Kokesh was kidnapped by Philadelphia police as he gave a keynote speech on Saturday. The former Marine was not smoking or in possession of any drugs when he was arrested.

Video of the incident shows Kokesh holding up his hands as he is dragged away. Not only did Kokesh not resist arrest, he made no aggressive moves to any police officer, as the footage clearly shows.

If he is charged with assaulting an officer, Kokesh will become the latest of a plethora of Americans who have been hit with such a charge despite acting in a totally peaceful and compliant manner. In some cases, people who have received brutal beat downs at the hands of police have later been charged with assaulting a cop.

The charge, which carries a maximum sentence of 10 years in jail, would almost certainly scupper Kokesh’s plans of leading an armed march on Washington DC in July if authorities are able to make it stick.

Supporters of Kokesh are encouraging people to politely but firmly demand information on Kokesh’s circumstances by calling the numbers below.

(1) US Attorney (Phila): (215) 861-8200
(2) US Magistrate (Phila): (215) 597-6079
(3) Philadelphia Federal Prison: 215-521-4000 (wait a sec, then press 0)
(4) US Federal Courthouse (Phila): (215) 597-7704
(5) US Park Police Office of the Chief in DC: (202) 619-7350 and Philadelphia: 215-597-7077

Adam Kokesh is currently being held at:

FEDERAL DETENTION CENTER
700 ARCH STREET
PHILADELPHIA, PA 19106
Phone: 215-521-4000
Fax: 215-521-7220
E-mail address2: PHL/EXECASSISTANT@BOP.GOV

*********************

Paul Joseph Watson is the editor and writer for Infowars.com and Prison Planet.com. He is the author of Order Out Of Chaos. Watson is also a host for Infowars Nightly News.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, May 20, 2013 at 1:08 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on : Infowars

Little People Get Short End Of Furlough Stick While Washington Elite Rake In Bonuses

0

Donna Anderson
Infowars.com
May 20, 2013

On March 1, 2013, sequestration took effect and the Federal government was forced to take $85 billion in across-the-board spending cuts. Photo: Kevin Burkett.

Sequestration has cause everything from shortages at the local law enforcement level to major cuts in federally funded programs that aid the poor, and hundreds of thousands of federal workers will take a severe cut in pay this year as they’re furloughed for 21 to 28 days. Chalk it all up to Sequestration, but don’t worry, if you’re a member of the Senior Executive Service you’ll still get your annual bonus.

A report issued by a Senate subcommittee on Friday, May 17, 2011, shows that members of the Senior Executive Service were paid more than $340 million in bonuses from 2008 through 2011, in addition to their regular annual salaries that range from $119,000 to $179,000. In 2012 the average annual salary was $166,025.

According to the Senior Executive Service Reform Act of 1978, the Senior Executive Service is a position classification in the civil service which consists of leaders who serve in key positions just below top presidential appointees. SES members are the link between the Presidential appointees and the rest of the Federal work force. They operate and oversee government activity in approximately 75 Federal agencies. There are currently more than 7,000 members.

On March 1, 2013, sequestration took effect and the Federal government was forced to take $85 billion in across-the-board spending cuts. These cuts affect every government department and service across the nation. In most cases, the only way to cut the budget in each department (without cutting the pay of the elite, of course) is to furlough employees, which means forced time off without pay.

Some workers are looking at a minimum of 21 to 28 furlough days by the end of 2013. Could you afford to go a month without a paycheck?

However, by law, all agencies must still pay bonuses to Senior Executive Service employees who meet certain performance criteria.

Truth Out reports, “Missouri Sen. Claire McCaskill, a Democrat, introduced a bill Friday that would eliminate bonuses for members of the Senior Executive Service during sequestration. McCaskill leads the Senate Subcommittee on Financial and Contracting Oversight, which produced the report.”

“The idea that some of the highest-paid federal government employees could be getting bonuses while others are being furloughed is outrageous,’ McCaskill said in a statement. ‘This legislation will ensure that doesn’t happen.’”

Fridays subcommittee report found that more than 6,300 SES members received cash awards in 2011, totaling $78 million. Among the agencies spending the most bonus money were the Nuclear Regulatory Commission,at $16,000 per employee, the National Science Foundation, at $14,000, the Department of the Navy, at $13,000 the Department of Health and Human Services at $13,000 and the Department of Commerce at more than $12,000 per employee.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, May 20, 2013 at 12:53 pm

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on : Infowars

Study: Female conversion to Islam in UK

0

The University of Cambridge has published a report about experiences of almost 50 British women of all backgrounds, ethnicities, ages and faiths (or no faith), who have all converted to Islam.

The report was commissioned and produced by the University’s Centre of Islamic Studies (CIS), in association with the New Muslims Project, Markfield.

The 129-page report brings up some recommendations for the convert, heritage Muslim, and wider British communities, outlining the social, emotional and sometimes economic costs of conversion.

“The consistent theme flowing through the report is the need for increased levels of support for the convert community – and the converts’ own potential to be a powerful and transformative influence on both the heritage Muslim community and wider British society”, said project leader and Director of CIS, Yasir Suleiman.

“Another of the recurring themes was the overwhelmingly negative portrayal of Muslims and Islam in the UK media and what role the convert community might have to play in helping to redress the balance. This report seeks to dispel misapprehensions and misrepresentations of female converts to Islam.”

A key revelation of the study was the heavily disproportionate attention, bordering on obsession in some cases, given to white, female converts to Islam by both the Muslim and non-Muslim communities alike.

This is often to the detriment of African-Caribbean converts, thought to be the largest ethnic group of converts to Islam, who are often ignored and left feeling isolated by both the Muslim and non-Muslim communities.

“Considering the stereotypical and largely negative picture Islam has in the media and society at large, and considering that quite a lot of this revolves around the position of women in Islam, we wanted to understand the seemingly paradoxical issue of why highly educated and professionally successful Western women convert to Islam”, said Project Manager Shahla Suleiman.

“The basis of conversion is faith and spirituality – but conversion is also a social phenomenon that has become political. In this sense, conversion concerns everyone alike in society”, she added.

MOL/HE

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Flawed Financial System: Governments Held Hostage by the “Too Big to Fail” Banks (TBTF)

0

The G-7 summit brought up too-big-to-fail (TBTF) financial institutions as a systemic risk to be addressed. The odds are low that any real reform will materialize. Removing this flaw could trigger a big global downturn. No major government has the stomach to go through with it.

The flawed global financial system essentially holds all major governments hostage. Whenever a crisis happens, the policy priority is to stabilize the financial system for short-term economic stability. This tends to favor TBTF financial institutions. Every crisis makes the problem bigger.

The vicious cycle between short-term economic stability and long-term financial risk begins with central banks easing monetary policy to stimulate growth. The systemic distortion of the price of money rewards speculation, which tends to make some financial institutions bigger and bigger over time.

True global stability will only come when major governments are willing to sacrifice short-term growth for long-term stability. That threshold will only be reached when the short-term situation is beyond repair. An inflation crisis is what it takes to change the policy dynamic.The situation needs to get worse before it gets better.

Too big to fail grows up

TBTF financial institutions were considered a key factor contributing to the 2008 global financial crisis. Five years later, the problem is worse.

While one too big to fail problem remains, another is rapidly growing. Some of the players in the shadow banking system, like hedge funds, non-bank lenders and insurance companies, have also become TBTF. If some of these players fail, the cascade effect on their investors and borrowers could lead to a systemic breakdown. Governments and central banks may be forced into bailing out some speculative outfits in the next crisis.

The surviving banks account for bigger shares of the global financial system. The lesson of Lehman Brothers is that even a mid-sized financial institution can’t be allowed to go bust. Hence, it would be unimaginable to allow any of the big banks to fail now.

While one TBTF problem remains, another is rapidly growing. Some of the players in the shadow banking system, like hedge funds, non-bank lenders and insurance companies, have also become TBTF.

If some of these players fail, the cascade effect on their investors and borrowers could lead to a systemic breakdown. Governments and central banks may be forced into bailing out some speculative outfits in the next crisis.

How could the TBTF problem become bigger? It has been in the spotlight for a long time. Most governments have been talking about reforms aimed at it. The main reason is that today’s policy goal is dominated by short-term economic impact.

Short-term economic growth has become the primary political objective in all major economies. Monetary policy is considered the cheapest instrument available. Hence, since the crisis, policies backing near zero interest rates and quantitative easing have gone mainstream.

The artificially low price of money promotes speculative activities. As speculation is highly scalable – one person could manage up to $10 billion with the same work – prolonged super-loose monetary policy inevitably leads to the rise of some successful speculators.

The scalability applies to banks too. The TBTF banks receive low-cost funding.

When the policy interest rate is 5% and the credit risk premium is 1% for big banks and 3% for small banks, the cost difference between the two isn’t too big to overcome in market competition. When the policy rate is zero, the difference becomes too big for customers to ignore. Hence, an environment of low interest rates favors TBTF banks.

So many TBTF shops

Throughout modern economic history, finance has been a fragmented business. Even the biggest names in the business had assets tiny compared to gross domestic product.

The reason is that it is a labor-intensive business. Understanding the credit risk of a borrower takes close following. Someone has to keep an eye on the borrower all the time. Hence, financial players like banks and stockbrokers tend to be regional, deriving advantage from local knowledge.

In the past quarter century, some financial institutions have become huge, qualifying as TBTF. The top ten banks in the world have assets close to one-third of global GDP.

It is unthinkable that any of the top banks would go bankrupt. If one is allowed to fail, the global economy would go into recession. Indeed, if any one of the top 100 fails, it would take down a country or two. It is difficult to see that any government or governments would tolerate that.

The shadow banking system may be more dangerous. A hedge fund can leverage up ten to twenty times through derivative instruments. Hence, a fund with $10 billion could rival the impact of one of the top 100 banks in the world. There are numerous hedge funds with over $10 billion.

The original sin

Optimal business size is in theory due to economies of scale. The automobile industry tends to have large companies because the development cost for a car is big. The big size gives a car company the ability to launch multiple models to spread risk.

Companies in the oil industry have become much bigger than before because it takes so much more to discover and develop an oil field. It is possible that some changes could turn a fragmented industry into a concentrated one. Could such changes explain the rising concentration of the financial industry?

The rise of information technology has had a big impact on the financial industry. Many top banks spend billions of dollars on information technology. Some mergers of financial institutions could be justified in cutting IT costs.

Technology is a significant contributing factor, but not the decisive one. The most important factor is Alan Greenspan. His style of monetary policy-making favored the bigness of financial institutions.

Greenspan is the father of today’s financial industry. He pioneered the policy-making of cutting interest rates aggressively in a downturn, but increasing them slowly in a recovery. The asymmetry increased money stock to GDP ratio, allowing more and more assets to be liquid and tradable. The asymmetry also subsidizes debtors with low average interest rates. Taking on debt is profitable in the Greenspan world.

Take the S&P 500 index (SNC:SPX)  as an example. It rose above 1,500 in 2000 and collapsed by half, rose above that in 2007 and collapsed by half, and has risen above that again recently. Is this normal market behavior or policy-induced fluctuation?

I think the latter. If the Fed had maintained a sensible and neutral monetary policy, the S&P 500 would have climbed slowly and now be above 1,500 without the two crises in between. The U.S. economy would be quite healthy today.

But, when Greenspan was making the economy recover quickly in a downturn, he was praised as a maestro. His policy was short-term gain, long-term pain.

Greenspan is the father of today’s financial industry. He pioneered the policy-making of cutting interest rates aggressively in a downturn, but increasing them slowly in a recovery. The asymmetry increased money stock to GDP ratio, allowing more and more assets to be liquid and tradable. The asymmetry also subsidizes debtors with low average interest rates. Taking on debt is profitable in the Greenspan world.

Unnecessary volatility leads to wealth redistribution. When 100 people engage in a game of flipping coins to determine a reward, eventually one guy gets all the money.

When asset markets fluctuate like the S&P 500, it has the same effect. This is the main reason that wealth inequality has increased so rapidly and so many wealthy people are from finance.

What’s worse is that Greenspan’s volatility isn’t random. The people who understood him had an advantage. These are the big banks and hedge funds. Every cycle made them bigger.

Ben Bernanke has followed Greenspan’s policy, putting short-term economic performance above long-term financial and economic stability. No wonder that TBTF has become worse under his reign. A quarter of a century after Greenspan started, not just the United States, but the whole world trembles before the TBTF institutions.

Short-term fixes won’t work

The accepted remedy for TBTF is to increase regulations, sort of turning big banks into semi state-owned banks. China is already there. If the government takes on the downside, why not become the owner to get the upside too.

What Western governments are doing is to decrease the downside risk, not taking the upside. Neither is likely to work. Financial institutions tend to work for employees, not shareholders, customers or governments.

The U.S. government is trying to limit what banks can do. European governments try to limit bankers’ compensation. The Chinese government is trying to tell banks who to lend to. All have limited effectiveness and have incentivized shadow banking.

It is widely believed that U.S. banks have deleveraged, which is touted as one benefit of the Fed’s policy of low interest rates. But, the total debt outstanding for U.S. financial institutions, though down from the crisis level in 2008, is similar to that in 2006 when America’s housing bubble peaked.

When the interest rate is near zero, what would be the incentive for banks to decrease leverage? It should be the opposite.

The euro zone banking system is over three times GDP in asset size. Any conceivable speed of deleveraging would take a decade or two to bring it down to a safe level. Regardless of what euro zone banking policies are, the TBTF problem will remain for the conceivable future.

In the past five years, banks in emerging economies have grown at two to three times nominal GDP due to cheap liquidity inflow from developed economies.

TBTF has become a big risk to their financial stability. Indeed, due to the rapid growth of credit, emerging economies may see financial troubles within two years. Some sort of emerging market crisis is a distinct risk to the global economy.

Talk is cheap

Every year, world leaders gather multiple times to discuss major problems facing the global economy. The G-7, G-20 and International Monetary Fund/World Bank are some examples. Good sound bites come out of every meeting.

But, five years after the global financial crisis, the world is stuck with the same problems. How could that be? Aren’t these leaders supposed to be powerful and in a position to make changes?

The problem is that political leaders are incentivized by short-term impact. For the global economy to move beyond the crisis and establish a foundation for long-term prosperity, serious structural reforms are required. TBTF is one of the issues.

However, such reforms will necessitate some short-term dislocation. All political leaders promise a speedy economic recovery. They can’t stomach another downturn. They aren’t incentivized to enact tough reforms for long-term good.

The reform talk is just talk, hoping that its psychological impact would do some good. Multinational companies are reluctant to invest due to their view of sluggish growth ahead.

One of the reasons for the bearish view is that the structural problems aren’t being addressed. If they believe that reforms are coming, they should invest to prepare for higher growth ahead. Hence, the talk might lift growth, if people believe. But, few are taking the bait.

Short-term orientation is why monetary policy is so loose everywhere. Too much debt drove the global economy into the financial crisis. The zero interest rate incentivizes taking on more debt. It can’t be a solution to the global malaise. It may well worsen it.

Bubbles are happening again. The junk bond market is an obvious example. The property bubble has revived in London and New York. Stock market valuation is close to bubble territory. Whatever benefit monetary policy brings, it is through the so-called wealth effect, a euphemism for a bubble effect. The short-term gain will be paid with long-term pain, when these bubbles burst.

An inflation crisis

Political incentives won’t change any time soon. As long as there are short-term measures to prolong the status quo, no serious reforms will follow.

A zero interest rate hides the troubles of debtors and supports the economy through bubbles. It seems painless in the short term. This is why politicians will always support monetary stimulus.

The status quo will only change with an inflation crisis. It will change the political incentive from short-term growth to price stability. The current global inflation rate is about 50% higher than real GDP growth rate. The gap could become 100% in two years. Would that be enough to change the incentive?

I think that the tipping point is likely a 5% inflation rate in developed economies and 10% in emerging economies. It may take five years to get there. Before then, global economy will remain stuck. Reforms will just be talk.

This article originally appeared on : Global Research

US drone attack kills 8 in Afghanistan

0

File photo shows a US killer drone.

At least eight people have been killed and several others severely injured in a strike by a US killer drone in Afghanistanâ„¢s eastern province of Kapisa.

The deadly attack took place in Tagab district of Kapisa Province in the country’s east on Monday.

The death toll is expected to rise as some of the injured are said to be in critical condition.

Many civilians have lost their lives in US-led strikes and operations in various parts of Afghanistan over the past decade, with Afghans becoming increasingly outraged at the seemingly endless number of the deadly assaults.

US officials claim that the airstrikes target militants, but local sources say civilians have been the main victims of the attacks.

Civilian casualties caused by foreign forces have been a major source of tension between Kabul and Washington.

The United States and its allies invaded Afghanistan in 2001 as part of Washingtonâ„¢s so-called war on terror. The offensive removed the Taliban from power, but insecurity remains high in the country.

JR/SS

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

12-Year-Old Girl Raped, Video Posted to Facebook by Alleged Attackers

0

<!–

MailChimp RSS-Email Widget

–>

Three teenagers are accused of raping a 12-year-old girl and then posting the attack on Facebook.

Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com

May 20, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Did three Chicago youth attack and rape a young girl and then videotape it for the world to see? That’s what prosecutors in Illinois are alleging.

The Associated Press reports that three teenagers are accused of raping a 12-year-old girl and then posting the attack on Facebook.

Three boys–15-year-old Kenneth Brown and 16-year-old Justin Applewhite and Scandale Fritz–allegedly brought the girl down to the basement of Fritz’s home. Fritz was identified because his face showed up in the video taken.

The video was first posted on Brown’s Facebook account, but was eventually posted to all three of the boys’ pages. They were ordered to be held last Friday for aggravated criminal sexual assault.

Liked this article? Join our email list
Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email

Like Alternet on Facebook

‘;
jQuery(‘#root_subfooter’).before( html );

var slide_top_offset = calculate_slide_div_top_offset();
var slide_left_offset = calculate_slide_div_left_offset();

jQuery(‘#like_alternet_on_fb’)
.css(‘position’,’fixed’)
.css(‘top’,’-100px’)
.css(‘width’,’450px’)
.css(‘height’,’105px’)
.css(‘background’,’#E8E8FB’)
.css(‘border’,’10px solid #223BBE’)
.css(‘border-right’,’0px’);

toggle();

}

function resize_slide_div(){

var slide_top_offset = calculate_slide_div_top_offset();
var slide_left_offset = calculate_slide_div_left_offset();

jQuery(‘#like_alternet_on_fb’)
.css(‘top’,slide_top_offset)
.css(‘left’,slide_left_offset);

}

/* HOOK SCRIPT INTO EVENTS */

var paging = String( getUrlVars()[“page”] );

if( paging == ‘off’ ){
var is_paging_off = true;
} else {
var is_paging_off = false;
}

//console.log( ‘Is paging off ? [‘ + is_paging_off + ‘] ‘ + getUrlVars()[“paging”] );

var page = String( getUrlVars()[“page”] );

if( page == ‘undefined’ ){
var is_first_page = true;
} else {
var is_first_page = false;
}

//console.log( ‘Is first page ? [‘ + is_first_page + ‘] ‘ + page );

jQuery(window).scroll(function() {

var scrollYpos = jQuery(document).scrollTop();

if( scrollYpos >= pop_in_yPos && on_off_toggle == ‘off’ ){
toggle();
}

if( scrollYpos

‘;
jQuery(‘div.media-image’).each( function(index){
src = String(jQuery(this).children(‘img.media-image’).attr(‘src’));
if( src != ” && src != ‘undefined’ ){
parts = src.split(‘/’);
if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘slideshow’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/slideshow/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘AFP’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/images/AFP/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘public’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-3] == ‘public’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/’+parts[parts.length-2]+’/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else { new_src = false; }
if( new_src ){ jQuery(this).html(‘‘+jQuery(this).html()+enlarge_html+’‘); }
}
});

var slideshowdiv; var new_html; var img_obj; var sourcediv; var titlediv; var captiondiv; var title; var caption;

jQuery(‘div.slideshow-body div.slideshow div.field-item’).each( function(index){

slideshowdiv = jQuery(this).find(‘div.altslideshow-embedded-gallery’);
img_obj = slideshowdiv.find(‘img’);
src = img_obj.attr(‘src’);

title = slideshowdiv.children(‘div.altslideshow-title’).html();
if( title == null ){ title = ”; }

caption = slideshowdiv.children(‘div.altslideshow-caption’).html();
if( caption == null ){ caption = ”; }

if( src != ” && src != ‘undefined’ ){
// alert( ‘SRC: ‘+src );
parts = src.split(‘/’);
if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘slideshow’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/slideshow/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘AFP’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/images/AFP/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘public’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-3] == ‘public’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/’+parts[parts.length-2]+’/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else { new_src = false; }
// alert( ‘New SRC: ‘+new_src );
if( new_src ){
img_obj.parent().attr(‘href’,new_src).attr(‘rel’,’lightbox[slides]’).attr(‘title’,title+’
‘+caption).append(‘

Click to enlarge.

‘);
}
}

//sourcediv = jQuery(this).find(‘div.altslideshow-source’);
//titlediv = jQuery(this).find(‘div.altslideshow-title’);
//captiondiv = jQuery(this).find(‘div.altslideshow-caption’);
//sourcediv.after( titlediv ).after( captiondiv );

});


This article originally appeared on : AlterNet

NATO commanders denounced in Spain

0

A human rights association in Spain has denounced five NATO commanders of the US-led International Security Assistance Force (ISAF) in Afghanistan for committing war crimes in the war-torn country.

On Monday, President of the Rene Cassin Committee, Spanish attorney Alberto Revuelta, issued a statement saying that the military commanders from the United States, Britain, Italy and Spain committed war crimes after they bombed the town of Shigal in Afghanistan’s Kunar Province on April 6 and killed at least 10 children and a woman.

The bombardments carried out by US-led forces in the war-ravaged country Å“could be characterized as war crimes, defined in the Rome Statute of the International Criminal Court as serious violation of the Geneva Conventions of August 1949,” the statement said.

This comes after a formal complaint was filed against the commanders, namely US Marine Commander for ISAF Gen. Joseph Dunford; Briton Nick Patrick Carter; US Lt. Gen. James I. Terry, the commander of the ISAFâ„¢s Neutralization Operations; Italyâ„¢s Giorgio Battisti; and the ISAF personnel chief and Spanish Gen. Javier Cabeza Taberna in the Audiencia Nacional (Spainâ„¢s National Court).

The United States and its allies entered the war in Afghanistan in October 2001 as part of Washingtonâ„¢s so-called war on terror. The offensive removed the Taliban from power, but after more than 11 years, the foreign troops have not been able to establish security in the country.

Many civilians have lost their lives in US-led operations in various parts of Afghanistan over the past decade with Afghans becoming increasingly outraged at the seemingly endless number of the deadly assaults.

MAM/SS

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

‘Bombs hit two Shia mosques in Iraq’

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Casualties are feared as bomb explosions target two Shia mosques in Iraq, officials say.

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

‘Bombs hit two Shia mosques in Iraq’

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Casualties are feared as bomb explosions target two Shia mosques in Iraq, officials say.

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

‘US drone program violates all laws’

0

The US surveillance and assassination drone programs flout domestic and international laws while disregarding basic human rights, an analyst tells Press TV.

Å“It is a very dangerous policy. Itâ„¢s a complete violation of international law and of US law. It is really sheer lawlessness,” said Sara Flounders, co-director of the International Action Center.

The analyst criticized the US drone program, saying most of these attacks have been Å“carried out without the people in the US even knowing that theyâ„¢re happening.”

Å“There is absolutely no justification, no credible excuse whatsoever and none that should be accepted by any of the people of the world. Thereâ„¢s a real responsibility here in the US to challenge this criminal policy,” said Flounders.

The US also deploys assassination drones overseas Å“targeting one country after another, and is responsible for killing thousands of people – overwhelmingly women and children,” the expert said.

Washington claims that its airstrikes target militants, but local sources say civilians have been the main victims of the attacks.

Flounders went on to highlight that the US drone program has made Å“huge profits” for military contractors who reinvest into the program to produce Å“a whole new generation of drone weapons.”

The United Nations has called the US drone attacks “targeted killings” that flout international law.

GMA/SS

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

RAND Doctor Argues Against Americans Owning Firearms for Self-defense

0

Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
May 20, 2013

The RAND corporation has joined the government and liberal media campaign to deconstruct the Second Amendment and disarm Americans.

In the above video, Arthur Kellermann, a doctor who works for RAND, states that Americans who possess firearms are putting themselves at risk.

“It’s natural to do everything you can to keep your family safe,” Kellermann tells his patients, “especially if you live in a dangerous neighborhood. In a thunderstorm it is also natural to take cover under the nearest tree, but that doesn’t make it a good idea.”

In short, the doctor believes owning a gun is not a good idea for self-defense. No word if Mr. Kellermann agrees with Michael Moore that all you need for self-defense against a criminal wielding an illegal gun is a dog.

Kellermann believes that deaths attributed to the accidental use of firearms prove that owning a gun for self-defense is a dangerous proposition. He cites unspecified studies to make his point.

Figures released by the Center for Disease Control break down deaths attributed to firearms for 2011 as follows: 851 deaths due to accidental discharge of firearms; 19,766 gun-related suicide deaths; and 11,101 homicides attributed to the discharge of a firearm.

The homicide numbers are, however, misleading due to the fact most are committed by career criminals. The Baltimore police, for instance, reported in 2007 that 93% of murder suspects, and 91% of murder victims had felony records.

“Criminologist Gary Kleck estimates that 2.5 million Americans use guns to defend themselves each year. Out of that number, 400,000 believe that but for their firearms, they would have been dead,” writes Larry Elder for the Orange County Register.

Elder quotes Professor Emeritus James Q. Wilson, a public policy expert at UCLA. “We know from Census Bureau surveys that something beyond 100,000 uses of guns for self-defense occur every year,” Wilson explains. “We know from smaller surveys of a commercial nature that the number may be as high as 2 1/2 or 3 million. We don’t know what the right number is, but whatever the right number is, it’s not a trivial number.”

Kellermann is correct about gun safety, of course, but his argument concerning to assumed trade-off between self-defense and gun deaths is based on deception. It also puts the American people at risk.

Due to the fact Kellermann works for the RAND Corporation — a think tank financed by the U.S. government and linked to the Council on Foreign Relations and the Trilateral Commission — we should discount out of hand his attempt to frighten gun owners and potential gun owners.

The CFR recently disseminated misldeading propaganda on guns ahead of the latest effort by the United Nations to disarm the American people under the Small Arms Treaty.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, May 20, 2013 at 12:23 pm

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on : Infowars

Corporations Are Stealing Billions in Tax Breaks, While the Confused, Screwed Citizenry Turn On Each Other

0

As global capital becomes ever more powerful, giant corporations are holding governments and citizens up for ransom – eliciting subsidies and tax breaks from countries concerned about their nation’s “competitiveness” – while sheltering their profits in the lowest-tax jurisdictions they can find. Major advanced countries – and their citizens – need a comprehensive tax agreement that won’t allow global corporations to get away with this.

Google, Amazon, Starbucks, every other major corporation, and every big Wall Street bank, are sheltering as much of their U.S. profits abroad as they can, while telling Washington that lower corporate taxes are necessary in order to keep the U.S. “competitive.”

Baloney. The fact is, global corporations have no allegiance to any country; their only objective is to make as much money as possible – and play off one country against another to keep their taxes down and subsidies up, thereby shifting more of the tax burden to ordinary people whose wages are already shrinking because companies are playing workers off against each other.

I’m in London for a few days, and all the talk here is about how Goldman Sachs just negotiated a sweetheart deal to settle a tax dispute with the British government; Google is manipulating its British sales to pay almost no taxes here by using its low-tax Ireland subsidiary (the chair of the Parliamentary committee investigating this has just called the do-no-evil firm “devious, calculating, and unethical”); Amazon has been found to route its British sales through a subsidiary in low-tax Luxembourg, and now receives more in subsidies from the British government than it pays here in taxes; Starbucks’ tax-avoidance strategy was so blatant British consumers began boycotting the firm until it reversed course.

Meanwhile, At a time when you’d expect nations to band together to gain bargaining power against global capital, the opposite is occurring: Xenophobia is breaking out all over.

Here in Britain, the UK Independence Party – which wants to get out of the European Union – is rapidly gaining ground, becoming the third most popular party in the country, according to a new poll for The Independent on Sunday. Almost one in five people plan to vote for it in the next general election. Ukip’s overall ratings have risen four points to 19 per cent in the past month, despite Prime Minister David Cameron’s efforts to wrest back control of the crucial debate over Britain’s relationship with the European Union.

Right-wing nationalist parties are gaining ground elsewhere in Europe as well. In the U.S., not only are Republicans sounding more nationalistic of late (anti-immigrant, anti-trade), but they continue to push “states rights” – as states increasingly battle against one another to give global companies ever larger tax breaks and subsidies.

Nothing could strengthen the hand of global capital more than such breakups.

Robert B. Reich has served in three national administrations, most recently as secretary of labor under President Bill Clinton. He also served on President Obama’s transition advisory board. His latest book is Aftershock: The Next Economy and America’s Future. His homepage is www.robertreich.org.

This article originally appeared on : AlterNet

Iran disbands two terrorist groups

0

The Iranian Intelligence Ministry says it has identified and delivered a severe blow to two terrorist groups.

The Iranian Intelligence Ministry says it has identified and disbanded two terrorist groups that smuggled weapons into the country.

In a statement released on Monday, the Ministry said, Å“The enemies of the nation have intensified their destructive activities and [are] making arrangements for different types of seditious acts ahead of the upcoming … election.”

The Ministry has managed to Å“identify and neutralize a number of enemy plots and scenarios” as it had been monitoring the moves of enemy agents and therefore made necessary preparations to counter them, the statement added.

œAmong the most recent plots uncovered by the [Intelligence] Ministry was the smuggling of a large cache of light weapons into the country.

After intelligence and security work, two terrorist groups behind the transfer of weapons into the country from its western and eastern borders were identified and disbanded, the statement said.

It said that the groups were transferring a considerable number of different weapons, including pistols and grenades, into central parts of the country when they were quickly identified and arrested in Kermanshah and Sistan-Baluchestan Province and their arms were also confiscated.

AR/HGH

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

US drone attack kills 8 in Afghanistan

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]At least eight people have died in an airstrike by a US killer drone in Afghanistan’s eastern province of Kapisa.

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Portugal bankers warn EU to stop ‘playing with fire’

0

The heads of Portugal’s biggest banks Millenium BCP and Banco Espirito Santo, have called on European leaders to stop “playing with fire” and alarming depositors in Eurozone economies.

The top bankers expressed concern that the treatment of Cyprus
has set a new precedent and as a result nervousness in the region
is reaching dangerous levels.

“Leaders need to moderate their language. This could be very
bad,”
Ricardo Espírito Santo Salgado, chief executive of Banco
Espirito Santo, told the Financial Times.

“If someone had designed a plan to hurt the European market, it
would be difficult to think of something better.  You can’t keep
playing with fire,”
President of Millenium BCP, Nuno Amado
said, talking about a “Cyprus virus.”

In March Cypriot account holders were told to take a cut on their
savings so that their government could qualify for a bailout
package from the troika of international lenders.

The impact of the shock decision is still being felt in Portugal
and other Eurozone countries, economist Tobias Blattner told RT,
stressing that EU leaders need to come up a concrete plan before
they meet for an EU Summit in June this year.

“There is a very strong consensus that the Cypriot bail-out was
certainly not made in the best way, because it was made in
unpredictable way and I think it clearly rose to the uncertainty
among investors everywhere in euroarea. So there is a strong
consensus there should be a bail-in, which is certainly something
good in a long run but it should be according to clear spelled out
rules and that essence it’s now very important that leaders in
summit in June at the very latest will come out with a very clear
bail-in packing order that uninsured depositors will not be hit in
any restructuring of banks in euroarea in the future.”

This article originally appeared on : RT

Assange extradition case ‘a fit-up’?

0

The UK government eavesdropping agency, GCHQ, is facing embarrassing revelations after its internal correspondence was made public by WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange.

The WikiLeaks founder used subject access request to access the agency exchanges about himself, which allegedly calls his extradition to Sweden ‘a fit-up’.

Assange told a Spanish TV program Salvado on Sunday night that an Å“official request for information gave him access to instant messages that remained unclassified by GCHQ”.

He said the records contained chatter including speculation that he is being framed by Swedish authorities seeking his extradition on rape allegations.

A message from September 2012, read out by Assange, apparently says: “They are trying to arrest him on suspicion of XYZ … It is definitely a fit-up… Their timings are too convenient right after Cablegate.”

The WikiLeaks founder has spent the past 11 months in the Ecuadorian embassy in London to avoid arrest and extradition to Sweden where he is wanted for a range of allegations made against him after he published tons of U.S. military and diplomatic cables linked to the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan and beyond.

Assange said that GCHQ had been unaware that it might have anything on him that was not classified.

“It won’t hand over any of the classified information,” he said. “But, much to its surprise, it has some unclassified information on us.”

“We have just received this. It is not public yet,” he added.

GCHQ is exempt from the Freedom of Information Act. However, it is understood that Assange’s request was a subject access request, a mechanism under the Data Protection Act that can be used by individuals to obtain personal information that bodies hold about them.

MOL/HE

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Obama DOJ formally accuses journalist in leak case of committing crimes

0

Glenn Greenwald
The Guardian
May 20, 2013

Fox News reporter James Rosen

It is now well known that the Obama justice department has prosecuted more government leakers under the 1917 Espionage Act than all prior administrations combined — in fact, double the number of all such prior prosecutions. But as last week’s controversy over the DOJ’s pursuit of the phone records of AP reporters illustrated, this obsessive fixation in defense of secrecy also targets, and severely damages, journalists specifically and the newsgathering process in general.

New revelations emerged yesterday in the Washington Post that are perhaps the most extreme yet when it comes to the DOJ’s attacks on press freedoms. It involves the prosecution of State Department adviser Stephen Kim, a naturalized citizen from South Korea who was indicted in 2009 for allegedly telling Fox News’ chief Washington correspondent, James Rosen, that US intelligence believed North Korea would respond to additional UN sanctions with more nuclear tests — something Rosen then reported. Kim did not obtain unauthorized access to classified information, nor steal documents, nor sell secrets, nor pass them to an enemy of the US. Instead, the DOJ alleges that he merely communicated this innocuous information to a journalist — something done every day in Washington — and, for that, this arms expert and long-time government employee faces more than a decade in prison for “espionage”.

The focus of the Post’s report yesterday is that the DOJ’s surveillance of Rosen, the reporter, extended far beyond even what they did to AP reporters. The FBI tracked Rosen’s movements in and out of the State Department, traced the timing of his calls, and — most amazingly — obtained a search warrant to read two days worth of his emails, as well as all of his emails with Kim. In this case, said the Post, “investigators did more than obtain telephone records of a working journalist suspected of receiving the secret material.” It added that “court documents in the Kim case reveal how deeply investigators explored the private communications of a working journalist”.

Read full article

This article originally appeared on : Infowars

Electromagnetic Fields (EMFs), Extremely Low-Frequency (ELF) and Radiofrequency (RF): What are the Health Impacts?

0

by Alex Quinn

Particularly now that wireless communications are so closely integrated into our daily lives, electromagnetic fields (EMFs) are all around us.

Our cities, especially the larger ones, are perpetually shrouded in an invisible electrosmog, a ‘sea’ of EMFs through which we swim every day.

But does this momentous development in civilisation come with health effects — and if so, can we do anything to reduce them?

What is ELF-EMF and what are its sources?

It’s important to realise that there are two main forms of EMF: radiofrequency (RF)-EMF and extremely low-frequency (ELF)-EMFs.  The frequency range of ELF-EMF is 1—300 Hz, and the Earth’s natural geomagnetic field strength varies from around 60 μT (microtesla) at the magnetic poles to around 30 μT at the equator.

Many man-made sources of ELF-EMF exist. Prime among these artificial sources are power lines and electronic appliances, with vacuum cleaners, electric can-openers, microwave ovens, shavers and hair dryers among the most powerful.  These appliances emit ELF-EMF at field intensities ranging from 17.44 to 164.75 μT, measured from 5 cm away.  Since the intensity of magnetic fields decreases dramatically with increased distance from the source, the corresponding range of magnetic field intensities at 50 cm is 0.12—1.66 μT.

Table 1. ELF-EMFs produced by domestic appliances. Taken from IARC Monograph Volume 80 (2002).

The International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (INCIRP) has set limits of 1 mT (millitesla) for occupational exposure to ELF-EMF, and 200 μT for general public exposure. While these limits are not breached by individual man-made sources, additive effects must also be considered, as we shall see.

What is RF-EMF and what are its sources?

The frequencies of RF-EMFs are considerably higher than ELF-EMFs, ranging from 100 kHz to 300 GHz.  As its name suggests, the main uses of RF-EMF are in broadcasting information.  In today’s data-driven world, this means that RF-EMF is constantly around us: it is produced by things such as mobile phone base stations, cordless phones, utility ‘smart’ meters, remote control toys, wireless networks, radar and baby monitors. In addition, there are various natural sources of RF-EMF, including the Earth, the Sun and other black body radiators.

Here’s a shocking statistic: did you know that having a cordless phone base station in your house can expose you to the same level of RF-EMFs as having a mobile phone mast in your back garden?

Do EMFs pose health problems?

The mainstream view is that the only potential danger from EMFs stems from their heating effects on tissue, in the case of RF-EMF, or of electrical currents induced in the body for ELF-EMF. However, there is strong evidence to suggest that the athermal effects of ELF- and RF-EMFs also contribute to various health problems.

Childhood leukaemia

According to the BioInitiative report, evidence indicates that risk of childhood leukaemia in young boys doubles when they are exposed to ELF-EMF levels of 1.4 mG (milligauss), while other studies indicate that leukaemia risks begin at 2, 3 and 4 mG. This occurs in the context of an ICNIRP limit of 1000 mG.

The BioInitiative report also found that ELF-EMFs interfered with recovery from childhood leukaemia: if a child was exposed to levels of ≥2 mG during recovery, their risk of death increased by 300%, while at levels of ≥4 mG that risk increased to 450%.

Alzheimer’s disease

ELF-EMF has also been found to increase the risk of Alzheimer’s disease by increasing levels of a protein called amyloid beta, a leading risk factor for Alzheimer’s.

Melatonin

EMFs have also been found to decrease the levels of melatonin in the body.  Melatonin is produced in the pineal gland of the brain, which produces melatonin when it directly or indirectly detects low light levels.  EMFs may interfere with this mechanism because the brain confuses them with light waves, thus suppressing the pineal gland’s melatonin production.  Melatonin is an absolutely vital hormone.  It acts as a powerful antioxidant, and has been found to aid in the prevention of Alzheimer’s, depression, cardiovascular diseases, insomnia, mood disorders, tinnitus and various cancers.

Brain and auditory nerve cancers

RF-EMFs have been given a 2B classification — possibly carcinogenic — by the International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC).  They have been found to be possible causes of acoustic neuromas and brain tumours called gliomas.  Studies have shown that using cordless phones, which produce RF-EMFs, can increase the risk of brain tumours by up to 470% after ≥10 years of use when habitually used on one side of the head. Mobile phones, in the same scenario, can increase the risk by up to 200%.  Both mobiles and cordless phones can trigger reactions in people who suffer from electrohypersensitivity.

What about interactions between EMFs and other factors?

Of course, EMFs don’t affect us in isolation: everyone living in a city, for example, is bombarded by numerous chemical toxins and other environmental pollutants, and many of them take multiple pharmaceutical drugs — in addition to constant EMF exposure. We are at an early stage of investigating and defining these complex interactions, but existing research indicates that these combinations can have both beneficial and adverse effects. For example, in vitro DNA damage was caused by a 7 mT magnetic field in combination with ferrous chloride, but not with either agent alone. Other combinations of EMFs and agents enhanced analgesia and neural performance.

Call to action: Reduce your EMF exposure!

Thus, you should take as many steps as possible to reduce your exposure to EMFs.  Suggested strategies include:

  • Using fibre-optic cables for your broadband
  • Using wired connections whenever possible
  • Keeping mobile and cordless phones away from your body
  • Using wired baby monitors: children are more effected by EMFs than adults
  • Keeping wireless routers or cordless phones out of regularly used bedrooms or children’s bedrooms
  • Reducing time spent in calls when using mobile or cordless phones
  • Reducing children’s exposure to wireless devices as much as possible
  • Avoiding using microwave oven
  • Avoiding placing wireless computers on your lap
  • Avoiding allowing your children to use remote-control toys for long periods of time, if at all

ANH Europe Homepage
ANH EMR campaign page

This article originally appeared on : Global Research

Iran, Afghanistan sign judicial agreement

0

Iranâ„¢s Judiciary Chief Ayatollah Sadeq Amoli Larijani and his Afghan counterpart Abdulsalam Azimi have signed an agreement to bolster judicial and legal cooperation between the two countries.

The agreement was signed by the Iranian and Afghan judiciary chiefs in Tehran on Monday at the end of the latterâ„¢s three-day visit to Iran.

According to the accord, Amoli Larijani and Azimi stressed the importance of promoting judicial and legal cooperation and implementing judicial agreements already signed between the two countries.

The two officials expressed their willingness to share legal experience.

They agreed to implement an agreement on the transfer of those convicted to life imprisonment between the two countries at the earliest while the Iranian side voiced readiness to repatriate the first group of Afghan prisoners.

SF/HGH

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Carlin 1

0

Chomsky 1

0

Austerity

0

Riots in Stockholm After Police Shooting

0

Niclas Rolander
Wall Street Journal
May 20, 2013

Rioting youth torched cars and fought police in a Stockholm suburb into the early hours of Monday, injuring four police officers and causing substantial damage to property.

The rioting was caused by anger over the fatal police shooting of an elderly man in the Husby area a week ago, according to Megafonen, a local youth organization.

Police said between 60 and 100 persons, most of them young men, took part in the riots, which started after 10 p.m. local time on Sunday. After a car was set alight, the first police patrol on the scene was met with stone-throwing, local police chief Daniel Mattsson said.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, May 20, 2013 at 11:46 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on : Infowars

Iranian authorities hang two ‘spies’ convicted of working for U.S. and Israel

0

Helen Lawson
Daily Mail
May 20, 2013

Iranian authorities have executed two men convicted of spying for Israel’s Mossad and the American CIA spy agency, according to the country’s state radio.

Mohammad Heidari, accused of passing security-related information and secrets to Mossad agents in exchange for money, and Kourosh Ahmadi, accused of gathering information for the CIA, were hanged at dawn, it said.

The sentence for their execution was handed down by Tehran’s Revolutionary Court and confirmed by the country’s Supreme Court.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, May 20, 2013 at 11:41 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on : Infowars

Iran VP urges oil, gas ties with Pakistan

0

Iranâ„¢s First Vice President Mohammad-Reza Rahimi says the Islamic Republic is ready to increase the level of bilateral cooperation with Pakistan in all fields, particularly in oil and gas sectors.

In a Monday telephone conversation with the leader of Pakistanâ„¢s Muslim League-Nawaz (PML-N), Nawaz Sharif, the Iranian vice president expressed hope Tehran and Islamabad would further improve relations during the new Pakistani governmentâ„¢s mandate.

Rahimi said Iran supports Pakistani progress and development and voiced Tehranâ„¢s readiness to meet part of Islamabadâ„¢s need for gas and electricity.

On March 11, Iranâ„¢s President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad and his Pakistani counterpart Asif Ali Zardari inaugurated the final construction phase of the Iran-Pakistan gas pipeline, intended to carry natural gas from Iran to its eastern neighbor.

The joint multi-billion-dollar pipeline is designed to help Pakistan overcome its growing energy needs at a time when the country of over 180 million people is grappling with serious energy shortages.

Rahimi further stressed the importance of more interaction and consultation between Iran and Pakistan on key regional and international developments and issues of the Muslim world.

Sharif, for his part, said Pakistan is ready to enhance the level of its relations with Iran and added that the Pakistani government would make serious efforts to achieve this goal.

SF/HGH

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

North Korea Fires Sixth Missile in Three Days

0

Chookyung Kim
Reuters
May 20, 2013

North Korea fired two short-range missiles on Monday, making six launches in three days, and it condemned South Korea for criticizing what it said were its legitimate military drills.

South Korea’s Defense Ministry said North Korea had fired one missile on Monday morning and a second one in the afternoon. Both were fired into the sea off North Korea’s east coast, a ministry official said.

The launches come hard on the heels of more than two months of threats from North Korea that it would wage a nuclear war against South Korea and the United States if it were attacked.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, May 20, 2013 at 11:31 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on : Infowars

Corporations Are Stealing Billions, While the Confused, Screwed Citizenry Turn On Each Other

0

May 20, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

As global capital becomes ever more powerful, giant corporations are holding governments and citizens up for ransom – eliciting subsidies and tax breaks from countries concerned about their nation’s “competitiveness” – while sheltering their profits in the lowest-tax jurisdictions they can find. Major advanced countries – and their citizens – need a comprehensive tax agreement that won’t allow global corporations to get away with this.

Google, Amazon, Starbucks, every other major corporation, and every big Wall Street bank, are sheltering as much of their U.S. profits abroad as they can, while telling Washington that lower corporate taxes are necessary in order to keep the U.S. “competitive.”

Baloney. The fact is, global corporations have no allegiance to any country; their only objective is to make as much money as possible – and play off one country against another to keep their taxes down and subsidies up, thereby shifting more of the tax burden to ordinary people whose wages are already shrinking because companies are playing workers off against each other.

I’m in London for a few days, and all the talk here is about how Goldman Sachs just negotiated a sweetheart deal to settle a tax dispute with the British government; Google is manipulating its British sales to pay almost no taxes here by using its low-tax Ireland subsidiary (the chair of the Parliamentary committee investigating this has just called the do-no-evil firm “devious, calculating, and unethical”); Amazon has been found to route its British sales through a subsidiary in low-tax Luxembourg, and now receives more in subsidies from the British government than it pays here in taxes; Starbucks’ tax-avoidance strategy was so blatant British consumers began boycotting the firm until it reversed course.

Meanwhile, At a time when you’d expect nations to band together to gain bargaining power against global capital, the opposite is occurring: Xenophobia is breaking out all over.

Here in Britain, the UK Independence Party – which wants to get out of the European Union – is rapidly gaining ground, becoming the third most popular party in the country, according to a new poll for The Independent on Sunday. Almost one in five people plan to vote for it in the next general election. Ukip’s overall ratings have risen four points to 19 per cent in the past month, despite Prime Minister David Cameron’s efforts to wrest back control of the crucial debate over Britain’s relationship with the European Union.

Right-wing nationalist parties are gaining ground elsewhere in Europe as well. In the U.S., not only are Republicans sounding more nationalistic of late (anti-immigrant, anti-trade), but they continue to push “states rights” – as states increasingly battle against one another to give global companies ever larger tax breaks and subsidies.

Nothing could strengthen the hand of global capital more than such breakups.

Robert B. Reich has served in three national administrations, most recently as secretary of labor under President Bill Clinton. He also served on President Obama’s transition advisory board. His latest book is Aftershock: The Next Economy and America’s Future. His homepage is www.robertreich.org.

This article originally appeared on : AlterNet

Virginia GOP Nominee For Attorney General Would Force Women To Report Their Miscarriages To Police — Or Face 1 Year in Jail

0

May 20, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

If a woman in Virginia has a miscarriage without a doctor present, they must report it within 24 hours to the police or risk going to jail for a full year. At least, that’s what would have happened if a bill introduced by Virginia state Sen. Mark Obenshain (R) had become law.

And yet, the Virginia Republican Party wants to make Obenshain into the state’s top prosecutor. This weekend, Virginia Republicans selected Obenshain as their nominee to replace tea party stalwart Ken Cuccinelli (R) as the state’s attorney general.

Under Obenshain’s bill, which was introduced in 2009,

When a fetal death occurs without medical attendance upon the mother at or after the delivery or abortion, the mother or someone acting on her behalf shall, within 24 hours, report the fetal death, location of the remains, and identity of the mother to the local or state police or sheriff’s department of the city or county where the fetal death occurred. No one shall remove, destroy, or otherwise dispose of any remains without the express authorization of law-enforcement officials or the medical examiner. Any person violating the provisions of this subsection shall be guilty of a Class 1 misdemeanor.

Under Virginia law, a Class 1 misdemeanor carries a maximum sentence of “ confinement in jail for not more than twelve months and a fine of not more than $2,500,” so Obenshain’s bill could lead to a woman who decides to take a day to grieve the loss of a pregnancy she’d hoped to carry to term spending a year of her life in jail for that decision.

Even without Obenshain’s bill, Virginia law already treats many miscarriages as potential crimes. Under existing Virginia law, “[w]hen a fetal death occurs without medical attendance upon the mother at or after the delivery or abortion or when inquiry or investigation by a medical examiner is required, the medical examiner shall investigate the cause of fetal death and shall complete and sign the medical certification portion of the fetal death report within twenty-four hours after being notified of a fetal death.” Obsenshain, however, would treat many women as if they were criminal suspects at the moment they are confronted with a deep personal tragedy – and imprison them if they would rather deal with that tragedy privately with their family than share the vulnerable moment after a miscarriage with law enforcement.

Ian Milhiser is a Policy Analyst and Blogger on legal issues at the Center for American Progress and the CAP Action Fund.

This article originally appeared on : AlterNet

Russian forces foil attack on Moscow

0

File photo shows policemen in the Russian capital, Moscow.

Russian security forces have foiled a terror attack on the countryâ„¢s capital, Moscow, killing two of the plotters and arresting another.

On Monday, Russiaâ„¢s National Anti-Terror Committee issued a statement saying, Å“Our forceful actions prevented an attempted act of terror in the capital.”

The statement added that the three plotters were ethnic Russians and were detected on the outskirts of the capital.

A Russian security official was wounded after a gunfire broke out between the plotters and security forces.

Following the incident, Kremlin issued a statement saying that President Vladimir Putin was personally informed about the foiled attack.

Earlier the same day, at least eight people were killed after two car bombs hit Russiaâ„¢s violence-plagued North Caucasus republic of Dagestan on the same day.

The explosions took place outside a court in Dagestan’s capital, Makhachkala.

MAM/SS

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Pakistan court grants Musharraf bail

0

Pervez Musharraf (C) is escorted by soldiers as he arrives at an anti-terrorism court in Islamabad on April 20, 2013.

A Pakistani court in Rawalpindi has granted bail to former military ruler, Pervez Musharraf, in a case related to the murder of former Prime Minister Benazir Bhutto.

“General Musharraf’s bail has been confirmed,” said Mohammad Aslam Joya, an anti-terrorism court official on Monday.

Sources say the retired general will remain under house arrest despite the bail order because he also faces charges over the sacking of judges back in 2007.

Musharraf has been under house arrest in his farmhouse on the edge of Islamabad since April 19 on charges of conspiracy to murder Bhutto.

The former military ruler denies the allegations and claims they are politically motivated.

Azhar Chaudhry, the special prosecutor, had opposed bail for Musharraf, saying there was a risk he would leave the country.

However, Musharraf’s lawyer, Ahmed Raza Kasuri, has given assurances that he would not flee.

“He will stay in the country and won’t go abroad. He will stay very much here. Rumors that he will go abroad before Nawaz Sharif takes charge of the prime minister office are false,” Kasuri said.

Musharraf returned from exile in March to stand in last week’s general elections. But, he was barred from running over charges dating back to his time in power.

Musharraf, who assumed power in a bloodless coup in 1999, was forced to step down and leave Pakistan in 2008. Heâ„¢s been living in the UK and the UAE since then.

JR/SS

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Iran condemns Iraq deadly attacks

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Iran has condemned terrorist attacks across Iraq which have killed nearly 80 people including a number of Iranian pilgrims.

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

News:

0

Democracy

0

Labor union chief calls immigration bill dangerous, sees agency as ‘approval machine’

0

Stephen Dinan
Washington Times
May 20, 2013

The Senate’s immigration bill will raise national security risks and the Obama administration will do little more than “rubber-stamp” illegal immigrants into the program, endangering Americans, says the labor union representing the 12,000 employees who will have to approve the applications.

Kenneth Palinkas, president of the American Federation of Government Employees Council 119, which represents officers and staff at U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services, will deliver a damning critique of the Senate bill Monday, according to a copy of his statement obtained by The Washington Times.

His statement goes well beyond the current debate, portraying an agency intent on approving as many illegal immigrants as possible.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, May 20, 2013 at 11:23 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on : Infowars

'51 killed in South Sudan clashes'

0

Refugees from South Kordofan gather in the shade of trees at dusk at the Yida Refugee Camp in South Sudan. (File photo)

Fifty one people have lost their lives in two separate clashes in eastern and northeastern regions of South Sudan, government officials say.

In a battle between South Sudanâ„¢s military and militants led by David Yau Yau in the eastern state of Jonglei, South Sudan’s largest state, on Sunday, 24 people, including 20 militants and four government troops, were killed, said South Sudanese military commander, Colonel Philip Aguer.

The army recaptured the town of Boma, near the border with Ethiopia, from the militants who had seized the town earlier this month, the military official noted.

South Sudan’s military Å“restored law and order to Boma and chased away the rebels to the hills outside town,” Aguer said.

Elsewhere in the northeastern state of Upper Nile, cattle raiders suspected to be from Jonglei state killed 27 people early on Saturday, local officials said.

The assailants attacked the villagers at mid-night when people were asleep, said Commissioner Dak Tap, a local official.

Å“The attackers killed 23 people on the spot and stole more than 2,000 cattle. In the morning, youth in the affected village pursued the raiders and in the ensuing exchange of fire four more people, including three rebels, were killed,” Tap added.

In July 2011, South Sudan voted to break away from Sudan following a two-decade civil war that killed about two million people in the East African country. But the new oil-rich nation, which is one of the least-developed countries in the world, has had to confront ethnic tensions and rebellions of its own.

Yau Yau rebelled against the government in Juba after he was defeated in the elections of April 2010. However, he accepted amnesty in June 2011, a month before South Sudan won independence from Sudan after decades of civil war.

ASH/SS

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

No Bear Market In Gold. “Bullish Sentiment” in the Market for Physical Gold Bullion

0

You know that gold bear market that the financial press keeps touting? The one George Soros keeps proclaiming? Well, it is not there. The gold bear market is disinformation that is helping elites acquire the gold.

Certainly, Soros himself doesn’t believe it, as the 13-F release issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 15 proves. George Soros has significantly increased his gold holding by purchasing $25.2 million of call options on the GDXJ Junior Gold Miners Index.(see bullmarketthinking.com)

In addition, the Soros Fund maintains a $32 million stake in individual mines; added 1.1 million shares of GDX (a gold miners ETF) to its holdings which now stand at 2,666,000 shares valued at $70,400,000; has 1,100,000 shares in GDXJ valued at $11,506,000; and 530,000 shares in the GLD gold fund valued at $69,467,000. [values as of May 17]

The 13-F release shows the Soros Fund with $239,200,000 in gold investments. If this is bearish sentiment, what would it take to be bullish?

The media reports that Soros had sold his gold holdings came from misinterpreting the reason Soros’ holdings in the GLD gold trust declined. Soros did not sell the shares; he redeemed the paper claims for physical gold. Watching the gold ETFs, such as GLD, being looted by banksters, Soros cashed in some of his own paper gold for the real stuff.

The giveaway that Soros is extremely bullish on gold comes not only from his extensive holdings, but also from his $25.2 million call option on junior gold stocks. This is a highly leveraged bet on the weakest gold mines. With high production costs and falling gold price from constant short selling in the paper market, Soros’ bet makes no sense unless he thinks gold is heading up as the short raids concentrate gold in elite possession.

In previous articles I have explained how heavy short-selling triggers stop-loss orders and margin calls on investors in gold ETFs. Scared out of their shares or forced out by margin calls, investors’ add to the downward price pressure caused by the shorts. Bullion banks and prominent investors such as Soros are the only ones who can redeem GLD shares for physical metal. They purchase the shares that are sold in response to the falling gold price, and present the shares for redemption in gold metal.

Insiders familiar with the process describe it as looting the ETFs of their gold basis.

In my last column I described how the orchestration of a falling gold price in the paper market protects the dollar’s value from the Federal Reserve’s policy of printing 1,000 billion new ones annually. The other beneficiary of the operation is the financial elite who buy up at low prices the ETF shares sold into a falling market and redeem them for gold. Like all other forms of wealth in the West, gold is being concentrated in fewer hands, while the elite shout “bear market, get out of gold.”

The orchestrated decline in gold and silver prices is apparent from the fact that the demand for bullion in the physical market has increased while short sales in the paper market imply a flight from bullion. As a hedge fund manager told me, it is a Wall Street axiom that volume follows price. Bull markets are characterized by rising prices on high volume. Conversely bear markets feature declining prices on low volume. The current bear market in gold consists of paper gold declining steadily while demand has escalated rapidly for physical metal. This strongly indicates that demand for physical gold continues to be in a bull market despite the savage attacks on paper gold.

If the orchestration is apparent to me, a person with no experience as a gold trader, it certainly must be apparent to federal regulators. But don’t expect any action from the Commodities Future Trading Corporation. It is headed by a former Goldman Sachs executive.

And don’t expect any investigation from the financial press. The financial press sees a bear market while supplies of bullion decline, premiums over spot rise, and even publicly declared bears such as George Soros make highly leveraged bets that will fail in the absence of a bull market in gold.

This article originally appeared on : Global Research

2 soldiers killed in Lebanon’s Tripoli

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]At least two soldiers have been killed and three others injured in Lebanon’s northern city of Tripoli.

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Millions at risk as deadly tornadoes rip through US (PHOTOS, VIDEOS)

0

Life-threatening tornadoes ripped through five states on Sunday, killing one and injuring more than 20. Meteorologists predict that more than 60 million Americans remain at risk as the twisters continue to make their way through the US on Monday.

A severe storm has generated baseball-sized hail, high winds and
at least 28 tornadoes in the Midwest, including Oklahoma, Kansas
and Iowa. Residents remain in hiding as meteorologists forecast
that the severe weather conditions will continue to generate
destructive twisters.

Debris is seen at a mobile home park which was destroyed by a tornado on Sunday, west of Shawnee, Oklahoma May 19, 2013. (Reuters / Bill Waugh)

Oklahoma Gov. Mary Fallin declared 16 counties as disaster
areas. Power companies reported that more than 57,000 outages left
people in the dark. In Shawnee, Oklahoma, the body of a 79-year-old
man was found lying in an open area of a mobile home community.

“You could be killed if not underground or in a tornado
shelter,
” read a National Weather Service alert posted
Sunday. “Complete destruction of neighborhoods,
businesses and vehicles will occur. Flying debris will be deadly to
people and animals.”

In some regions, homes were destroyed, cars and trucks were
flipped from highways, downed power lines were sprawled across
neighborhoods, and trees were uprooted. The Oklahoma Highway Patrol
shut down Interstate 40 after semi-tractor trailer trucks and
several other vehicles were flipped by wind gusts, Newsok.com
reported.

“It’s tearing up everything. Just ripping everything up in
its sight,”
a helicopter pilot told CNN affiliate KFOR,
referencing a tornado near Wellston, Okla. “…Everything was just
gone. Like you took the house, you put it in a gigantic blender,
you turned it on pulse for a couple minutes and then you just
dumped it out.”

The state was littered with debris from damaged houses,
trailers, and vehicles. About 300 homes were in ruins and at least
23 people were injured, according to Fallin and Red Cross spokesman
Ken Garcia.

A downed tree which missed falling on a home in a mobile home park, where several other homes were destroyed by a tornado on Sunday, west of Shawnee, Oklahoma May 19, 2013. (Reuters / Bill Waugh)

Ethan Mignard, a staffer at a local newspaper, told CNN’s
iReport that the damage looked like something he had only ever seen
on TV. In some areas, patches of dirt remained where mobile homes
once stood, and children’s toys were littered across the ground and
hanging from trees. Mignard even came across a plot of land with
nothing remaining but the front steps to a house that is now
gone.

“It looks so out of place… To think that you would have taken
these stairs to enter a home, but instead, you look around from up
there and you see total destruction everywhere,”
he said.

Counties across Kansas, Nebraska, Iowa, Oklahoma, Minnesota,
Wisconsin, Illinois and Missouri were all placed under tornado
watches late Sunday, and are expected to experience
more damage.

“After over 300 reports of severe weather on
Sunday
, another round of dangerous severe weather is
expected Monday with the greatest threat once again in
the southern Plains targeting Oklahoma and parts of Kansas,
Missouri, and Arkansas,”
the National Weather Service reported.
“However, severe weather is possible much further north towards
Chicago and Madison as well.”

A semi-tractor trailer (top) rests on its side against the guard rails on Interstate 40 as another trailer lies broken open on the road below after falling from I-40, following a tornado strike near Highway 177 north of Shawnee, Oklahoma May 19, 2013. (Reuters / Bill Waugh)

This article originally appeared on : RT

Deadly tornadoes strike central US

0

A series of powerful tornadoes have swept through the central US states, killing at least two people and injuring several others.

A massive storm front including at least 19 tornadoes rampaged through the US states of Oklahoma, Kansas and Iowa on Sunday, killing 79-year-old Glen Irish and 76-year-old Billy Hutchinson, while injuring at least 21 others, police said.

The two men were found dead in the city of Shawnee near Oklahoma City, where a half-mile wide tornado razed a mobile home park.

In other areas, trees were shredded and homes destroyed with power lines strewn across roadways.

Å“You can see where there’s absolutely nothing, then there are places where you have mobile home frames on top of each other, debris piled up…. It looks like thereâ„¢s been heavy equipment in there on a demolition tour…. It’s pretty bad. It’s pretty much wiped out,” said Pottawatomie County Sheriff Mike Booth.

Oklahoma Governor Mary Fallin declared a state of emergency for 16 counties.

The storm started in the US state of Texas and moved along to Minnesota, with experts predicting more storms for Monday.

On May 15, an EF-4 tornado struck the US state of Texas, killing several people and injuring more than 100 residents.

GMA/SS

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Powerful quake hits off coast of Chile

0

An earthquake measuring 6.8 on the Richter scale has struck off the coast of Chile, but there have been no immediate reports of casualties.

The US Geological Survey (USGS) said the quake took place at 5:49 a.m. local time (0943 GMT) on Monday at a depth of 10 kilometers (six miles).

The epicenter was located some 600 kilometers (370 miles) from the southern city of Puerto Quellon.

Following the tremor, the Pacific Tsunami Warning Center in Hawaii issued a statement saying that localized tsunamis were possible due to the quakeâ„¢s strength.

Earthquakes are common in Chile. In February 2010, a devastating 8.8-magnitude quake hit Chile’s central Maule region. The quake and the resultant tsunami killed 551 people, destroyed 220,000 homes, and washed away docks, riverfronts and seaside resorts.

A 9.5-magnitude quake, which was the strongest earthquake ever recorded, killed over 5,000 people in Chile in 1960.

MAM/SS

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

US claims Chinese military is on new cyber offensive against America

0

Officials within the United States government say hackers from China have renewed their assault on US targets only three months after a highly-touted investigation linked the People’s Liberation Army to a series of cyberattacks waged at American entities.

According to the New York Times, computer security experts and
US officials alike say the PLA’s sophisticated cyber squadron is
attempting to hack American businesses after a brief hiatus.

Earlier this year, the Times cited a report by
Northern Virginia security firm Mandiant when they alleged that
Chinese hackers targeted businesses and government agencies inside
the US, as well as a Canadian utility company and others. Mandiant
said in the February report that the PLA “Unit 61398” group
compromised 141 companies across 20 major industries during the
last few years, infecting the computers at Coca-Cola, the Canadian
arm of Telvent and others.

Earlier this month, the US Department of Defense threw its
weight behind Mandiant’s claims, and for the first time ever the
administration of President Barack Obama accused China of
cybercrimes.

“In 2012, numerous computer systems around the world,
including those owned by the US government, continued to be
targeted for intrusions, some of which appear to be attributable
directly to the Chinese government and military
,” the Pentagon
wrote.

Now, the chief executive at Mandiant and a number of US
officials admit that China relaxed its campaign after the February
report was published – only to have already returned to its hacking
ways weeks later.

“They dialed it back for a little while, though other groups
that also wear uniforms didn’t even bother to do that
,” CEO
Kevin Mandia told the Times on Friday. “I think you have to view
this as the new normal
.”

Mandia told the Times that hackers halted their operations back
in February and attempted to wipe clean their digital fingerprints
by scrubbing away spyware and other espionage tools used to surveil
US businesses. Only one month after pausing, though, the hackers
have resorted to once again using sophisticated means to carefully
and clandestinely pilfer intelligence from American computers.

According to Mandia, Unit 61398 is now operating at 60 to 70
percent of what their campaigns resembled before being exposed in
the original New York Times article.

Obama administration officials, speaking on condition of
anonymity, did not react in disbelief. One senior official that
spoke to the Times said, “this is something we are going to have
to come back at time and again with the Chinese leadership
,”
who, he added, “have to be convinced there is a real cost to
this kind of activity
.”

Mandiant declined to identify which computer systems have been
allegedly targeted in the latest round of attacks, but claimed that
many of the very same entities hit before their report was
published are once again in trouble.

“The hackers now use the same malicious software they used to
break into the same organizations in the past, only with minor
modifications to the code
,” wrote David Sanger and Nicole
Perlroth for the paper. “[T]hey have gradually begun attacking
the same victims from new servers and have reinserted many of the
tools that enable them to seek out data without detection
.”

So far, though, the Chinese have largely refused to buy into the
claims that a top-secret PLA group is orchestrating some of the
most serious cyberattacks ever waged at American entities. It was
nearly one month after the February Mandiant report was released
when Premier Li Keqiang called the claims “groundless
accusations
” and impractical.

Hacking is a “worldwide problem and in fact China itself is a
main victim of such attacks
,” Li said in March. “China does
not support — in fact it is opposed to – – hacking
attacks
.”

At that meeting, a reporter asked Li, “Will China stop the
cyber- hacking against the US since it has now become an issue of
American national security
?”

“In your question I sensed the presumption of guilt,” the
premier responded.

Christopher Soghoian, a senior policy analyst at the American
Civil Liberties Union, wrote on Twitter after this week’s Times
article, “When the Chinese gov hacks into US computers, it is
cyberwar. When the US gov does it, it is ‘installing
software
.’”

It doesn’t hurt the cases brought up by both Li and Soghoian
that perhaps the most destructive tool of cyberwar used yet by any
nation-state – the worm Stuxnet – is largely considered to be a
tool developed by scientists working for the US and Israel.
Although the White House has yet to admit to those claims on the
record, Obama administration officials speaking on condition of
anonymity have attested that Washington ordered Stuxnet and other
malicious codes to be used against Iranian nuclear facilities.

Just days before Li’s remark, the head of the US Cyber Command
told the Senate Armed Services Committee that his agency plans to
have 13 separate units trained by 2015 specifically to launch offensive cyberattacks at
foreign targets.

“The teams are analogous to battalions in the Army and Marine
Corps – or squadrons in the Navy and Air Force
,” Gen. Keith
Alexander said at the hearing. “In short, they will soon be
capable of operating on their own, with a range of operational and
intelligence skill sets, as well as a mix of military and civilian
personnel
.”

“I would like to be clear that this team. . . is an offensive
team
,” he said.

Speaking to the Wall Street Journal a month later, Geng Shuang,
a spokesman for the Chinese Embassy in Washington, accused the US
of “using cybersecurity as an excuse to take inappropriate
actions against Chinese companies and individuals
” without
providing “proof and evidence.”

“China stands ready to carry out constructive cooperation
with all countries, including the US, to safeguard peace and
security of the cyberspace on the basis of mutual respect
,” he
said.

This article originally appeared on : RT

Former finance minister Kudrin blames United Russia for economic stagnation

0

Aleksey Kudrin, addressing the State Duma, stated that the development of Russia’s political system is “lagging behind the challenges of the time and doesn’t provide the mechanisms to build up the country’s modernization.”

According to the former financial minister “even if we roll
up our sleeves right now, we’ll have to sweat our guts out for
three years or five years in order to achieve the new elements of
effectiveness.” 

Kudrin put all the blame on United Russia in his speech at the
so-called Open Tribune in the Duma.

After the session, when asked by RIA-Novosti how he evaluates the
performance of Dmitry Medvedev’s government, Kudrin said it was
“unsatisfactory.”

United Russia’s Andrey Isaev found the former minister’s comments
“cynical and hypocritical.”  

The MP said that his party can only be blamed for not pushing for
Kudrin’s resignation from the government earlier.  

Isaev said it was the ex-minister himself, who laid the foundations
for the current financial difficulties as he refused to “use
natural resources for the development of the country”

during his time in office in 2000-11.

The parliament’s speaker, Sergey Naryshkin, backed Kudrin, saying
United Russia like any “political party must take responsibility
for the decisions it makes.”

Fair Russia party MP, Oksana Dmitrieva, stressed that United Russia
has “no political will” as the party only reflects the will
of the government in power.

She claimed Kudrin himself was responsible for all the losses,
“the great economic conditions in the last 13 years were lost
largely because of Kudrin’s actions,”
Dmitrieva added.

In his recent interview with Komsomolskaya Parvada, Dmitry Medvedev
confirmed that Russia’s economic growth was insufficient and has to
be increased to 4 or 5 per cent per year.  

At the same time, the head of the Russian government has called the
current world economic conditions “more or less acceptable”
for the country.

Medvedev promised that Russia wouldn’t see a repeat of the 2008-09
economic crisis, reassuring that there was no need to “squirrel
away stewed meat, soap, matches and salt”
this time.

This article originally appeared on : RT

CIA Troublemaking in Caucasus

0

It is clear that Russia’s arrest and expulsion of two CIA agents who were trying to recruit members of the Russian intelligence service fighting against Salafist separatists in the Caucasus is part of a Russian mopping-up operation directed at the CIA’s decades-long covert support for terrorists operating in the Northern and Southern Caucasus.

Russia’s Federal Security Bureau (FSB) recently arrested Ryan Christopher Fogle, a CIA «official cover» U.S. embassy Third Secretary, who was trying to recruit an FSB counter-terrorism officer for the CIA. A Russian phone intercept of Fogle’s conversation with the targeted counter-terrorism officer revealed the following offer by the CIA agent: “You can earn up to $1 million per year and I’ll give you $100,000 up front, but only if we meet right now. Yes or no?» Earlier this year, the FSB nabbed another CIA agent, yet unnamed, and quietly deported him.

The list of key U.S. Foreign Service officers, dated April 1, 2013, does not contain Fogle’s name on the list of key U.S. diplomats assigned to the Moscow embassy. Traditionally, the CIA prefers to operate under the official cover of “Political Officer” at large embassies like Moscow. In smaller embassies, the CIA presence can often be found in the deputy chief of mission. The Political Officer in Moscow is Michael Klecheski, formerly with the CIA-connected RAND Corporation and the National Security Council, who was assigned to the Moscow embassy during Soviet times. There is a good chance that Klecheski was Fogle’s local supervisor. The FSB revealed publicly that the CIA station chief for the embassy is Stephen Holmes. Another embassy Third Secretary, Benjamin Dillon, was expelled in January for activities similar to those of Fogle.

According to Turkish sources, the Jamestown Foundation’s operations in the Caucasus are tied in directly with those of the CIA. Accused Boston Marathion bomber Tamerlan Tsarnaev, according to documents from the Georgian Interior Ministry, attended training sessions in Tbilisi, Georgia last year sponsored by Jamestown. The foundation was set up as an anti-Soviet organization by CIA director William Casey in the early 1980s. Its board of directors have included the author Tom Clancy who gained fame by penning thrillers that pitted the United States against the Soviet Union in Cold War skirmishes.

Jamestown president Glen E. Howard is fluent in Turkish and Azerbaijani. Tamerlan’s uncle, Ruslan Tsarni (aka Tsarnaev) had been a business associate of former CIA Turkish specialist Graham Fuller, who has participated in a number of Jamestown events.

Jamestown has two major missions on behalf of the CIA: 1) to ensure the flow of energy, including oil and natural gas, from the Caspian through pipelines in Azerbaijan, Georgia, and Turkey and 2) prop up or topple governments in the region to ensure U.S. predominance. The latter is accomplished through organizing the political opposition, setting up conferences, and gaining influence in universities through non-governmental organizations established to veil the CIA’s financing of the operations. The NGOs ensure the CIA has a cadre of academics, politicians, former bureaucrats and diplomats, and intelligence agents to support its efforts through participation in «joint studies,» many of which are conducted by Jamestown. In return, the CIA provides its interlocutors with secret cash payments through the electronic transfer of funds to their bank accounts.

Howard has publicly revealed the U.S. bases of operations are in West Azerbaijan and Georgia and the target is the South and North Caucasus.

Turkish sources also report that the key Jamestown interlocutor between the organization and the Caucasus Emirate of Salafist guerrillas, among whom Tamerlan Tsarnaev made contact, is Fatima Tlisova, a former Russian national of Circassian ethnicity and a journalist. Granted political asylum by the United States, Tlisova reportedly met, shortly before his death, the head of the Salafist Caucasus Emirate branch in Kabardino-Balkaria, Anzor Astemirov, aka «Emir Sayfullah,» who was killed in a shootout with police on March 24, 2010 in Nalchik, the Kabardino-Balkaria capital. Tlisova now travels on a U.S. passport, according to Turkish sources. Astemirov was on record stating that he did not support a global jihad against countries such as the United States and had asked the United States for assistance in the Islamic Emirate’s war against Russia. The Caucasus Emirate is known to receive substantial financial support from Saudi Arabia and Qatar.

A Circassian Russian named Ali Berzeg also operates under Jamestown’s umbrella, according to Turkish sources and he is active in the «No Sochi» campaign to boycott the Sochi Winter Olympics next year. Berzeq participated in the November 19-21, 2010 Jamestown conference in Tbilisi on Circassian nationalism in the Adygea and Karachay-Cherkessia autonomous republics of Russia. He also spoke of support for Jamestown’s Circassian adventurism by the governments of Estonia and Lithuania, particularly that offered by Estonian Member of the European Parliament (MEP) Indrek Tarand. Berzeg also revealed in Tbilisi that the Circassians were supported by diaspora communities based in New York, Istanbul, Antalya, Munich, and Haifa.

Jamestown, through its links with Fuller, and through, him, with Tsarni, had two Chechen organizations circling its orbit: the Congress of Chechen International Organizations, located at Fuller’s home in Maryland, and the United States-Chechen Republic Alliance Inc., located at the home of Alavi Tsarnaev, Ruslan Tsarni’s brother. Jamestown is also linked, according to Turkish sources, with the Cerkes Society of New Jersey, the New Jersey Circassian Association, and the Circassian Cultural Institute (CCI), all, like their Chechen counterparts, taking full advantage of the Internal Revenue Service’s 501 (c) 3 tax-exempt provisions.

Jamestown was instrumental in founding the Circassian Cultural Center of the Republic of Georgia, authorized by a special decree of President Mikheil Saakashvili on October 12, 2011.

Jamestown uses Ilia State University in Tbilisi to hold many of its Caucasus secessionist conferences. The group also supports the activities of Iyad Youghar, the head of the International Circassian Council. Youghar spoke at a Ilia-Jamestown seminar at the school’s campus on May 24, 2012, during the time Tamerlan Tsarnaev was said to be at Jamestown training in Tbilisi. One of the conference speakers was Walter Richmond, author of The Northwest Caucasus: Past, Present, Future a professor at Occidental College, a prime recruiting ground for the CIA and Barack Obama’s old alma mater.

Jamestown’s Howard was also in attendance, as was, more interestingly, Professor Brian Glyn Williams, professor of Islamic History at the University of Massachusetts-Dartmouth. Williams said he received an email from Dzhokhar Tsarnaev in May 2011, asking about Chechnya and that he helped him with a high school paper on his home country. Turkish sources reports that Williams has consulted for the CIA and Scotland Yard and is an expert on Turkish Volunteers in Chechnya and «Al-Qaeda Turka.» The Chechen-Ichkeria Republic separatist flag was on clear display at the Ilia-Jamestown seminar in Tbilisi on May 24, 2012.

Jamestown has rightly been referred to by the Russian Foreign Ministry as “singing the services of supporters of terrorists and pseudo-experts.” The ministry charged that Jamestown seminar speakers were “given carte blanche to spread extremist propaganda, incite ethnic and inter-religious discord.” Based on the circumstantial but important links between the organization and Fuller, Uncle Ruslan Tsarni and Tamerlan and Dzhokhar Tsarnaev, Jamestown has always skirted the edges of aiding and abetting terrorists, from its “Chechen Project” and its liaison with Chechen guerrillas from the Pankisi Gorge who would later turn up fighting American and NATO troops in Afghanistan and Iraq to Caucasus Emirate terrorists who constantly commit attacks on Russian military, police, and civilian personnel.

It is clear that the CIA requires reforming if not outright abolishment. It was the sincere wish of the late New York Senator Daniel Patrick Moynihan to see the CIA abolished with its analysis division rolled into the U.S. State Department. Since that will not happen anytime soon, reforming the CIA could start with cutting out its fringes, such as the Jamestown Foundation and similar tax-exempt groups that carry out covert operations while fleecing the American taxpayers.

This article originally appeared on : Global Research

Is Democracy in Trouble?

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/is_democracy_in_trouble_20130520/

Posted on May 20, 2013

This article originally appeared on : TruthDig

Global Capital and the Nation State

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/global_capital_and_the_nation_state_20130520/

Posted on May 20, 2013

This article originally appeared on : TruthDig

‘Like hardened criminals’: UK police sample DNA from 120,000 children in 2 years

0

British police collected the DNA of more than 120,000 children in just two years, with a thousand of them aged 10 at the time of the swab. Most of the youngsters have committed no punishable crime, but their DNA data will be stored for years.

“It is disappointing to see valuable crime-fighting resources
being wasted on taking DNA samples from thousands of innocent
children while serious offenses go undetected,”
said Francis
Crook, chief executive of the legal activists Howard League for
Penal Reform.

The group was able to obtain the data for 2010 and 2011 with a
Freedom of Information request. Other than the overall numbers, the
biggest surprise was the age spread — showing that children aged 13
were almost as likely to be recorded in the police database as
17-year-olds.

Seven out of 10 swabbed under-18s were boys.

Most of the youngsters had been taken into police stations
pending investigation, or as a caution for minor offences. The vast
majority were never charged with recordable crimes.

“Children who get into trouble with the police are usually
just up to mischief. Treating so many like hardened criminals by
taking their DNA seems excessive,”
said Crook.

A record of anyone’s DNA, or unique genetic code, acts as a more
complex version of a fingerprint, and allows any piece of physical
evidence to be traced a potential perpetrator, victim or witness.
The test usually involves taking a swab from the youngster’s
mouth.

In total, the UK is storing over 1.2 million DNA samples taken
from people when they were underage — as part of a DNA database
that covers 6 million people, a tenth of the population, and one of
the highest ratios in the world.

Amanda Cooper, the leading DNA expert for the Association of
Chief Police Officers, said the sheer numbers concealed a more
complex picture — in which the children were not always
suspects.

“These may be when a child has been a victim of crime, when
police would take DNA to confirm an incident took place and check
whether it can be linked to a perpetrator. Others will be as part
of criminal investigation where a child is the suspect. DNA samples
are also taken to conduct criminal paternity tests as part of
sexual offence investigations.”

The unchecked growth of the country’s DNA database has been
curbed with the Protection of Freedoms Act, which comes into force
later this year.

“DNA evidence is a crucial tool in the fight against crime,
but it must be used proportionately,”
said a Home Office
statement in light of the revelations.

“Through the Protection of Freedoms Act we are restoring
common sense to the system by ensuring only those convicted of a
criminal offence will have their DNA retained
indefinitely.”

Now, only under-18s convicted of serious crimes or at least two
minor offenses will have their DNA preserved indefinitely, while
those cleared of serious charges can have their samples stored in
the database for five years.

But the Howard League for Penal Reform says this does not remove
the problem of unnecessary tests, or personal freedom
violations.

“We welcome the government’s decision to stop storing
innocent people’s DNA indefinitely, but it remains unclear how this
will affect the number of children having their DNA taken
needlessly,
” said Crook.

This article originally appeared on : RT

Safety warning: ‘Golden parachutes’ for Russia’s senior managers to be cut

0

‘Golden parachutes’ for senior managers of state corporations and companies with state participation may be significantly cut as soon as in August, 2013. President Putin earlier requested that the government come up with new legislation on the matter.

However, MPs from the United Russia party beat the government to
it, and are already expected to make amendments to Russia’s Labor
Code, which may come in force as of August 1. If they do, executive
managers of state corporations will be entitled to three to 12
monthly paychecks and heads of companies with state involvement may
receive from three to 18 monthly paychecks, Kommersant daily
reports.

The state corporations welcomed the initiative, calling it a
logical and timely decision.

The discussion was fueled by a 200 million ruble ‘parachute’
(roughly US$6.4 million) that Rostelecom paid to the outgoing head
of the company, Aleksandr Provotorov. One United Russia MP drew
Putin’s attention to that case and the president ordered Prime
Minister Dmitry Medvedev’s government to take measures and limit
such levels of compensation, saying “Russian people don’t
understand that.” However the parliament acted faster.

This article originally appeared on : RT

US night raid target Afghan civilians

0

US-led soldiers have kidnapped several Afghan civilians during a recent night raid in the troubled southern Afghanistan, local residents say.

Locals say the US forces damaged their properties and mistreated their women and children during the raid in the city of Kandahar on Sunday night.

Sources say the US forces also targeted residences of several religious scholars and tribal elders during the brutal operation. The eyewitnesses also insist those who have been kidnapped are innocent.

The kidnappings have sparked widespread anger among the local population with the locals threatening regional officials with protests if US night raids and kidnappings continue.

The US-backed NATO command has for months ignored residentsâ„¢ complaints of severe abuses committed by the elite American troops and commandos.

US authorities say the kidnapped Afghans are accused of carrying out suspicious operations in the troubled regions.

These developments come days after Afghan investigators found substantial proof that American Special Forces have been involved in kidnapping, torturing and killing of Afghan civilians in Maidan Wardak Province.

US-led deadly night raids have killed dozens of Afghan civilians in various parts of Afghanistan over the past few months.

Afghan President Hamid Karzai has warned the United States to end night raids that fuel anti-American sentiment across the war-torn country.

Civilian casualties have long been a source of friction between the Afghan government and US-led foreign forces and have dramatically increased anti-US sentiments in Afghanistan.

The United States and its allies invaded Afghanistan in 2001 under the pretext of combating terrorism. While the war removed the Taliban from power, insecurity continues to be high across the country.

JR/SS

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

‘Iran strongly opposes nuclear weapons’

0

Chairman of the Majlis National Security and Foreign Policy Committee Alaeddin Boroujerdi (R) and a member of Foreign Affairs and Unification Committee of South Koreaâ„¢s Parliament Chung Moon-hun meet in Tehran on May 20, 2013.

A senior Iranian lawmaker says all signatories to the Non-Proliferation Treaty (NPT) have the right to peaceful nuclear know-how, expressing Iranâ„¢s strong opposition to nuclear weapons.

Å“Iran seriously opposes nuclear bombs and believes that all nuclear weapons in the world should be eliminated,” Chairman of the Majlis National Security and Foreign Policy Committee Alaeddin Boroujerdi said.

He made the remarks in a meeting with a member of Foreign Affairs and Unification Committee of South Koreaâ„¢s Parliament Chung Moon-hun in Tehran on Monday.

He added that Western firms have lost economic and trade opportunities following the imposition of unilateral sanctions against Iran over its nuclear energy program.

Å“Sanctions imposed by the West have prepared a good opportunity to increase the level of Iranâ„¢s trade and economic relations with other Asian countries,” Boroujerdi pointed out.

The United States, Israel, and some of their allies have repeatedly accused Iran of pursuing non-civilian objectives in its nuclear energy program.

Using the unfounded allegation as a pretext, the US and the EU have imposed illegal unilateral sanctions against the Islamic Republic.

Tehran rejects the allegation over its nuclear energy activities, maintaining that as a committed signatory to the NPT and a member of the International Atomic Energy Agency, it has the right to use nuclear technology for peaceful purposes.

The Iranian legislator further pointed to political and economic relations between Iran and South Korea as two important countries in East and West Asia and stated that the two sides have no limitation in strengthening ties.

The South Korean lawmaker, for his part, voiced his countryâ„¢s determination to expand ties with Iran.

He added that Tehran and Seoul should use their capacities in industry and modern technology to serve the two nations.

SF/HGH

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Reagan Backed Ex-Dictator Jorge Videla and Argentina’s Dirty War

0

The 87-year-old ex-Argentine dictator Jorge Videla died Friday in prison where he was serving sentences for grotesque human rights crimes in the 1970s and 1980s. But one of Videla’s key backers, the late President Ronald Reagan, continues to be honored by Americans.

The death of ex-Argentine dictator Jorge Rafael Videla, a mastermind of the right-wing state terrorism that swept Latin America in the 1970s and 1980s, means that one more of Ronald Reagan’s old allies is gone from the scene.

Videla, who fancied himself a theoretician of anti-leftist repression, died in prison at age 87 after being convicted of a central role in the Dirty War that killed some 30,000 people and involved kidnapping the babies of “disappeared” women so they could be raised by military officers who were often implicated in the murders of the mothers.

The leaders of the Argentine junta also saw themselves as pioneers in the techniques of torture and psychological operations, sharing their lessons with other regional dictatorships. Indeed, the chilling word “disappeared” was coined in recognition of their novel tactic of abducting dissidents off the streets, torturing them and then murdering them in secret — sometimes accomplishing the task by chaining naked detainees together and pushing them from planes over the Atlantic Ocean.

With such clandestine methods, the dictatorship could leave the families in doubt while deflecting international criticism by suggesting that the “disappeared” might have traveled to faraway lands to live in luxury, thus combining abject terror with clever propaganda and disinformation.

To pull off the trick, however, required collaborators in the U.S. news media who would defend the junta and heap ridicule on anyone who alleged that the thousands upon thousands of “disappeared” were actually being systematically murdered. One such ally was Ronald Reagan, who used his platform as a newspaper and radio commentator in the late 1970s to minimize the human rights crimes underway in Argentina — and to counter the Carter administration’s human rights protests.

For instance, in a newspaper column on Aug. 17, 1978, some 2½ years into Argentina’s Dirty War, Reagan portrayed Videla’s junta as the real victims here, the good guys who were getting a bad rap for their reasonable efforts to protect the public from terrorism. Reagan wrote:

“The new government set out to restore order at the same time it started to rebuild the nation’s ruined economy. It is very close to succeeding at the former, and well on its way to the latter. Inevitably in the process of rounding up hundreds of suspected terrorists, the Argentine authorities have no doubt locked up a few innocent people, too. This problem they should correct without delay.

“The incarceration of a few innocents, however, is no reason to open the jails and let the terrorists run free so they can begin a new reign of terror. Yet, the Carter administration, so long on self-righteousness and frequently so short on common sense, appears determined to force the Argentine government to do just that.”

Rather than challenge the Argentine junta over the thousands of “disappearances,” Reagan expressed concern that the United States was making a grave mistake by alienating Argentina, “a country important to our future security.”

He mocked U.S. Ambassador Raul Castro who “mingles in Buenos Aires plazas with relatives of the locked-up suspected terrorists, thus seeming to legitimize all their claims to martyrdom. It went unreported in this country, but not a single major Argentine official showed up at this year’s Fourth of July celebration at the U.S. Embassy — an unprecedented snub but hardly surprising under the circumstances.”

The Cocaine Connection

Reagan’s Argentine friends also took the lead in devising ways to fund the anti-communist crusade through the drug trade. In 1980, the Argentine intelligence services helped organize the so-called Cocaine Coup in Bolivia, deploying neo-Nazi thugs to violently oust the left-of-center government and replace it with generals closely tied to the early cocaine trafficking networks.

Bolivia’s coup regime ensured a reliable flow of coca to Colombia’s Medellin cartel, which quickly grew into a sophisticated conglomerate for smuggling cocaine into the United States. Some of those drug profits then went to finance right-wing paramilitary operations across the region, according to U.S. government investigations.

For instance, Bolivian cocaine kingpin Roberto Suarez invested more than $30 million in various right-wing paramilitary operations, according to U.S. Senate testimony in 1987 by an Argentine intelligence officer, Leonardo Sanchez-Reisse. He testified that the Suarez drug money was laundered through front companies in Miami before going to Central America, where Argentine intelligence helped organize a paramilitary force, called the Contras, to attack leftist-ruled Nicaragua.

After defeating President Carter in Election 1980 and becoming President in January 1981, Reagan entered into a covert alliance with the Argentine junta. He ordered the CIA to collaborate with Argentina’s Dirty War experts in training the Contras, who were soon rampaging through towns in northern Nicaragua, raping women and dragging local officials into public squares for executions. Some Contras also went to work in the cocaine-smuggling business. [See Robert Parry’s Lost History.]

Much as he served as a pitch man for the Argentine junta, Reagan also deflected allegations of human rights violations by the Contras and various right-wing regimes in Central America, including Guatemala where another military junta was engaging in genocide against Mayan villages.

The behind-the-scenes intelligence relationship between the Argentine generals and Reagan’s CIA puffed up Argentina’s self-confidence so much that the generals felt they could not only continue repressing their own citizens but could settle an old score with Great Britain over control of the Falkland Islands, what the Argentines call the Malvinas.

Even as Argentina moved to invade the islands in 1982, the Reagan administration was divided between America’s traditional alliance with Great Britain and its more recent collaboration with the Argentines. Reagan’s U.N. Ambassador Jeane Kirkpatrick joined the Argentine generals for an elegant state dinner in Washington.

Finally, however, Reagan sided with British Prime Minister Margaret Thatcher whose counterattack drove the Argentines from the islands and led to the eventual collapse of the dictatorship in Buenos Aires. However, Argentina only slowly began to address the shocking crimes of the Dirty War.

Baby Snatching

The trial of Videla and co-defendant Reynaldo Bignone for the baby snatching did not end until 2012 when an Argentine court convicted the pair in the scheme to murder leftist mothers and farm their infants out to military personnel, a shocking process that was known to the Reagan administration even as it worked closely with the bloody regime in the 1980s.

Testimony at the trial included a videoconference from Washington with Elliott Abrams, Reagan’s Assistant Secretary of State for Latin American Affairs who said he urged Bignone to reveal the babies’ identities as Argentina began a transition to democracy in 1983. Abrams said the Reagan administration “knew that it wasn’t just one or two children,” indicating that U.S. officials believed there was a high-level “plan because there were many people who were being murdered or jailed.”

A human rights group, Grandmothers of the Plaza de Mayo, says as many as 500 babies were stolen by the military during the repression from 1976 to 1983.

General Videla was accused of permitting — and concealing — the scheme to harvest infants from pregnant women who were kept alive in military prisons only long enough to give birth. According to the charges, the babies were taken from the new mothers, sometimes after late-night Caesarean sections, and then distributed to military families or sent to orphanages.

After the babies were pulled away, the mothers were removed to another site for their executions. Some were put aboard death flights and pushed out of military planes over open water.

One of the most notorious cases involved Silvia Quintela, a leftist doctor who attended to the sick in shanty towns around Buenos Aires. On Jan. 17, 1977, Quintela was abducted off a Buenos Aires street by military authorities because of her political leanings. At the time, Quintela and her agronomist husband Abel Madariaga were expecting their first child.

According to witnesses who later testified before a government truth commission, Quintela was held at a military base called Campo de Mayo, where she gave birth to a baby boy. As in similar cases, the infant then was separated from the mother.

What happened to the boy is still not clear, but Quintela reportedly was transferred to a nearby airfield. There, victims were stripped naked, shackled in groups and dragged aboard military planes. The planes then flew out over the Rio de la Plata or the Atlantic Ocean, where soldiers pushed the victims out of the planes and into the water to drown.

According to a report by the Inter-American Commission on Human Rights, the Argentine military viewed the kidnappings as part of the larger counterinsurgency strategy.

“The anguish generated in the rest of the surviving family because of the absence of the disappeared would develop, after a few years, into a new generation of subversive or potentially subversive elements, thereby not permitting an effective end to the Dirty War,” the commission said in describing the army’s reasoning for kidnapping the infants of murdered women. The kidnapping strategy conformed with the “science” of the Argentine counterinsurgency operations.

According to government investigations, the military’s intelligence officers also advanced Nazi-like methods of torture by testing the limits of how much pain a human being could endure before dying. The torture methods included experiments with electric shocks, drowning, asphyxiation and sexual perversions, such as forcing mice into a woman’s vagina. Some of the implicated military officers had trained at the U.S.-run School of the Americas.

The Argentine tactics were emulated throughout Latin America. According to a Guatemalan truth commission, the right-wing military there also adopted the practice of taking suspected subversives on death flights, although over the Pacific Ocean.

Spinning Terror

Gen. Videla, in particular, took pride in his counterinsurgency theories, including clever use of words to confuse and deflect. Known for his dapper style and his English-tailored suits, Videla rose to power amid Argentina’s political and economic unrest in the early-to-mid 1970s.

“As many people as necessary must die in Argentina so that the country will again be secure,” he declared in 1975 in support of a “death squad” known as the Argentine Anti-Communist Alliance. [See A Lexicon of Terror by Marguerite Feitlowitz.]

On March 24, 1976, Videla led the military coup which ousted the ineffective president, Isabel Peron. Though armed leftist groups had been shattered by the time of the coup, the generals still organized a counterinsurgency campaign to wipe out any remnants of what they judged political subversion.

Videla called this “the process of national reorganization,” intended to reestablish order while inculcating a permanent animosity toward leftist thought. “The aim of the Process is the profound transformation of consciousness,” Videla announced.

Along with selective terror, Videla employed sophisticated public relations methods. He was fascinated with techniques for using language to manage popular perceptions of reality. The general hosted international conferences on P.R. and awarded a $1 million contract to the giant U.S. firm of Burson Marsteller. Following the Burson Marsteller blueprint, the Videla government put special emphasis on cultivating American reporters from elite publications.

“Terrorism is not the only news from Argentina, nor is it the major news,” went the optimistic P.R. message. Since the jailings and executions of dissidents were rarely acknowledged, Videla felt he could count on friendly U.S. media personalities to defend his regime, people like former California Gov. Ronald Reagan.

In a grander context, Videla and the other generals saw their mission as a crusade to defend Western Civilization against international communism. They worked closely with the Asian-based World Anti-Communist League and its Latin American affiliate, the Confederacion Anticomunista Latinoamericana [CAL].

Latin American militaries collaborated on projects such as the cross-border assassinations of political dissidents. Under one project, called Operation Condor, political leaders – centrist and leftist alike – were shot or bombed in Buenos Aires, Rome, Madrid, Santiago and Washington. Operation Condor sometimes employed CIA-trained Cuban exiles as assassins. [See Consortiumnews.com’s “Hitler’s Shadow Reaches toward Today,” or Robert Parry’sSecrecy & Privilege.]

For their roles in the baby kidnappings, Videla, who was already in prison for other crimes against humanity, was sentenced to 50 years; Bignone received 15 years.

Earlier in May, Guatemala’s ex-dictator Efrain Rios Montt, another close ally of Ronald Reagan, was convicted of genocide against Mayan Indians in 1982-83 and was sentenced to 80 years in prison. [See Consortiumnews.com’s “Ronald Reagan: Accessory to Genocide.”]

Yet, while fragile democracies in places like Argentina and Guatemala have sought some level of accountability for these crimes against humanity, the United States continues to honor the principal political leader who aided, abetted and rationalized these atrocities across the entire Western Hemisphere, the 40th President of the United States, Ronald Reagan.

Investigative reporter Robert Parry broke many of the Iran-Contra stories for The Associated Press and Newsweek in the 1980s. You can buy his new book, America’s Stolen Narrative, either in print here or as an e-book (from Amazon and barnesandnoble.com).

This article originally appeared on : Global Research

No Bear Market In Gold – Paul Craig Roberts

You know that gold bear market that the financial press keeps touting? The one George Soros keeps proclaiming? Well, it is not there. The gold bear market is disinformation that is helping elites acquire the gold.

Certainly, Soros himself doesn’t believe it, as the 13-F release issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 15 proves. George Soros has significantly increased his gold holding by purchasing $25.2 million of call options on the GDXJ Junior Gold Miners Index. http://bullmarketthinking.com/soros-reports-over-239mm-in-gold-positions-buys-25mm-in-call-options-on-juniors/

In addition the Soros Fund maintains a $32 million stake in individual mines; added 1.1 million shares of GDX (a gold miners ETF) to its holdings which now stand at 2,666,000 shares valued at $70,400,000; has 1,100,000 shares in GDXJ valued at $11,506,000; and 530,000 shares in the GLD gold fund valued at $69,467,000. [values as of May 17]

The 13-F release shows the Soros Fund with $239,200,000 in gold investments. If this is bearish sentiment, what would it take to be bullish?

The misinformation that Soros had sold his gold holdings came from misinterpreting the reason Soros’ holdings in the GLD gold trust declined. Soros did not sell the shares; he redeemed the paper claims for physical gold. Watching the gold ETFs, such as GLD, being looted by banksters, Soros cashed in some of his own paper gold for the real stuff.

The giveaway that Soros is extremely bullish on gold comes not only from his extensive holdings, but also from his $25.2 million call option on junior gold stocks. This is a highly leveraged bet on the weakest gold mines. With high production costs and falling gold price from constant short selling in the paper market, Soros’ bet makes no sense unless he thinks gold is heading up as the short raids concentrate gold in elite possession.

In previous articles I have explained how heavy short-selling triggers stop-loss orders and margin calls on investors in gold ETFs. Scared out of their shares or forced out by margin calls, investors’ add to the downward price pressure caused by the shorts. Bullion banks and prominent investors such as Soros are the only ones who can redeem GLD shares for physical metal. They purchase the shares that are sold in response to the falling gold price, and present the shares for redemption in gold metal.

Insiders familiar with the process describe it as looting the ETFs of their gold basis.

In my last column I described how the orchestration of a falling gold price in the paper market protects the dollar’s value from the Federal Reserve’s policy of printing 1,000 billion new ones annually. The other beneficiary of the operation is the financial elite who buy up at low prices the ETF shares sold into a falling market and redeem them for gold. Like all other forms of wealth in the West, gold is being concentrated in fewer hands, while the elite shout “bear market, get out of gold.”

The orchestrated decline in gold and silver prices is apparent from the fact that the demand for bullion in the physical market has increased while short sales in the paper market imply a flight from bullion. As a hedge fund manager told me, it is a Wall Street axiom that volume follows price. Bull markets are characterized by rising prices on high volume. Conversely bear markets feature declining prices on low volume. The current bear market in gold consists of paper gold declining steadily while demand has escalated rapidly for physical metal. This strongly indicates that demand for physical gold continues to be in a bull market despite the savage attacks on paper gold.

If the orchestration is apparent to me, a person with no experience as a gold trader, it certainly must be apparent to federal regulators. But don’t expect any action from the Commodities Future Trading Corporation. It is headed by a former Goldman Sachs executive.

And don’t expect any investigation from the financial press. The financial press sees a bear market while supplies of bullion decline, premiums over spot rise, and even publicly declared bears such as George Soros make highly leveraged bets that will fail in the absence of a bull market in gold.

About Dr. Paul Craig Roberts

Paul Craig Roberts was Assistant Secretary of the Treasury for Economic Policy and associate editor of the Wall Street Journal. He was columnist for Business Week, Scripps Howard News Service, and Creators Syndicate. He has had many university appointments. His internet columns have attracted a worldwide following. His latest book, The Failure of Laissez Faire Capitalism and Economic Dissolution of the West is now available.

The post No Bear Market In Gold — Paul Craig Roberts appeared first on PaulCraigRoberts.org.

The IRS’s Job Is To Violate Our Liberties

0

Ron Paul

“What do you expect when you target the President?” This is what an Internal Revenue Service (IRS) agent allegedly said to the head of a conservative organization that was being audited after calling for the impeachment of then-President Clinton. Recent revelations that IRS agents gave “special scrutiny” to organizations opposed to the current administration’s policies suggest that many in the IRS still believe harassing the President’s opponents is part of their job.

As troubling as these recent reports are, it would be a grave mistake to think that IRS harassment of opponents of the incumbent President is a modern, or a partisan, phenomenon. As scholar Burton Folsom pointed out in his book New Deal or Raw Deal, IRS agents in the 1930s where essentially “hit squads” against opponents of the New Deal. It is well-known that the administrations of John F. Kennedy and Lyndon Johnson used the IRS to silence their critics. One of the articles of impeachment drawn up against Richard Nixon dealt with his use of the IRS to harass his political enemies. Allegations of IRS abuses were common during the Clinton administration, and just this week some of the current administration’s defenders recalled that antiwar and progressive groups alleged harassment by the IRS during the Bush presidency.

The bipartisan tradition of using the IRS as a tool to harass political opponents suggests that the problem is deeper than just a few “rogue” IRS agents–or even corruption within one, two, three or many administrations. Instead, the problem lays in the extraordinary power the tax system grants the IRS.

The IRS routinely obtains information about how we earn a living, what investments we make, what we spend on ourselves and our families, and even what charitable and religious organizations we support. Starting next year, the IRS will be collecting personally identifiable health insurance information in order to ensure we are complying with Obamacare’s mandates.

The current tax laws even give the IRS power to marginalize any educational, political, or even religious organizations whose goals, beliefs, and values are not favored by the current regime by denying those organizations “tax-free” status. This is the root of the latest scandal involving the IRS.

Considering the type of power the IRS excises over the American people, and the propensity of those who hold power to violate liberty, it is surprising we do not hear about more cases of politically-motivated IRS harassment. As the first US Supreme Court Chief Justice John Marshall said, “The power to tax is the power to destroy” – and who better to destroy than one’s political enemies?

The US flourished for over 120 years without an income tax, and our liberty and prosperity will only benefit from getting rid of the current tax system. The federal government will get along just fine without its immoral claim on the fruits of our labor, particularly if the elimination of federal income taxes are accompanied by serious reduction in all areas of spending, starting with the military spending beloved by so many who claim to be opponents of high taxes and big government.

While it is important for Congress to investigate the most recent scandal and ensure all involved are held accountable, we cannot pretend that the problem is a few bad actors. The very purpose of the IRS is to transfer wealth from one group to another while violating our liberties in the process, thus the only way Congress can protect our freedoms is to repeal the income tax and shutter the doors of the IRS once and for all.

Former Congressman Ron Paul’s article first appeared at the-free-foundation.org, the temporary home for his weekly column until his personal web page is up and running.

‘Russian forces foil attack on Moscow’

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Russian security forces have foiled a terror attack on the country’s capital Moscow, killing two of the plotters and arresting another, officials say.

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Feds Want To Lower Limits And Criminalize Alcohol Consumption

0

Donna Anderson
Infowars.com
May 20, 2013

All 50 states have adopted a legal limit of 0.08 percent.

In a move proponents believe will have no measurable effect on public safety, the National Transportation Safety Board is urging state governments to lower the allowable limits for drivers from 0.08 percent to 0.05 percent, a move it says will reduce fatalities caused by drunk drivers. Even MADD, the most vocal anti-drunk driving group in the world, would rather pursue other options.

Currently, all 50 states have adopted a legal limit of 0.08 percent. Alcohol-related traffic fatalities have dropped from 21,098 in 1985 to 10,000 in 2011, but NTSB says progress has stalled. “There are at least 10,000 reasons to tackle this issue,” said Deborah A. P. Hersman, the chairwoman of the board.

But statistics tell a different story. In 2010, The U. S. Department of Transportation reported a total of 32,885 traffic fatalities. Out of that total, 31.10 percent, or 10,228, involved drivers with a blood alcohol content (BAC) of 0.08 percent or higher. Only 5.32 percent, or 1,720, fatalities involved a BAC of 0.07 percent or less, indicating that the problem isn’t with social drinkers who know their limits and drink responsibly.

The MADD website states that about one-third of all drivers arrested or convicted of driving while intoxicated or driving under the influence of alcohol are repeat offenders, and 50 to 75 percent of convicted drunk drivers continue to drive on a suspended license.

Response from various states suggests the move to lower the legal limit is being met with resistance. In Ohio, The Columbus Dispatch points out that in 2011 Ohio had 11.5 million residents and total traffic fatalities of 1,1015. Alcohol-related fatalities were listed at 316. “Of the alcohol-impaired drivers who caused a fatality, 95 percent had a blood-alcohol level of over 0.10, and 55 percent were over 0.20.”

Sarah Longwell, the managing director of the American Beverage Institute, calls the measure “ludicrous.”

“Moving from 0.08 to 0.05 would criminalize perfectly responsible behavior,” she said. And “further restriction of moderate consumption of alcohol by responsible adults prior to driving does nothing to stop hard-core drunk drivers from getting behind the wheel.”

Mother’s Against Drunk Driving (MADD) doesn’t entirely support the measure, either. The group favors mandatory installation of a Breathalyzer system for drivers convicted of drunk driving, and they’re all for passive alcohol sensors and “administrative license revocation” because they believe these measures show strong potential for reducing alcohol-related traffic fatalities.

However, J. T. Griffin, a Washington representative for MADD, says the National Transportation Safety Board is “trying to focus on a group of people who are more social drinkers, who haven’t been targeted in a while.” MADD would not oppose the change, he said, but would pursue other remedies.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, May 20, 2013 at 9:49 am

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on : Infowars

Activists Rally to Free Adam Kokesh

0

Call flood seeks to secure release of former Marine kidnapped for exercising First Amendment

Paul Joseph Watson
Infowars.com
May 20, 2013

Activists are rallying to secure the release of former Marine and broadcaster Adam Kokesh, who was arrested by police in Philadelphia on Saturday during a speech he gave at a marijuana legalization protest.

As the video documenting Kokesh’s arrest proves, he was not smoking marijuana when he was snatched by cops nor did he resist arrest. Kokesh’s “crime” seems to amount to no more than exercising his right to free speech under the First Amendment.

However, Kokesh still remains interned in a federal jailhouse in Philadelphia under charges of resisting arrest. He has not been charged with drug possession or use of drugs.

Kokesh’s abduction by Philadelphia cops underscores the fact that Americans are now being kidnapped and temporarily disappeared into the prison system for the egregious crime of engaging in constitutionally protected free speech.

Alex Jones had warned Kokesh before Saturday’s incident that his plan to lead a controversial but well supported armed march on Washington DC this summer would plant a huge target on his forehead.

A “call flood” is taking place today, with a website and a Facebook page urging supporters to “politely but firmly demand (Kokesh’s) immediate and unconditional release” and the dropping of all charges.

According to Facebook users, people who attempt to call and get information about Kokesh’s incarceration are being met with crude responses, with authorities allegedly joking about killing Kokesh or referring to him as “Adam Coke-Head”.

Although Kokesh is likely to have an initial hearing today, there is no guarantee that he will be released.

The relevant numbers are listed below.

(1) US Attorney (Phila): (215) 861-8200
(2) US Magistrate (Phila): (215) 597-6079
(3) Philadelphia Federal Prison: 215-521-4000 (wait a sec, then press 0)
(4) US Federal Courthouse (Phila): (215) 597-7704
(5) US Park Police Office of the Chief in DC: (202) 619-7350 and Philadelphia: 215-597-7077

*********************

Paul Joseph Watson is the editor and writer for Infowars.com and Prison Planet.com. He is the author of Order Out Of Chaos. Watson is also a host for Infowars Nightly News.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, May 20, 2013 at 9:50 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on : Infowars

Russian roulette: Luxembourg new offshore hotspot, Cyprus abandoned

0

Russians pulled $9.7 billion in investments from Cyprus in the last 2 years, and moved their wealth to ‘safer’ offshore banking in Luxembourg, Ireland, the Netherlands, and the British Virgin Islands.

According to the Central Bank of Cyprus, the once offshore
paradise lost out on Russian accounts, as investors pulled their
money as they sensed the banking crisis looming.

In Luxembourg, Russian investments grew by $7 billion, in the
British Virgin Islands by $4.7 billion, in Ireland by $4.6 billion,
and in the Netherlands by $2.8 billion, the Russian newspaper
Izvestia reported.Head of Investments at the ‘Solid’ Investment and
Financial Company, Michael Koroljuk explains the decline in market
attractiveness in Cyprus since the crisis broke out.

“The emergence of this ‘stigma’ of Cyprus is perceived as a
bad tax authority and business partner,”
Korljuk told
Izvestia.

Offshore oligarchs, trying to minimize their losses in Cyprus,
didn’t bring their money to back Russia, but have reinvested their
capital in other, more feasible, offshore zones.

“Instead of Russia, it is rushing off to other offshore
areas,”
Maxim Osadchiy, head analyst at BKF Bank, told
Izvestia.

Because they provide more financial security than Cyprus, other
offshore zones are a little more expensive, but the figures show
Moscow’s millionaires are happy to pay extra for peace of mind.

A Cypriot holds a placard during a protest outside the Parliament on March 21, 2013 in Nicosia. (AFP Photo / Patrick Baz)

The more ‘respectable’ offshore destinations still offer similar
tax breaks, and offer more protection for businessmen

Though the financial crisis sent many investors into a slight
hysteria and prompted them to abandon ship, the actual losses
incurred as a result of crisis appear to be fractional.

Russia’s largest commercial bank, VTB, which had assets up to
$1.8 billion in Cyprus, reported to be virtually unaffected by the
collapse.

By increasing their holdings in Luxembourg, Russians are
reciprocating the small European financial hub’s long standing
tradition of Russian investment. Luxembourg is the third largest
country in total investments in the Russian economy, and has
invested 28 billion euros in Russian projects.

Russian investment only accounts for 4.4 billion euros of
Luxembourg’s 43 billion euro economy.

Luxembourg may be Russia’s new window to Europe, the Minister
for Economy and Foreign Trade, Etienne Schneider, has stated.

“To develop serious business contacts and create new joint
projects, we need to look ahead and prepare professionals who are
familiar with economic realities of our countries,”
said
Schneider.

This article originally appeared on : RT

Former "Hero" Cop Accused of Raping Women at Gun Point

0

May 20, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

A former police officer honored by the White House in 2009 faces charges of rape and other crimes, after allegedly forcing women to perform sexual acts at gunpoint.

In 2009, Richard DeCoatsworth was chosen by Vice President Joe Biden to sit next to first lady Michelle Obama during a Presidential address. The officer was praised for his valor. He was shot in the face during a routine traffic stop, but chased down his assailent despite his heavy injury. He retired on disability in 2011, reports WCAU-TV.

DeCoatsworth appears to be charged in two seperate incidents. According to the Daily Mail: 

In one case, DeCoatsworth, 27, is accused of holding two women hostage and forcing them to take drugs and engage in sexual acts at gunpoint. In the other case, he’s accused of abusing his girlfriend, police said.

Local Philadelphia news outlets report that DeCoatsworth has been in trouble before. The Philly Post points out that in 2010 University professor Marc Lamont Hill accused DeCoatsworth of violating his civil rights during a traffic stop. Describing his experience,  Lamont Hill movingly wrote about the larger significance of his encounter with the former “hero” cop:

Since the incident, I’ve thought about DeCoatsworth. I’ve wondered if he regretted that night, wishing he could take back his actions now that he has been afforded the luxury of time and reflection. I’ve wondered whether his tragic shooting has put him in a permanent state of trauma, causing him to find danger where there is none. I’ve wondered if he was a good cop at heart, who became cynical and overly aggressive after spending a few short years trying to navigate a broken system.

DeCoatsworth also faced charges of witness intimidation, following allegations that he had, “kidnapped, assaulted, and robbed a Port Richmond man who lived two blocks from him over an unpaid debt,” according to the Philadelphia Inquirer. 

This article originally appeared on : AlterNet

Teen Girl Faces Felony Charge Over Lesbian Relationship, Mom Blames "Religious Zealot Parents"

0

Photo Credit: rSnapshotPhotos/ Shutterstock.com

May 20, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

The case of a Florida teenager being prosecuted after she was in a same-sex relationship with a girl three years younger is generating outrage. Kaitlyn Hunt, an 18-year-old student, is facing felony charges of sexual “battery” after the parents of her 15-year-old girlfriend pressed charges. The case has sparked Internet petitions and and a statement from Anonymous.

Hunt began dating her girlfriend when she was 17. The relationship was reportedly well-known to both sets of parents. When Hunt turned 18, her girlfriend’s parents went to the police and she was arrested on felony charges of “sexual battery on a person 12-16 years old,” according to Think Progress.

Hunt’s mother says the charges are motivated by  anti-gay bias on the part of the girlfriends’ parents. “They were out to destroy my daughter, they feel like my daughter ‘made’ their daughter gay. They are bigoted, religious zeolites [sic] that see being gay as a sin and wrong, and they blame my daughter,” Hunt’s mother wrote on Facebook.

Hunt has also run into trouble at the school she attends alongside her girlfriend. The girlfriends’ parents had her expelled, according to Hunt’s mother, despite the fact that a judge refused to order the expulsion. The school board made the decision to keep Hunt out of school for the remaining weeks of her senior year. Hunt is now forced to attend an alternative school for the remainder of the year, though she can attend special senior events at Sebastian River High School.

The state attorney’s office has offered the 18-year-old a plea deal. The deal would result in two years of house arrest and a year of probation, charges that would stay on her adult record. But Think Progress reports that Hunt’s father said his daughter is only willing to plead to a misdemeanor, and that if the State Attorney’s position doesn’t change, “Kaitlyn and her family are prepared to go to trial.”

Facebook groups and Change.org petitions have sprouted up in response to the case. The hacker group Anonymous has also spoken out. They sent a statement to the State Attorney’s office that reads: “Kaitlyn Hunt is a bright young girl who was involved in a consensual, same-sex relationship while both she and her partner were minors. She has a big future ahead of her and there are people, thousands of people in fact, that have no intention of allowing you to ruin it with your rotten selective enforcement.”

Hunt’s mother told a local ABC affiliate that she hopes the outrage will increase the pressure on the State Attorney’s office to drop the charges.

“She’s scared to death, she can’t sleep,” the mother told the news outlet.

This article originally appeared on : AlterNet

UKIP chief urges Tories to defect

0

The head of UK Independence Party (UKIP) has launched measures aimed at exploiting rifts within ranks of the ruling Conservative Party, calling on discontented Tories to defect to his party, local media reported.

UKIP chief Nigel Farage published a full-page advertisement in The Daily Telegraph accusing the Conservative leadership of having betrayed the trust of its natural supporters.

Farage addressed Conservatives in an open letter describing the reported comment of a senior Tory figure deriding activists as “mad, swivel-eyed loons” as “the ultimate insult”.

“Only an administration run by a bunch of college kids, none of whom have ever had a proper job in their lives, could so arrogantly write off their own supporters,” he said.

“Conservatives are used to a party that is patriotic, supports business and believes in aspiration. Today they are led by people obsessed with wind farms and introducing gay marriage and happy to open the door to 29 million Romanians and Bulgarians from January 1 next year.

“If you are a Conservative who supports the UKIP position that we should be an independent, self-governing nation, then your party now treats you with contempt”, Farage said.

Farage’s intervention coincides with the return to the Commons of the government’s bill to legalise gay marriage – a major source of discontent among traditionalist Tories, who believe it encapsulates the way the leadership has lost touch with ordinary, grass roots supporters.

MOL/HE

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

FSB prevents terror act in Moscow by militants trained in Afghanistan, Pakistan

0


The FSB has killed two militants and detained one, all of whom were planning a terror attack in Moscow, Russia’s National Anti-Terrorism Committee reported.

DETAILS TO FOLLOW

This article originally appeared on : RT

Hero Iranian fireman donates organs

0

An Iranian fireman, who lost his life in the line of duty while trying to save a little girl, has donated his organs, Press TV reports.

Following his death, Omid Abbasiâ„¢s organs were donated including both kidneys and his liver. The donated organs have saved three lives.

Jalal Maleki, head of Tehranâ„¢s Fire Department, said that the altruistic firefighter was killed in the terrible fire in the northeast of the capital, Tehran, on May 14.

According to Maleki, Abbasi rushed to the 10th floor of the building on fire, where a seven-year-old girl was trapped. He took off his oxygen mask and gave it to the little girl to stop her from suffocating on smoke.

Å“He came downstairs and fainted. He was immediately taken to the emergency room but the doctors could not save him despite their hard work,” Maleki added.

There are 4,000 firefighters in the Iranian capital.

AR/hgh

This article originally appeared on : Press TV

Battle for strategic Qusair: Syrian army, Hezbollah fight rebels for supply corridor

0



Published time: May 20, 2013 14:55

Qusair town near Homs. (An image grab taken from a video)

Embed

Code

Intense fighting is reported from the strategic Syrian town of Qusair, as rebels and government forces fight to control the area. Opposition activists say 30 members of Hezbollah were killed, while the government claims to have captured the area.

Earlier Monday, Syrian state news agency SANA reported that the
army had “restored security and stability to most Qusair
neighborhoods
” and was “chasing the remnants of the
terrorists in the northern district.”
The agency quoted a
military source as saying that army units dismantled a number of
explosive devices, planted by terrorists in al-Souk area in the
middle of the city.

The source added that army units are continuing hunting the
remnants of terrorists in some hideouts in the northern and
southern areas of the city.

“The Syrian army managed to make a full circle around the city,
fighting the opposition fighters. The main achievement is to stop
the line of supply chain between Lebanon and Syria,”
local
journalist Abdallah Mawazini told RT.

“They started from the western side of the city, in the rural
areas. They control this zone with some fighters from Lebanon. Some
extremist groups were preparing to go into Syria to fight with the
rebels, they were going to go make a bigger front in order to fight
and expand the fighting line between the government and the
opposition,”
he said.

But opposition activists denied that Qusair had been captured,
saying that they had pushed back most of the attacking forces to
their original positions, destroying at least four Syrian army
tanks and five light Hezbollah vehicles.

Qusair town near Homs. (An image grab taken from a video)

Troops backed by Hezbollah

“made incursions into Qusair, but
they are now basically back to where they started at the security
compounds in east Qusair and at a…roadblock to the south,”
local activist Tareq Murei told Reuters.

Murei said that six people were killed by Hezbollah’s multiple
rocket launches on Monday.

The Syrian Observatory for Human Rights said that 48 rebels had
been killed, as well as four civilians. The Observatory’s director,
Rahim Abdurahman, put Hezbollah casualties at 23 dead and 70
wounded. Lebanese security sources said at least 12 Hezbollah
fighters had been killed.

Qusair, which is about 18 miles (29km) southwest of Homs, is seen
as a key city for both sides. It helps link the Syrian capital of
Damascus with government strongholds on the Mediterranean coast and
is a passageway for rebel supplies and fighters from Lebanon.

According to UN figures, more than 80,000 people have been killed
since the uprising against Bashar Assad began in March 2011.

This article originally appeared on : RT

Supreme Court declines to hear Alaska climate change case

0

Lawrence Hurley
reuters.com
May 20, 2013

The Supreme Court on Monday declined to hear an Alaskan village’s claim that it should be able to sue oil companies and utilities for damages attributed to climate change.

Lawyers for the village of Kivalina wanted various named defendants responsible for greenhouse emissions, including Exxon Mobil Corp, Chevron Corp and Duke Energy Corp, to pay damages for greater flooding and erosion that they say have caused by a reduction in sea ice.

The court’s refusal to take the case means an appeals court ruling in favor of the defendants remains intact.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, May 20, 2013 at 9:25 am






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on : Infowars

Justice Department obtained records of Fox News journalist

0

foxnews.com
May 20, 2013

The Justice Department obtained a portfolio of information about a Fox News correspondent’s conversations and visits as part of an investigation into a possible leak, The Washington Post reported Monday – in the latest example of the government seizing records of journalists.

The information follows the charge that the department secretly obtained two months of phone records from Associated Press journalists as part of a separate leak probe.

In the case involving Fox News’ James Rosen, a government adviser was accused of leaking information after a 2009 story was published online which said North Korea planned to respond to looming U.N. sanctions with another nuclear test.

Read more

Covert Israeli Forces Inside Syria Within Rebel Ranks? Israeli Military Vehicle Seized

0

Seizure of Israeli Vehicle in al-Qasayr

Media sources confirm the seizure of an Israeli military vehicle in Al Qseir inside Syrian territory, pointing to the presence of covert Israeli forces operating within the ranks of “opposition” rebel forces.

Al Qseir is a strategic border town on the Northern frontier of Lebanon occupied by rebels which was taken back by Syrian forces on Monday. (See map)

According to SANA, quoting Western press sources,

“The seizure of an Israeli military vehicle which terrorists had been using in al-Qseir refutes the allegations made by Israel to justify its aggression on Syria and proves the scale of Israel’s military and intelligence involvements in the events in Syria.”

“The source said that the Israeli military support for the armed terrorist groups proves the involvement of Qatar, Turkey and Israel in the aggression on Syria which is waged through a single central operations room.

The source pointed out that the Israeli military support for terrorism in Syria proves once more that Israel was and still is adopting the policy of organized state terrorism, stressing that the world must act to confront this terrorism.

The source said that the questions raised by the seizure of the Israeli military vehicle and the surveillance and jamming equipment in al-Qseir show that the armed terrorist groups with all their different names are merely headlines for a single structure led by Israel, Qatar and Turkey.” (SANA, May 20, 2013)

Disclaimer: The contents of this article are of sole responsibility of the author(s). The Centre for Research on Globalization will not be responsible for any inaccurate or incorrect statement in this article. The Center of Research on Globalization grants permission to cross-post original Global Research articles on community internet sites as long as the text & title are not modified. The source and the author’s copyright must be displayed. For publication of Global Research articles in print or other forms including commercial internet sites, contact: publications@globalresearch.ca

www.globalresearch.ca contains copyrighted material the use of which has not always been specifically authorized by the copyright owner. We are making such material available to our readers under the provisions of “fair use” in an effort to advance a better understanding of political, economic and social issues. The material on this site is distributed without profit to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving it for research and educational purposes. If you wish to use copyrighted material for purposes other than “fair use” you must request permission from the
copyright owner.

For media inquiries: publications@globalresearch.ca

This article originally appeared on : Global Research

Militaries’ growing use of ground robots raises ethics concerns

0

Andrew Conte
stripes.com
May 20, 2013

If North Korea’s dictator Kim Jong Un ever orders troops into the demilitarized zone, an army of South Korean robots could be waiting.

A Samsung subsidiary plans to deploy sentry robots to the tense South Korean border. The machines will be equipped with machine guns and cameras, thermal imaging and laser range finders capable of detecting intruders up to 2 1/2 miles away.

Samsung Techwin says the decision to fire must be made by a human in a remote bunker. Experts have suggested, however, that an operator could hack into the robot to enable it to make its own lethal decisions.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, May 20, 2013 at 9:12 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on : Infowars